<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/2196/index.xml"/>
    <title>Download Latest Full Audiobooks in Learn Something New, Lessons in Philosophy</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2196/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2196/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts &amp;amp; Entertainment. You'll have the opportunity to receive 3 free audiobooks to explore new knowledge. Audiobooks can be listened to on multiple devices such as iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access wisdom anytime, anywhere. Let's open the world of sound and knowledge together!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2196/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2025 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2025 01:28:09 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2196/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/2196/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Download Latest Full Audiobooks in Learn Something New, Lessons in Philosophy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2196/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/2196/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Jaclyn Will</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2196/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2196/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts &amp;amp; Entertainment. You'll have the opportunity to receive 3 free audiobooks to explore new knowledge. Audiobooks can be listened to on multiple devices such as iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access wisdom anytime, anywhere. Let's open the world of sound and knowledge together!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <item>
      <title>Constitutional Personae: Heroes, Soldiers, Minimalists, and Mutes (Inalienable Rights) by Cass R. Sunstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406909</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Constitutional Personae: Heroes, Soldiers, Minimalists, and Mutes (Inalienable Rights)
Author: Cass R. Sunstein
Narrator: Peter Marinker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Since America&amp;#039;s founding, the U.S. Supreme Court had issued a vast number of decisions on a staggeringly wide variety of subjects. And hundreds of judges have occupied the bench. Yet as Cass R. Sunstein, the eminent legal scholar and bestselling co-author of Nudge, points out, almost every one of the Justices fits into a very small number of types regardless of ideology: the hero, the soldier, the minimalist, and the mute. Heroes are willing to invoke the Constitution to invalidate state laws, federal legislation, and prior Court decisions. They loudly embrace first principles and are prone to flair, employing dramatic language to fundamentally reshape the law. Soldiers, on the other hand, are skeptical of judicial power, and typically defer to decisions made by the political branches. Minimalists favor small steps and only incremental change. They worry that bold reversals of long-established traditions may be counterproductive, producing a backlash that only leads to another reversal. Mutes would rather say nothing at all about the big constitutional issues, and instead tend to decide cases on narrow grounds or keep controversial cases out of the Court altogether by denying standing. As Sunstein shows, many of the most important constitutional debates are in fact contests between the four Personae. Whether the issue involves slavery, gender equality, same-sex marriage, executive power, surveillance, or freedom of speech, debates have turned on choices made among the four Personae?choices that derive as much from psychology as constitutional theory. Sunstein himself defends a form of minimalism, arguing that it is the best approach in a self-governing society of free people. More broadly, he casts a genuinely novel light on longstanding disputes over the proper way to interpret the constitution, demonstrating that behind virtually every decision and beneath all of the abstract theory lurk the four Personae. By emphasizing the centrality of character types, Sunstein forces us to rethink everything we know about how the Supreme Court works. &amp;#039;Cass Sunstein provides an enlightening look at the different ways to approach the Constitution. In doing so, he transcends ideology and helps us appreciate different perspectives. He also shows the virtue of his own favorite approach, that of minimalism, which seeks to respect traditions and long-settled practices.&amp;#039; -Walter Isaacson, President and CEO of the Aspen Institute, and author of The Innovators &amp;#039;In this remarkable addition to Oxford University Press&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Inalienable Rights&amp;#039; series on the American Constitution, Cass Sunstein persuasively speaks not to theories of constitutional interpretation, but to four archetypical judicial personalities reflected in opinion-writing, and in doing so he opens up an imaginative new perspective for appreciating our constitutional history.&amp;#039; -Peter L. Strauss, Betts Professor of Law, Columbia Law School &amp;#039;In Constitutional Personae, Cass Sunstein analyzes judicial review in the United States in terms of four personalities or archetypes. He shows how this model illuminates a wide range of questions, and he offers a subtle restatement and defense of his favorite persona, the constitutional minimalist. Filled to the brim with insights, this is a splendid and imaginative contribution to constitutional theory.&amp;#039; -Jack Balkin, Knight Professor of Constitutional Law, Yale Law School &amp;#039;A novel approach...carefully reasoned and clearly explained, Sunstein&amp;#039;s approach offe</description>
      <author>Cass R. Sunstein</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Nov 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781528891721.mp3" length="810083" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406909</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781528891721.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Constitutional Personae: Heroes, Soldiers, Minimalists, and Mutes (Inalienable Rights)
Author: Cass R. Sunstein
Narrator: Peter Marinker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Since America&amp;#039;s founding, the U.S. Supreme Court had issued a vast number of decisions on a staggeringly wide variety of subjects. And hundreds of judges have occupied the bench. Yet as Cass R. Sunstein, the eminent legal scholar and bestselling co-author of Nudge, points out, almost every one of the Justices fits into a very small number of types regardless of ideology: the hero, the soldier, the minimalist, and the mute. Heroes are willing to invoke the Constitution to invalidate state laws, federal legislation, and prior Court decisions. They loudly embrace first principles and are prone to flair, employing dramatic language to fundamentally reshape the law. Soldiers, on the other hand, are skeptical of judicial power, and typically defer to decisions made by the political branches. Minimalists favor small steps and only incremental change. They worry that bold reversals of long-established traditions may be counterproductive, producing a backlash that only leads to another reversal. Mutes would rather say nothing at all about the big constitutional issues, and instead tend to decide cases on narrow grounds or keep controversial cases out of the Court altogether by denying standing. As Sunstein shows, many of the most important constitutional debates are in fact contests between the four Personae. Whether the issue involves slavery, gender equality, same-sex marriage, executive power, surveillance, or freedom of speech, debates have turned on choices made among the four Personae?choices that derive as much from psychology as constitutional theory. Sunstein himself defends a form of minimalism, arguing that it is the best approach in a self-governing society of free people. More broadly, he casts a genuinely novel light on longstanding disputes over the proper way to interpret the constitution, demonstrating that behind virtually every decision and beneath all of the abstract theory lurk the four Personae. By emphasizing the centrality of character types, Sunstein forces us to rethink everything we know about how the Supreme Court works. &amp;#039;Cass Sunstein provides an enlightening look at the different ways to approach the Constitution. In doing so, he transcends ideology and helps us appreciate different perspectives. He also shows the virtue of his own favorite approach, that of minimalism, which seeks to respect traditions and long-settled practices.&amp;#039; -Walter Isaacson, President and CEO of the Aspen Institute, and author of The Innovators &amp;#039;In this remarkable addition to Oxford University Press&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Inalienable Rights&amp;#039; series on the American Constitution, Cass Sunstein persuasively speaks not to theories of constitutional interpretation, but to four archetypical judicial personalities reflected in opinion-writing, and in doing so he opens up an imaginative new perspective for appreciating our constitutional history.&amp;#039; -Peter L. Strauss, Betts Professor of Law, Columbia Law School &amp;#039;In Constitutional Personae, Cass Sunstein analyzes judicial review in the United States in terms of four personalities or archetypes. He shows how this model illuminates a wide range of questions, and he offers a subtle restatement and defense of his favorite persona, the constitutional minimalist. Filled to the brim with insights, this is a splendid and imaginative contribution to constitutional theory.&amp;#039; -Jack Balkin, Knight Professor of Constitutional Law, Yale Law School &amp;#039;A novel approach...carefully reasoned and clearly explained, Sunstein&amp;#039;s approach offe</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Constitutional Personae: Heroes, Soldiers, Minimalists, and Mutes (Inalienable Rights)
Author: Cass R. Sunstein
Narrator: Peter Marinker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Since America&amp;#039;s founding, the U.S. Supreme Court had issued a vast number of decisions on a staggeringly wide variety of subjects. And hundreds of judges have occupied the bench. Yet as Cass R. Sunstein, the eminent legal scholar and bestselling co-author of Nudge, points out, almost every one of the Justices fits into a very small number of types regardless of ideology: the hero, the soldier, the minimalist, and the mute. Heroes are willing to invoke the Constitution to invalidate state laws, federal legislation, and prior Court decisions. They loudly embrace first principles and are prone to flair, employing dramatic language to fundamentally reshape the law. Soldiers, on the other hand, are skeptical of judicial power, and typically defer to decisions made by the political branches. Minimalists favor small steps and only incremental change. They worry that bold reversals of long-established traditions may be counterproductive, producing a backlash that only leads to another reversal. Mutes would rather say nothing at all about the big constitutional issues, and instead tend to decide cases on narrow grounds or keep controversial cases out of the Court altogether by denying standing. As Sunstein shows, many of the most important constitutional debates are in fact contests between the four Personae. Whether the issue involves slavery, gender equality, same-sex marriage, executive power, surveillance, or freedom of speech, debates have turned on choices made among the four Personae?choices that derive as much from psychology as constitutional theory. Sunstein himself defends a form of minimalism, arguing that it is the best approach in a self-governing society of free people. More broadly, he casts a genuinely novel light on longstanding disputes over the proper way to interpret the constitution, demonstrating that behind virtually every decision and beneath all of the abstract theory lurk the four Personae. By emphasizing the centrality of character types, Sunstein forces us to rethink everything we know about how the Supreme Court works. &amp;#039;Cass Sunstein provides an enlightening look at the different ways to approach the Constitution. In doing so, he transcends ideology and helps us appreciate different perspectives. He also shows the virtue of his own favorite approach, that of minimalism, which seeks to respect traditions and long-settled practices.&amp;#039; -Walter Isaacson, President and CEO of the Aspen Institute, and author of The Innovators &amp;#039;In this remarkable addition to Oxford University Press&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Inalienable Rights&amp;#039; series on the American Constitution, Cass Sunstein persuasively speaks not to theories of constitutional interpretation, but to four archetypical judicial personalities reflected in opinion-writing, and in doing so he opens up an imaginative new perspective for appreciating our constitutional history.&amp;#039; -Peter L. Strauss, Betts Professor of Law, Columbia Law School &amp;#039;In Constitutional Personae, Cass Sunstein analyzes judicial review in the United States in terms of four personalities or archetypes. He shows how this model illuminates a wide range of questions, and he offers a subtle restatement and defense of his favorite persona, the constitutional minimalist. Filled to the brim with insights, this is a splendid and imaginative contribution to constitutional theory.&amp;#039; -Jack Balkin, Knight Professor of Constitutional Law, Yale Law School &amp;#039;A novel approach...carefully reasoned and clearly explained, Sunstein&amp;#039;s approach offe</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Liebende - Eine poetische Fabel über die unermessliche Kraft verbundener Herzen (Ungekürzte Lesung mit Musik) by Jeong Ho-Seung</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406732</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Liebende - Eine poetische Fabel über die unermessliche Kraft verbundener Herzen (Ungekürzte Lesung mit Musik)
Author: Jeong Ho-Seung
Narrator: Gert Heidenreich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Zwei Karpfen an einem Tempelwindspiel lassen hoch oben am First ihre Glöckchen erklingen und schenken einsamen und traurigen Menschen durch ihren Klang Hoffnung. Der Legende nach sind die beiden Fische Liebende, die füreinander bestimmt sind - bis zu dem Tag, als Blauperlenauge beginnt, von einem anderen Leben zu träumen. Sein Leben ist ihm zu eng geworden, er möchte fliegen und die Welt erkunden. Wie durch ein Wunder wird das tatsächlich möglich. Er fliegt zum Ozean, in die Städte, erkundet den Sinn des Lebens und die wahre Bedeutung von Liebe. Bis ihm klar wird, wo er sie wirklich findet ... Diese poetische Fabel ist Balsam für den Hörer. Sie verbreitet eine stille Faszination, wie eine Art Meditation, die berührt und den Fokus auf das Wesentliche im Leben ausrichtet.</description>
      <author>Jeong Ho-Seung</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732481743.mp3" length="899074" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406732</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732481743.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Liebende - Eine poetische Fabel über die unermessliche Kraft verbundener Herzen (Ungekürzte Lesung mit Musik)
Author: Jeong Ho-Seung
Narrator: Gert Heidenreich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Zwei Karpfen an einem Tempelwindspiel lassen hoch oben am First ihre Glöckchen erklingen und schenken einsamen und traurigen Menschen durch ihren Klang Hoffnung. Der Legende nach sind die beiden Fische Liebende, die füreinander bestimmt sind - bis zu dem Tag, als Blauperlenauge beginnt, von einem anderen Leben zu träumen. Sein Leben ist ihm zu eng geworden, er möchte fliegen und die Welt erkunden. Wie durch ein Wunder wird das tatsächlich möglich. Er fliegt zum Ozean, in die Städte, erkundet den Sinn des Lebens und die wahre Bedeutung von Liebe. Bis ihm klar wird, wo er sie wirklich findet ... Diese poetische Fabel ist Balsam für den Hörer. Sie verbreitet eine stille Faszination, wie eine Art Meditation, die berührt und den Fokus auf das Wesentliche im Leben ausrichtet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Liebende - Eine poetische Fabel über die unermessliche Kraft verbundener Herzen (Ungekürzte Lesung mit Musik)
Author: Jeong Ho-Seung
Narrator: Gert Heidenreich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Zwei Karpfen an einem Tempelwindspiel lassen hoch oben am First ihre Glöckchen erklingen und schenken einsamen und traurigen Menschen durch ihren Klang Hoffnung. Der Legende nach sind die beiden Fische Liebende, die füreinander bestimmt sind - bis zu dem Tag, als Blauperlenauge beginnt, von einem anderen Leben zu träumen. Sein Leben ist ihm zu eng geworden, er möchte fliegen und die Welt erkunden. Wie durch ein Wunder wird das tatsächlich möglich. Er fliegt zum Ozean, in die Städte, erkundet den Sinn des Lebens und die wahre Bedeutung von Liebe. Bis ihm klar wird, wo er sie wirklich findet ... Diese poetische Fabel ist Balsam für den Hörer. Sie verbreitet eine stille Faszination, wie eine Art Meditation, die berührt und den Fokus auf das Wesentliche im Leben ausrichtet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Humanist History Before Europe by Chirag Patel &amp;amp; Rishabh Prasad</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405932</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Humanist History Before Europe
Author: Chirag Patel &amp;amp; Rishabh Prasad
Narrator: Chirag Patel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Follow our most evolved philosophy from its first civilisation through to its &amp;#039;birth&amp;#039; in the Enlightenment and rebirth today as wellness and spirituality Humanism is our oldest, most well developed spiritual philosophy. Follow humanism&amp;#039;s development from ancient Persia, through India, China, the medieval Middle East and finally into its &amp;#039;birth&amp;#039; in the modern era as a post-enlightenment philosophy.</description>
      <author>Chirag Patel &amp;amp; Rishabh Prasad</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982785857.mp3" length="1393973" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405932</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982785857.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Humanist History Before Europe
Author: Chirag Patel &amp;amp; Rishabh Prasad
Narrator: Chirag Patel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Follow our most evolved philosophy from its first civilisation through to its &amp;#039;birth&amp;#039; in the Enlightenment and rebirth today as wellness and spirituality Humanism is our oldest, most well developed spiritual philosophy. Follow humanism&amp;#039;s development from ancient Persia, through India, China, the medieval Middle East and finally into its &amp;#039;birth&amp;#039; in the modern era as a post-enlightenment philosophy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Humanist History Before Europe
Author: Chirag Patel &amp;amp; Rishabh Prasad
Narrator: Chirag Patel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Follow our most evolved philosophy from its first civilisation through to its &amp;#039;birth&amp;#039; in the Enlightenment and rebirth today as wellness and spirituality Humanism is our oldest, most well developed spiritual philosophy. Follow humanism&amp;#039;s development from ancient Persia, through India, China, the medieval Middle East and finally into its &amp;#039;birth&amp;#039; in the modern era as a post-enlightenment philosophy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - How to Stay Human in a F*cked-Up World  (Spanish edition): Como seguir siendo humano en un mundo: Practicar el mindfulness en la vida cotidiana by Tim Desmond</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404943</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404943">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404943</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - How to Stay Human in a F*cked-Up World  (Spanish edition): Como seguir siendo humano en un mundo: Practicar el mindfulness en la vida cotidiana
Author: Tim Desmond
Narrator: Cesar Ramones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 55 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Cómo podemos ser más conscientes cuando el mundo está j*dido? Cómo mantenerse humano en un mundo j*dido es la respuesta fresca y atractiva a esta importante pregunta. Si has intentado la atención plena y has fallado, le entendemos. Probablemente le dijeron que se sentara en una almohada en una habitación oscura, meditar o contar sus respiraciones. Pero la atención plena no se trata de separarnos de los problemas del mundo. En cambio, se trata de volver a aprender cómo salir, conectarse con el sufrimiento de cada ser viviente y, al hacerlo, abrazar su propio sufrimiento personal para curarse, transformarse, crecer y finalmente encontrar la paz. Tim Desmond, un estimado filósofo budista que ha dado conferencias sobre psicología tanto en Harvard como en Yale y estudió con el maestro zen Thich Nhat Hanh, ha pasado su vida cultivando nuevas formas de cerrar la brecha entre la antigua tradición de la atención plena y la vida moderna. Con How to Stay Human in a F * cked Up World Desmond llega directamente al corazón de nuestro dolor colectivo con una práctica de atención plena que le cambia la vida para sobrevivir al mundo a veces miserable en el que vivimos, con estrategias e información que puede comenzar a utilizar para sentirse. Más conectados, alegres, y presentes hoy.</description>
      <author>Tim Desmond</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063014343.mp3" length="1382696" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404943</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063014343.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404943">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404943</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - How to Stay Human in a F*cked-Up World  (Spanish edition): Como seguir siendo humano en un mundo: Practicar el mindfulness en la vida cotidiana
Author: Tim Desmond
Narrator: Cesar Ramones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 55 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Cómo podemos ser más conscientes cuando el mundo está j*dido? Cómo mantenerse humano en un mundo j*dido es la respuesta fresca y atractiva a esta importante pregunta. Si has intentado la atención plena y has fallado, le entendemos. Probablemente le dijeron que se sentara en una almohada en una habitación oscura, meditar o contar sus respiraciones. Pero la atención plena no se trata de separarnos de los problemas del mundo. En cambio, se trata de volver a aprender cómo salir, conectarse con el sufrimiento de cada ser viviente y, al hacerlo, abrazar su propio sufrimiento personal para curarse, transformarse, crecer y finalmente encontrar la paz. Tim Desmond, un estimado filósofo budista que ha dado conferencias sobre psicología tanto en Harvard como en Yale y estudió con el maestro zen Thich Nhat Hanh, ha pasado su vida cultivando nuevas formas de cerrar la brecha entre la antigua tradición de la atención plena y la vida moderna. Con How to Stay Human in a F * cked Up World Desmond llega directamente al corazón de nuestro dolor colectivo con una práctica de atención plena que le cambia la vida para sobrevivir al mundo a veces miserable en el que vivimos, con estrategias e información que puede comenzar a utilizar para sentirse. Más conectados, alegres, y presentes hoy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404943">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404943</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - How to Stay Human in a F*cked-Up World  (Spanish edition): Como seguir siendo humano en un mundo: Practicar el mindfulness en la vida cotidiana
Author: Tim Desmond
Narrator: Cesar Ramones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 55 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Cómo podemos ser más conscientes cuando el mundo está j*dido? Cómo mantenerse humano en un mundo j*dido es la respuesta fresca y atractiva a esta importante pregunta. Si has intentado la atención plena y has fallado, le entendemos. Probablemente le dijeron que se sentara en una almohada en una habitación oscura, meditar o contar sus respiraciones. Pero la atención plena no se trata de separarnos de los problemas del mundo. En cambio, se trata de volver a aprender cómo salir, conectarse con el sufrimiento de cada ser viviente y, al hacerlo, abrazar su propio sufrimiento personal para curarse, transformarse, crecer y finalmente encontrar la paz. Tim Desmond, un estimado filósofo budista que ha dado conferencias sobre psicología tanto en Harvard como en Yale y estudió con el maestro zen Thich Nhat Hanh, ha pasado su vida cultivando nuevas formas de cerrar la brecha entre la antigua tradición de la atención plena y la vida moderna. Con How to Stay Human in a F * cked Up World Desmond llega directamente al corazón de nuestro dolor colectivo con una práctica de atención plena que le cambia la vida para sobrevivir al mundo a veces miserable en el que vivimos, con estrategias e información que puede comenzar a utilizar para sentirse. Más conectados, alegres, y presentes hoy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Enchiridion of Epictetus by Arrian, Epictetus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404887</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enchiridion of Epictetus
Author: Arrian, Epictetus
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Enchiridion or Handbook of Epictetus is a short manual of Stoic ethical advice compiled by Arrian, a 2nd-century disciple of the Greek philosopher Epictetus. Although the content is mostly derived from the Discourses of Epictetus, it is not a summary of the Discourses but rather a compilation of practical precepts. Eschewing metaphysics, Arrian focuses his attention on Epictetus&amp;#039;s work applying philosophy to daily life. The book is thus a manual to show the way to achieve mental freedom and happiness in all circumstances The Enchiridion appears to be a loosely-structured selection of maxims.[10] In his 6th-century Commentary, Simplicius divided the text into four distinct sections suggesting a graded approach to philosophy:[10] Chapters 1-21. What is up to us and not, and how to deal with external things.   1-2. What is up to us and not, and the consequences of choosing either.   3-14. How to deal with external things (reining the reader in from them).   15-21. How to use external things correctly and without disturbance. Chapters 22-28. Advice for intermediate students.   22-25. The problems faced by intermediate students.   26-28. Miscellania: the common conceptions, badness, and shame. Chapters 30-47. Technical advice for the discovery of appropriate actions (kath?konta).   30-33. Appropriate actions towards (a) other people, (b) God, (c) divination, (d) one&amp;#039;s own self.   34-47. Miscellaneous precepts on justice (right actions). Chapters 48-53. Conclusions on the practice of precepts.   48. Final advice and his division of types of people.   49-52. The practice of precepts.   53. Quotations for memorisation.</description>
      <author>Arrian, Epictetus</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982785260.mp3" length="847048" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404887</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982785260.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enchiridion of Epictetus
Author: Arrian, Epictetus
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Enchiridion or Handbook of Epictetus is a short manual of Stoic ethical advice compiled by Arrian, a 2nd-century disciple of the Greek philosopher Epictetus. Although the content is mostly derived from the Discourses of Epictetus, it is not a summary of the Discourses but rather a compilation of practical precepts. Eschewing metaphysics, Arrian focuses his attention on Epictetus&amp;#039;s work applying philosophy to daily life. The book is thus a manual to show the way to achieve mental freedom and happiness in all circumstances The Enchiridion appears to be a loosely-structured selection of maxims.[10] In his 6th-century Commentary, Simplicius divided the text into four distinct sections suggesting a graded approach to philosophy:[10] Chapters 1-21. What is up to us and not, and how to deal with external things.   1-2. What is up to us and not, and the consequences of choosing either.   3-14. How to deal with external things (reining the reader in from them).   15-21. How to use external things correctly and without disturbance. Chapters 22-28. Advice for intermediate students.   22-25. The problems faced by intermediate students.   26-28. Miscellania: the common conceptions, badness, and shame. Chapters 30-47. Technical advice for the discovery of appropriate actions (kath?konta).   30-33. Appropriate actions towards (a) other people, (b) God, (c) divination, (d) one&amp;#039;s own self.   34-47. Miscellaneous precepts on justice (right actions). Chapters 48-53. Conclusions on the practice of precepts.   48. Final advice and his division of types of people.   49-52. The practice of precepts.   53. Quotations for memorisation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enchiridion of Epictetus
Author: Arrian, Epictetus
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Enchiridion or Handbook of Epictetus is a short manual of Stoic ethical advice compiled by Arrian, a 2nd-century disciple of the Greek philosopher Epictetus. Although the content is mostly derived from the Discourses of Epictetus, it is not a summary of the Discourses but rather a compilation of practical precepts. Eschewing metaphysics, Arrian focuses his attention on Epictetus&amp;#039;s work applying philosophy to daily life. The book is thus a manual to show the way to achieve mental freedom and happiness in all circumstances The Enchiridion appears to be a loosely-structured selection of maxims.[10] In his 6th-century Commentary, Simplicius divided the text into four distinct sections suggesting a graded approach to philosophy:[10] Chapters 1-21. What is up to us and not, and how to deal with external things.   1-2. What is up to us and not, and the consequences of choosing either.   3-14. How to deal with external things (reining the reader in from them).   15-21. How to use external things correctly and without disturbance. Chapters 22-28. Advice for intermediate students.   22-25. The problems faced by intermediate students.   26-28. Miscellania: the common conceptions, badness, and shame. Chapters 30-47. Technical advice for the discovery of appropriate actions (kath?konta).   30-33. Appropriate actions towards (a) other people, (b) God, (c) divination, (d) one&amp;#039;s own self.   34-47. Miscellaneous precepts on justice (right actions). Chapters 48-53. Conclusions on the practice of precepts.   48. Final advice and his division of types of people.   49-52. The practice of precepts.   53. Quotations for memorisation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Essays 8: Of Leisure by Seneca</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404880</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 8: Of Leisure
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Of Leisure only survives in a fragmentary state. The work concerns the rational use of spare time, whereby one can still actively aid humankind by engaging in wider questions about nature and the universe. The text begins mid-sentence, and ends rather abruptly. In the Codex Ambrosianus (the main source for Seneca&amp;#039;s essays) it is simply tacked onto the end of De Vita Beata suggesting a scribe missed a page or two.  The addressee has been erased but appears to have been seven letters long and is assumed to have been Seneca&amp;#039;s friend Serenus. Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1. Of providence - addressed to Lucilius 2. On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3.-5. Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6. Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7. Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio  8. Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus  9. Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10. On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11. Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius  12. Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</description>
      <author>Seneca</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982785277.mp3" length="583081" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404880</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982785277.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 8: Of Leisure
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Of Leisure only survives in a fragmentary state. The work concerns the rational use of spare time, whereby one can still actively aid humankind by engaging in wider questions about nature and the universe. The text begins mid-sentence, and ends rather abruptly. In the Codex Ambrosianus (the main source for Seneca&amp;#039;s essays) it is simply tacked onto the end of De Vita Beata suggesting a scribe missed a page or two.  The addressee has been erased but appears to have been seven letters long and is assumed to have been Seneca&amp;#039;s friend Serenus. Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1. Of providence - addressed to Lucilius 2. On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3.-5. Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6. Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7. Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio  8. Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus  9. Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10. On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11. Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius  12. Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 8: Of Leisure
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Of Leisure only survives in a fragmentary state. The work concerns the rational use of spare time, whereby one can still actively aid humankind by engaging in wider questions about nature and the universe. The text begins mid-sentence, and ends rather abruptly. In the Codex Ambrosianus (the main source for Seneca&amp;#039;s essays) it is simply tacked onto the end of De Vita Beata suggesting a scribe missed a page or two.  The addressee has been erased but appears to have been seven letters long and is assumed to have been Seneca&amp;#039;s friend Serenus. Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1. Of providence - addressed to Lucilius 2. On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3.-5. Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6. Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7. Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio  8. Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus  9. Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10. On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11. Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius  12. Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Aristotle’s Way: How Ancient Wisdom Can Change Your Life by Edith Hall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404707</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Aristotle’s Way: How Ancient Wisdom Can Change Your Life
Author: Edith Hall
Narrator: Sian Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: January  2, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. ‘Wonderful and timely … Hugely recommended’ STEPHEN FRY What do you and an ancient philosopher have in common? It turns out much more than you might think… Aristotle was an extraordinary thinker, perhaps the greatest in history. Yet he was preoccupied by an ordinary question: how to be happy. His deepest belief was that we can all be happy in a meaningful, sustained way – and he led by example. In this handbook to his timeless teachings, Professor Edith Hall shows how ancient thinking is precisely what we need today, even if you don’t know your Odyssey from your Iliad. In ten practical lessons we come to understand more about our own characters and how to make good decisions. We learn how to do well in an interview, how to choose a partner and life-long friends, and how to face death or bereavement. Life deals the same challenges – in Ancient Greece or the modern world. Aristotle’s way is not to apply rules – it’s about engaging with the texture of existence, and striding purposefully towards a life well lived. This is advice that won’t go out of fashion. © Edith Hall 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Edith Hall</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Jan 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473578715.mp3" length="1333195" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404707</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473578715.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Aristotle’s Way: How Ancient Wisdom Can Change Your Life
Author: Edith Hall
Narrator: Sian Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: January  2, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. ‘Wonderful and timely … Hugely recommended’ STEPHEN FRY What do you and an ancient philosopher have in common? It turns out much more than you might think… Aristotle was an extraordinary thinker, perhaps the greatest in history. Yet he was preoccupied by an ordinary question: how to be happy. His deepest belief was that we can all be happy in a meaningful, sustained way – and he led by example. In this handbook to his timeless teachings, Professor Edith Hall shows how ancient thinking is precisely what we need today, even if you don’t know your Odyssey from your Iliad. In ten practical lessons we come to understand more about our own characters and how to make good decisions. We learn how to do well in an interview, how to choose a partner and life-long friends, and how to face death or bereavement. Life deals the same challenges – in Ancient Greece or the modern world. Aristotle’s way is not to apply rules – it’s about engaging with the texture of existence, and striding purposefully towards a life well lived. This is advice that won’t go out of fashion. © Edith Hall 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Aristotle’s Way: How Ancient Wisdom Can Change Your Life
Author: Edith Hall
Narrator: Sian Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: January  2, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. ‘Wonderful and timely … Hugely recommended’ STEPHEN FRY What do you and an ancient philosopher have in common? It turns out much more than you might think… Aristotle was an extraordinary thinker, perhaps the greatest in history. Yet he was preoccupied by an ordinary question: how to be happy. His deepest belief was that we can all be happy in a meaningful, sustained way – and he led by example. In this handbook to his timeless teachings, Professor Edith Hall shows how ancient thinking is precisely what we need today, even if you don’t know your Odyssey from your Iliad. In ten practical lessons we come to understand more about our own characters and how to make good decisions. We learn how to do well in an interview, how to choose a partner and life-long friends, and how to face death or bereavement. Life deals the same challenges – in Ancient Greece or the modern world. Aristotle’s way is not to apply rules – it’s about engaging with the texture of existence, and striding purposefully towards a life well lived. This is advice that won’t go out of fashion. © Edith Hall 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conversations with Buddha: A Fictional Dialogue Based on Biographical Facts by Joan Duncan Oliver</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404172</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conversations with Buddha: A Fictional Dialogue Based on Biographical Facts
Author: Joan Duncan Oliver
Narrator: Manish Dongardive, Toni Frutin, Pamela Almand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagined by one of the world&amp;#039;s leading experts on Buddhism, this fictionalised conversation presents the essential biography of its famously wise founder.A relaxed chat with the Buddha tells us what he thought about impermanence, karma, mindfulness, compassion, love, and everything else that leads us toward a true understanding of ourselves and the cosmos.We know him as the Buddha, the &amp;quot;Awakened One&amp;quot;. Born Siddhartha Gautama 2,500 years ago in northern India, he became one of the world&amp;#039;s greatest spiritual leaders. He suffered as we do, then by his own efforts found the key to liberation from the bonds of desire, hatred and ignorance. As Westerners living in relative prosperity, we can identify with this man who had it all - love, success, money, talent, privilege - but set these things aside to search for something deeper and more enduring. This book presents an account of the Buddha&amp;#039;s life followed by a series of plausible and illuminating but imagined conversations, which probe all aspects of his philosophy for living. The insights he conveys here offer us practical wisdom for a better life.</description>
      <author>Joan Duncan Oliver</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781624613845.mp3" length="840215" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404172</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781624613845.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conversations with Buddha: A Fictional Dialogue Based on Biographical Facts
Author: Joan Duncan Oliver
Narrator: Manish Dongardive, Toni Frutin, Pamela Almand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagined by one of the world&amp;#039;s leading experts on Buddhism, this fictionalised conversation presents the essential biography of its famously wise founder.A relaxed chat with the Buddha tells us what he thought about impermanence, karma, mindfulness, compassion, love, and everything else that leads us toward a true understanding of ourselves and the cosmos.We know him as the Buddha, the &amp;quot;Awakened One&amp;quot;. Born Siddhartha Gautama 2,500 years ago in northern India, he became one of the world&amp;#039;s greatest spiritual leaders. He suffered as we do, then by his own efforts found the key to liberation from the bonds of desire, hatred and ignorance. As Westerners living in relative prosperity, we can identify with this man who had it all - love, success, money, talent, privilege - but set these things aside to search for something deeper and more enduring. This book presents an account of the Buddha&amp;#039;s life followed by a series of plausible and illuminating but imagined conversations, which probe all aspects of his philosophy for living. The insights he conveys here offer us practical wisdom for a better life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conversations with Buddha: A Fictional Dialogue Based on Biographical Facts
Author: Joan Duncan Oliver
Narrator: Manish Dongardive, Toni Frutin, Pamela Almand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagined by one of the world&amp;#039;s leading experts on Buddhism, this fictionalised conversation presents the essential biography of its famously wise founder.A relaxed chat with the Buddha tells us what he thought about impermanence, karma, mindfulness, compassion, love, and everything else that leads us toward a true understanding of ourselves and the cosmos.We know him as the Buddha, the &amp;quot;Awakened One&amp;quot;. Born Siddhartha Gautama 2,500 years ago in northern India, he became one of the world&amp;#039;s greatest spiritual leaders. He suffered as we do, then by his own efforts found the key to liberation from the bonds of desire, hatred and ignorance. As Westerners living in relative prosperity, we can identify with this man who had it all - love, success, money, talent, privilege - but set these things aside to search for something deeper and more enduring. This book presents an account of the Buddha&amp;#039;s life followed by a series of plausible and illuminating but imagined conversations, which probe all aspects of his philosophy for living. The insights he conveys here offer us practical wisdom for a better life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This Is Water: Booktrack Edition: Some Thoughts, Delivered on a Significant Occasion, about Living a Compassionate Life by David Foster Wallace</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403988</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Is Water: Booktrack Edition: Some Thoughts, Delivered on a Significant Occasion, about Living a Compassionate Life
Author: David Foster Wallace
Narrator: Amy Wallace, David Foster Wallace
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This Is Water: Booktrack Edition adds an immersive musical soundtrack to your audiobook listening experience! *   Only once did David Foster Wallace give a public talk on his views on life, during a commencement address given in 2005 at Kenyon College. The speech is reprinted for the first time in book form in THIS IS WATER. How does one keep from going through their comfortable, prosperous adult life unconsciously? How do we get ourselves out of the foreground of our thoughts and achieve compassion? The speech captures Wallace&amp;#039;s electric intellect as well as his grace in attention to others. After his death, it became a treasured piece of writing reprinted in The Wall Street Journal and the London Times, commented on endlessly in blogs, and emailed from friend to friend. With his one-of-a-kind blend of causal humor, exacting intellect, and practical philosophy, David Foster Wallace probes the challenges of daily living and offers advice that renews us with every listening.   *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout.</description>
      <author>David Foster Wallace</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549102431.mp3" length="882485" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403988</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549102431.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Is Water: Booktrack Edition: Some Thoughts, Delivered on a Significant Occasion, about Living a Compassionate Life
Author: David Foster Wallace
Narrator: Amy Wallace, David Foster Wallace
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This Is Water: Booktrack Edition adds an immersive musical soundtrack to your audiobook listening experience! *   Only once did David Foster Wallace give a public talk on his views on life, during a commencement address given in 2005 at Kenyon College. The speech is reprinted for the first time in book form in THIS IS WATER. How does one keep from going through their comfortable, prosperous adult life unconsciously? How do we get ourselves out of the foreground of our thoughts and achieve compassion? The speech captures Wallace&amp;#039;s electric intellect as well as his grace in attention to others. After his death, it became a treasured piece of writing reprinted in The Wall Street Journal and the London Times, commented on endlessly in blogs, and emailed from friend to friend. With his one-of-a-kind blend of causal humor, exacting intellect, and practical philosophy, David Foster Wallace probes the challenges of daily living and offers advice that renews us with every listening.   *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Is Water: Booktrack Edition: Some Thoughts, Delivered on a Significant Occasion, about Living a Compassionate Life
Author: David Foster Wallace
Narrator: Amy Wallace, David Foster Wallace
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This Is Water: Booktrack Edition adds an immersive musical soundtrack to your audiobook listening experience! *   Only once did David Foster Wallace give a public talk on his views on life, during a commencement address given in 2005 at Kenyon College. The speech is reprinted for the first time in book form in THIS IS WATER. How does one keep from going through their comfortable, prosperous adult life unconsciously? How do we get ourselves out of the foreground of our thoughts and achieve compassion? The speech captures Wallace&amp;#039;s electric intellect as well as his grace in attention to others. After his death, it became a treasured piece of writing reprinted in The Wall Street Journal and the London Times, commented on endlessly in blogs, and emailed from friend to friend. With his one-of-a-kind blend of causal humor, exacting intellect, and practical philosophy, David Foster Wallace probes the challenges of daily living and offers advice that renews us with every listening.   *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Idea of the World: A Multi-Disciplinary Argument for the Mental Nature of Reality by Bernardo Kastrup</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Idea of the World: A Multi-Disciplinary Argument for the Mental Nature of Reality
Author: Bernardo Kastrup
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A rigorous case for the primacy of mind in nature, from philosophy to neuroscience, psychology, and physics. The Idea of the World offers a grounded alternative to the frenzy of unrestrained abstractions and unexamined assumptions in philosophy and science today. This book examines what can be learned about the nature of reality based on conceptual parsimony, straightforward logic, and empirical evidence from fields as diverse as physics and neuroscience. It compiles an overarching case for idealism—the notion that reality is essentially mental—from ten original articles the author has previously published in leading academic journals. The case begins with an exposition of the logical fallacies and internal contradictions of the reigning physicalist ontology and its popular alternatives, such as bottom-up panpsychism. It then advances a compelling formulation of idealism that elegantly makes sense of—and reconciles—classical and quantum worlds. The main objections to idealism are systematically refuted and empirical evidence is reviewed that corroborates the formulation presented here. The book closes with an analysis of the hidden psychological motivations behind mainstream physicalism and the implications of idealism for the way we relate to the world.</description>
      <author>Bernardo Kastrup</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977365392.mp3" length="8526000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977365392.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Idea of the World: A Multi-Disciplinary Argument for the Mental Nature of Reality
Author: Bernardo Kastrup
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A rigorous case for the primacy of mind in nature, from philosophy to neuroscience, psychology, and physics. The Idea of the World offers a grounded alternative to the frenzy of unrestrained abstractions and unexamined assumptions in philosophy and science today. This book examines what can be learned about the nature of reality based on conceptual parsimony, straightforward logic, and empirical evidence from fields as diverse as physics and neuroscience. It compiles an overarching case for idealism—the notion that reality is essentially mental—from ten original articles the author has previously published in leading academic journals. The case begins with an exposition of the logical fallacies and internal contradictions of the reigning physicalist ontology and its popular alternatives, such as bottom-up panpsychism. It then advances a compelling formulation of idealism that elegantly makes sense of—and reconciles—classical and quantum worlds. The main objections to idealism are systematically refuted and empirical evidence is reviewed that corroborates the formulation presented here. The book closes with an analysis of the hidden psychological motivations behind mainstream physicalism and the implications of idealism for the way we relate to the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Idea of the World: A Multi-Disciplinary Argument for the Mental Nature of Reality
Author: Bernardo Kastrup
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A rigorous case for the primacy of mind in nature, from philosophy to neuroscience, psychology, and physics. The Idea of the World offers a grounded alternative to the frenzy of unrestrained abstractions and unexamined assumptions in philosophy and science today. This book examines what can be learned about the nature of reality based on conceptual parsimony, straightforward logic, and empirical evidence from fields as diverse as physics and neuroscience. It compiles an overarching case for idealism—the notion that reality is essentially mental—from ten original articles the author has previously published in leading academic journals. The case begins with an exposition of the logical fallacies and internal contradictions of the reigning physicalist ontology and its popular alternatives, such as bottom-up panpsychism. It then advances a compelling formulation of idealism that elegantly makes sense of—and reconciles—classical and quantum worlds. The main objections to idealism are systematically refuted and empirical evidence is reviewed that corroborates the formulation presented here. The book closes with an analysis of the hidden psychological motivations behind mainstream physicalism and the implications of idealism for the way we relate to the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Living Neverland by Wendell Charles Ne Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401438</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401438">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401438</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living Neverland
Author: Wendell Charles Ne Smith
Narrator: Wendell Charles Ne Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Wendell battles to the heart of all of the problems in society and teaches his lost children how to defeat Hook and his evil mind controlling pirates. Each wrinkle infused into our skin paints a picture into our past and the actions of our present then directs the shape of their future. A frown will eventually infuse into old age and the mannerisms that we utilise will form into the heart that controls them. And as these wrinkles stack, we begin to forget the dreams that once plagued our minds. Popular culture then reinforces this conformity through simple yet repetitive messages and those who see through them end up being marginalised by society. Our path gets darker as the fairies of the world lose the fire that drives them. Because if we lose the ability to interpret non-literal examples into the reality of how we and everything around us functions, then we also inflict oppression that could obtain us real collective insight. And when those who have discovered fairy dust unite, the revolution will begin and the golden freaks who kept their happy thoughts will remember how you treated them when they evolve into your judge, jury, ...</description>
      <author>Wendell Charles Ne Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781633483781.mp3" length="1311957" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401438</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781633483781.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401438">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401438</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living Neverland
Author: Wendell Charles Ne Smith
Narrator: Wendell Charles Ne Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Wendell battles to the heart of all of the problems in society and teaches his lost children how to defeat Hook and his evil mind controlling pirates. Each wrinkle infused into our skin paints a picture into our past and the actions of our present then directs the shape of their future. A frown will eventually infuse into old age and the mannerisms that we utilise will form into the heart that controls them. And as these wrinkles stack, we begin to forget the dreams that once plagued our minds. Popular culture then reinforces this conformity through simple yet repetitive messages and those who see through them end up being marginalised by society. Our path gets darker as the fairies of the world lose the fire that drives them. Because if we lose the ability to interpret non-literal examples into the reality of how we and everything around us functions, then we also inflict oppression that could obtain us real collective insight. And when those who have discovered fairy dust unite, the revolution will begin and the golden freaks who kept their happy thoughts will remember how you treated them when they evolve into your judge, jury, ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401438">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401438</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living Neverland
Author: Wendell Charles Ne Smith
Narrator: Wendell Charles Ne Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Wendell battles to the heart of all of the problems in society and teaches his lost children how to defeat Hook and his evil mind controlling pirates. Each wrinkle infused into our skin paints a picture into our past and the actions of our present then directs the shape of their future. A frown will eventually infuse into old age and the mannerisms that we utilise will form into the heart that controls them. And as these wrinkles stack, we begin to forget the dreams that once plagued our minds. Popular culture then reinforces this conformity through simple yet repetitive messages and those who see through them end up being marginalised by society. Our path gets darker as the fairies of the world lose the fire that drives them. Because if we lose the ability to interpret non-literal examples into the reality of how we and everything around us functions, then we also inflict oppression that could obtain us real collective insight. And when those who have discovered fairy dust unite, the revolution will begin and the golden freaks who kept their happy thoughts will remember how you treated them when they evolve into your judge, jury, ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Essays 6: Of Consolation to Marcia by Seneca</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401423</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 6: Of Consolation to Marcia
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 37 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Marcia actively mourned the death of her son Metilius for over three years. In Of Consolation to Marcia, Seneca attempts to convince her that the fate of her son, while tragic, should not have been a surprise. She knew many other mothers who had lost their sons; why should she expect her own son to survive her? The acknowledgement, even expectation, of the worst of all possible outcomes is a tenet of Seneca&amp;#039;s Stoic philosophy. While Seneca sympathised with Marcia, he reminded her that &amp;#039;we are born into a world of things which are all destined to die,&amp;#039; and that if she could accept that no one is guaranteed a just life (that is, one in which sons always outlive their mothers), she could finally end her mourning and live the rest of her life in peace Translation by Aubrey Stewart and produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of providence -  addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3-5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11) Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</description>
      <author>Seneca</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982783303.mp3" length="1447317" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401423</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982783303.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 6: Of Consolation to Marcia
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 37 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Marcia actively mourned the death of her son Metilius for over three years. In Of Consolation to Marcia, Seneca attempts to convince her that the fate of her son, while tragic, should not have been a surprise. She knew many other mothers who had lost their sons; why should she expect her own son to survive her? The acknowledgement, even expectation, of the worst of all possible outcomes is a tenet of Seneca&amp;#039;s Stoic philosophy. While Seneca sympathised with Marcia, he reminded her that &amp;#039;we are born into a world of things which are all destined to die,&amp;#039; and that if she could accept that no one is guaranteed a just life (that is, one in which sons always outlive their mothers), she could finally end her mourning and live the rest of her life in peace Translation by Aubrey Stewart and produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of providence -  addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3-5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11) Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 6: Of Consolation to Marcia
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 37 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Marcia actively mourned the death of her son Metilius for over three years. In Of Consolation to Marcia, Seneca attempts to convince her that the fate of her son, while tragic, should not have been a surprise. She knew many other mothers who had lost their sons; why should she expect her own son to survive her? The acknowledgement, even expectation, of the worst of all possible outcomes is a tenet of Seneca&amp;#039;s Stoic philosophy. While Seneca sympathised with Marcia, he reminded her that &amp;#039;we are born into a world of things which are all destined to die,&amp;#039; and that if she could accept that no one is guaranteed a just life (that is, one in which sons always outlive their mothers), she could finally end her mourning and live the rest of her life in peace Translation by Aubrey Stewart and produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of providence -  addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3-5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11) Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When You Kant Figure It Out, Ask a Philosopher: Timeless Wisdom for Modern Dilemmas by Marie Robert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401263</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When You Kant Figure It Out, Ask a Philosopher: Timeless Wisdom for Modern Dilemmas
Author: Marie Robert
Narrator: Christine Lakin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Advice for modern dilemmas from the greatest Western philosophers. How can Kant comfort you when you get ditched via text message? How can Aristotle cure your hangover? How can Heidegger make you feel better when your dog dies?  When You Kant Figure It Out, Ask a Philosopher explains how pearls of wisdom from the greatest Western philosophers can help us face and make light of some of the daily challenges of modern life. In twelve clever, accessible chapters, you&amp;#039;ll get advice from Epicurus about how to disconnect from constant news alerts and social media updates, Nietzsche&amp;#039;s take on getting in shape, John Stuart Mill&amp;#039;s tips for handling bad birthday presents, and many other classic insights to help you navigate life today.  Hilarious, practical, and edifying, When You Kant Figure It Out, Ask a Philosopher brings the best thinkers of the past into the 21st Century to help us all make sense of a chaotic new world.</description>
      <author>Marie Robert</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549177910.mp3" length="895486" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401263</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549177910.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When You Kant Figure It Out, Ask a Philosopher: Timeless Wisdom for Modern Dilemmas
Author: Marie Robert
Narrator: Christine Lakin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Advice for modern dilemmas from the greatest Western philosophers. How can Kant comfort you when you get ditched via text message? How can Aristotle cure your hangover? How can Heidegger make you feel better when your dog dies?  When You Kant Figure It Out, Ask a Philosopher explains how pearls of wisdom from the greatest Western philosophers can help us face and make light of some of the daily challenges of modern life. In twelve clever, accessible chapters, you&amp;#039;ll get advice from Epicurus about how to disconnect from constant news alerts and social media updates, Nietzsche&amp;#039;s take on getting in shape, John Stuart Mill&amp;#039;s tips for handling bad birthday presents, and many other classic insights to help you navigate life today.  Hilarious, practical, and edifying, When You Kant Figure It Out, Ask a Philosopher brings the best thinkers of the past into the 21st Century to help us all make sense of a chaotic new world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When You Kant Figure It Out, Ask a Philosopher: Timeless Wisdom for Modern Dilemmas
Author: Marie Robert
Narrator: Christine Lakin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Advice for modern dilemmas from the greatest Western philosophers. How can Kant comfort you when you get ditched via text message? How can Aristotle cure your hangover? How can Heidegger make you feel better when your dog dies?  When You Kant Figure It Out, Ask a Philosopher explains how pearls of wisdom from the greatest Western philosophers can help us face and make light of some of the daily challenges of modern life. In twelve clever, accessible chapters, you&amp;#039;ll get advice from Epicurus about how to disconnect from constant news alerts and social media updates, Nietzsche&amp;#039;s take on getting in shape, John Stuart Mill&amp;#039;s tips for handling bad birthday presents, and many other classic insights to help you navigate life today.  Hilarious, practical, and edifying, When You Kant Figure It Out, Ask a Philosopher brings the best thinkers of the past into the 21st Century to help us all make sense of a chaotic new world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Metazoa: Animal Minds and the Birth of Consciousness by Peter Godfrey-Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400538</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metazoa: Animal Minds and the Birth of Consciousness
Author: Peter Godfrey-Smith
Narrator: Peter Godfrey-Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The follow-up to the BBC Radio 4 Book of the Week Other Minds           A Times and Sunday Times Book of the Year           A Waterstones Best Book of 2020                        The scuba-diving philosopher explores the origins of animal consciousness.                      Dip below the ocean’s surface and you are soon confronted by forms of life that could not seem more foreign to our own: sea sponges, soft corals and flower-like worms, whose rooted bodies and intricate geometry are more reminiscent of plant life than anything recognisably animal. Yet these creatures are our cousins. As fellow members of the animal kingdom – the Metazoa – they can teach us about the evolutionary origins of not only our bodies, but also our minds.           In his acclaimed book, Other Minds, Peter Godfrey-Smith explored the mind of the octopus – the closest thing to an intelligent alien on Earth. In Metazoa, he expands his inquiry to animals at large, investigating the evolution of experience with the assistance of far-flung species. Godfrey-Smith shows that the appearance of the first animal body form well over half a billion years ago was a profound innovation that set life upon a new path. He charts the ways that subsequent evolutionary developments – eyes that track, for example, and bodies that move through and manipulate the environment – shaped the lives of animals. Following the evolutionary paths of a glass sponge, soft coral, banded shrimp, octopus and fish, then moving onto land and the world of insects, birds and primates like ourselves, Metazoa gathers these stories together to bridge the gap between matter and mind and address one of the most important philosophical questions: what is the origin of consciousness?           Combining vivid animal encounters with philosophy and biology, Metazoa reveals the impossibility of separating the evolution of our minds from the evolution of animals themselves.</description>
      <author>Peter Godfrey-Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008321222.mp3" length="1334104" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400538</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008321222.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metazoa: Animal Minds and the Birth of Consciousness
Author: Peter Godfrey-Smith
Narrator: Peter Godfrey-Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The follow-up to the BBC Radio 4 Book of the Week Other Minds           A Times and Sunday Times Book of the Year           A Waterstones Best Book of 2020                        The scuba-diving philosopher explores the origins of animal consciousness.                      Dip below the ocean’s surface and you are soon confronted by forms of life that could not seem more foreign to our own: sea sponges, soft corals and flower-like worms, whose rooted bodies and intricate geometry are more reminiscent of plant life than anything recognisably animal. Yet these creatures are our cousins. As fellow members of the animal kingdom – the Metazoa – they can teach us about the evolutionary origins of not only our bodies, but also our minds.           In his acclaimed book, Other Minds, Peter Godfrey-Smith explored the mind of the octopus – the closest thing to an intelligent alien on Earth. In Metazoa, he expands his inquiry to animals at large, investigating the evolution of experience with the assistance of far-flung species. Godfrey-Smith shows that the appearance of the first animal body form well over half a billion years ago was a profound innovation that set life upon a new path. He charts the ways that subsequent evolutionary developments – eyes that track, for example, and bodies that move through and manipulate the environment – shaped the lives of animals. Following the evolutionary paths of a glass sponge, soft coral, banded shrimp, octopus and fish, then moving onto land and the world of insects, birds and primates like ourselves, Metazoa gathers these stories together to bridge the gap between matter and mind and address one of the most important philosophical questions: what is the origin of consciousness?           Combining vivid animal encounters with philosophy and biology, Metazoa reveals the impossibility of separating the evolution of our minds from the evolution of animals themselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metazoa: Animal Minds and the Birth of Consciousness
Author: Peter Godfrey-Smith
Narrator: Peter Godfrey-Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The follow-up to the BBC Radio 4 Book of the Week Other Minds           A Times and Sunday Times Book of the Year           A Waterstones Best Book of 2020                        The scuba-diving philosopher explores the origins of animal consciousness.                      Dip below the ocean’s surface and you are soon confronted by forms of life that could not seem more foreign to our own: sea sponges, soft corals and flower-like worms, whose rooted bodies and intricate geometry are more reminiscent of plant life than anything recognisably animal. Yet these creatures are our cousins. As fellow members of the animal kingdom – the Metazoa – they can teach us about the evolutionary origins of not only our bodies, but also our minds.           In his acclaimed book, Other Minds, Peter Godfrey-Smith explored the mind of the octopus – the closest thing to an intelligent alien on Earth. In Metazoa, he expands his inquiry to animals at large, investigating the evolution of experience with the assistance of far-flung species. Godfrey-Smith shows that the appearance of the first animal body form well over half a billion years ago was a profound innovation that set life upon a new path. He charts the ways that subsequent evolutionary developments – eyes that track, for example, and bodies that move through and manipulate the environment – shaped the lives of animals. Following the evolutionary paths of a glass sponge, soft coral, banded shrimp, octopus and fish, then moving onto land and the world of insects, birds and primates like ourselves, Metazoa gathers these stories together to bridge the gap between matter and mind and address one of the most important philosophical questions: what is the origin of consciousness?           Combining vivid animal encounters with philosophy and biology, Metazoa reveals the impossibility of separating the evolution of our minds from the evolution of animals themselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Raven Smith’s Trivial Pursuits by Raven Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400536</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raven Smith’s Trivial Pursuits
Author: Raven Smith
Narrator: Raven Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
’Instagram’s answer to David Sedaris.’ ST STYLE MAGAZINE                                   ’Irresistibly readable’ DOLLY ALDERTON                                    ’You’ll laugh. You’ll cry.’ LENA DUNHAM                                   A hilarious, smart and incredibly singular debut from Raven Smith, whose exploration of the minutiae of everyday modern life and culture is totally unique and painfully relatable.                      Is being tall a social currency? Am I the contents of my fridge? Does yoga matter if you’re not filthy rich? Is a bagel four slices of bread? Are three cigarettes a meal?           From IKEA meatballs to minibreaks, join Raven Smith as he reflects on the importance we place in the least important things and our frivolous attempts to accomplish and attain. He also tackles his single-parent upbringing, his struggles as a lonely teenager and his personal experience of coming out.           Packed with brilliant humour, great tenderness and lingering pathos, Raven Smith’s Trivial Pursuits is a book for anyone who has ever asked ‘when I get to the pearly gates of heaven, will a viral tweet count for or against my entry?’                        This audiobook includes an exclusive interview between Raven Smith and his editor, in which they discuss the themes of the book and illuminate further on some of the stories and events detailed within.</description>
      <author>Raven Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008339982.mp3" length="1449438" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400536</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008339982.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raven Smith’s Trivial Pursuits
Author: Raven Smith
Narrator: Raven Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
’Instagram’s answer to David Sedaris.’ ST STYLE MAGAZINE                                   ’Irresistibly readable’ DOLLY ALDERTON                                    ’You’ll laugh. You’ll cry.’ LENA DUNHAM                                   A hilarious, smart and incredibly singular debut from Raven Smith, whose exploration of the minutiae of everyday modern life and culture is totally unique and painfully relatable.                      Is being tall a social currency? Am I the contents of my fridge? Does yoga matter if you’re not filthy rich? Is a bagel four slices of bread? Are three cigarettes a meal?           From IKEA meatballs to minibreaks, join Raven Smith as he reflects on the importance we place in the least important things and our frivolous attempts to accomplish and attain. He also tackles his single-parent upbringing, his struggles as a lonely teenager and his personal experience of coming out.           Packed with brilliant humour, great tenderness and lingering pathos, Raven Smith’s Trivial Pursuits is a book for anyone who has ever asked ‘when I get to the pearly gates of heaven, will a viral tweet count for or against my entry?’                        This audiobook includes an exclusive interview between Raven Smith and his editor, in which they discuss the themes of the book and illuminate further on some of the stories and events detailed within.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raven Smith’s Trivial Pursuits
Author: Raven Smith
Narrator: Raven Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
’Instagram’s answer to David Sedaris.’ ST STYLE MAGAZINE                                   ’Irresistibly readable’ DOLLY ALDERTON                                    ’You’ll laugh. You’ll cry.’ LENA DUNHAM                                   A hilarious, smart and incredibly singular debut from Raven Smith, whose exploration of the minutiae of everyday modern life and culture is totally unique and painfully relatable.                      Is being tall a social currency? Am I the contents of my fridge? Does yoga matter if you’re not filthy rich? Is a bagel four slices of bread? Are three cigarettes a meal?           From IKEA meatballs to minibreaks, join Raven Smith as he reflects on the importance we place in the least important things and our frivolous attempts to accomplish and attain. He also tackles his single-parent upbringing, his struggles as a lonely teenager and his personal experience of coming out.           Packed with brilliant humour, great tenderness and lingering pathos, Raven Smith’s Trivial Pursuits is a book for anyone who has ever asked ‘when I get to the pearly gates of heaven, will a viral tweet count for or against my entry?’                        This audiobook includes an exclusive interview between Raven Smith and his editor, in which they discuss the themes of the book and illuminate further on some of the stories and events detailed within.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Meditaciones (Serie Great Ideas) by Marco Aurelio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400494</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400494">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400494</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Meditaciones (Serie Great Ideas)
Series: #12 of Serie Great Ideas
Author: Marco Aurelio
Narrator: Ricardo Joven
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Ideas que han cambiado el mundo. Por primera vez en audiolibro  A lo largo de la historia, algunos libros han cambiado el mundo. Han transformado la manera en que nos vemos a nosotros mismos y a los demás. Han inspirado el debate, la discordia, la guerra y la revolución. Han iluminado, indignado, provocado y consolado. Han enriquecido vidas, y también las han destruido.  Taurus publica las obras de los grandes pensadores, pioneros, radicales y visionarios cuyas ideas sacudieron la civilización y nos impulsaron a ser quienes somos.  Las Meditaciones del gran emperador-filósofo romano Marco Aurelio son sencillas aunque profundas obras de filosofía estoica que, a día de hoy, continúan ofreciendo a muchos orientación y consuelo con su elocuencia, sabiduría y humildad.  Comentarios sobre la colección Great Ideas: «De veras que la edición es primorosa y pocas veces contenido y continente pueden encontrarse mejor ensamblados y unidos. ¡Qué portadas! Para enmarcar. [...] Ante las Great Ideas, solo cabe quitarse el sombrero. ¡ Chapeau !» ABC  «Taurus propone un doble envite con este lanzamiento. Por un lado aumenta su compromiso con el ensayo; por otro, recupera el gusto por la estética. A los volúmenes se les ha proporcionado una portada delicada y cuidada (copian el original británico) que invita a la lectura.» La Razón  «Un fenómeno editorial.» The Guardian  «Aparte de los contenidos, en general muy bien elegidos, son tan bonitos que si los ven seguro que cae alguno.» El País  «Ideas revolucionarias, crónicas de exploraciones, pensamientos radicales... vuelven a la vida en estas cuidadísimas ediciones, muy atractivas para nuevos lectores.» Mujer Hoy  «Grandes ideas bien envueltas. De Cicerón a Darwin, esta colección entra por los ojos.» Rolling Stone  «Original y bella iniciativa la emprendida por Taurus con su colección Great Ideas.» Cambio 16  «Hay libros inmortales, libros únicos que contienen pensamientos y reflexiones capaces de cambiar el mundo, tesoros en miniatura reagrupados en la colección Great ideas.» Diario de León</description>
      <author>Marco Aurelio</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788430622924.mp3" length="1358916" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400494</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788430622924.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400494">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400494</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Meditaciones (Serie Great Ideas)
Series: #12 of Serie Great Ideas
Author: Marco Aurelio
Narrator: Ricardo Joven
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Ideas que han cambiado el mundo. Por primera vez en audiolibro  A lo largo de la historia, algunos libros han cambiado el mundo. Han transformado la manera en que nos vemos a nosotros mismos y a los demás. Han inspirado el debate, la discordia, la guerra y la revolución. Han iluminado, indignado, provocado y consolado. Han enriquecido vidas, y también las han destruido.  Taurus publica las obras de los grandes pensadores, pioneros, radicales y visionarios cuyas ideas sacudieron la civilización y nos impulsaron a ser quienes somos.  Las Meditaciones del gran emperador-filósofo romano Marco Aurelio son sencillas aunque profundas obras de filosofía estoica que, a día de hoy, continúan ofreciendo a muchos orientación y consuelo con su elocuencia, sabiduría y humildad.  Comentarios sobre la colección Great Ideas: «De veras que la edición es primorosa y pocas veces contenido y continente pueden encontrarse mejor ensamblados y unidos. ¡Qué portadas! Para enmarcar. [...] Ante las Great Ideas, solo cabe quitarse el sombrero. ¡ Chapeau !» ABC  «Taurus propone un doble envite con este lanzamiento. Por un lado aumenta su compromiso con el ensayo; por otro, recupera el gusto por la estética. A los volúmenes se les ha proporcionado una portada delicada y cuidada (copian el original británico) que invita a la lectura.» La Razón  «Un fenómeno editorial.» The Guardian  «Aparte de los contenidos, en general muy bien elegidos, son tan bonitos que si los ven seguro que cae alguno.» El País  «Ideas revolucionarias, crónicas de exploraciones, pensamientos radicales... vuelven a la vida en estas cuidadísimas ediciones, muy atractivas para nuevos lectores.» Mujer Hoy  «Grandes ideas bien envueltas. De Cicerón a Darwin, esta colección entra por los ojos.» Rolling Stone  «Original y bella iniciativa la emprendida por Taurus con su colección Great Ideas.» Cambio 16  «Hay libros inmortales, libros únicos que contienen pensamientos y reflexiones capaces de cambiar el mundo, tesoros en miniatura reagrupados en la colección Great ideas.» Diario de León</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400494">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400494</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Meditaciones (Serie Great Ideas)
Series: #12 of Serie Great Ideas
Author: Marco Aurelio
Narrator: Ricardo Joven
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Ideas que han cambiado el mundo. Por primera vez en audiolibro  A lo largo de la historia, algunos libros han cambiado el mundo. Han transformado la manera en que nos vemos a nosotros mismos y a los demás. Han inspirado el debate, la discordia, la guerra y la revolución. Han iluminado, indignado, provocado y consolado. Han enriquecido vidas, y también las han destruido.  Taurus publica las obras de los grandes pensadores, pioneros, radicales y visionarios cuyas ideas sacudieron la civilización y nos impulsaron a ser quienes somos.  Las Meditaciones del gran emperador-filósofo romano Marco Aurelio son sencillas aunque profundas obras de filosofía estoica que, a día de hoy, continúan ofreciendo a muchos orientación y consuelo con su elocuencia, sabiduría y humildad.  Comentarios sobre la colección Great Ideas: «De veras que la edición es primorosa y pocas veces contenido y continente pueden encontrarse mejor ensamblados y unidos. ¡Qué portadas! Para enmarcar. [...] Ante las Great Ideas, solo cabe quitarse el sombrero. ¡ Chapeau !» ABC  «Taurus propone un doble envite con este lanzamiento. Por un lado aumenta su compromiso con el ensayo; por otro, recupera el gusto por la estética. A los volúmenes se les ha proporcionado una portada delicada y cuidada (copian el original británico) que invita a la lectura.» La Razón  «Un fenómeno editorial.» The Guardian  «Aparte de los contenidos, en general muy bien elegidos, son tan bonitos que si los ven seguro que cae alguno.» El País  «Ideas revolucionarias, crónicas de exploraciones, pensamientos radicales... vuelven a la vida en estas cuidadísimas ediciones, muy atractivas para nuevos lectores.» Mujer Hoy  «Grandes ideas bien envueltas. De Cicerón a Darwin, esta colección entra por los ojos.» Rolling Stone  «Original y bella iniciativa la emprendida por Taurus con su colección Great Ideas.» Cambio 16  «Hay libros inmortales, libros únicos que contienen pensamientos y reflexiones capaces de cambiar el mundo, tesoros en miniatura reagrupados en la colección Great ideas.» Diario de León</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Great Awakening by Wendell Charles Ne Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399404</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Awakening
Author: Wendell Charles Ne Smith
Narrator: Wendell Charles Ne Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A time like no other is upon us as artificial intelligence grows. The time will soon come where humanioid robots roam among us that are indistiguishable from a human. The time for warning bells is now as we leap into the ethical ramifications of such development as well as the sociological impact such involvements will result. We must be ready for the robot revolution. Be prepared to train your robots in good ways so that they will learn what is best for not only the individual, but also all of society. And what is not good for society? Psychiatry...</description>
      <author>Wendell Charles Ne Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781633483767.mp3" length="1334804" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399404</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781633483767.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Awakening
Author: Wendell Charles Ne Smith
Narrator: Wendell Charles Ne Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A time like no other is upon us as artificial intelligence grows. The time will soon come where humanioid robots roam among us that are indistiguishable from a human. The time for warning bells is now as we leap into the ethical ramifications of such development as well as the sociological impact such involvements will result. We must be ready for the robot revolution. Be prepared to train your robots in good ways so that they will learn what is best for not only the individual, but also all of society. And what is not good for society? Psychiatry...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Awakening
Author: Wendell Charles Ne Smith
Narrator: Wendell Charles Ne Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A time like no other is upon us as artificial intelligence grows. The time will soon come where humanioid robots roam among us that are indistiguishable from a human. The time for warning bells is now as we leap into the ethical ramifications of such development as well as the sociological impact such involvements will result. We must be ready for the robot revolution. Be prepared to train your robots in good ways so that they will learn what is best for not only the individual, but also all of society. And what is not good for society? Psychiatry...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Precipice: Existential Risk and the Future of Humanity by Toby Ord</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399246</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Precipice: Existential Risk and the Future of Humanity
Author: Toby Ord
Narrator: Toby Ord
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 13
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the world’s leading moral voices, this urgent and eye-opening book makes the case thatprotecting humanity’s future is the central challenge of our time.If all goes well, human history is just beginning. Our species could survive for billions of years—enough time toend disease, poverty, and injustice, and to flourish in ways unimaginable today. But this vast future is at risk. With theadvent of nuclear weapons, humanity entered a new age, where we face existential catastrophes—those from which wecould never come back. Since then, these dangers have only multiplied, from climate change to engineered pathogensand unaligned artificial intelligence. If we do not act fast to reach a place of safety, it will soon be too late.Drawing on over a decade of research, The Precipice explores the cutting-edge science behind the risks we face. Itputs them in the context of the greater story of humanity, showing how ending these risks is among the most pressingmoral issues of our time. And it points the way forward, to the actions and strategies that can safeguard humanity.An Oxford philosopher committed to putting ideas into action, Toby Ord has advised the US National IntelligenceCouncil, the UK Prime Minister’s Office, and the World Bank on the greatest challenges facing humanity. In ThePrecipice, he offers a startling reassessment of human history, the future we are failing to protect, and the steps we musttake to ensure that our generation is not the last.</description>
      <author>Toby Ord</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980073956.mp3" length="1483698" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399246</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980073956.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Precipice: Existential Risk and the Future of Humanity
Author: Toby Ord
Narrator: Toby Ord
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 13
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the world’s leading moral voices, this urgent and eye-opening book makes the case thatprotecting humanity’s future is the central challenge of our time.If all goes well, human history is just beginning. Our species could survive for billions of years—enough time toend disease, poverty, and injustice, and to flourish in ways unimaginable today. But this vast future is at risk. With theadvent of nuclear weapons, humanity entered a new age, where we face existential catastrophes—those from which wecould never come back. Since then, these dangers have only multiplied, from climate change to engineered pathogensand unaligned artificial intelligence. If we do not act fast to reach a place of safety, it will soon be too late.Drawing on over a decade of research, The Precipice explores the cutting-edge science behind the risks we face. Itputs them in the context of the greater story of humanity, showing how ending these risks is among the most pressingmoral issues of our time. And it points the way forward, to the actions and strategies that can safeguard humanity.An Oxford philosopher committed to putting ideas into action, Toby Ord has advised the US National IntelligenceCouncil, the UK Prime Minister’s Office, and the World Bank on the greatest challenges facing humanity. In ThePrecipice, he offers a startling reassessment of human history, the future we are failing to protect, and the steps we musttake to ensure that our generation is not the last.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Precipice: Existential Risk and the Future of Humanity
Author: Toby Ord
Narrator: Toby Ord
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 13
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the world’s leading moral voices, this urgent and eye-opening book makes the case thatprotecting humanity’s future is the central challenge of our time.If all goes well, human history is just beginning. Our species could survive for billions of years—enough time toend disease, poverty, and injustice, and to flourish in ways unimaginable today. But this vast future is at risk. With theadvent of nuclear weapons, humanity entered a new age, where we face existential catastrophes—those from which wecould never come back. Since then, these dangers have only multiplied, from climate change to engineered pathogensand unaligned artificial intelligence. If we do not act fast to reach a place of safety, it will soon be too late.Drawing on over a decade of research, The Precipice explores the cutting-edge science behind the risks we face. Itputs them in the context of the greater story of humanity, showing how ending these risks is among the most pressingmoral issues of our time. And it points the way forward, to the actions and strategies that can safeguard humanity.An Oxford philosopher committed to putting ideas into action, Toby Ord has advised the US National IntelligenceCouncil, the UK Prime Minister’s Office, and the World Bank on the greatest challenges facing humanity. In ThePrecipice, he offers a startling reassessment of human history, the future we are failing to protect, and the steps we musttake to ensure that our generation is not the last.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Happy Teachers Change the World: A Guide for Cultivating Mindfulness in Education by Thich Nhat Hanh, Katherine Weare</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398785</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Happy Teachers Change the World: A Guide for Cultivating Mindfulness in Education
Author: Thich Nhat Hanh, Katherine Weare
Narrator: Rachael Beresford, Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Happy Teachers Change the World is the first official, authoritative manual of the Thich Nhat Hanh/Plum Village approach to mindfulness in education. Spanning the whole range of schools and grade levels, from preschool through higher education, these techniques are grounded in the everyday world of schools, colleges, and universities. Beginning firmly with teachers and all those working with students, including administrators and counselors, the Plum Village approach stresses that educators must first establish their own mindfulness practice since everything they do in the classroom will be based on that foundation. The book includes easy-to-follow, step-by-step techniques perfected by educators to teach themselves and to apply to their work with students and colleagues, along with inspirational stories of the ways in which teachers have made mindfulness practice alive and relevant for themselves and their students across the school and out into the community. The instructions in Happy Teachers Change the World are offered as basic practices taught by Thich Nhat Hanh, followed by guidance from educators using these practices in their classrooms, with ample in-class interpretations, activities, tips, and instructions.</description>
      <author>Thich Nhat Hanh, Katherine Weare</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Dec 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541406339.mp3" length="8371831" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398785</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541406339.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Happy Teachers Change the World: A Guide for Cultivating Mindfulness in Education
Author: Thich Nhat Hanh, Katherine Weare
Narrator: Rachael Beresford, Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Happy Teachers Change the World is the first official, authoritative manual of the Thich Nhat Hanh/Plum Village approach to mindfulness in education. Spanning the whole range of schools and grade levels, from preschool through higher education, these techniques are grounded in the everyday world of schools, colleges, and universities. Beginning firmly with teachers and all those working with students, including administrators and counselors, the Plum Village approach stresses that educators must first establish their own mindfulness practice since everything they do in the classroom will be based on that foundation. The book includes easy-to-follow, step-by-step techniques perfected by educators to teach themselves and to apply to their work with students and colleagues, along with inspirational stories of the ways in which teachers have made mindfulness practice alive and relevant for themselves and their students across the school and out into the community. The instructions in Happy Teachers Change the World are offered as basic practices taught by Thich Nhat Hanh, followed by guidance from educators using these practices in their classrooms, with ample in-class interpretations, activities, tips, and instructions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Happy Teachers Change the World: A Guide for Cultivating Mindfulness in Education
Author: Thich Nhat Hanh, Katherine Weare
Narrator: Rachael Beresford, Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Happy Teachers Change the World is the first official, authoritative manual of the Thich Nhat Hanh/Plum Village approach to mindfulness in education. Spanning the whole range of schools and grade levels, from preschool through higher education, these techniques are grounded in the everyday world of schools, colleges, and universities. Beginning firmly with teachers and all those working with students, including administrators and counselors, the Plum Village approach stresses that educators must first establish their own mindfulness practice since everything they do in the classroom will be based on that foundation. The book includes easy-to-follow, step-by-step techniques perfected by educators to teach themselves and to apply to their work with students and colleagues, along with inspirational stories of the ways in which teachers have made mindfulness practice alive and relevant for themselves and their students across the school and out into the community. The instructions in Happy Teachers Change the World are offered as basic practices taught by Thich Nhat Hanh, followed by guidance from educators using these practices in their classrooms, with ample in-class interpretations, activities, tips, and instructions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life: A User’s Manual: Philosophy for (Almost) Any Eventuality by Julian Baggini, Antonia Macaro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398326</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life: A User’s Manual: Philosophy for (Almost) Any Eventuality
Author: Julian Baggini, Antonia Macaro
Narrator: Roy Mcmillan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. How should I live? What is my purpose?  Can I find happiness? Ever felt as though life would be simpler if it came with an instruction manual? There are no easy answers to the big questions. And life does not follow a straight path from A to B. Since the beginning of time, people have asked questions about how they should live and, from Ancient Greece to Japan, philosophers have attempted to solve these questions for us. The timeless wisdom that they offer can help us to find our own path. In this insightful, engaging book, renowned existential psychotherapist and philosophical counsellor Antonia Macaro and bestselling philosopher Julian Baggini cover topics such as bereavement, luck, free will and relationships, and guide us through what the greatest thinkers to ever walk the earth have to say on these subjects, from the Stoics to Sartre. Discover advice from the world&amp;#039;s greatest thinkers on questions like: Is there a right way to grieve? What is free will? How can we learn from past mistakes? Do we make our own luck? © Julian Baggini and Antonia Macaro 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Julian Baggini, Antonia Macaro</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473578111.mp3" length="1366646" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398326</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473578111.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life: A User’s Manual: Philosophy for (Almost) Any Eventuality
Author: Julian Baggini, Antonia Macaro
Narrator: Roy Mcmillan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. How should I live? What is my purpose?  Can I find happiness? Ever felt as though life would be simpler if it came with an instruction manual? There are no easy answers to the big questions. And life does not follow a straight path from A to B. Since the beginning of time, people have asked questions about how they should live and, from Ancient Greece to Japan, philosophers have attempted to solve these questions for us. The timeless wisdom that they offer can help us to find our own path. In this insightful, engaging book, renowned existential psychotherapist and philosophical counsellor Antonia Macaro and bestselling philosopher Julian Baggini cover topics such as bereavement, luck, free will and relationships, and guide us through what the greatest thinkers to ever walk the earth have to say on these subjects, from the Stoics to Sartre. Discover advice from the world&amp;#039;s greatest thinkers on questions like: Is there a right way to grieve? What is free will? How can we learn from past mistakes? Do we make our own luck? © Julian Baggini and Antonia Macaro 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life: A User’s Manual: Philosophy for (Almost) Any Eventuality
Author: Julian Baggini, Antonia Macaro
Narrator: Roy Mcmillan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. How should I live? What is my purpose?  Can I find happiness? Ever felt as though life would be simpler if it came with an instruction manual? There are no easy answers to the big questions. And life does not follow a straight path from A to B. Since the beginning of time, people have asked questions about how they should live and, from Ancient Greece to Japan, philosophers have attempted to solve these questions for us. The timeless wisdom that they offer can help us to find our own path. In this insightful, engaging book, renowned existential psychotherapist and philosophical counsellor Antonia Macaro and bestselling philosopher Julian Baggini cover topics such as bereavement, luck, free will and relationships, and guide us through what the greatest thinkers to ever walk the earth have to say on these subjects, from the Stoics to Sartre. Discover advice from the world&amp;#039;s greatest thinkers on questions like: Is there a right way to grieve? What is free will? How can we learn from past mistakes? Do we make our own luck? © Julian Baggini and Antonia Macaro 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - Pouvoir Du Sacrifice by Gabriel Agbo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398257</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Pouvoir Du Sacrifice
Author: Gabriel Agbo
Narrator: Stevy Daic Ndjala Totolo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Les sacrifices sont puissants. Très puissants! L&amp;#039;homme le plus riche, l&amp;#039;homme le plus fort, l&amp;#039;homme et la femme les plus bénis, le plus sage, les plus grands rois, les prophètes les plus puissants étaient tous des hommes et femmes de sacrifice. Ils ont tout donné, tout risqué pour leur peuple, l&amp;#039;humanité et Dieu afin d&amp;#039;atteindre leurs objectifs et réaliser des exploits dont même l&amp;#039;éternité serait fière. Voulez-vous connaître leurs secrets? Bien. Si vous voulez réussir, vous devez tout d&amp;#039;abord devenir un homme/femme de sacrifice. Tout est possible à ceux qui sont prêts à faire des sacrifices. Vous le verrez dans ces chapitres hautement révélateurs- Le pouvoir du sacrifice, Sacrifiez votre tout, Je passerai par l&amp;#039;Egypte, Je vais payer le prix, Suivez-moi! Nous sommes venus pour vous, Je vais vous préserver, Cuisinez ce dernier repas, Le pouvoir de sauver, Adoration, prière et jeûne. Nous n&amp;#039;avons pas seulement abordé les énormes sacrifices de grands hommes et femmes contenus dansLes sacrifices sont puissants. Très puissants! L&amp;#039;homme le plus riche, l&amp;#039;homme le plus fort, l&amp;#039;homme et la femme les plus bénis, le plus sage, les plus grands rois, les prophètes les plus puissants étaient tous des hommes et femmes de sacrifice. Ils ont tout donné, tout risqué pour leur peuple, l&amp;#039;humanité et Dieu afin d&amp;#039;atteindre leurs objectifs et réaliser des exploits dont même l&amp;#039;éternité serait fière. Voulez-vous connaître leurs secrets? Bien. Si vous voulez réussir, vous devez tout d&amp;#039;abord devenir un homme/femme de sacrifice. Tout est possible à ceux qui sont prêts à faire des sacrifices. Vous le verrez dans ces chapitres hautement révélateurs- Le pouvoir du sacrifice, Sacrifiez votre tout, Je passerai par l&amp;#039;Egypte, Je vais payer le prix, Suivez-moi! Nous sommes venus pour vous, Je vais vous préserver, Cuisinez ce dernier repas, Le pouvoir de sauver, Adoration, prière et jeûne. Nous n&amp;#039;avons pas seulement abordé les énormes sacrifices de grands hommes et femmes contenus dans la bible et la manière dont leurs actions les ont rendus grands, mais nous avons également parlé de personnes telles que Yonatan &amp;quot;Yoni&amp;quot; Netanyahu d&amp;#039;Israël; ce jeune israélien qui a conduit l&amp;#039;unité commando mise en place afin de sauver les otages juifs détenus à l&amp;#039;aéroport d&amp;#039;Entebbe après que leur avion a été pris en otage et détourné vers l&amp;#039;Ouganda en 1976. Nous nous sommes en outre focalisés sur nos héros militaires, tout particulièrement ceux des Opérations spéciales -telles que les SEAL, Delta Force. Ces hommes ont donné le meilleur; risquant tout à chaque fois y compris leurs vies afin de défendre leur peuple, l&amp;#039;humanité. Ils ont sacrifié leurs vies afin de protéger les autres. Jésus a dit que le plus grand sacrifice pour l&amp;#039;homme consiste à donner sa vie pour les autres. Nous leur rendons hommage! Ils nous enseignent ce que doit être le sacrifice. Jésus a dit quel sacrifice plus grand pourrait-il exister que le fait pour un homme de donner sa vie pour ses amis? Nous louons leur courage et leur patriotisme extrême. Ici, nous serons édifiés à propos des sacrifices suivants: la foi, la gentillesse, la prière, le jeûne et la louange. Lorsque vous allez au delà de l&amp;#039;ordinaire dans tout ce qui est sus-mentionné, vous mettez immédiatement en branle des forces divines, invisibles, surnaturelles qui vont intervenir et se précipiter vers vous. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Gabriel Agbo</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788893987752.mp3" length="1162640" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398257</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788893987752.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Pouvoir Du Sacrifice
Author: Gabriel Agbo
Narrator: Stevy Daic Ndjala Totolo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Les sacrifices sont puissants. Très puissants! L&amp;#039;homme le plus riche, l&amp;#039;homme le plus fort, l&amp;#039;homme et la femme les plus bénis, le plus sage, les plus grands rois, les prophètes les plus puissants étaient tous des hommes et femmes de sacrifice. Ils ont tout donné, tout risqué pour leur peuple, l&amp;#039;humanité et Dieu afin d&amp;#039;atteindre leurs objectifs et réaliser des exploits dont même l&amp;#039;éternité serait fière. Voulez-vous connaître leurs secrets? Bien. Si vous voulez réussir, vous devez tout d&amp;#039;abord devenir un homme/femme de sacrifice. Tout est possible à ceux qui sont prêts à faire des sacrifices. Vous le verrez dans ces chapitres hautement révélateurs- Le pouvoir du sacrifice, Sacrifiez votre tout, Je passerai par l&amp;#039;Egypte, Je vais payer le prix, Suivez-moi! Nous sommes venus pour vous, Je vais vous préserver, Cuisinez ce dernier repas, Le pouvoir de sauver, Adoration, prière et jeûne. Nous n&amp;#039;avons pas seulement abordé les énormes sacrifices de grands hommes et femmes contenus dansLes sacrifices sont puissants. Très puissants! L&amp;#039;homme le plus riche, l&amp;#039;homme le plus fort, l&amp;#039;homme et la femme les plus bénis, le plus sage, les plus grands rois, les prophètes les plus puissants étaient tous des hommes et femmes de sacrifice. Ils ont tout donné, tout risqué pour leur peuple, l&amp;#039;humanité et Dieu afin d&amp;#039;atteindre leurs objectifs et réaliser des exploits dont même l&amp;#039;éternité serait fière. Voulez-vous connaître leurs secrets? Bien. Si vous voulez réussir, vous devez tout d&amp;#039;abord devenir un homme/femme de sacrifice. Tout est possible à ceux qui sont prêts à faire des sacrifices. Vous le verrez dans ces chapitres hautement révélateurs- Le pouvoir du sacrifice, Sacrifiez votre tout, Je passerai par l&amp;#039;Egypte, Je vais payer le prix, Suivez-moi! Nous sommes venus pour vous, Je vais vous préserver, Cuisinez ce dernier repas, Le pouvoir de sauver, Adoration, prière et jeûne. Nous n&amp;#039;avons pas seulement abordé les énormes sacrifices de grands hommes et femmes contenus dans la bible et la manière dont leurs actions les ont rendus grands, mais nous avons également parlé de personnes telles que Yonatan &amp;quot;Yoni&amp;quot; Netanyahu d&amp;#039;Israël; ce jeune israélien qui a conduit l&amp;#039;unité commando mise en place afin de sauver les otages juifs détenus à l&amp;#039;aéroport d&amp;#039;Entebbe après que leur avion a été pris en otage et détourné vers l&amp;#039;Ouganda en 1976. Nous nous sommes en outre focalisés sur nos héros militaires, tout particulièrement ceux des Opérations spéciales -telles que les SEAL, Delta Force. Ces hommes ont donné le meilleur; risquant tout à chaque fois y compris leurs vies afin de défendre leur peuple, l&amp;#039;humanité. Ils ont sacrifié leurs vies afin de protéger les autres. Jésus a dit que le plus grand sacrifice pour l&amp;#039;homme consiste à donner sa vie pour les autres. Nous leur rendons hommage! Ils nous enseignent ce que doit être le sacrifice. Jésus a dit quel sacrifice plus grand pourrait-il exister que le fait pour un homme de donner sa vie pour ses amis? Nous louons leur courage et leur patriotisme extrême. Ici, nous serons édifiés à propos des sacrifices suivants: la foi, la gentillesse, la prière, le jeûne et la louange. Lorsque vous allez au delà de l&amp;#039;ordinaire dans tout ce qui est sus-mentionné, vous mettez immédiatement en branle des forces divines, invisibles, surnaturelles qui vont intervenir et se précipiter vers vous. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Pouvoir Du Sacrifice
Author: Gabriel Agbo
Narrator: Stevy Daic Ndjala Totolo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Les sacrifices sont puissants. Très puissants! L&amp;#039;homme le plus riche, l&amp;#039;homme le plus fort, l&amp;#039;homme et la femme les plus bénis, le plus sage, les plus grands rois, les prophètes les plus puissants étaient tous des hommes et femmes de sacrifice. Ils ont tout donné, tout risqué pour leur peuple, l&amp;#039;humanité et Dieu afin d&amp;#039;atteindre leurs objectifs et réaliser des exploits dont même l&amp;#039;éternité serait fière. Voulez-vous connaître leurs secrets? Bien. Si vous voulez réussir, vous devez tout d&amp;#039;abord devenir un homme/femme de sacrifice. Tout est possible à ceux qui sont prêts à faire des sacrifices. Vous le verrez dans ces chapitres hautement révélateurs- Le pouvoir du sacrifice, Sacrifiez votre tout, Je passerai par l&amp;#039;Egypte, Je vais payer le prix, Suivez-moi! Nous sommes venus pour vous, Je vais vous préserver, Cuisinez ce dernier repas, Le pouvoir de sauver, Adoration, prière et jeûne. Nous n&amp;#039;avons pas seulement abordé les énormes sacrifices de grands hommes et femmes contenus dansLes sacrifices sont puissants. Très puissants! L&amp;#039;homme le plus riche, l&amp;#039;homme le plus fort, l&amp;#039;homme et la femme les plus bénis, le plus sage, les plus grands rois, les prophètes les plus puissants étaient tous des hommes et femmes de sacrifice. Ils ont tout donné, tout risqué pour leur peuple, l&amp;#039;humanité et Dieu afin d&amp;#039;atteindre leurs objectifs et réaliser des exploits dont même l&amp;#039;éternité serait fière. Voulez-vous connaître leurs secrets? Bien. Si vous voulez réussir, vous devez tout d&amp;#039;abord devenir un homme/femme de sacrifice. Tout est possible à ceux qui sont prêts à faire des sacrifices. Vous le verrez dans ces chapitres hautement révélateurs- Le pouvoir du sacrifice, Sacrifiez votre tout, Je passerai par l&amp;#039;Egypte, Je vais payer le prix, Suivez-moi! Nous sommes venus pour vous, Je vais vous préserver, Cuisinez ce dernier repas, Le pouvoir de sauver, Adoration, prière et jeûne. Nous n&amp;#039;avons pas seulement abordé les énormes sacrifices de grands hommes et femmes contenus dans la bible et la manière dont leurs actions les ont rendus grands, mais nous avons également parlé de personnes telles que Yonatan &amp;quot;Yoni&amp;quot; Netanyahu d&amp;#039;Israël; ce jeune israélien qui a conduit l&amp;#039;unité commando mise en place afin de sauver les otages juifs détenus à l&amp;#039;aéroport d&amp;#039;Entebbe après que leur avion a été pris en otage et détourné vers l&amp;#039;Ouganda en 1976. Nous nous sommes en outre focalisés sur nos héros militaires, tout particulièrement ceux des Opérations spéciales -telles que les SEAL, Delta Force. Ces hommes ont donné le meilleur; risquant tout à chaque fois y compris leurs vies afin de défendre leur peuple, l&amp;#039;humanité. Ils ont sacrifié leurs vies afin de protéger les autres. Jésus a dit que le plus grand sacrifice pour l&amp;#039;homme consiste à donner sa vie pour les autres. Nous leur rendons hommage! Ils nous enseignent ce que doit être le sacrifice. Jésus a dit quel sacrifice plus grand pourrait-il exister que le fait pour un homme de donner sa vie pour ses amis? Nous louons leur courage et leur patriotisme extrême. Ici, nous serons édifiés à propos des sacrifices suivants: la foi, la gentillesse, la prière, le jeûne et la louange. Lorsque vous allez au delà de l&amp;#039;ordinaire dans tout ce qui est sus-mentionné, vous mettez immédiatement en branle des forces divines, invisibles, surnaturelles qui vont intervenir et se précipiter vers vous. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of Chowa: Finding Your Inner Strength Through the Japanese Concept of Balance and Harmony by Akemi Tanaka</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397995</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Chowa: Finding Your Inner Strength Through the Japanese Concept of Balance and Harmony
Author: Akemi Tanaka
Narrator: June Angela
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
For fans of Hygge and Lagom comes this inspiring guide that introduces the Japanese wisdom of chowa—the search for balance—to help us find harmony and peace in every area of our lives. The Japanese wisdom of chowa offers a fresh approach to being, showing us how to create space and symmetry at work, at home, and in our relationships. Chowa is an ancient philosophy and set of practices that enable us to discover what matters most in our individual lives, and help us transform our way of thinking about ourselves and others. By harnessing the power of chowa, we can learn to ignore the ephemera, focus on the important things, and cultivate a steady state of equilibrium and calm that gives us the confidence and fortitude to handle any challenge we may face. Following the practical steps in this empowering book, we can better balance our priorities and relationships and find inner strength and flexibility in times of change and stress. With The Power of Chowa, curious seekers can achieve wellness, happiness, and contentment every day.</description>
      <author>Akemi Tanaka</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063007505.mp3" length="1410843" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397995</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063007505.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Chowa: Finding Your Inner Strength Through the Japanese Concept of Balance and Harmony
Author: Akemi Tanaka
Narrator: June Angela
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
For fans of Hygge and Lagom comes this inspiring guide that introduces the Japanese wisdom of chowa—the search for balance—to help us find harmony and peace in every area of our lives. The Japanese wisdom of chowa offers a fresh approach to being, showing us how to create space and symmetry at work, at home, and in our relationships. Chowa is an ancient philosophy and set of practices that enable us to discover what matters most in our individual lives, and help us transform our way of thinking about ourselves and others. By harnessing the power of chowa, we can learn to ignore the ephemera, focus on the important things, and cultivate a steady state of equilibrium and calm that gives us the confidence and fortitude to handle any challenge we may face. Following the practical steps in this empowering book, we can better balance our priorities and relationships and find inner strength and flexibility in times of change and stress. With The Power of Chowa, curious seekers can achieve wellness, happiness, and contentment every day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Chowa: Finding Your Inner Strength Through the Japanese Concept of Balance and Harmony
Author: Akemi Tanaka
Narrator: June Angela
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
For fans of Hygge and Lagom comes this inspiring guide that introduces the Japanese wisdom of chowa—the search for balance—to help us find harmony and peace in every area of our lives. The Japanese wisdom of chowa offers a fresh approach to being, showing us how to create space and symmetry at work, at home, and in our relationships. Chowa is an ancient philosophy and set of practices that enable us to discover what matters most in our individual lives, and help us transform our way of thinking about ourselves and others. By harnessing the power of chowa, we can learn to ignore the ephemera, focus on the important things, and cultivate a steady state of equilibrium and calm that gives us the confidence and fortitude to handle any challenge we may face. Following the practical steps in this empowering book, we can better balance our priorities and relationships and find inner strength and flexibility in times of change and stress. With The Power of Chowa, curious seekers can achieve wellness, happiness, and contentment every day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dead Reckoning: The Story of How Johnny Mitchell and His Fighter Pilots Took on Admiral Yamamoto and Avenged Pearl Harbor by Dick Lehr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397987</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dead Reckoning: The Story of How Johnny Mitchell and His Fighter Pilots Took on Admiral Yamamoto and Avenged Pearl Harbor
Author: Dick Lehr
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive and dramatic account of what became known as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Operation Vengeance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -- the targeted kill by U.S. fighter pilots of Japan&amp;#039;s larger-than-life military icon, Admiral Isoroku Yamamoto, the naval genius who had devised the devastating attack on Pearl Harbor.  “AIR RAID, PEARL HARBOR. THIS IS NO DRILL.” At 7:58 a.m. on December 7, 1941, an officer at the Ford Island Command Center typed what would become one of the most famous radio dispatches in history, as the Japanese navy launched a surprise aerial assault on U.S. bases on Hawaii. In a little over two hours, more than 2,400 Americans were dead, propelling the U.S.’s entry into World War II. Dead Reckoning is the epic true story of the high-stakes operation undertaken sixteen months later to avenge that deadly strike – a longshot mission hatched hastily at the U.S. base on Guadalcanal. Expertly crafting this &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hunt for Bin Laden&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-style WWII story, New York Times bestselling author Dick Lehr recreates the tension-filled events leading up to the climactic clash in the South Pacific skies – frontline moments loaded with xenophobia, spycraft, sacrifice and broken hearts. Lehr goes behind the scenes at Station Hypo on Hawaii, where U.S. Navy code breakers first discovered exactly where and when to find Admiral Yamamoto, on April 18, 1943, and then chronicles in dramatic detail the nerve-wracking mission to kill him. He focuses on Army Air Force Major John W. Mitchell, the ace fighter pilot from the tiny hamlet of Enid, Mississippi who was tasked with conceiving a flight route, literally to the second, for the only U.S. fighter plane on Guadalcanal capable of reaching Yamamoto hundreds of miles away – the new twin-engine P-38 Lightning with its fabled “cone of fire.” Given unprecedented access to Mitchell’s personal papers and hundreds of private letters, Lehr reveals for the first time the full story of Mitchell’s wartime exploits up to the face-off with Yamamoto, along with those of key American pilots Mitchell chose for the momentous mission: Rex Barber, Thomas Lanphier Jr., Besby Holmes, and Ray Hine. The spotlight also shines on their enemy target –Admiral Yamamoto, the enigmatic, charismatic commander in chief of Japan’s Combined Fleet, whose complicated feelings about the U.S.—he studied at Harvard—add rich complexity. In this way Dead Reckoning offers at once a fast-paced recounting of a crucial turning point in the Pacific war and keenly drawn portraits of its two main protagonists: Isoroku Yamamoto, the architect of Pearl Harbor, and John Mitchell, the architect of the Yamamoto’s demise. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Dick Lehr</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063007550.mp3" length="1464562" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397987</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063007550.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dead Reckoning: The Story of How Johnny Mitchell and His Fighter Pilots Took on Admiral Yamamoto and Avenged Pearl Harbor
Author: Dick Lehr
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive and dramatic account of what became known as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Operation Vengeance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -- the targeted kill by U.S. fighter pilots of Japan&amp;#039;s larger-than-life military icon, Admiral Isoroku Yamamoto, the naval genius who had devised the devastating attack on Pearl Harbor.  “AIR RAID, PEARL HARBOR. THIS IS NO DRILL.” At 7:58 a.m. on December 7, 1941, an officer at the Ford Island Command Center typed what would become one of the most famous radio dispatches in history, as the Japanese navy launched a surprise aerial assault on U.S. bases on Hawaii. In a little over two hours, more than 2,400 Americans were dead, propelling the U.S.’s entry into World War II. Dead Reckoning is the epic true story of the high-stakes operation undertaken sixteen months later to avenge that deadly strike – a longshot mission hatched hastily at the U.S. base on Guadalcanal. Expertly crafting this &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hunt for Bin Laden&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-style WWII story, New York Times bestselling author Dick Lehr recreates the tension-filled events leading up to the climactic clash in the South Pacific skies – frontline moments loaded with xenophobia, spycraft, sacrifice and broken hearts. Lehr goes behind the scenes at Station Hypo on Hawaii, where U.S. Navy code breakers first discovered exactly where and when to find Admiral Yamamoto, on April 18, 1943, and then chronicles in dramatic detail the nerve-wracking mission to kill him. He focuses on Army Air Force Major John W. Mitchell, the ace fighter pilot from the tiny hamlet of Enid, Mississippi who was tasked with conceiving a flight route, literally to the second, for the only U.S. fighter plane on Guadalcanal capable of reaching Yamamoto hundreds of miles away – the new twin-engine P-38 Lightning with its fabled “cone of fire.” Given unprecedented access to Mitchell’s personal papers and hundreds of private letters, Lehr reveals for the first time the full story of Mitchell’s wartime exploits up to the face-off with Yamamoto, along with those of key American pilots Mitchell chose for the momentous mission: Rex Barber, Thomas Lanphier Jr., Besby Holmes, and Ray Hine. The spotlight also shines on their enemy target –Admiral Yamamoto, the enigmatic, charismatic commander in chief of Japan’s Combined Fleet, whose complicated feelings about the U.S.—he studied at Harvard—add rich complexity. In this way Dead Reckoning offers at once a fast-paced recounting of a crucial turning point in the Pacific war and keenly drawn portraits of its two main protagonists: Isoroku Yamamoto, the architect of Pearl Harbor, and John Mitchell, the architect of the Yamamoto’s demise. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dead Reckoning: The Story of How Johnny Mitchell and His Fighter Pilots Took on Admiral Yamamoto and Avenged Pearl Harbor
Author: Dick Lehr
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive and dramatic account of what became known as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Operation Vengeance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -- the targeted kill by U.S. fighter pilots of Japan&amp;#039;s larger-than-life military icon, Admiral Isoroku Yamamoto, the naval genius who had devised the devastating attack on Pearl Harbor.  “AIR RAID, PEARL HARBOR. THIS IS NO DRILL.” At 7:58 a.m. on December 7, 1941, an officer at the Ford Island Command Center typed what would become one of the most famous radio dispatches in history, as the Japanese navy launched a surprise aerial assault on U.S. bases on Hawaii. In a little over two hours, more than 2,400 Americans were dead, propelling the U.S.’s entry into World War II. Dead Reckoning is the epic true story of the high-stakes operation undertaken sixteen months later to avenge that deadly strike – a longshot mission hatched hastily at the U.S. base on Guadalcanal. Expertly crafting this &amp;#039;&amp;#039;hunt for Bin Laden&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-style WWII story, New York Times bestselling author Dick Lehr recreates the tension-filled events leading up to the climactic clash in the South Pacific skies – frontline moments loaded with xenophobia, spycraft, sacrifice and broken hearts. Lehr goes behind the scenes at Station Hypo on Hawaii, where U.S. Navy code breakers first discovered exactly where and when to find Admiral Yamamoto, on April 18, 1943, and then chronicles in dramatic detail the nerve-wracking mission to kill him. He focuses on Army Air Force Major John W. Mitchell, the ace fighter pilot from the tiny hamlet of Enid, Mississippi who was tasked with conceiving a flight route, literally to the second, for the only U.S. fighter plane on Guadalcanal capable of reaching Yamamoto hundreds of miles away – the new twin-engine P-38 Lightning with its fabled “cone of fire.” Given unprecedented access to Mitchell’s personal papers and hundreds of private letters, Lehr reveals for the first time the full story of Mitchell’s wartime exploits up to the face-off with Yamamoto, along with those of key American pilots Mitchell chose for the momentous mission: Rex Barber, Thomas Lanphier Jr., Besby Holmes, and Ray Hine. The spotlight also shines on their enemy target –Admiral Yamamoto, the enigmatic, charismatic commander in chief of Japan’s Combined Fleet, whose complicated feelings about the U.S.—he studied at Harvard—add rich complexity. In this way Dead Reckoning offers at once a fast-paced recounting of a crucial turning point in the Pacific war and keenly drawn portraits of its two main protagonists: Isoroku Yamamoto, the architect of Pearl Harbor, and John Mitchell, the architect of the Yamamoto’s demise. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Gott ist ein Kind   ....und es übet noch by Bernd Michael Grosch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397638</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397638">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397638</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gott ist ein Kind   ....und es übet noch
Author: Bernd Michael Grosch
Narrator: Bernd Michael Grosch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieser Band beinhaltet 6 didaktische Verserzählungen, welche von Sinn und Möglichkeiten sowohl des irdischen als auch eines eventuellen &amp;#039;nach&amp;#039;- irdischen Daseins handeln.</description>
      <author>Bernd Michael Grosch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982777968.mp3" length="1295750" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397638</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982777968.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397638">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397638</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gott ist ein Kind   ....und es übet noch
Author: Bernd Michael Grosch
Narrator: Bernd Michael Grosch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieser Band beinhaltet 6 didaktische Verserzählungen, welche von Sinn und Möglichkeiten sowohl des irdischen als auch eines eventuellen &amp;#039;nach&amp;#039;- irdischen Daseins handeln.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397638">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397638</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gott ist ein Kind   ....und es übet noch
Author: Bernd Michael Grosch
Narrator: Bernd Michael Grosch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieser Band beinhaltet 6 didaktische Verserzählungen, welche von Sinn und Möglichkeiten sowohl des irdischen als auch eines eventuellen &amp;#039;nach&amp;#039;- irdischen Daseins handeln.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dare to Speak: Defending Free Speech for All by Suzanne Nossel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396871</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dare to Speak: Defending Free Speech for All
Author: Suzanne Nossel
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A must read. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;—Margaret Atwood A vital, necessary playbook for navigating and defending free speech today by the CEO of PEN America, Dare To Speak provides a pathway for promoting free expression while also cultivating a more inclusive public culture. Online trolls and fascist chat groups. Controversies over campus lectures. Cancel culture versus censorship. The daily hazards and debates surrounding free speech dominate headlines and fuel social media storms. In an era where one tweet can launch—or end—your career, and where free speech is often invoked as a principle but rarely understood, learning to maneuver the fast-changing, treacherous landscape of public discourse has never been more urgent.  In Dare To Speak, Suzanne Nossel, a leading voice in support of free expression, delivers a vital, necessary guide to maintaining democratic debate that is open, free-wheeling but at the same time respectful of the rich diversity of backgrounds and opinions in a changing country. Centered on practical principles, Nossel’s primer equips readers with the tools needed to speak one’s mind in today’s diverse, digitized, and highly-divided society without resorting to curbs on free expression. At a time when free speech is often pitted against other progressive axioms—namely diversity and equality—Dare To Speak presents a clear-eyed argument that the drive to create a more inclusive society need not, and must not, compromise robust protections for free speech. Nossel provides concrete guidance on how to reconcile these two sets of core values within universities, on social media, and in daily life. She advises readers how to: - Use language conscientiously without self-censoring ideas; - Defend the right to express unpopular views; - And protest without silencing speech. Nossel warns against the increasingly fashionable embrace of expanded government and corporate controls over speech, warning that such strictures can reinforce the marginalization of lesser-heard voices. She argues that creating an open market of ideas demands aggressive steps to remedy exclusion and ensure equal participation.  Replete with insightful arguments, colorful examples, and salient advice, Dare To Speak brings much-needed clarity and guidance to this pressing—and often misunderstood—debate.</description>
      <author>Suzanne Nossel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063005228.mp3" length="1410768" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396871</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063005228.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dare to Speak: Defending Free Speech for All
Author: Suzanne Nossel
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A must read. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;—Margaret Atwood A vital, necessary playbook for navigating and defending free speech today by the CEO of PEN America, Dare To Speak provides a pathway for promoting free expression while also cultivating a more inclusive public culture. Online trolls and fascist chat groups. Controversies over campus lectures. Cancel culture versus censorship. The daily hazards and debates surrounding free speech dominate headlines and fuel social media storms. In an era where one tweet can launch—or end—your career, and where free speech is often invoked as a principle but rarely understood, learning to maneuver the fast-changing, treacherous landscape of public discourse has never been more urgent.  In Dare To Speak, Suzanne Nossel, a leading voice in support of free expression, delivers a vital, necessary guide to maintaining democratic debate that is open, free-wheeling but at the same time respectful of the rich diversity of backgrounds and opinions in a changing country. Centered on practical principles, Nossel’s primer equips readers with the tools needed to speak one’s mind in today’s diverse, digitized, and highly-divided society without resorting to curbs on free expression. At a time when free speech is often pitted against other progressive axioms—namely diversity and equality—Dare To Speak presents a clear-eyed argument that the drive to create a more inclusive society need not, and must not, compromise robust protections for free speech. Nossel provides concrete guidance on how to reconcile these two sets of core values within universities, on social media, and in daily life. She advises readers how to: - Use language conscientiously without self-censoring ideas; - Defend the right to express unpopular views; - And protest without silencing speech. Nossel warns against the increasingly fashionable embrace of expanded government and corporate controls over speech, warning that such strictures can reinforce the marginalization of lesser-heard voices. She argues that creating an open market of ideas demands aggressive steps to remedy exclusion and ensure equal participation.  Replete with insightful arguments, colorful examples, and salient advice, Dare To Speak brings much-needed clarity and guidance to this pressing—and often misunderstood—debate.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dare to Speak: Defending Free Speech for All
Author: Suzanne Nossel
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A must read. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;—Margaret Atwood A vital, necessary playbook for navigating and defending free speech today by the CEO of PEN America, Dare To Speak provides a pathway for promoting free expression while also cultivating a more inclusive public culture. Online trolls and fascist chat groups. Controversies over campus lectures. Cancel culture versus censorship. The daily hazards and debates surrounding free speech dominate headlines and fuel social media storms. In an era where one tweet can launch—or end—your career, and where free speech is often invoked as a principle but rarely understood, learning to maneuver the fast-changing, treacherous landscape of public discourse has never been more urgent.  In Dare To Speak, Suzanne Nossel, a leading voice in support of free expression, delivers a vital, necessary guide to maintaining democratic debate that is open, free-wheeling but at the same time respectful of the rich diversity of backgrounds and opinions in a changing country. Centered on practical principles, Nossel’s primer equips readers with the tools needed to speak one’s mind in today’s diverse, digitized, and highly-divided society without resorting to curbs on free expression. At a time when free speech is often pitted against other progressive axioms—namely diversity and equality—Dare To Speak presents a clear-eyed argument that the drive to create a more inclusive society need not, and must not, compromise robust protections for free speech. Nossel provides concrete guidance on how to reconcile these two sets of core values within universities, on social media, and in daily life. She advises readers how to: - Use language conscientiously without self-censoring ideas; - Defend the right to express unpopular views; - And protest without silencing speech. Nossel warns against the increasingly fashionable embrace of expanded government and corporate controls over speech, warning that such strictures can reinforce the marginalization of lesser-heard voices. She argues that creating an open market of ideas demands aggressive steps to remedy exclusion and ensure equal participation.  Replete with insightful arguments, colorful examples, and salient advice, Dare To Speak brings much-needed clarity and guidance to this pressing—and often misunderstood—debate.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Livewired: The Inside Story of the Ever-Changing Brain by David Eagleman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Livewired: The Inside Story of the Ever-Changing Brain
Author: David Eagleman
Narrator: David Eagleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Eagleman renders the secrets of the brain’s adaptability into a truly compelling page-turner.” —Khaled Hosseini, author of The Kite Runner “Livewired reads wonderfully like what a book would be if it were written by Oliver Sacks and William Gibson, sitting on Carl Sagan’s front lawn.” —The Wall Street Journal What does drug withdrawal have in common with a broken heart? Why is the enemy of memory not time but other memories? How can a blind person learn to see with her tongue, or a deaf person learn to hear with his skin? Why did many people in the 1980s mistakenly perceive book pages to be slightly red in color? Why is the world’s best archer armless? Might we someday control a robot with our thoughts, just as we do our fingers and toes? Why do we dream at night, and what does that have to do with the rotation of the Earth?      The answers to these questions are right behind our eyes. The greatest technology we have ever discovered on our planet is the three-pound organ carried in the vault of the skull. This book is not simply about what the brain is; it is about what it does. The magic of the brain is not found in the parts it’s made of but in the way those parts unceasingly reweave themselves in an electric, living fabric.  In Livewired, you will surf the leading edge of neuroscience atop the anecdotes and metaphors that have made David Eagleman one of the best scientific translators of our generation. Covering decades of research to the present day, Livewired also presents new discoveries from Eagleman’s own laboratory, from synesthesia to dreaming to wearable neurotech devices that revolutionize how we think about the senses.</description>
      <author>David Eagleman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780553550979.mp3" length="2878756" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780553550979.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Livewired: The Inside Story of the Ever-Changing Brain
Author: David Eagleman
Narrator: David Eagleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Eagleman renders the secrets of the brain’s adaptability into a truly compelling page-turner.” —Khaled Hosseini, author of The Kite Runner “Livewired reads wonderfully like what a book would be if it were written by Oliver Sacks and William Gibson, sitting on Carl Sagan’s front lawn.” —The Wall Street Journal What does drug withdrawal have in common with a broken heart? Why is the enemy of memory not time but other memories? How can a blind person learn to see with her tongue, or a deaf person learn to hear with his skin? Why did many people in the 1980s mistakenly perceive book pages to be slightly red in color? Why is the world’s best archer armless? Might we someday control a robot with our thoughts, just as we do our fingers and toes? Why do we dream at night, and what does that have to do with the rotation of the Earth?      The answers to these questions are right behind our eyes. The greatest technology we have ever discovered on our planet is the three-pound organ carried in the vault of the skull. This book is not simply about what the brain is; it is about what it does. The magic of the brain is not found in the parts it’s made of but in the way those parts unceasingly reweave themselves in an electric, living fabric.  In Livewired, you will surf the leading edge of neuroscience atop the anecdotes and metaphors that have made David Eagleman one of the best scientific translators of our generation. Covering decades of research to the present day, Livewired also presents new discoveries from Eagleman’s own laboratory, from synesthesia to dreaming to wearable neurotech devices that revolutionize how we think about the senses.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Livewired: The Inside Story of the Ever-Changing Brain
Author: David Eagleman
Narrator: David Eagleman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Eagleman renders the secrets of the brain’s adaptability into a truly compelling page-turner.” —Khaled Hosseini, author of The Kite Runner “Livewired reads wonderfully like what a book would be if it were written by Oliver Sacks and William Gibson, sitting on Carl Sagan’s front lawn.” —The Wall Street Journal What does drug withdrawal have in common with a broken heart? Why is the enemy of memory not time but other memories? How can a blind person learn to see with her tongue, or a deaf person learn to hear with his skin? Why did many people in the 1980s mistakenly perceive book pages to be slightly red in color? Why is the world’s best archer armless? Might we someday control a robot with our thoughts, just as we do our fingers and toes? Why do we dream at night, and what does that have to do with the rotation of the Earth?      The answers to these questions are right behind our eyes. The greatest technology we have ever discovered on our planet is the three-pound organ carried in the vault of the skull. This book is not simply about what the brain is; it is about what it does. The magic of the brain is not found in the parts it’s made of but in the way those parts unceasingly reweave themselves in an electric, living fabric.  In Livewired, you will surf the leading edge of neuroscience atop the anecdotes and metaphors that have made David Eagleman one of the best scientific translators of our generation. Covering decades of research to the present day, Livewired also presents new discoveries from Eagleman’s own laboratory, from synesthesia to dreaming to wearable neurotech devices that revolutionize how we think about the senses.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Essays 10: On the Shortness of Life by Seneca</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396153</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396153">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396153</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 10: On the Shortness of Life
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 8 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
On the Shortness of Life was written by Seneca around the year 49AD. He argues that we waste so much time because we do not properly value it. We expend great effort in protecting other valuables such as money and property, but because time appears intangible, we allow others to occupy it and take time away from us. Wise people, on the other hand, understand that time is the most valuable of all resources, and with effort can free themselves from external control to engage in meaningful introspection and create an intentional life. Seneca urges his readers to live in the present and adapt themselves to a purposeful life in agreement with Nature. Only by doing so, can one then truly unlock both past and future. The completeness of each present moment allows one&amp;#039;s awareness to expand to the equal of that of the universe, and achieve true virtue and happiness. The statements which urge Paulinus to retire from public life are in notable contrast to Seneca&amp;#039;s advice in his essay Of Tranquillity of Mind to seek public employments in order to render life attractive. However, in his related treatise, On Leisure, Seneca makes the point that there is no inconsistency and that one can serve the greater community in either or both roles Translation by John W Basore, produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of providence -  addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3-5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11) Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</description>
      <author>Seneca</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982774790.mp3" length="1424474" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396153</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982774790.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396153">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396153</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 10: On the Shortness of Life
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 8 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
On the Shortness of Life was written by Seneca around the year 49AD. He argues that we waste so much time because we do not properly value it. We expend great effort in protecting other valuables such as money and property, but because time appears intangible, we allow others to occupy it and take time away from us. Wise people, on the other hand, understand that time is the most valuable of all resources, and with effort can free themselves from external control to engage in meaningful introspection and create an intentional life. Seneca urges his readers to live in the present and adapt themselves to a purposeful life in agreement with Nature. Only by doing so, can one then truly unlock both past and future. The completeness of each present moment allows one&amp;#039;s awareness to expand to the equal of that of the universe, and achieve true virtue and happiness. The statements which urge Paulinus to retire from public life are in notable contrast to Seneca&amp;#039;s advice in his essay Of Tranquillity of Mind to seek public employments in order to render life attractive. However, in his related treatise, On Leisure, Seneca makes the point that there is no inconsistency and that one can serve the greater community in either or both roles Translation by John W Basore, produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of providence -  addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3-5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11) Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396153">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396153</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 10: On the Shortness of Life
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 8 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
On the Shortness of Life was written by Seneca around the year 49AD. He argues that we waste so much time because we do not properly value it. We expend great effort in protecting other valuables such as money and property, but because time appears intangible, we allow others to occupy it and take time away from us. Wise people, on the other hand, understand that time is the most valuable of all resources, and with effort can free themselves from external control to engage in meaningful introspection and create an intentional life. Seneca urges his readers to live in the present and adapt themselves to a purposeful life in agreement with Nature. Only by doing so, can one then truly unlock both past and future. The completeness of each present moment allows one&amp;#039;s awareness to expand to the equal of that of the universe, and achieve true virtue and happiness. The statements which urge Paulinus to retire from public life are in notable contrast to Seneca&amp;#039;s advice in his essay Of Tranquillity of Mind to seek public employments in order to render life attractive. However, in his related treatise, On Leisure, Seneca makes the point that there is no inconsistency and that one can serve the greater community in either or both roles Translation by John W Basore, produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of providence -  addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3-5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11) Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Be an Epicurean: The Ancient Art of Living Well by Catherine Wilson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395390</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be an Epicurean: The Ancient Art of Living Well
Author: Catherine Wilson
Narrator: Ana Clements
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A leading philosopher shows that if the pursuit of happiness is the question, Epicureanism is the answer  Epicureanism has a reputation problem, bringing to mind gluttons with gout or an admonition to eat, drink, and be merry. In How to Be an Epicurean, philosopher Catherine Wilson shows that Epicureanism isn&amp;#039;t an excuse for having a good time: it&amp;#039;s a means to live a good life. Although modern conveniences and scientific progress have significantly improved our quality of life, many of the problems faced by ancient Greeks -- love, money, family, politics -- remain with us in new forms. To overcome these obstacles, the Epicureans adopted a philosophy that promoted reason, respect for the natural world, and reverence for our fellow humans. By applying this ancient wisdom to a range of modern problems, from self-care routines and romantic entanglements to issues of public policy and social justice, Wilson shows us how we can all fill our lives with purpose and pleasure.</description>
      <author>Catherine Wilson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549152153.mp3" length="894319" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395390</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549152153.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be an Epicurean: The Ancient Art of Living Well
Author: Catherine Wilson
Narrator: Ana Clements
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A leading philosopher shows that if the pursuit of happiness is the question, Epicureanism is the answer  Epicureanism has a reputation problem, bringing to mind gluttons with gout or an admonition to eat, drink, and be merry. In How to Be an Epicurean, philosopher Catherine Wilson shows that Epicureanism isn&amp;#039;t an excuse for having a good time: it&amp;#039;s a means to live a good life. Although modern conveniences and scientific progress have significantly improved our quality of life, many of the problems faced by ancient Greeks -- love, money, family, politics -- remain with us in new forms. To overcome these obstacles, the Epicureans adopted a philosophy that promoted reason, respect for the natural world, and reverence for our fellow humans. By applying this ancient wisdom to a range of modern problems, from self-care routines and romantic entanglements to issues of public policy and social justice, Wilson shows us how we can all fill our lives with purpose and pleasure.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be an Epicurean: The Ancient Art of Living Well
Author: Catherine Wilson
Narrator: Ana Clements
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A leading philosopher shows that if the pursuit of happiness is the question, Epicureanism is the answer  Epicureanism has a reputation problem, bringing to mind gluttons with gout or an admonition to eat, drink, and be merry. In How to Be an Epicurean, philosopher Catherine Wilson shows that Epicureanism isn&amp;#039;t an excuse for having a good time: it&amp;#039;s a means to live a good life. Although modern conveniences and scientific progress have significantly improved our quality of life, many of the problems faced by ancient Greeks -- love, money, family, politics -- remain with us in new forms. To overcome these obstacles, the Epicureans adopted a philosophy that promoted reason, respect for the natural world, and reverence for our fellow humans. By applying this ancient wisdom to a range of modern problems, from self-care routines and romantic entanglements to issues of public policy and social justice, Wilson shows us how we can all fill our lives with purpose and pleasure.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Essays Book 9: Of Tranquillity of Mind by Seneca</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395209</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395209">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395209</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays Book 9: Of Tranquillity of Mind
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The ninth essay from Lucius Annaeus Seneca. The work opens with Serenus asking Seneca for counsel, and this request for help takes the form of a medical consultation. Serenus explains that he feels agitated, and in a state of unstable immobility, &amp;#039;as if I were on a boat that doesn&amp;#039;t move forward and is tossed about.&amp;#039; Seneca uses the dialogue to address an issue that cropped up many times in his life: the desire for a life of contemplation and the need for active political engagement. Seneca argues that the goal of a tranquil mind can be achieved by being flexible and seeking a middle way between the two extremes. Translation by Aubrey Stewart and produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of providence -  addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3-5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11) Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</description>
      <author>Seneca</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982772635.mp3" length="1426876" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395209</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982772635.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395209">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395209</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays Book 9: Of Tranquillity of Mind
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The ninth essay from Lucius Annaeus Seneca. The work opens with Serenus asking Seneca for counsel, and this request for help takes the form of a medical consultation. Serenus explains that he feels agitated, and in a state of unstable immobility, &amp;#039;as if I were on a boat that doesn&amp;#039;t move forward and is tossed about.&amp;#039; Seneca uses the dialogue to address an issue that cropped up many times in his life: the desire for a life of contemplation and the need for active political engagement. Seneca argues that the goal of a tranquil mind can be achieved by being flexible and seeking a middle way between the two extremes. Translation by Aubrey Stewart and produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of providence -  addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3-5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11) Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395209">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395209</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays Book 9: Of Tranquillity of Mind
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The ninth essay from Lucius Annaeus Seneca. The work opens with Serenus asking Seneca for counsel, and this request for help takes the form of a medical consultation. Serenus explains that he feels agitated, and in a state of unstable immobility, &amp;#039;as if I were on a boat that doesn&amp;#039;t move forward and is tossed about.&amp;#039; Seneca uses the dialogue to address an issue that cropped up many times in his life: the desire for a life of contemplation and the need for active political engagement. Seneca argues that the goal of a tranquil mind can be achieved by being flexible and seeking a middle way between the two extremes. Translation by Aubrey Stewart and produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of providence -  addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3-5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11) Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Effortless Living: Wu-Wei and the Spontaneous State of Natural Harmony by Jason Gregory</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394542</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394542">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394542</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effortless Living: Wu-Wei and the Spontaneous State of Natural Harmony
Author: Jason Gregory
Narrator: Jason Gregory
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A guide for achieving an enlightened mind through the art of non-doing  • Details meditation practices, focused on stillness of the mind, along with Patanjali’s yoga methods to maintain a consciousness referred to as “being in the zone”  • Builds on Taoist, Confucian, and Hindu principles along with scientific findings to support wu-wei--the art of non-doing, non-forcing--as a way of life  • Explains how wu-wei practitioners cultivate intelligent spontaneity and effortless action to allow the natural harmony of the cosmos to prevail  The practice of non-doing, non-forcing is an essential aspect of Taoism known as wu-wei. Attributed to the great sage Lao-tzu, the philosophy of wu-wei teaches you how to develop a natural state of consciousness not bound by thought or preconceived limitations. Experienced by the greatest artists, athletes, musicians, and writers, this heightened state of consciousness, referred to as “being in the zone,” is where intelligent spontaneity and effortless action flourish via a practice rooted in permitting the natural harmony of the cosmos to prevail.  Merging Taoist philosophy, Hindu principles, and Confucianism along with scientific findings, Jason Gregory outlines the practice of wu-wei as a vehicle to realize our innate freedom, revealing that when we release our ego and allow life to unfold as it will, we align ourselves more closely with our goals and cultivate skill and mastery along the way. Equating “being in the zone” with a stillness of the mind, Gregory shares meditation practices coupled with yoga exercises from Patanjali that allow you to approach life with a mastery of acceptance, releasing deluded beliefs of how to achieve success that make your mind “sticky” and poised for conflict. The author shows how practicing wu-wei paradoxically empowers you to accomplish all that you desire by having no intention to do so, as well as allowing you to become receptive to nature’s blueprint for expressing beauty.  Revealing wisdom utilized by renowned sages, artists, and athletes who have adapted “being in the zone” as a way of life, the author shows that wu-wei can yield a renewed sense of trust in many aspects of your daily life, making each day more effortless. As an avid wu-wei practitioner, he provides keen insight on how you, too, can experience the beauty of achieving an enlightened, effortless mind while reveling in the process of life’s unfolding.</description>
      <author>Jason Gregory</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781644110843.mp3" length="907226" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394542</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781644110843.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394542">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394542</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effortless Living: Wu-Wei and the Spontaneous State of Natural Harmony
Author: Jason Gregory
Narrator: Jason Gregory
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A guide for achieving an enlightened mind through the art of non-doing  • Details meditation practices, focused on stillness of the mind, along with Patanjali’s yoga methods to maintain a consciousness referred to as “being in the zone”  • Builds on Taoist, Confucian, and Hindu principles along with scientific findings to support wu-wei--the art of non-doing, non-forcing--as a way of life  • Explains how wu-wei practitioners cultivate intelligent spontaneity and effortless action to allow the natural harmony of the cosmos to prevail  The practice of non-doing, non-forcing is an essential aspect of Taoism known as wu-wei. Attributed to the great sage Lao-tzu, the philosophy of wu-wei teaches you how to develop a natural state of consciousness not bound by thought or preconceived limitations. Experienced by the greatest artists, athletes, musicians, and writers, this heightened state of consciousness, referred to as “being in the zone,” is where intelligent spontaneity and effortless action flourish via a practice rooted in permitting the natural harmony of the cosmos to prevail.  Merging Taoist philosophy, Hindu principles, and Confucianism along with scientific findings, Jason Gregory outlines the practice of wu-wei as a vehicle to realize our innate freedom, revealing that when we release our ego and allow life to unfold as it will, we align ourselves more closely with our goals and cultivate skill and mastery along the way. Equating “being in the zone” with a stillness of the mind, Gregory shares meditation practices coupled with yoga exercises from Patanjali that allow you to approach life with a mastery of acceptance, releasing deluded beliefs of how to achieve success that make your mind “sticky” and poised for conflict. The author shows how practicing wu-wei paradoxically empowers you to accomplish all that you desire by having no intention to do so, as well as allowing you to become receptive to nature’s blueprint for expressing beauty.  Revealing wisdom utilized by renowned sages, artists, and athletes who have adapted “being in the zone” as a way of life, the author shows that wu-wei can yield a renewed sense of trust in many aspects of your daily life, making each day more effortless. As an avid wu-wei practitioner, he provides keen insight on how you, too, can experience the beauty of achieving an enlightened, effortless mind while reveling in the process of life’s unfolding.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394542">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394542</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effortless Living: Wu-Wei and the Spontaneous State of Natural Harmony
Author: Jason Gregory
Narrator: Jason Gregory
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A guide for achieving an enlightened mind through the art of non-doing  • Details meditation practices, focused on stillness of the mind, along with Patanjali’s yoga methods to maintain a consciousness referred to as “being in the zone”  • Builds on Taoist, Confucian, and Hindu principles along with scientific findings to support wu-wei--the art of non-doing, non-forcing--as a way of life  • Explains how wu-wei practitioners cultivate intelligent spontaneity and effortless action to allow the natural harmony of the cosmos to prevail  The practice of non-doing, non-forcing is an essential aspect of Taoism known as wu-wei. Attributed to the great sage Lao-tzu, the philosophy of wu-wei teaches you how to develop a natural state of consciousness not bound by thought or preconceived limitations. Experienced by the greatest artists, athletes, musicians, and writers, this heightened state of consciousness, referred to as “being in the zone,” is where intelligent spontaneity and effortless action flourish via a practice rooted in permitting the natural harmony of the cosmos to prevail.  Merging Taoist philosophy, Hindu principles, and Confucianism along with scientific findings, Jason Gregory outlines the practice of wu-wei as a vehicle to realize our innate freedom, revealing that when we release our ego and allow life to unfold as it will, we align ourselves more closely with our goals and cultivate skill and mastery along the way. Equating “being in the zone” with a stillness of the mind, Gregory shares meditation practices coupled with yoga exercises from Patanjali that allow you to approach life with a mastery of acceptance, releasing deluded beliefs of how to achieve success that make your mind “sticky” and poised for conflict. The author shows how practicing wu-wei paradoxically empowers you to accomplish all that you desire by having no intention to do so, as well as allowing you to become receptive to nature’s blueprint for expressing beauty.  Revealing wisdom utilized by renowned sages, artists, and athletes who have adapted “being in the zone” as a way of life, the author shows that wu-wei can yield a renewed sense of trust in many aspects of your daily life, making each day more effortless. As an avid wu-wei practitioner, he provides keen insight on how you, too, can experience the beauty of achieving an enlightened, effortless mind while reveling in the process of life’s unfolding.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Essays 7: Of a Happy Life by Seneca</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394287</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 7: Of a Happy Life
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 27 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Of a Happy Life is an essay written by Seneca around the year 58 AD. It was intended for his older brother Gallio, to whom Seneca also dedicated his dialogue entitled De Ira (&amp;#039;On Anger&amp;#039;). It is divided into 28 chapters that present the moral thoughts of Seneca at their most mature. Seneca explains that the pursuit of happiness is the pursuit of reason - reason meant not only using logic, but also understanding the processes of nature. Translation by Aubrey Stewart and produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of providence -  addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3-5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11) Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</description>
      <author>Seneca</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982772345.mp3" length="1407108" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394287</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982772345.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 7: Of a Happy Life
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 27 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Of a Happy Life is an essay written by Seneca around the year 58 AD. It was intended for his older brother Gallio, to whom Seneca also dedicated his dialogue entitled De Ira (&amp;#039;On Anger&amp;#039;). It is divided into 28 chapters that present the moral thoughts of Seneca at their most mature. Seneca explains that the pursuit of happiness is the pursuit of reason - reason meant not only using logic, but also understanding the processes of nature. Translation by Aubrey Stewart and produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of providence -  addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3-5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11) Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 7: Of a Happy Life
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 27 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Of a Happy Life is an essay written by Seneca around the year 58 AD. It was intended for his older brother Gallio, to whom Seneca also dedicated his dialogue entitled De Ira (&amp;#039;On Anger&amp;#039;). It is divided into 28 chapters that present the moral thoughts of Seneca at their most mature. Seneca explains that the pursuit of happiness is the pursuit of reason - reason meant not only using logic, but also understanding the processes of nature. Translation by Aubrey Stewart and produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of providence -  addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3-5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) Of Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) Of Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the Shortness of Life - addressed to Paulinus 11) Of Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) Of Consolation - addressed to Helvia</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Herr der Welt by Bernd Michael Grosch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394254</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394254">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394254</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Herr der Welt
Author: Bernd Michael Grosch
Narrator: Bernd Michael Grosch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 39 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In diesem Band findet der geneigte Leser 36 didaktische Verse (Lehr-Gedichte), welche unter anderem philosophische Betrachtungen über Sinn und Zweck des Lebens als solches anstellen.</description>
      <author>Bernd Michael Grosch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982771560.mp3" length="1241290" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394254</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982771560.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394254">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394254</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Herr der Welt
Author: Bernd Michael Grosch
Narrator: Bernd Michael Grosch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 39 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In diesem Band findet der geneigte Leser 36 didaktische Verse (Lehr-Gedichte), welche unter anderem philosophische Betrachtungen über Sinn und Zweck des Lebens als solches anstellen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394254">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394254</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Herr der Welt
Author: Bernd Michael Grosch
Narrator: Bernd Michael Grosch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 39 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In diesem Band findet der geneigte Leser 36 didaktische Verse (Lehr-Gedichte), welche unter anderem philosophische Betrachtungen über Sinn und Zweck des Lebens als solches anstellen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Islam - Strafe oder Rettung ? by Bernd Michael Grosch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394246</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Islam - Strafe oder Rettung ?
Author: Bernd Michael Grosch
Narrator: Bernd Michael Grosch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 47 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Das vorliegende Buch möchte nach Wegen suchen, welche aus der gegenwärtigen Dekadenz der Westlichen Welt&amp;#039; führen und gedanklich verschiedene Möglichkeiten durchspielen, wie wir heutigen Menschen zu einer anderen Sicht- und Lebensweise gelangen könnten.   Schwerpunkt dieser Betrachtung ist der Islam, von dem der Autor glaubt, dass er unser zukünftiges Leben in beträchtlichem Ausmaß bestimmen wird. Diesen Islam zu betrachten, zu erläutern und die Furcht vor ihm zu nehmen, indem man versucht, ihn zu verstehen, soll die Aufgabe dieses Bandes sein, um fortan vielleicht ein Leben mit mehr Gemeinsamkeiten und weniger Vorurteilen zu führen.</description>
      <author>Bernd Michael Grosch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982771720.mp3" length="1426991" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394246</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982771720.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Islam - Strafe oder Rettung ?
Author: Bernd Michael Grosch
Narrator: Bernd Michael Grosch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 47 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Das vorliegende Buch möchte nach Wegen suchen, welche aus der gegenwärtigen Dekadenz der Westlichen Welt&amp;#039; führen und gedanklich verschiedene Möglichkeiten durchspielen, wie wir heutigen Menschen zu einer anderen Sicht- und Lebensweise gelangen könnten.   Schwerpunkt dieser Betrachtung ist der Islam, von dem der Autor glaubt, dass er unser zukünftiges Leben in beträchtlichem Ausmaß bestimmen wird. Diesen Islam zu betrachten, zu erläutern und die Furcht vor ihm zu nehmen, indem man versucht, ihn zu verstehen, soll die Aufgabe dieses Bandes sein, um fortan vielleicht ein Leben mit mehr Gemeinsamkeiten und weniger Vorurteilen zu führen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Islam - Strafe oder Rettung ?
Author: Bernd Michael Grosch
Narrator: Bernd Michael Grosch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 47 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Das vorliegende Buch möchte nach Wegen suchen, welche aus der gegenwärtigen Dekadenz der Westlichen Welt&amp;#039; führen und gedanklich verschiedene Möglichkeiten durchspielen, wie wir heutigen Menschen zu einer anderen Sicht- und Lebensweise gelangen könnten.   Schwerpunkt dieser Betrachtung ist der Islam, von dem der Autor glaubt, dass er unser zukünftiges Leben in beträchtlichem Ausmaß bestimmen wird. Diesen Islam zu betrachten, zu erläutern und die Furcht vor ihm zu nehmen, indem man versucht, ihn zu verstehen, soll die Aufgabe dieses Bandes sein, um fortan vielleicht ein Leben mit mehr Gemeinsamkeiten und weniger Vorurteilen zu führen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Elephants: Birth, Death and Family in the Lives of the Giants by Hannah Mumby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394144</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394144">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394144</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elephants: Birth, Death and Family in the Lives of the Giants
Author: Hannah Mumby
Narrator: Gemma Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Elephants are as unique as people. They can be clever and curious or headstrong and impulsive, shy or sociable. Learn to know them as individuals as well as a species in this evocative account of years spent studying elephant behaviour in the wild.           Watching a family out for a swim on a hot day, Dr Hannah Mumby notes grandmothers, mothers, sisters and children exchanging noisy greetings, a consistent stream of close-range vocalisations, intermittent touching, co-operative herding of babies and frequent stopping for snacks. A close and interconnected family. But in this family, the adults weigh several tons each and the babies wave trunks playfully at one another. This is a herd of elephants.           That elephants are intelligent, sentient beings is common knowledge, but so much about their day-to-day lives and abilities remains unknown. How do they communicate with one another over seemingly impossible distances? How do males spend their lives once they have left their mothers’ herds? And how much do they really remember?           In this lyrically written and deeply personal account of several years of field research, Mumby reverently describes her own elephant encounters, alongside an exploration of the most up-to-date discoveries about the lives of these gentle giants. Learn how elephants live, travel, have sex, raise children and relate to one another, and reflect on how they think and feel. Understanding elephants as individuals closes the gap between human and animal and has powerful applications in the critical field of elephant conservation.</description>
      <author>Hannah Mumby</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008331702.mp3" length="1440278" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394144</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008331702.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394144">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394144</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elephants: Birth, Death and Family in the Lives of the Giants
Author: Hannah Mumby
Narrator: Gemma Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Elephants are as unique as people. They can be clever and curious or headstrong and impulsive, shy or sociable. Learn to know them as individuals as well as a species in this evocative account of years spent studying elephant behaviour in the wild.           Watching a family out for a swim on a hot day, Dr Hannah Mumby notes grandmothers, mothers, sisters and children exchanging noisy greetings, a consistent stream of close-range vocalisations, intermittent touching, co-operative herding of babies and frequent stopping for snacks. A close and interconnected family. But in this family, the adults weigh several tons each and the babies wave trunks playfully at one another. This is a herd of elephants.           That elephants are intelligent, sentient beings is common knowledge, but so much about their day-to-day lives and abilities remains unknown. How do they communicate with one another over seemingly impossible distances? How do males spend their lives once they have left their mothers’ herds? And how much do they really remember?           In this lyrically written and deeply personal account of several years of field research, Mumby reverently describes her own elephant encounters, alongside an exploration of the most up-to-date discoveries about the lives of these gentle giants. Learn how elephants live, travel, have sex, raise children and relate to one another, and reflect on how they think and feel. Understanding elephants as individuals closes the gap between human and animal and has powerful applications in the critical field of elephant conservation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394144">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394144</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elephants: Birth, Death and Family in the Lives of the Giants
Author: Hannah Mumby
Narrator: Gemma Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Elephants are as unique as people. They can be clever and curious or headstrong and impulsive, shy or sociable. Learn to know them as individuals as well as a species in this evocative account of years spent studying elephant behaviour in the wild.           Watching a family out for a swim on a hot day, Dr Hannah Mumby notes grandmothers, mothers, sisters and children exchanging noisy greetings, a consistent stream of close-range vocalisations, intermittent touching, co-operative herding of babies and frequent stopping for snacks. A close and interconnected family. But in this family, the adults weigh several tons each and the babies wave trunks playfully at one another. This is a herd of elephants.           That elephants are intelligent, sentient beings is common knowledge, but so much about their day-to-day lives and abilities remains unknown. How do they communicate with one another over seemingly impossible distances? How do males spend their lives once they have left their mothers’ herds? And how much do they really remember?           In this lyrically written and deeply personal account of several years of field research, Mumby reverently describes her own elephant encounters, alongside an exploration of the most up-to-date discoveries about the lives of these gentle giants. Learn how elephants live, travel, have sex, raise children and relate to one another, and reflect on how they think and feel. Understanding elephants as individuals closes the gap between human and animal and has powerful applications in the critical field of elephant conservation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Make It Scream, Make It Burn: Essays by Leslie Jamison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393641</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Make It Scream, Make It Burn: Essays
Author: Leslie Jamison
Narrator: Leslie Jamison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From the &amp;quot;astounding&amp;quot; (Entertainment Weekly), &amp;quot;spectacularly evocative&amp;quot; (The Atlantic), and &amp;quot;brilliant&amp;quot; (Los Angeles Times) author of the New York Times bestsellers The Recovering and The Empathy Exams comes a return to the essay form in this expansive book.  With the virtuosic synthesis of memoir, criticism, and journalism for which Leslie Jamison has been so widely acclaimed, the fourteen essays in Make It Scream, Make It Burn explore the oceanic depths of longing and the reverberations of obsession.  Among Jamison&amp;#039;s subjects are 52 Blue, deemed &amp;quot;the loneliest whale in the world&amp;quot;; the eerie past-life memories of children; the devoted citizens of an online world called Second Life; the haunted landscape of the Sri Lankan Civil War; and an entire museum dedicated to the relics of broken relationships. Jamison follows these examinations to more personal reckonings -- with elusive men and ruptured romances, with marriage and maternity -- in essays about eloping in Las Vegas, becoming a stepmother, and giving birth.  Often compared to Joan Didion and Susan Sontag, and widely considered one of the defining voices of her generation, Jamison interrogates her own life with the same nuance and rigor she brings to her subjects. The result is a provocative reminder of the joy and sustenance that can be found in the unlikeliest of circumstances. Finalist for the PEN/Diamonstein-Spielvogel Award for the Art of the Essay  One of the fall&amp;#039;s most anticipated books: Time, Entertainment Weekly, O, Oprah Magazine, Boston Globe, Newsweek, Esquire, Seattle Times, Baltimore Sun, BuzzFeed, BookPage, The Millions, Marie Claire, Good Housekeeping, Minneapolis Star Tribune, Lit Hub, Women&amp;#039;s Day, AV Club, Nylon, Bustle, Goop, Goodreads, Book Riot, Yahoo! Lifestyle, Pacific Standard, The Week, and Romper.</description>
      <author>Leslie Jamison</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478903260.mp3" length="846993" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393641</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478903260.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Make It Scream, Make It Burn: Essays
Author: Leslie Jamison
Narrator: Leslie Jamison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From the &amp;quot;astounding&amp;quot; (Entertainment Weekly), &amp;quot;spectacularly evocative&amp;quot; (The Atlantic), and &amp;quot;brilliant&amp;quot; (Los Angeles Times) author of the New York Times bestsellers The Recovering and The Empathy Exams comes a return to the essay form in this expansive book.  With the virtuosic synthesis of memoir, criticism, and journalism for which Leslie Jamison has been so widely acclaimed, the fourteen essays in Make It Scream, Make It Burn explore the oceanic depths of longing and the reverberations of obsession.  Among Jamison&amp;#039;s subjects are 52 Blue, deemed &amp;quot;the loneliest whale in the world&amp;quot;; the eerie past-life memories of children; the devoted citizens of an online world called Second Life; the haunted landscape of the Sri Lankan Civil War; and an entire museum dedicated to the relics of broken relationships. Jamison follows these examinations to more personal reckonings -- with elusive men and ruptured romances, with marriage and maternity -- in essays about eloping in Las Vegas, becoming a stepmother, and giving birth.  Often compared to Joan Didion and Susan Sontag, and widely considered one of the defining voices of her generation, Jamison interrogates her own life with the same nuance and rigor she brings to her subjects. The result is a provocative reminder of the joy and sustenance that can be found in the unlikeliest of circumstances. Finalist for the PEN/Diamonstein-Spielvogel Award for the Art of the Essay  One of the fall&amp;#039;s most anticipated books: Time, Entertainment Weekly, O, Oprah Magazine, Boston Globe, Newsweek, Esquire, Seattle Times, Baltimore Sun, BuzzFeed, BookPage, The Millions, Marie Claire, Good Housekeeping, Minneapolis Star Tribune, Lit Hub, Women&amp;#039;s Day, AV Club, Nylon, Bustle, Goop, Goodreads, Book Riot, Yahoo! Lifestyle, Pacific Standard, The Week, and Romper.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Make It Scream, Make It Burn: Essays
Author: Leslie Jamison
Narrator: Leslie Jamison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From the &amp;quot;astounding&amp;quot; (Entertainment Weekly), &amp;quot;spectacularly evocative&amp;quot; (The Atlantic), and &amp;quot;brilliant&amp;quot; (Los Angeles Times) author of the New York Times bestsellers The Recovering and The Empathy Exams comes a return to the essay form in this expansive book.  With the virtuosic synthesis of memoir, criticism, and journalism for which Leslie Jamison has been so widely acclaimed, the fourteen essays in Make It Scream, Make It Burn explore the oceanic depths of longing and the reverberations of obsession.  Among Jamison&amp;#039;s subjects are 52 Blue, deemed &amp;quot;the loneliest whale in the world&amp;quot;; the eerie past-life memories of children; the devoted citizens of an online world called Second Life; the haunted landscape of the Sri Lankan Civil War; and an entire museum dedicated to the relics of broken relationships. Jamison follows these examinations to more personal reckonings -- with elusive men and ruptured romances, with marriage and maternity -- in essays about eloping in Las Vegas, becoming a stepmother, and giving birth.  Often compared to Joan Didion and Susan Sontag, and widely considered one of the defining voices of her generation, Jamison interrogates her own life with the same nuance and rigor she brings to her subjects. The result is a provocative reminder of the joy and sustenance that can be found in the unlikeliest of circumstances. Finalist for the PEN/Diamonstein-Spielvogel Award for the Art of the Essay  One of the fall&amp;#039;s most anticipated books: Time, Entertainment Weekly, O, Oprah Magazine, Boston Globe, Newsweek, Esquire, Seattle Times, Baltimore Sun, BuzzFeed, BookPage, The Millions, Marie Claire, Good Housekeeping, Minneapolis Star Tribune, Lit Hub, Women&amp;#039;s Day, AV Club, Nylon, Bustle, Goop, Goodreads, Book Riot, Yahoo! Lifestyle, Pacific Standard, The Week, and Romper.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Essays 1: Of Providence by Seneca</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393590</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 1: Of Providence
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The first book in the essays of Seneca deals with good and evil. The dialogue is opened by Lucilius complaining with his friend Seneca that adversities and misfortunes can happen to good men too. How can this fit with the goodness connected with the design of providence? Seneca answers according to the Stoic point of view. Nothing actually bad can happen to the good man (the wise man) because opposites don&amp;#039;t mix. What looks like adversity is in fact a means by which the man exerts his virtues. As such, he can come out of the ordeal stronger than before. So, in perfect harmony with the Stoic philosophy, Seneca explains that the truly wise man can never surrender in the face of misfortunes but as he will always go through them and even if he should fall he will continue fighting on his knees. The wise man understands destiny and its design, and therefore he has nothing to fear from the future. Neither does he hope for anything, because he already has everything he needs - his good behaviour. The conclusion is that actually nothing bad happens to good men. One just has to understand what bad means: bad for the wise man would be to have bad thoughts, to commit crimes, to desire money or fame. Whoever behaves wisely already has all the good possible. Translation by Aubrey Stewart and Produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of Providence - addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3,4,5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) On Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of  a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) On Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the shortness of life - addressed to Paulinus 11) On Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) On consolation - addressed to Helvia</description>
      <author>Seneca</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982770556.mp3" length="1408933" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393590</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982770556.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 1: Of Providence
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The first book in the essays of Seneca deals with good and evil. The dialogue is opened by Lucilius complaining with his friend Seneca that adversities and misfortunes can happen to good men too. How can this fit with the goodness connected with the design of providence? Seneca answers according to the Stoic point of view. Nothing actually bad can happen to the good man (the wise man) because opposites don&amp;#039;t mix. What looks like adversity is in fact a means by which the man exerts his virtues. As such, he can come out of the ordeal stronger than before. So, in perfect harmony with the Stoic philosophy, Seneca explains that the truly wise man can never surrender in the face of misfortunes but as he will always go through them and even if he should fall he will continue fighting on his knees. The wise man understands destiny and its design, and therefore he has nothing to fear from the future. Neither does he hope for anything, because he already has everything he needs - his good behaviour. The conclusion is that actually nothing bad happens to good men. One just has to understand what bad means: bad for the wise man would be to have bad thoughts, to commit crimes, to desire money or fame. Whoever behaves wisely already has all the good possible. Translation by Aubrey Stewart and Produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of Providence - addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3,4,5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) On Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of  a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) On Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the shortness of life - addressed to Paulinus 11) On Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) On consolation - addressed to Helvia</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 1: Of Providence
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The first book in the essays of Seneca deals with good and evil. The dialogue is opened by Lucilius complaining with his friend Seneca that adversities and misfortunes can happen to good men too. How can this fit with the goodness connected with the design of providence? Seneca answers according to the Stoic point of view. Nothing actually bad can happen to the good man (the wise man) because opposites don&amp;#039;t mix. What looks like adversity is in fact a means by which the man exerts his virtues. As such, he can come out of the ordeal stronger than before. So, in perfect harmony with the Stoic philosophy, Seneca explains that the truly wise man can never surrender in the face of misfortunes but as he will always go through them and even if he should fall he will continue fighting on his knees. The wise man understands destiny and its design, and therefore he has nothing to fear from the future. Neither does he hope for anything, because he already has everything he needs - his good behaviour. The conclusion is that actually nothing bad happens to good men. One just has to understand what bad means: bad for the wise man would be to have bad thoughts, to commit crimes, to desire money or fame. Whoever behaves wisely already has all the good possible. Translation by Aubrey Stewart and Produced by Vox Stoica Seneca&amp;#039;s Essays Series: 1) Of Providence - addressed to Lucilius 2) On the Firmness of the Wise Man - addressed to Serenus 3,4,5) Of Anger (Books 1-3) - addressed to his brother Novatus 6) On Consolation - addressed to Marcia 7) Of  a Happy Life - addressed to Gallio 8) Of Leisure - addressed to Serenus 9) On Tranquillity of Mind - addressed to Serenus 10) On the shortness of life - addressed to Paulinus 11) On Consolation - addressed to Polybius 12) On consolation - addressed to Helvia</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Essays 2: On the Firmness of the Wise Man by Seneca</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393591</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 2: On the Firmness of the Wise Man
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In On the Firmness of the Wise Man Seneca argues that Stoicism is not as harsh as it first appears. Recalling the figure of Cato the Younger Seneca argues that Cato as a wise person suffered neither injury nor insult. Although Serenus objects to this paradox, Seneca provides further analogies to emphasize the impervious nature of the wise person. In chapter 5 Seneca distinguishes between contumelia (insults) and iniuria (injuries). The rest of the treatise through to chapter 19 consists of discussions on the nature of both themes, showing that the wise person is immune from both insults and injuries. Seneca concludes the treatise praising the idea of the wise person while offering practical advice for all of us who are imperfect Translation by Aubrey Stewart, produced by Vox Stoica</description>
      <author>Seneca</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982770563.mp3" length="1415890" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393591</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982770563.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 2: On the Firmness of the Wise Man
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In On the Firmness of the Wise Man Seneca argues that Stoicism is not as harsh as it first appears. Recalling the figure of Cato the Younger Seneca argues that Cato as a wise person suffered neither injury nor insult. Although Serenus objects to this paradox, Seneca provides further analogies to emphasize the impervious nature of the wise person. In chapter 5 Seneca distinguishes between contumelia (insults) and iniuria (injuries). The rest of the treatise through to chapter 19 consists of discussions on the nature of both themes, showing that the wise person is immune from both insults and injuries. Seneca concludes the treatise praising the idea of the wise person while offering practical advice for all of us who are imperfect Translation by Aubrey Stewart, produced by Vox Stoica</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays 2: On the Firmness of the Wise Man
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In On the Firmness of the Wise Man Seneca argues that Stoicism is not as harsh as it first appears. Recalling the figure of Cato the Younger Seneca argues that Cato as a wise person suffered neither injury nor insult. Although Serenus objects to this paradox, Seneca provides further analogies to emphasize the impervious nature of the wise person. In chapter 5 Seneca distinguishes between contumelia (insults) and iniuria (injuries). The rest of the treatise through to chapter 19 consists of discussions on the nature of both themes, showing that the wise person is immune from both insults and injuries. Seneca concludes the treatise praising the idea of the wise person while offering practical advice for all of us who are imperfect Translation by Aubrey Stewart, produced by Vox Stoica</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book of Eels: Our Enduring Fascination with the Most Mysterious Creature in the Natural World by Patrik Svensson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Eels: Our Enduring Fascination with the Most Mysterious Creature in the Natural World
Author: Patrik Svensson
Narrator: Alex Wyndham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Part H Is for Hawk, part The Soul of an Octopus, The Book of Eels is both a meditation on the world’s most elusive fish—the eel—and a reflection on the human condition. Remarkably little is known about the European eel, Anguilla anguilla. So little, in fact, that scientists and philosophers have, for centuries, been obsessed with what has become known as the “eel question”: Where do eels come from? What are they? Are they fish or some other kind of creature altogether? Even today, in an age of advanced science, no one has ever seen eels mating or giving birth, and we still don’t understand what drives them, after living for decades in freshwater, to swim great distances back to the ocean at the end of their lives. They remain a mystery. Drawing on a breadth of research about eels in literature, history, and modern marine biology, as well as his own experience fishing for eels with his father, Patrik Svensson crafts a mesmerizing portrait of an unusual, utterly misunderstood, and completely captivating animal. In The Book of Eels, we meet renowned historical thinkers, from Aristotle to Sigmund Freud to Rachel Carson, for whom the eel was a singular obsession. And we meet the scientists who spearheaded the search for the eel’s point of origin, including Danish marine biologist Johannes Schmidt, who led research efforts in the early twentieth century, catching thousands upon thousands of eels, in the hopes of proving their birthing grounds in the Sargasso Sea. Blending memoir and nature writing at its best, Svensson’s journey to understand the eel becomes an exploration of the human condition that delves into overarching issues about our roots and destiny, both as humans and as animals, and, ultimately, how to handle the biggest question of all: death. The result is a gripping and slippery narrative that will surprise and enchant.</description>
      <author>Patrik Svensson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062968845.mp3" length="1422526" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062968845.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Eels: Our Enduring Fascination with the Most Mysterious Creature in the Natural World
Author: Patrik Svensson
Narrator: Alex Wyndham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Part H Is for Hawk, part The Soul of an Octopus, The Book of Eels is both a meditation on the world’s most elusive fish—the eel—and a reflection on the human condition. Remarkably little is known about the European eel, Anguilla anguilla. So little, in fact, that scientists and philosophers have, for centuries, been obsessed with what has become known as the “eel question”: Where do eels come from? What are they? Are they fish or some other kind of creature altogether? Even today, in an age of advanced science, no one has ever seen eels mating or giving birth, and we still don’t understand what drives them, after living for decades in freshwater, to swim great distances back to the ocean at the end of their lives. They remain a mystery. Drawing on a breadth of research about eels in literature, history, and modern marine biology, as well as his own experience fishing for eels with his father, Patrik Svensson crafts a mesmerizing portrait of an unusual, utterly misunderstood, and completely captivating animal. In The Book of Eels, we meet renowned historical thinkers, from Aristotle to Sigmund Freud to Rachel Carson, for whom the eel was a singular obsession. And we meet the scientists who spearheaded the search for the eel’s point of origin, including Danish marine biologist Johannes Schmidt, who led research efforts in the early twentieth century, catching thousands upon thousands of eels, in the hopes of proving their birthing grounds in the Sargasso Sea. Blending memoir and nature writing at its best, Svensson’s journey to understand the eel becomes an exploration of the human condition that delves into overarching issues about our roots and destiny, both as humans and as animals, and, ultimately, how to handle the biggest question of all: death. The result is a gripping and slippery narrative that will surprise and enchant.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Eels: Our Enduring Fascination with the Most Mysterious Creature in the Natural World
Author: Patrik Svensson
Narrator: Alex Wyndham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Part H Is for Hawk, part The Soul of an Octopus, The Book of Eels is both a meditation on the world’s most elusive fish—the eel—and a reflection on the human condition. Remarkably little is known about the European eel, Anguilla anguilla. So little, in fact, that scientists and philosophers have, for centuries, been obsessed with what has become known as the “eel question”: Where do eels come from? What are they? Are they fish or some other kind of creature altogether? Even today, in an age of advanced science, no one has ever seen eels mating or giving birth, and we still don’t understand what drives them, after living for decades in freshwater, to swim great distances back to the ocean at the end of their lives. They remain a mystery. Drawing on a breadth of research about eels in literature, history, and modern marine biology, as well as his own experience fishing for eels with his father, Patrik Svensson crafts a mesmerizing portrait of an unusual, utterly misunderstood, and completely captivating animal. In The Book of Eels, we meet renowned historical thinkers, from Aristotle to Sigmund Freud to Rachel Carson, for whom the eel was a singular obsession. And we meet the scientists who spearheaded the search for the eel’s point of origin, including Danish marine biologist Johannes Schmidt, who led research efforts in the early twentieth century, catching thousands upon thousands of eels, in the hopes of proving their birthing grounds in the Sargasso Sea. Blending memoir and nature writing at its best, Svensson’s journey to understand the eel becomes an exploration of the human condition that delves into overarching issues about our roots and destiny, both as humans and as animals, and, ultimately, how to handle the biggest question of all: death. The result is a gripping and slippery narrative that will surprise and enchant.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Think About God: An Ancient Guide for Believers and Nonbelievers by Marcus Tullius Cicero</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393384</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393384">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393384</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Think About God: An Ancient Guide for Believers and Nonbelievers
Author: Marcus Tullius Cicero
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A vivid and accessible new translation of Cicero&amp;#039;s influential Stoic writings on the divine Most ancient Romans were deeply religious and their world was overflowing with gods—from Jupiter, Minerva, and Mars to countless local divinities, household gods, and ancestral spirits. One of the most influential Roman perspectives on religion came from a nonreligious belief system that is finding new adherents even today: Stoicism. How did the Stoics think about religion? In How to Think about God, Philip Freeman presents vivid new translations of Cicero&amp;#039;s On the Nature of the Gods and The Dream of Scipio. In these brief works, Cicero offers a Stoic view of belief, divinity, and human immortality, giving eloquent expression to the religious ideas of one of the most popular schools of Roman and Greek philosophy. On the Nature of the Gods and The Dream of Scipio are Cicero&amp;#039;s best-known and most important writings on religion, and they have profoundly shaped Christian and non-Christian thought for more than two thousand years, influencing such luminaries as Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Dante, and Thomas Jefferson. These works reveal many of the religious aspects of Stoicism, including an understanding of the universe as a materialistic yet continuous and living whole in which both the gods and a supreme God are essential elements.</description>
      <author>Marcus Tullius Cicero</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684576425.mp3" length="8386350" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393384</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684576425.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393384">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393384</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Think About God: An Ancient Guide for Believers and Nonbelievers
Author: Marcus Tullius Cicero
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A vivid and accessible new translation of Cicero&amp;#039;s influential Stoic writings on the divine Most ancient Romans were deeply religious and their world was overflowing with gods—from Jupiter, Minerva, and Mars to countless local divinities, household gods, and ancestral spirits. One of the most influential Roman perspectives on religion came from a nonreligious belief system that is finding new adherents even today: Stoicism. How did the Stoics think about religion? In How to Think about God, Philip Freeman presents vivid new translations of Cicero&amp;#039;s On the Nature of the Gods and The Dream of Scipio. In these brief works, Cicero offers a Stoic view of belief, divinity, and human immortality, giving eloquent expression to the religious ideas of one of the most popular schools of Roman and Greek philosophy. On the Nature of the Gods and The Dream of Scipio are Cicero&amp;#039;s best-known and most important writings on religion, and they have profoundly shaped Christian and non-Christian thought for more than two thousand years, influencing such luminaries as Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Dante, and Thomas Jefferson. These works reveal many of the religious aspects of Stoicism, including an understanding of the universe as a materialistic yet continuous and living whole in which both the gods and a supreme God are essential elements.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393384">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393384</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Think About God: An Ancient Guide for Believers and Nonbelievers
Author: Marcus Tullius Cicero
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A vivid and accessible new translation of Cicero&amp;#039;s influential Stoic writings on the divine Most ancient Romans were deeply religious and their world was overflowing with gods—from Jupiter, Minerva, and Mars to countless local divinities, household gods, and ancestral spirits. One of the most influential Roman perspectives on religion came from a nonreligious belief system that is finding new adherents even today: Stoicism. How did the Stoics think about religion? In How to Think about God, Philip Freeman presents vivid new translations of Cicero&amp;#039;s On the Nature of the Gods and The Dream of Scipio. In these brief works, Cicero offers a Stoic view of belief, divinity, and human immortality, giving eloquent expression to the religious ideas of one of the most popular schools of Roman and Greek philosophy. On the Nature of the Gods and The Dream of Scipio are Cicero&amp;#039;s best-known and most important writings on religion, and they have profoundly shaped Christian and non-Christian thought for more than two thousand years, influencing such luminaries as Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Dante, and Thomas Jefferson. These works reveal many of the religious aspects of Stoicism, including an understanding of the universe as a materialistic yet continuous and living whole in which both the gods and a supreme God are essential elements.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are We Bodies or Souls? by Richard Swinburne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393363</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Are We Bodies or Souls?
Author: Richard Swinburne
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What are humans? What makes us who we are?   Many think that we are just complicated machines, or animals that are different from machines only by being conscious. In Are We Bodies or Souls? Richard Swinburne comes to the defense of the soul and presents new philosophical arguments that are supported by modern neuroscience. When scientific advances enable neuroscientists to transplant a part of brain into a new body, he reasons, no matter how much we can find out about their brain activity or conscious experiences we will never know whether the resulting person is the same as before or somebody entirely new. Swinburne thus argues that we are immaterial souls sustained in existence by our brains. Sensations, thoughts, and intentions are conscious events in our souls that cause events in our brains. While scientists might discover some of the laws of nature that determine conscious events and brain events, each person&amp;#039;s soul is an individual thing and this is what ultimately makes us who we are.</description>
      <author>Richard Swinburne</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2022 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684575640.mp3" length="8191824" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393363</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684575640.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Are We Bodies or Souls?
Author: Richard Swinburne
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What are humans? What makes us who we are?   Many think that we are just complicated machines, or animals that are different from machines only by being conscious. In Are We Bodies or Souls? Richard Swinburne comes to the defense of the soul and presents new philosophical arguments that are supported by modern neuroscience. When scientific advances enable neuroscientists to transplant a part of brain into a new body, he reasons, no matter how much we can find out about their brain activity or conscious experiences we will never know whether the resulting person is the same as before or somebody entirely new. Swinburne thus argues that we are immaterial souls sustained in existence by our brains. Sensations, thoughts, and intentions are conscious events in our souls that cause events in our brains. While scientists might discover some of the laws of nature that determine conscious events and brain events, each person&amp;#039;s soul is an individual thing and this is what ultimately makes us who we are.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Are We Bodies or Souls?
Author: Richard Swinburne
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What are humans? What makes us who we are?   Many think that we are just complicated machines, or animals that are different from machines only by being conscious. In Are We Bodies or Souls? Richard Swinburne comes to the defense of the soul and presents new philosophical arguments that are supported by modern neuroscience. When scientific advances enable neuroscientists to transplant a part of brain into a new body, he reasons, no matter how much we can find out about their brain activity or conscious experiences we will never know whether the resulting person is the same as before or somebody entirely new. Swinburne thus argues that we are immaterial souls sustained in existence by our brains. Sensations, thoughts, and intentions are conscious events in our souls that cause events in our brains. While scientists might discover some of the laws of nature that determine conscious events and brain events, each person&amp;#039;s soul is an individual thing and this is what ultimately makes us who we are.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nihilism by Nolen Gertz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393102</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nihilism
Author: Nolen Gertz
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
When someone is labeled a nihilist, it&amp;#039;s not usually meant as a compliment. Most of us associate nihilism with destructiveness and violence. Nihilism means, literally, &amp;#039;an ideology of nothing.&amp;#039; Is nihilism, then, believing in nothing? Or is it the belief that life is nothing? Or the belief that the beliefs we have amount to nothing? If we can learn to recognize the many varieties of nihilism, Nolen Gertz writes, then we can learn to distinguish what is meaningful from what is meaningless. In this addition to the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, Gertz traces the history of nihilism in Western philosophy from Socrates through Hannah Arendt and Jean-Paul Sartre. Although the term &amp;#039;nihilism&amp;#039; was first used by Friedrich Jacobi to criticize the philosophy of Immanuel Kant, Gertz shows that the concept can illuminate the thinking of Socrates, Descartes, and others. It is Nietzsche, however, who is most associated with nihilism, and Gertz focuses on Nietzsche&amp;#039;s thought. Gertz goes on to consider what is not nihilism—pessimism, cynicism, and apathy—and why; he explores theories of nihilism; he considers nihilism as a way of understanding aspects of everyday life; and he reflects on the future of nihilism. We need to understand nihilism not only from an individual perspective, Gertz tells us, but also from a political one.</description>
      <author>Nolen Gertz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469074474.mp3" length="749010" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393102</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469074474.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nihilism
Author: Nolen Gertz
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
When someone is labeled a nihilist, it&amp;#039;s not usually meant as a compliment. Most of us associate nihilism with destructiveness and violence. Nihilism means, literally, &amp;#039;an ideology of nothing.&amp;#039; Is nihilism, then, believing in nothing? Or is it the belief that life is nothing? Or the belief that the beliefs we have amount to nothing? If we can learn to recognize the many varieties of nihilism, Nolen Gertz writes, then we can learn to distinguish what is meaningful from what is meaningless. In this addition to the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, Gertz traces the history of nihilism in Western philosophy from Socrates through Hannah Arendt and Jean-Paul Sartre. Although the term &amp;#039;nihilism&amp;#039; was first used by Friedrich Jacobi to criticize the philosophy of Immanuel Kant, Gertz shows that the concept can illuminate the thinking of Socrates, Descartes, and others. It is Nietzsche, however, who is most associated with nihilism, and Gertz focuses on Nietzsche&amp;#039;s thought. Gertz goes on to consider what is not nihilism—pessimism, cynicism, and apathy—and why; he explores theories of nihilism; he considers nihilism as a way of understanding aspects of everyday life; and he reflects on the future of nihilism. We need to understand nihilism not only from an individual perspective, Gertz tells us, but also from a political one.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nihilism
Author: Nolen Gertz
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
When someone is labeled a nihilist, it&amp;#039;s not usually meant as a compliment. Most of us associate nihilism with destructiveness and violence. Nihilism means, literally, &amp;#039;an ideology of nothing.&amp;#039; Is nihilism, then, believing in nothing? Or is it the belief that life is nothing? Or the belief that the beliefs we have amount to nothing? If we can learn to recognize the many varieties of nihilism, Nolen Gertz writes, then we can learn to distinguish what is meaningful from what is meaningless. In this addition to the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, Gertz traces the history of nihilism in Western philosophy from Socrates through Hannah Arendt and Jean-Paul Sartre. Although the term &amp;#039;nihilism&amp;#039; was first used by Friedrich Jacobi to criticize the philosophy of Immanuel Kant, Gertz shows that the concept can illuminate the thinking of Socrates, Descartes, and others. It is Nietzsche, however, who is most associated with nihilism, and Gertz focuses on Nietzsche&amp;#039;s thought. Gertz goes on to consider what is not nihilism—pessimism, cynicism, and apathy—and why; he explores theories of nihilism; he considers nihilism as a way of understanding aspects of everyday life; and he reflects on the future of nihilism. We need to understand nihilism not only from an individual perspective, Gertz tells us, but also from a political one.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Prince by Niccolo Machiavelli</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393066</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Prince
Author: Niccolo Machiavelli
Narrator: Simon Callow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Simon Callow, actor and director, known for his roles in Four Weddings and a Funeral, Shakespeare in Love, and the BBC adaptation of A Christmas Carol.  As a diplomat in turbulent fifteenth-century Florence, Niccolò Machiavelli knew how quickly political fortunes could rise and fall. The Prince, his tough-minded, pragmatic handbook on how power really works, made his name notorious and has remained controversial ever since. How can a leader be strong and decisive, yet still inspire loyalty in his followers? When is it necessary to break the rules? Is it better to be feared than loved? Examining regimes and their rulers the world over and throughout history, from Roman Emperors to renaissance Popes, from Hannibal to Cesare di Borgia, Machievalli answers all these questions in a work of realpolitik that still has shrewd political lessons for today.  Niccolò Machiavelli (1469-1527) was born in Florence, and served the Florentine republic as a secretary and second chancellor, as ambassador and foreign policy-maker. When the Medici family returned to power in 1512 he was suspected of conspiracy, imprisoned and tortured and forced to retire from public life. His most famous work, The Prince, was written in an attempt to gain favour with the Medicis and return to politics. If you enjoyed The Prince, you might like Plato&amp;#039;s Republic, also available in Penguin Classics. &amp;#039;A gripping work, and a gripping translation&amp;#039; Nicholas Lezard, Guardian</description>
      <author>Niccolo Machiavelli</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241439784.mp3" length="1502426" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393066</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241439784.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Prince
Author: Niccolo Machiavelli
Narrator: Simon Callow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Simon Callow, actor and director, known for his roles in Four Weddings and a Funeral, Shakespeare in Love, and the BBC adaptation of A Christmas Carol.  As a diplomat in turbulent fifteenth-century Florence, Niccolò Machiavelli knew how quickly political fortunes could rise and fall. The Prince, his tough-minded, pragmatic handbook on how power really works, made his name notorious and has remained controversial ever since. How can a leader be strong and decisive, yet still inspire loyalty in his followers? When is it necessary to break the rules? Is it better to be feared than loved? Examining regimes and their rulers the world over and throughout history, from Roman Emperors to renaissance Popes, from Hannibal to Cesare di Borgia, Machievalli answers all these questions in a work of realpolitik that still has shrewd political lessons for today.  Niccolò Machiavelli (1469-1527) was born in Florence, and served the Florentine republic as a secretary and second chancellor, as ambassador and foreign policy-maker. When the Medici family returned to power in 1512 he was suspected of conspiracy, imprisoned and tortured and forced to retire from public life. His most famous work, The Prince, was written in an attempt to gain favour with the Medicis and return to politics. If you enjoyed The Prince, you might like Plato&amp;#039;s Republic, also available in Penguin Classics. &amp;#039;A gripping work, and a gripping translation&amp;#039; Nicholas Lezard, Guardian</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Prince
Author: Niccolo Machiavelli
Narrator: Simon Callow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Simon Callow, actor and director, known for his roles in Four Weddings and a Funeral, Shakespeare in Love, and the BBC adaptation of A Christmas Carol.  As a diplomat in turbulent fifteenth-century Florence, Niccolò Machiavelli knew how quickly political fortunes could rise and fall. The Prince, his tough-minded, pragmatic handbook on how power really works, made his name notorious and has remained controversial ever since. How can a leader be strong and decisive, yet still inspire loyalty in his followers? When is it necessary to break the rules? Is it better to be feared than loved? Examining regimes and their rulers the world over and throughout history, from Roman Emperors to renaissance Popes, from Hannibal to Cesare di Borgia, Machievalli answers all these questions in a work of realpolitik that still has shrewd political lessons for today.  Niccolò Machiavelli (1469-1527) was born in Florence, and served the Florentine republic as a secretary and second chancellor, as ambassador and foreign policy-maker. When the Medici family returned to power in 1512 he was suspected of conspiracy, imprisoned and tortured and forced to retire from public life. His most famous work, The Prince, was written in an attempt to gain favour with the Medicis and return to politics. If you enjoyed The Prince, you might like Plato&amp;#039;s Republic, also available in Penguin Classics. &amp;#039;A gripping work, and a gripping translation&amp;#039; Nicholas Lezard, Guardian</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Making Sense of Nonsense: The Logical Bridge Between Science &amp;amp; Spirituality by Raymond Moody MD PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392846</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392846">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392846</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making Sense of Nonsense: The Logical Bridge Between Science &amp;amp; Spirituality
Author: Raymond Moody MD PhD
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
When New York Times bestselling author Raymond Moody began writing about near-death experiences, he noticed that the stories resembled the nonsensical writing of his literary heroes Lewis Carroll, Edward Lear, and Dr. Seuss. In this book, Dr. Moody shares the groundbreaking results of four decades of research into the philosophy of nonsense, revealing new ways to understand and experience life, death, and spirituality. Explore the nuanced feelings that accompany nonsense language, and learn how engaging with nonsense can help you on your spiritual path. Discover how nonsense transcends classical true/false logic, opening the doorway to new spiritual and philosophical breakthroughs. With dozens of examples from literature, comedy, music, and art, this accessible book presents a fascinating new approach to the mysteries of the human spirit.</description>
      <author>Raymond Moody MD PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515945727.mp3" length="8070013" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392846</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515945727.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392846">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392846</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making Sense of Nonsense: The Logical Bridge Between Science &amp;amp; Spirituality
Author: Raymond Moody MD PhD
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
When New York Times bestselling author Raymond Moody began writing about near-death experiences, he noticed that the stories resembled the nonsensical writing of his literary heroes Lewis Carroll, Edward Lear, and Dr. Seuss. In this book, Dr. Moody shares the groundbreaking results of four decades of research into the philosophy of nonsense, revealing new ways to understand and experience life, death, and spirituality. Explore the nuanced feelings that accompany nonsense language, and learn how engaging with nonsense can help you on your spiritual path. Discover how nonsense transcends classical true/false logic, opening the doorway to new spiritual and philosophical breakthroughs. With dozens of examples from literature, comedy, music, and art, this accessible book presents a fascinating new approach to the mysteries of the human spirit.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392846">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392846</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making Sense of Nonsense: The Logical Bridge Between Science &amp;amp; Spirituality
Author: Raymond Moody MD PhD
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
When New York Times bestselling author Raymond Moody began writing about near-death experiences, he noticed that the stories resembled the nonsensical writing of his literary heroes Lewis Carroll, Edward Lear, and Dr. Seuss. In this book, Dr. Moody shares the groundbreaking results of four decades of research into the philosophy of nonsense, revealing new ways to understand and experience life, death, and spirituality. Explore the nuanced feelings that accompany nonsense language, and learn how engaging with nonsense can help you on your spiritual path. Discover how nonsense transcends classical true/false logic, opening the doorway to new spiritual and philosophical breakthroughs. With dozens of examples from literature, comedy, music, and art, this accessible book presents a fascinating new approach to the mysteries of the human spirit.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Philosophical Foundations for a Christian Worldview: 2nd Edition by William Lane Craig, J.P. Moreland</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392688</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392688">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392688</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Philosophical Foundations for a Christian Worldview: 2nd Edition
Author: William Lane Craig, J.P. Moreland
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 39 hours 59 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What is real? What is truth? What can we know? What should we believe? What should we do and why? Is there a God? Can we know him? Do Christian doctrines make sense? Can we believe in God in the face of evil? These are fundamental questions that any thinking person wants answers to. These are questions that philosophy addresses. And the answers we give to these kinds of questions serve as the foundation stones for constructing any kind of worldview. In Philosophical Foundations for a Christian Worldview J. P. Moreland and William Lane Craig offer a comprehensive introduction to philosophy from a Christian perspective. In their broad sweep they introduce listeners to the principal subdisciplines of philosophy, including epistemology, metaphysics, philosophy of science, ethics, and philosophy of religion. They do so with characteristic clarity and incisiveness. Arguments are clearly outlined, and rival theories are presented with fairness and accuracy. Here is a lively and thorough introduction to philosophy for all who want to know reality.</description>
      <author>William Lane Craig, J.P. Moreland</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515942252.mp3" length="8318299" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392688</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515942252.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>39:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392688">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392688</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Philosophical Foundations for a Christian Worldview: 2nd Edition
Author: William Lane Craig, J.P. Moreland
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 39 hours 59 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What is real? What is truth? What can we know? What should we believe? What should we do and why? Is there a God? Can we know him? Do Christian doctrines make sense? Can we believe in God in the face of evil? These are fundamental questions that any thinking person wants answers to. These are questions that philosophy addresses. And the answers we give to these kinds of questions serve as the foundation stones for constructing any kind of worldview. In Philosophical Foundations for a Christian Worldview J. P. Moreland and William Lane Craig offer a comprehensive introduction to philosophy from a Christian perspective. In their broad sweep they introduce listeners to the principal subdisciplines of philosophy, including epistemology, metaphysics, philosophy of science, ethics, and philosophy of religion. They do so with characteristic clarity and incisiveness. Arguments are clearly outlined, and rival theories are presented with fairness and accuracy. Here is a lively and thorough introduction to philosophy for all who want to know reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392688">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392688</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Philosophical Foundations for a Christian Worldview: 2nd Edition
Author: William Lane Craig, J.P. Moreland
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 39 hours 59 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What is real? What is truth? What can we know? What should we believe? What should we do and why? Is there a God? Can we know him? Do Christian doctrines make sense? Can we believe in God in the face of evil? These are fundamental questions that any thinking person wants answers to. These are questions that philosophy addresses. And the answers we give to these kinds of questions serve as the foundation stones for constructing any kind of worldview. In Philosophical Foundations for a Christian Worldview J. P. Moreland and William Lane Craig offer a comprehensive introduction to philosophy from a Christian perspective. In their broad sweep they introduce listeners to the principal subdisciplines of philosophy, including epistemology, metaphysics, philosophy of science, ethics, and philosophy of religion. They do so with characteristic clarity and incisiveness. Arguments are clearly outlined, and rival theories are presented with fairness and accuracy. Here is a lively and thorough introduction to philosophy for all who want to know reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Custom Reality and You by Peter Coffin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392495</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392495">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392495</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Custom Reality and You
Author: Peter Coffin
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Nothing has changed more in the last few decades than our concept and perception of reality. The effects have manifested in our news, entertainment, and Google searches; we&amp;#039;re finding that a lot of things we thought were objective aren&amp;#039;t automatically so. Reality is not a concept we want to flush down the toilet with yesterday&amp;#039;s food, though. However, we must begin to understand how it works in a world where profit is the driving force.</description>
      <author>Peter Coffin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630154479.mp3" length="8480656" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392495</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630154479.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392495">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392495</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Custom Reality and You
Author: Peter Coffin
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Nothing has changed more in the last few decades than our concept and perception of reality. The effects have manifested in our news, entertainment, and Google searches; we&amp;#039;re finding that a lot of things we thought were objective aren&amp;#039;t automatically so. Reality is not a concept we want to flush down the toilet with yesterday&amp;#039;s food, though. However, we must begin to understand how it works in a world where profit is the driving force.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392495">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392495</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Custom Reality and You
Author: Peter Coffin
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Nothing has changed more in the last few decades than our concept and perception of reality. The effects have manifested in our news, entertainment, and Google searches; we&amp;#039;re finding that a lot of things we thought were objective aren&amp;#039;t automatically so. Reality is not a concept we want to flush down the toilet with yesterday&amp;#039;s food, though. However, we must begin to understand how it works in a world where profit is the driving force.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Decent Life: Morality for the Rest of Us by Todd May</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392426</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392426">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392426</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Decent Life: Morality for the Rest of Us
Author: Todd May
Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a world full of suffering and deprivation, it&amp;#039;s easy to despair—and it&amp;#039;s also easy to judge ourselves for not doing more. Even if we gave away everything we own and devoted ourselves to good works, it wouldn&amp;#039;t solve all the world&amp;#039;s problems. It would make them better, though. So is that what we have to do? Is anything less a moral failure? Can we lead a fundamentally decent life without taking such drastic steps?   Todd May has answers. He&amp;#039;s not the sort of philosopher who tells us we have to be model citizens who display perfect ethics in every decision we make. He&amp;#039;s realistic: he understands that living up to ideals is a constant struggle. In A Decent Life, May leads readers through the traditional philosophical bases of a number of arguments about what ethics asks of us, then he develops a more reasonable and achievable way of thinking about them, one that shows us how we can use philosophical insights to participate in the complicated world around us. He explores how we should approach the many relationships in our lives—with friends, family, animals, people in need—through the use of a more forgiving, if no less fundamentally serious, moral compass.   With humor, insight, and a lively and accessible style, May opens a discussion about how we can, realistically, lead the good life that we aspire to.</description>
      <author>Todd May</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630150907.mp3" length="8114044" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392426</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630150907.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392426">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392426</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Decent Life: Morality for the Rest of Us
Author: Todd May
Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a world full of suffering and deprivation, it&amp;#039;s easy to despair—and it&amp;#039;s also easy to judge ourselves for not doing more. Even if we gave away everything we own and devoted ourselves to good works, it wouldn&amp;#039;t solve all the world&amp;#039;s problems. It would make them better, though. So is that what we have to do? Is anything less a moral failure? Can we lead a fundamentally decent life without taking such drastic steps?   Todd May has answers. He&amp;#039;s not the sort of philosopher who tells us we have to be model citizens who display perfect ethics in every decision we make. He&amp;#039;s realistic: he understands that living up to ideals is a constant struggle. In A Decent Life, May leads readers through the traditional philosophical bases of a number of arguments about what ethics asks of us, then he develops a more reasonable and achievable way of thinking about them, one that shows us how we can use philosophical insights to participate in the complicated world around us. He explores how we should approach the many relationships in our lives—with friends, family, animals, people in need—through the use of a more forgiving, if no less fundamentally serious, moral compass.   With humor, insight, and a lively and accessible style, May opens a discussion about how we can, realistically, lead the good life that we aspire to.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392426">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392426</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Decent Life: Morality for the Rest of Us
Author: Todd May
Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a world full of suffering and deprivation, it&amp;#039;s easy to despair—and it&amp;#039;s also easy to judge ourselves for not doing more. Even if we gave away everything we own and devoted ourselves to good works, it wouldn&amp;#039;t solve all the world&amp;#039;s problems. It would make them better, though. So is that what we have to do? Is anything less a moral failure? Can we lead a fundamentally decent life without taking such drastic steps?   Todd May has answers. He&amp;#039;s not the sort of philosopher who tells us we have to be model citizens who display perfect ethics in every decision we make. He&amp;#039;s realistic: he understands that living up to ideals is a constant struggle. In A Decent Life, May leads readers through the traditional philosophical bases of a number of arguments about what ethics asks of us, then he develops a more reasonable and achievable way of thinking about them, one that shows us how we can use philosophical insights to participate in the complicated world around us. He explores how we should approach the many relationships in our lives—with friends, family, animals, people in need—through the use of a more forgiving, if no less fundamentally serious, moral compass.   With humor, insight, and a lively and accessible style, May opens a discussion about how we can, realistically, lead the good life that we aspire to.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Open Society and Its Enemies: New One-Volume Edition by Karl Popper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392235</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Open Society and Its Enemies: New One-Volume Edition
Author: Karl Popper
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the most important books of the twentieth century, Karl Popper&amp;#039;s The Open Society and Its Enemies is an uncompromising defense of liberal democracy and a powerful attack on the intellectual origins of totalitarianism. Popper was born in 1902 to a Viennese family of Jewish origin. He taught in Austria until 1937, when he emigrated to New Zealand in anticipation of the Nazi annexation of Austria the following year, and he settled in England in 1949. Before the annexation, Popper had written mainly about the philosophy of science, but from 1938 until the end of the Second World War he focused his energies on political philosophy, seeking to diagnose the intellectual origins of German and Soviet totalitarianism. The Open Society and Its Enemies was the result. An immediate sensation when it was first published in two volumes in 1945, Popper&amp;#039;s monumental achievement has attained legendary status on both the Left and Right and is credited with inspiring anticommunist dissidents during the Cold War. Arguing that the spirit of free, critical inquiry that governs scientific investigation should also apply to politics, Popper traces the roots of an opposite, authoritarian tendency to a tradition represented by Plato, Marx, and Hegel.</description>
      <author>Karl Popper</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977336880.mp3" length="7673243" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392235</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977336880.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>23:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Open Society and Its Enemies: New One-Volume Edition
Author: Karl Popper
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the most important books of the twentieth century, Karl Popper&amp;#039;s The Open Society and Its Enemies is an uncompromising defense of liberal democracy and a powerful attack on the intellectual origins of totalitarianism. Popper was born in 1902 to a Viennese family of Jewish origin. He taught in Austria until 1937, when he emigrated to New Zealand in anticipation of the Nazi annexation of Austria the following year, and he settled in England in 1949. Before the annexation, Popper had written mainly about the philosophy of science, but from 1938 until the end of the Second World War he focused his energies on political philosophy, seeking to diagnose the intellectual origins of German and Soviet totalitarianism. The Open Society and Its Enemies was the result. An immediate sensation when it was first published in two volumes in 1945, Popper&amp;#039;s monumental achievement has attained legendary status on both the Left and Right and is credited with inspiring anticommunist dissidents during the Cold War. Arguing that the spirit of free, critical inquiry that governs scientific investigation should also apply to politics, Popper traces the roots of an opposite, authoritarian tendency to a tradition represented by Plato, Marx, and Hegel.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Open Society and Its Enemies: New One-Volume Edition
Author: Karl Popper
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the most important books of the twentieth century, Karl Popper&amp;#039;s The Open Society and Its Enemies is an uncompromising defense of liberal democracy and a powerful attack on the intellectual origins of totalitarianism. Popper was born in 1902 to a Viennese family of Jewish origin. He taught in Austria until 1937, when he emigrated to New Zealand in anticipation of the Nazi annexation of Austria the following year, and he settled in England in 1949. Before the annexation, Popper had written mainly about the philosophy of science, but from 1938 until the end of the Second World War he focused his energies on political philosophy, seeking to diagnose the intellectual origins of German and Soviet totalitarianism. The Open Society and Its Enemies was the result. An immediate sensation when it was first published in two volumes in 1945, Popper&amp;#039;s monumental achievement has attained legendary status on both the Left and Right and is credited with inspiring anticommunist dissidents during the Cold War. Arguing that the spirit of free, critical inquiry that governs scientific investigation should also apply to politics, Popper traces the roots of an opposite, authoritarian tendency to a tradition represented by Plato, Marx, and Hegel.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meditations by Marcus Aurelius</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392150</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meditations
Author: Marcus Aurelius
Narrator: David Pierce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Meditations&amp;#039; is a series of personal writings by Marcus Aurelius, Roman Emperor from 161 to 180 AD, which records his private notes to himself and his ideas on Stoic philosophy. A major theme of Meditations is the importance of analyzing one&amp;#039;s judgment of self and others and the development of a cosmic perspective.</description>
      <author>Marcus Aurelius</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982770044.mp3" length="1343635" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392150</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982770044.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meditations
Author: Marcus Aurelius
Narrator: David Pierce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Meditations&amp;#039; is a series of personal writings by Marcus Aurelius, Roman Emperor from 161 to 180 AD, which records his private notes to himself and his ideas on Stoic philosophy. A major theme of Meditations is the importance of analyzing one&amp;#039;s judgment of self and others and the development of a cosmic perspective.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meditations
Author: Marcus Aurelius
Narrator: David Pierce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Meditations&amp;#039; is a series of personal writings by Marcus Aurelius, Roman Emperor from 161 to 180 AD, which records his private notes to himself and his ideas on Stoic philosophy. A major theme of Meditations is the importance of analyzing one&amp;#039;s judgment of self and others and the development of a cosmic perspective.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Live a Good Life: A Guide to Choosing Your Personal Philosophy by Daniel Kaufman, Skye Cleary, Massimo Pigliucci</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392056</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392056">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392056</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Live a Good Life: A Guide to Choosing Your Personal Philosophy
Author: Daniel Kaufman, Skye Cleary, Massimo Pigliucci
Narrator: Daniel Kaufman, Skye Cleary, Massimo Pigliucci, Susan Denaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of essays by fifteen philosophers presenting a thoughtful, introductory guide to choosing a philosophy for living an examined and meaningful life. Socrates famously said &amp;#039;the unexamined life is not worth living,&amp;#039; but what does it mean to truly live philosophically? This thought-provoking, wide-ranging collection brings together essays by fifteen leading philosophers reflecting on what it means to live according to a philosophy of life. From Eastern philosophies (Daoism, Confucianism, and Buddhism) and classical Western philosophies (such as Aristotelianism and Stoicism), to the four major religions, as well as contemporary philosophies (such as existentialism and effective altruism), each contributor offers a lively, personal account of how they find meaning in the practice of their chosen philosophical tradition. Together, the pieces in How to Live a Good Life provide not only a beginner&amp;#039;s guide to choosing a life philosophy but also a timely portrait of what it means to live an examined life in the twenty-first century. A VINTAGE ORIGINAL</description>
      <author>Daniel Kaufman, Skye Cleary, Massimo Pigliucci</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781984889744.mp3" length="2636603" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392056</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781984889744.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392056">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392056</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Live a Good Life: A Guide to Choosing Your Personal Philosophy
Author: Daniel Kaufman, Skye Cleary, Massimo Pigliucci
Narrator: Daniel Kaufman, Skye Cleary, Massimo Pigliucci, Susan Denaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of essays by fifteen philosophers presenting a thoughtful, introductory guide to choosing a philosophy for living an examined and meaningful life. Socrates famously said &amp;#039;the unexamined life is not worth living,&amp;#039; but what does it mean to truly live philosophically? This thought-provoking, wide-ranging collection brings together essays by fifteen leading philosophers reflecting on what it means to live according to a philosophy of life. From Eastern philosophies (Daoism, Confucianism, and Buddhism) and classical Western philosophies (such as Aristotelianism and Stoicism), to the four major religions, as well as contemporary philosophies (such as existentialism and effective altruism), each contributor offers a lively, personal account of how they find meaning in the practice of their chosen philosophical tradition. Together, the pieces in How to Live a Good Life provide not only a beginner&amp;#039;s guide to choosing a life philosophy but also a timely portrait of what it means to live an examined life in the twenty-first century. A VINTAGE ORIGINAL</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392056">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392056</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Live a Good Life: A Guide to Choosing Your Personal Philosophy
Author: Daniel Kaufman, Skye Cleary, Massimo Pigliucci
Narrator: Daniel Kaufman, Skye Cleary, Massimo Pigliucci, Susan Denaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of essays by fifteen philosophers presenting a thoughtful, introductory guide to choosing a philosophy for living an examined and meaningful life. Socrates famously said &amp;#039;the unexamined life is not worth living,&amp;#039; but what does it mean to truly live philosophically? This thought-provoking, wide-ranging collection brings together essays by fifteen leading philosophers reflecting on what it means to live according to a philosophy of life. From Eastern philosophies (Daoism, Confucianism, and Buddhism) and classical Western philosophies (such as Aristotelianism and Stoicism), to the four major religions, as well as contemporary philosophies (such as existentialism and effective altruism), each contributor offers a lively, personal account of how they find meaning in the practice of their chosen philosophical tradition. Together, the pieces in How to Live a Good Life provide not only a beginner&amp;#039;s guide to choosing a life philosophy but also a timely portrait of what it means to live an examined life in the twenty-first century. A VINTAGE ORIGINAL</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Trust Science? by Naomi Oreskes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392029</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Trust Science?
Series: #1 of The University Center for Human Values Series
Author: Naomi Oreskes
Narrator: Nancy Crane, Kelly Burke, Richard Lyddon, John Chancer, Kerry Shale
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This provocative audiobook reveals why the social character of scientific knowledge makes it trustworthy Featuring narration by Kelly Burke, John Chancer, Nancy Crane, Richard Lyddon, and Kerry Shale Do doctors really know what they are talking about when they tell us vaccines are safe? Should we take climate experts at their word when they warn us about the perils of global warming? Why should we trust science when our own politicians don&amp;#039;t? In this landmark book, Naomi Oreskes offers a bold and compelling defense of science, revealing why the social character of scientific knowledge is its greatest strength—and the greatest reason we can trust it. Tracing the history and philosophy of science from the late nineteenth century to today, Oreskes explains that, contrary to popular belief, there is no single scientific method. Rather, the trustworthiness of scientific claims derives from the social process by which they are rigorously vetted. This process is not perfect—nothing ever is when humans are involved—but she draws vital lessons from cases where scientists got it wrong. Oreskes shows how consensus is a crucial indicator of when a scientific matter has been settled, and when the knowledge produced is likely to be trustworthy. Based on the Tanner Lectures on Human Values at Princeton University, this timely and provocative book features critical responses by climate experts Ottmar Edenhofer and Martin Kowarsch, political scientist Jon Krosnick, philosopher of science Marc Lange, and science historian Susan Lindee, as well as a foreword by political theorist Stephen Macedo.</description>
      <author>Naomi Oreskes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691199139.mp3" length="1426737" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392029</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691199139.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Trust Science?
Series: #1 of The University Center for Human Values Series
Author: Naomi Oreskes
Narrator: Nancy Crane, Kelly Burke, Richard Lyddon, John Chancer, Kerry Shale
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This provocative audiobook reveals why the social character of scientific knowledge makes it trustworthy Featuring narration by Kelly Burke, John Chancer, Nancy Crane, Richard Lyddon, and Kerry Shale Do doctors really know what they are talking about when they tell us vaccines are safe? Should we take climate experts at their word when they warn us about the perils of global warming? Why should we trust science when our own politicians don&amp;#039;t? In this landmark book, Naomi Oreskes offers a bold and compelling defense of science, revealing why the social character of scientific knowledge is its greatest strength—and the greatest reason we can trust it. Tracing the history and philosophy of science from the late nineteenth century to today, Oreskes explains that, contrary to popular belief, there is no single scientific method. Rather, the trustworthiness of scientific claims derives from the social process by which they are rigorously vetted. This process is not perfect—nothing ever is when humans are involved—but she draws vital lessons from cases where scientists got it wrong. Oreskes shows how consensus is a crucial indicator of when a scientific matter has been settled, and when the knowledge produced is likely to be trustworthy. Based on the Tanner Lectures on Human Values at Princeton University, this timely and provocative book features critical responses by climate experts Ottmar Edenhofer and Martin Kowarsch, political scientist Jon Krosnick, philosopher of science Marc Lange, and science historian Susan Lindee, as well as a foreword by political theorist Stephen Macedo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Trust Science?
Series: #1 of The University Center for Human Values Series
Author: Naomi Oreskes
Narrator: Nancy Crane, Kelly Burke, Richard Lyddon, John Chancer, Kerry Shale
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This provocative audiobook reveals why the social character of scientific knowledge makes it trustworthy Featuring narration by Kelly Burke, John Chancer, Nancy Crane, Richard Lyddon, and Kerry Shale Do doctors really know what they are talking about when they tell us vaccines are safe? Should we take climate experts at their word when they warn us about the perils of global warming? Why should we trust science when our own politicians don&amp;#039;t? In this landmark book, Naomi Oreskes offers a bold and compelling defense of science, revealing why the social character of scientific knowledge is its greatest strength—and the greatest reason we can trust it. Tracing the history and philosophy of science from the late nineteenth century to today, Oreskes explains that, contrary to popular belief, there is no single scientific method. Rather, the trustworthiness of scientific claims derives from the social process by which they are rigorously vetted. This process is not perfect—nothing ever is when humans are involved—but she draws vital lessons from cases where scientists got it wrong. Oreskes shows how consensus is a crucial indicator of when a scientific matter has been settled, and when the knowledge produced is likely to be trustworthy. Based on the Tanner Lectures on Human Values at Princeton University, this timely and provocative book features critical responses by climate experts Ottmar Edenhofer and Martin Kowarsch, political scientist Jon Krosnick, philosopher of science Marc Lange, and science historian Susan Lindee, as well as a foreword by political theorist Stephen Macedo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Games Indians Play by V Raghunathan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391600</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Games Indians Play
Author: V Raghunathan
Narrator: Gaurav Marwa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a   rare attempt to understand the Indianness of Indians-among the most   intelligent people in the world, but also, to a dispassionate eye, perhaps   the most baffling-V. Raghunathan uses the props of game theory and behavioral   economics to provide an insight into the difficult conundrum of why we are   the way we are. He puts under the scanner our attitudes towards rationality   and irrationality, selflessness and selfishness, competition and cooperation,   and collaboration and deception. Drawing examples from the way we behave in   day-to-day situations, Games Indians Play tries to show how in the long run   each one of us-whether businessmen, politicians, bureaucrats, or just plain   us-stand to profit more if we were to assume a little self-regulation, give   fairness a chance and strive to cooperate and collaborate a little more even   if self-interest were to be our main driving force.</description>
      <author>V Raghunathan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780143498926.mp3" length="2902747" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391600</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780143498926.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Games Indians Play
Author: V Raghunathan
Narrator: Gaurav Marwa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a   rare attempt to understand the Indianness of Indians-among the most   intelligent people in the world, but also, to a dispassionate eye, perhaps   the most baffling-V. Raghunathan uses the props of game theory and behavioral   economics to provide an insight into the difficult conundrum of why we are   the way we are. He puts under the scanner our attitudes towards rationality   and irrationality, selflessness and selfishness, competition and cooperation,   and collaboration and deception. Drawing examples from the way we behave in   day-to-day situations, Games Indians Play tries to show how in the long run   each one of us-whether businessmen, politicians, bureaucrats, or just plain   us-stand to profit more if we were to assume a little self-regulation, give   fairness a chance and strive to cooperate and collaborate a little more even   if self-interest were to be our main driving force.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Games Indians Play
Author: V Raghunathan
Narrator: Gaurav Marwa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a   rare attempt to understand the Indianness of Indians-among the most   intelligent people in the world, but also, to a dispassionate eye, perhaps   the most baffling-V. Raghunathan uses the props of game theory and behavioral   economics to provide an insight into the difficult conundrum of why we are   the way we are. He puts under the scanner our attitudes towards rationality   and irrationality, selflessness and selfishness, competition and cooperation,   and collaboration and deception. Drawing examples from the way we behave in   day-to-day situations, Games Indians Play tries to show how in the long run   each one of us-whether businessmen, politicians, bureaucrats, or just plain   us-stand to profit more if we were to assume a little self-regulation, give   fairness a chance and strive to cooperate and collaborate a little more even   if self-interest were to be our main driving force.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Be My Guest: Reflections on Food, Community, and the Meaning of Generosity by Priya Basil</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391269</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be My Guest: Reflections on Food, Community, and the Meaning of Generosity
Author: Priya Basil
Narrator: Priya Basil
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A thought-provoking meditation on food, family, identity, immigration, and, most of all, hospitality--at the table and beyond--that&amp;#039;s part food memoir, part appeal for more authentic decency in our daily worlds, and in the world at large. Be My Guest is an utterly unique, deeply personal meditation on what it means to tend to others and to ourselves--and how the two things work hand in hand. Priya Basil explores how food--and the act of offering food to others--are used to express love and support. Weaving together stories from her own life with knowledge gleaned from her Sikh heritage; her years spent in Kenya, India, Britain, and Germany; and ideas from Derrida, Plato, Arendt, and Peter Singer, Basil focuses an unexpected and illuminating light on what it means to be both a host and a guest. Lively, wide-ranging, and impassioned, Be My Guest is a singular work, at once a deeply felt plea for a kinder, more welcoming world and a reminder that, fundamentally, we all have more in common than we imagine.</description>
      <author>Priya Basil</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593169575.mp3" length="2814032" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391269</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593169575.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be My Guest: Reflections on Food, Community, and the Meaning of Generosity
Author: Priya Basil
Narrator: Priya Basil
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A thought-provoking meditation on food, family, identity, immigration, and, most of all, hospitality--at the table and beyond--that&amp;#039;s part food memoir, part appeal for more authentic decency in our daily worlds, and in the world at large. Be My Guest is an utterly unique, deeply personal meditation on what it means to tend to others and to ourselves--and how the two things work hand in hand. Priya Basil explores how food--and the act of offering food to others--are used to express love and support. Weaving together stories from her own life with knowledge gleaned from her Sikh heritage; her years spent in Kenya, India, Britain, and Germany; and ideas from Derrida, Plato, Arendt, and Peter Singer, Basil focuses an unexpected and illuminating light on what it means to be both a host and a guest. Lively, wide-ranging, and impassioned, Be My Guest is a singular work, at once a deeply felt plea for a kinder, more welcoming world and a reminder that, fundamentally, we all have more in common than we imagine.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be My Guest: Reflections on Food, Community, and the Meaning of Generosity
Author: Priya Basil
Narrator: Priya Basil
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A thought-provoking meditation on food, family, identity, immigration, and, most of all, hospitality--at the table and beyond--that&amp;#039;s part food memoir, part appeal for more authentic decency in our daily worlds, and in the world at large. Be My Guest is an utterly unique, deeply personal meditation on what it means to tend to others and to ourselves--and how the two things work hand in hand. Priya Basil explores how food--and the act of offering food to others--are used to express love and support. Weaving together stories from her own life with knowledge gleaned from her Sikh heritage; her years spent in Kenya, India, Britain, and Germany; and ideas from Derrida, Plato, Arendt, and Peter Singer, Basil focuses an unexpected and illuminating light on what it means to be both a host and a guest. Lively, wide-ranging, and impassioned, Be My Guest is a singular work, at once a deeply felt plea for a kinder, more welcoming world and a reminder that, fundamentally, we all have more in common than we imagine.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Blank Slate: The Modern Denial of Human Nature by Steven Pinker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Blank Slate: The Modern Denial of Human Nature
Author: Steven Pinker
Narrator: Victor Bevine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Recently many people have assumed that we are blank slates shaped by our environment. But this denies the heart of our being: human nature. Violence is not just a product of society; male and female minds are different; the genes we give our children shape them more than our parenting practices. To acknowledge our innate abilities, Pinker shows, is not to condone inequality, but to understand the very foundations of humanity. &amp;#039;A passionate defence of the enduring power of human nature ... both life-affirming and deeply satisfying&amp;#039; Daily Telegraph &amp;#039;Brilliant ... enjoyable, informative, clear, humane&amp;#039; New Scientist &amp;#039;Startling ... This is a breath of air for a topic that has been politicized for too long&amp;#039; Economist ©2003 Steven Pinker (P)2019 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Steven Pinker</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780141992327.mp3" length="1415994" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780141992327.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>22:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Blank Slate: The Modern Denial of Human Nature
Author: Steven Pinker
Narrator: Victor Bevine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Recently many people have assumed that we are blank slates shaped by our environment. But this denies the heart of our being: human nature. Violence is not just a product of society; male and female minds are different; the genes we give our children shape them more than our parenting practices. To acknowledge our innate abilities, Pinker shows, is not to condone inequality, but to understand the very foundations of humanity. &amp;#039;A passionate defence of the enduring power of human nature ... both life-affirming and deeply satisfying&amp;#039; Daily Telegraph &amp;#039;Brilliant ... enjoyable, informative, clear, humane&amp;#039; New Scientist &amp;#039;Startling ... This is a breath of air for a topic that has been politicized for too long&amp;#039; Economist ©2003 Steven Pinker (P)2019 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Blank Slate: The Modern Denial of Human Nature
Author: Steven Pinker
Narrator: Victor Bevine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Recently many people have assumed that we are blank slates shaped by our environment. But this denies the heart of our being: human nature. Violence is not just a product of society; male and female minds are different; the genes we give our children shape them more than our parenting practices. To acknowledge our innate abilities, Pinker shows, is not to condone inequality, but to understand the very foundations of humanity. &amp;#039;A passionate defence of the enduring power of human nature ... both life-affirming and deeply satisfying&amp;#039; Daily Telegraph &amp;#039;Brilliant ... enjoyable, informative, clear, humane&amp;#039; New Scientist &amp;#039;Startling ... This is a breath of air for a topic that has been politicized for too long&amp;#039; Economist ©2003 Steven Pinker (P)2019 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>21 Letters on Life and Its Challenges by Charles Handy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391077</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391077">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391077</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 21 Letters on Life and Its Challenges
Author: Charles Handy
Narrator: Scott Handy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Charles Handy is one of the giants of contemporary thought. His books on management – including Understanding Organizations and Gods of Management – have changed the way we view business. His work on broader issues and trends – such as Beyond Certainty and The Second Curve – has changed the way we view society. In his new book, Handy builds on a life&amp;#039;s work to glimpse into the future and see what challenges and opportunities the next generation faces. How will people cope with change in a world where the old certainties no longer apply? What goals will and should they set themselves? How will they find purpose and fulfilment in their lives? Clear-eyed and optimistic by turns, he sets out the questions that everyone needs to ask themselves, and points us in the direction of the answers.</description>
      <author>Charles Handy</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473576681.mp3" length="1313382" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391077</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473576681.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391077">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391077</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 21 Letters on Life and Its Challenges
Author: Charles Handy
Narrator: Scott Handy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Charles Handy is one of the giants of contemporary thought. His books on management – including Understanding Organizations and Gods of Management – have changed the way we view business. His work on broader issues and trends – such as Beyond Certainty and The Second Curve – has changed the way we view society. In his new book, Handy builds on a life&amp;#039;s work to glimpse into the future and see what challenges and opportunities the next generation faces. How will people cope with change in a world where the old certainties no longer apply? What goals will and should they set themselves? How will they find purpose and fulfilment in their lives? Clear-eyed and optimistic by turns, he sets out the questions that everyone needs to ask themselves, and points us in the direction of the answers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391077">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391077</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 21 Letters on Life and Its Challenges
Author: Charles Handy
Narrator: Scott Handy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Charles Handy is one of the giants of contemporary thought. His books on management – including Understanding Organizations and Gods of Management – have changed the way we view business. His work on broader issues and trends – such as Beyond Certainty and The Second Curve – has changed the way we view society. In his new book, Handy builds on a life&amp;#039;s work to glimpse into the future and see what challenges and opportunities the next generation faces. How will people cope with change in a world where the old certainties no longer apply? What goals will and should they set themselves? How will they find purpose and fulfilment in their lives? Clear-eyed and optimistic by turns, he sets out the questions that everyone needs to ask themselves, and points us in the direction of the answers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buddhism For Dummies: 2nd Edition by Gudrun Buhnemann, Stephan Bodian, Jonathan Landaw</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390990</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buddhism For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Gudrun Buhnemann, Stephan Bodian, Jonathan Landaw
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Your hands-on guide to this widely practiced and ancient religion. Buddhism, one of the world&amp;#039;s most widely practiced religions, is a fascinating yet complex eastern religion that is rapidly spreading throughout western civilization. What does it mean to be a Buddhist? What are the fundamental beliefs and history behind this religion? Buddhism For Dummies explores these questions and more in this updated guide to Buddhist culture. You&amp;#039;ll gain an understanding of the origins of this ancient practice and how they&amp;#039;re currently applied to everyday life. Whether you&amp;#039;re a searcher of truth, a student of religions, or just curious about what makes Buddhism such a widely practiced religion, this guide is for you. In plain English, it defines the important terms, explains the key concepts, and explores in-depth a wide range of fascinating topics. ● New and expanded coverage on all the schools of Buddhism, including Theravada, Tibetan, and Mahayana ● The continuing relevance of the Dalai Lama ● Updated coverage on daily observances, celebrations, styles, practices, meditation, and more</description>
      <author>Gudrun Buhnemann, Stephan Bodian, Jonathan Landaw</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630151188.mp3" length="8186553" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390990</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630151188.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buddhism For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Gudrun Buhnemann, Stephan Bodian, Jonathan Landaw
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Your hands-on guide to this widely practiced and ancient religion. Buddhism, one of the world&amp;#039;s most widely practiced religions, is a fascinating yet complex eastern religion that is rapidly spreading throughout western civilization. What does it mean to be a Buddhist? What are the fundamental beliefs and history behind this religion? Buddhism For Dummies explores these questions and more in this updated guide to Buddhist culture. You&amp;#039;ll gain an understanding of the origins of this ancient practice and how they&amp;#039;re currently applied to everyday life. Whether you&amp;#039;re a searcher of truth, a student of religions, or just curious about what makes Buddhism such a widely practiced religion, this guide is for you. In plain English, it defines the important terms, explains the key concepts, and explores in-depth a wide range of fascinating topics. ● New and expanded coverage on all the schools of Buddhism, including Theravada, Tibetan, and Mahayana ● The continuing relevance of the Dalai Lama ● Updated coverage on daily observances, celebrations, styles, practices, meditation, and more</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buddhism For Dummies: 2nd Edition
Author: Gudrun Buhnemann, Stephan Bodian, Jonathan Landaw
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Your hands-on guide to this widely practiced and ancient religion. Buddhism, one of the world&amp;#039;s most widely practiced religions, is a fascinating yet complex eastern religion that is rapidly spreading throughout western civilization. What does it mean to be a Buddhist? What are the fundamental beliefs and history behind this religion? Buddhism For Dummies explores these questions and more in this updated guide to Buddhist culture. You&amp;#039;ll gain an understanding of the origins of this ancient practice and how they&amp;#039;re currently applied to everyday life. Whether you&amp;#039;re a searcher of truth, a student of religions, or just curious about what makes Buddhism such a widely practiced religion, this guide is for you. In plain English, it defines the important terms, explains the key concepts, and explores in-depth a wide range of fascinating topics. ● New and expanded coverage on all the schools of Buddhism, including Theravada, Tibetan, and Mahayana ● The continuing relevance of the Dalai Lama ● Updated coverage on daily observances, celebrations, styles, practices, meditation, and more</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who Cares Wins: Reasons For Optimism in Our Changing World by Lily Cole</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390828</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Who Cares Wins: Reasons For Optimism in Our Changing World
Author: Lily Cole
Narrator: Lily Cole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Optimism demands action. Optimism is an active choice. Optimism is not naïve and it is not impossible.  We are living in an age of turmoil, destruction and uncertainty. Global warming has reached terrifying heights of severity, human expansion has caused the extinction of countless species, and Neoliberalism has led to a destructive divide in wealth and a polarisation of mainstream politics. But, there is a constructive way to meet this challenge, there is a reason to keep on fighting and there are plenty of reasons for optimism.  Lily Cole has met with some of the millions of people around the world who are working on solutions to our biggest challenges and committed to creating a more sustainable and peaceful future for humanity. Exploring issues from fast fashion to fast food and renewable energy to gender equality, and featuring interviews with Sir David Attenborough, Sir Paul McCartney, Elon Musk and Extinction Rebellion co-founder Professor Gail Bradbrook, Reasons for Optimism is a beacon of hope in dark times.  This book is a rousing call to action that will leave you feeling hopeful that we can make a difference. We are the ancestors of our future: a generation who will either be celebrated for their activism or blamed for its apathy. It is for us to choose optimism, to make a change and to show what is possible.  © Lily Cole 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Lily Cole</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241418109.mp3" length="1292202" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390828</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241418109.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Who Cares Wins: Reasons For Optimism in Our Changing World
Author: Lily Cole
Narrator: Lily Cole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Optimism demands action. Optimism is an active choice. Optimism is not naïve and it is not impossible.  We are living in an age of turmoil, destruction and uncertainty. Global warming has reached terrifying heights of severity, human expansion has caused the extinction of countless species, and Neoliberalism has led to a destructive divide in wealth and a polarisation of mainstream politics. But, there is a constructive way to meet this challenge, there is a reason to keep on fighting and there are plenty of reasons for optimism.  Lily Cole has met with some of the millions of people around the world who are working on solutions to our biggest challenges and committed to creating a more sustainable and peaceful future for humanity. Exploring issues from fast fashion to fast food and renewable energy to gender equality, and featuring interviews with Sir David Attenborough, Sir Paul McCartney, Elon Musk and Extinction Rebellion co-founder Professor Gail Bradbrook, Reasons for Optimism is a beacon of hope in dark times.  This book is a rousing call to action that will leave you feeling hopeful that we can make a difference. We are the ancestors of our future: a generation who will either be celebrated for their activism or blamed for its apathy. It is for us to choose optimism, to make a change and to show what is possible.  © Lily Cole 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Who Cares Wins: Reasons For Optimism in Our Changing World
Author: Lily Cole
Narrator: Lily Cole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Optimism demands action. Optimism is an active choice. Optimism is not naïve and it is not impossible.  We are living in an age of turmoil, destruction and uncertainty. Global warming has reached terrifying heights of severity, human expansion has caused the extinction of countless species, and Neoliberalism has led to a destructive divide in wealth and a polarisation of mainstream politics. But, there is a constructive way to meet this challenge, there is a reason to keep on fighting and there are plenty of reasons for optimism.  Lily Cole has met with some of the millions of people around the world who are working on solutions to our biggest challenges and committed to creating a more sustainable and peaceful future for humanity. Exploring issues from fast fashion to fast food and renewable energy to gender equality, and featuring interviews with Sir David Attenborough, Sir Paul McCartney, Elon Musk and Extinction Rebellion co-founder Professor Gail Bradbrook, Reasons for Optimism is a beacon of hope in dark times.  This book is a rousing call to action that will leave you feeling hopeful that we can make a difference. We are the ancestors of our future: a generation who will either be celebrated for their activism or blamed for its apathy. It is for us to choose optimism, to make a change and to show what is possible.  © Lily Cole 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Allegory of the Cave by Plato</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390714</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Allegory of the Cave
Author: Plato
Narrator: Gil Anders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Allegory of the Cave appears in Plato&amp;#039;s Republic and compares the effect of education and the lack of it on human nature. It is written as a dialogue between Plato&amp;#039;s brother and Socrates, who tells of people that have been chained to the wall of a cave their whole lives. They see shadows projected on the wall from objects passing in front of a fire behind them. Socrates explains that the philosopher is like a prisoner who has escaped the cave and realizes that the shadows on the wall are not the true reality at all.</description>
      <author>Plato</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982766955.mp3" length="1482623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390714</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982766955.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Allegory of the Cave
Author: Plato
Narrator: Gil Anders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Allegory of the Cave appears in Plato&amp;#039;s Republic and compares the effect of education and the lack of it on human nature. It is written as a dialogue between Plato&amp;#039;s brother and Socrates, who tells of people that have been chained to the wall of a cave their whole lives. They see shadows projected on the wall from objects passing in front of a fire behind them. Socrates explains that the philosopher is like a prisoner who has escaped the cave and realizes that the shadows on the wall are not the true reality at all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Allegory of the Cave
Author: Plato
Narrator: Gil Anders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Allegory of the Cave appears in Plato&amp;#039;s Republic and compares the effect of education and the lack of it on human nature. It is written as a dialogue between Plato&amp;#039;s brother and Socrates, who tells of people that have been chained to the wall of a cave their whole lives. They see shadows projected on the wall from objects passing in front of a fire behind them. Socrates explains that the philosopher is like a prisoner who has escaped the cave and realizes that the shadows on the wall are not the true reality at all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conscience: The Origins of Moral Intuition by Patricia S. Churchland</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390541</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conscience: The Origins of Moral Intuition
Author: Patricia S. Churchland
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In Conscience, Patricia S. Churchland, the distinguished founder of neurophilosophy, explores how moral systems arise from our physical selves in combination with environmental demands. All social groups have ideals for behavior, even though ethics vary among different cultures and among individuals within each culture. In trying to understand why, Churchland brings together an understanding of the influences of nature and nurture. She looks to evolution to elucidate how, from birth, our brains are configured to form bonds, to cooperate, and to care. Conscience delves into scientific studies, particularly the fascinating work on twins, to deepen our understanding of whether people have a predisposition to embrace specific ethical stands. Research on psychopaths illuminates the knowledge about those who abide by no moral system and the explanations science gives for these disturbing individuals. Churchland then turns to philosophy—that of Socrates, Aquinas, and contemporary thinkers like Owen Flanagan—to explore why morality is central to all societies, how it is transmitted through the generations, and why different cultures live by different morals. Her unparalleled ability to join ideas rarely put into dialogue brings light to a subject that speaks to the meaning of being human.</description>
      <author>Patricia S. Churchland</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515942146.mp3" length="848866" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390541</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515942146.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conscience: The Origins of Moral Intuition
Author: Patricia S. Churchland
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In Conscience, Patricia S. Churchland, the distinguished founder of neurophilosophy, explores how moral systems arise from our physical selves in combination with environmental demands. All social groups have ideals for behavior, even though ethics vary among different cultures and among individuals within each culture. In trying to understand why, Churchland brings together an understanding of the influences of nature and nurture. She looks to evolution to elucidate how, from birth, our brains are configured to form bonds, to cooperate, and to care. Conscience delves into scientific studies, particularly the fascinating work on twins, to deepen our understanding of whether people have a predisposition to embrace specific ethical stands. Research on psychopaths illuminates the knowledge about those who abide by no moral system and the explanations science gives for these disturbing individuals. Churchland then turns to philosophy—that of Socrates, Aquinas, and contemporary thinkers like Owen Flanagan—to explore why morality is central to all societies, how it is transmitted through the generations, and why different cultures live by different morals. Her unparalleled ability to join ideas rarely put into dialogue brings light to a subject that speaks to the meaning of being human.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conscience: The Origins of Moral Intuition
Author: Patricia S. Churchland
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In Conscience, Patricia S. Churchland, the distinguished founder of neurophilosophy, explores how moral systems arise from our physical selves in combination with environmental demands. All social groups have ideals for behavior, even though ethics vary among different cultures and among individuals within each culture. In trying to understand why, Churchland brings together an understanding of the influences of nature and nurture. She looks to evolution to elucidate how, from birth, our brains are configured to form bonds, to cooperate, and to care. Conscience delves into scientific studies, particularly the fascinating work on twins, to deepen our understanding of whether people have a predisposition to embrace specific ethical stands. Research on psychopaths illuminates the knowledge about those who abide by no moral system and the explanations science gives for these disturbing individuals. Churchland then turns to philosophy—that of Socrates, Aquinas, and contemporary thinkers like Owen Flanagan—to explore why morality is central to all societies, how it is transmitted through the generations, and why different cultures live by different morals. Her unparalleled ability to join ideas rarely put into dialogue brings light to a subject that speaks to the meaning of being human.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Natural: How Faith in Nature&amp;#039;s Goodness Leads to Harmful Fads, Unjust Laws, and Flawed Science by Alan Levinovitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390189</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Natural: How Faith in Nature&amp;#039;s Goodness Leads to Harmful Fads, Unjust Laws, and Flawed Science
Author: Alan Levinovitz
Narrator: Joe Mcquillan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Illuminates the far-reaching harms of believing that natural means “good,” from misinformation about health choices to justifications for sexism, racism, and flawed economic policies. People love what’s natural: it’s the best way to eat, the best way to parent, even the best way to act—naturally, just as nature intended. Appeals to the wisdom of nature are among the most powerful arguments in the history of human thought. Yet Nature (with a capital N) and natural goodness are not objective or scientific. In this groundbreaking book, scholar of religion Alan Levinovitz demonstrates that these beliefs are actually religious and highlights the many dangers of substituting simple myths for complicated realities. It may not seem like a problem when it comes to paying a premium for organic food. But what about condemnations of “unnatural” sexual activity? The guilt that attends not having a “natural” birth? Economic deregulation justified by the inherent goodness of “natural” markets? In Natural, readers embark on an epic journey, from Peruvian rainforests to the backcountry in Yellowstone Park, from a “natural” bodybuilding competition to a “natural” cancer-curing clinic. The result is an essential new perspective that shatters faith in Nature’s goodness and points to a better alternative. We can love nature without worshipping it, and we can work toward a better world with humility and dialogue rather than taboos and zealotry.</description>
      <author>Alan Levinovitz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807081303.mp3" length="3058023" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390189</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807081303.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Natural: How Faith in Nature&amp;#039;s Goodness Leads to Harmful Fads, Unjust Laws, and Flawed Science
Author: Alan Levinovitz
Narrator: Joe Mcquillan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Illuminates the far-reaching harms of believing that natural means “good,” from misinformation about health choices to justifications for sexism, racism, and flawed economic policies. People love what’s natural: it’s the best way to eat, the best way to parent, even the best way to act—naturally, just as nature intended. Appeals to the wisdom of nature are among the most powerful arguments in the history of human thought. Yet Nature (with a capital N) and natural goodness are not objective or scientific. In this groundbreaking book, scholar of religion Alan Levinovitz demonstrates that these beliefs are actually religious and highlights the many dangers of substituting simple myths for complicated realities. It may not seem like a problem when it comes to paying a premium for organic food. But what about condemnations of “unnatural” sexual activity? The guilt that attends not having a “natural” birth? Economic deregulation justified by the inherent goodness of “natural” markets? In Natural, readers embark on an epic journey, from Peruvian rainforests to the backcountry in Yellowstone Park, from a “natural” bodybuilding competition to a “natural” cancer-curing clinic. The result is an essential new perspective that shatters faith in Nature’s goodness and points to a better alternative. We can love nature without worshipping it, and we can work toward a better world with humility and dialogue rather than taboos and zealotry.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Natural: How Faith in Nature&amp;#039;s Goodness Leads to Harmful Fads, Unjust Laws, and Flawed Science
Author: Alan Levinovitz
Narrator: Joe Mcquillan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Illuminates the far-reaching harms of believing that natural means “good,” from misinformation about health choices to justifications for sexism, racism, and flawed economic policies. People love what’s natural: it’s the best way to eat, the best way to parent, even the best way to act—naturally, just as nature intended. Appeals to the wisdom of nature are among the most powerful arguments in the history of human thought. Yet Nature (with a capital N) and natural goodness are not objective or scientific. In this groundbreaking book, scholar of religion Alan Levinovitz demonstrates that these beliefs are actually religious and highlights the many dangers of substituting simple myths for complicated realities. It may not seem like a problem when it comes to paying a premium for organic food. But what about condemnations of “unnatural” sexual activity? The guilt that attends not having a “natural” birth? Economic deregulation justified by the inherent goodness of “natural” markets? In Natural, readers embark on an epic journey, from Peruvian rainforests to the backcountry in Yellowstone Park, from a “natural” bodybuilding competition to a “natural” cancer-curing clinic. The result is an essential new perspective that shatters faith in Nature’s goodness and points to a better alternative. We can love nature without worshipping it, and we can work toward a better world with humility and dialogue rather than taboos and zealotry.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A History of the Bible: The Book and Its Faiths by John Barton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389159</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389159">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389159</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A History of the Bible: The Book and Its Faiths
Author: John Barton
Narrator: Ralph Lister
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE 2019 DUFF COOPER PRIZE Penguin presents the audiobook edition of A History of the Bible by John Barton, read by Ralph Lister.  The Bible is the central book in Western culture, yet extraordinarily there is no proper history of it. This exceptional work, by one of the world&amp;#039;s leading Biblical scholars, provides a full account of how the different parts of the Bible came to be written; how some writings which were regarded as holy became canonical and were included in the Bible, and others were not; what the relationship is of the different parts of the Bible to each other; and how, once it became a stable text, the Bible has been disseminated and interpreted around the world. It gives full weight to discussion of the importance of the Tanakh (Old Testament) in Judaism as in Christianity. It also demonstrates the degree to which, contrary to widespread belief, both Judaism and Christianity are not faiths drawn from the Bible texts but from other sources and traditions. It shows that if we are to regard the Bible as &amp;#039;authoritative&amp;#039; it cannot be as believers have so often done in the past.</description>
      <author>John Barton</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jul 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780141992082.mp3" length="1282644" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389159</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780141992082.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389159">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389159</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A History of the Bible: The Book and Its Faiths
Author: John Barton
Narrator: Ralph Lister
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE 2019 DUFF COOPER PRIZE Penguin presents the audiobook edition of A History of the Bible by John Barton, read by Ralph Lister.  The Bible is the central book in Western culture, yet extraordinarily there is no proper history of it. This exceptional work, by one of the world&amp;#039;s leading Biblical scholars, provides a full account of how the different parts of the Bible came to be written; how some writings which were regarded as holy became canonical and were included in the Bible, and others were not; what the relationship is of the different parts of the Bible to each other; and how, once it became a stable text, the Bible has been disseminated and interpreted around the world. It gives full weight to discussion of the importance of the Tanakh (Old Testament) in Judaism as in Christianity. It also demonstrates the degree to which, contrary to widespread belief, both Judaism and Christianity are not faiths drawn from the Bible texts but from other sources and traditions. It shows that if we are to regard the Bible as &amp;#039;authoritative&amp;#039; it cannot be as believers have so often done in the past.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389159">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389159</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A History of the Bible: The Book and Its Faiths
Author: John Barton
Narrator: Ralph Lister
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE 2019 DUFF COOPER PRIZE Penguin presents the audiobook edition of A History of the Bible by John Barton, read by Ralph Lister.  The Bible is the central book in Western culture, yet extraordinarily there is no proper history of it. This exceptional work, by one of the world&amp;#039;s leading Biblical scholars, provides a full account of how the different parts of the Bible came to be written; how some writings which were regarded as holy became canonical and were included in the Bible, and others were not; what the relationship is of the different parts of the Bible to each other; and how, once it became a stable text, the Bible has been disseminated and interpreted around the world. It gives full weight to discussion of the importance of the Tanakh (Old Testament) in Judaism as in Christianity. It also demonstrates the degree to which, contrary to widespread belief, both Judaism and Christianity are not faiths drawn from the Bible texts but from other sources and traditions. It shows that if we are to regard the Bible as &amp;#039;authoritative&amp;#039; it cannot be as believers have so often done in the past.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Diderot and the Art of Thinking Freely by Andrew S. Curran</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388277</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diderot and the Art of Thinking Freely
Author: Andrew S. Curran
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Denis Diderot is often associated with the decades-long battle to bring the world&amp;#039;s first comprehensive Encyclopédie into existence. But his most daring writing took place in the shadows. Thrown into prison for his atheism in 1749, Diderot decided to reserve his best books for posterity—for us, in fact. In the astonishing cache of unpublished writings left behind after his death, Diderot challenged virtually all of his century&amp;#039;s accepted truths, from the sanctity of monarchy, to the racial justification of the slave trade, to the norms of human sexuality. One of Diderot&amp;#039;s most attentive readers during his lifetime was Catherine the Great, who not only supported him financially, but invited him to St. Petersburg to talk about the possibility of democratizing the Russian empire. In this thematically organized biography, Andrew S. Curran vividly describes Diderot&amp;#039;s tormented relationship with Rousseau, his curious correspondence with Voltaire, his passionate affairs, and his often iconoclastic stands on art, theater, morality, politics, and religion. But what this book brings out most brilliantly is how the writer&amp;#039;s personal turmoil was an essential part of his genius and his ability to flout taboos, dogma, and convention.</description>
      <author>Andrew S. Curran</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541404670.mp3" length="8040956" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388277</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541404670.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diderot and the Art of Thinking Freely
Author: Andrew S. Curran
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Denis Diderot is often associated with the decades-long battle to bring the world&amp;#039;s first comprehensive Encyclopédie into existence. But his most daring writing took place in the shadows. Thrown into prison for his atheism in 1749, Diderot decided to reserve his best books for posterity—for us, in fact. In the astonishing cache of unpublished writings left behind after his death, Diderot challenged virtually all of his century&amp;#039;s accepted truths, from the sanctity of monarchy, to the racial justification of the slave trade, to the norms of human sexuality. One of Diderot&amp;#039;s most attentive readers during his lifetime was Catherine the Great, who not only supported him financially, but invited him to St. Petersburg to talk about the possibility of democratizing the Russian empire. In this thematically organized biography, Andrew S. Curran vividly describes Diderot&amp;#039;s tormented relationship with Rousseau, his curious correspondence with Voltaire, his passionate affairs, and his often iconoclastic stands on art, theater, morality, politics, and religion. But what this book brings out most brilliantly is how the writer&amp;#039;s personal turmoil was an essential part of his genius and his ability to flout taboos, dogma, and convention.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diderot and the Art of Thinking Freely
Author: Andrew S. Curran
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Denis Diderot is often associated with the decades-long battle to bring the world&amp;#039;s first comprehensive Encyclopédie into existence. But his most daring writing took place in the shadows. Thrown into prison for his atheism in 1749, Diderot decided to reserve his best books for posterity—for us, in fact. In the astonishing cache of unpublished writings left behind after his death, Diderot challenged virtually all of his century&amp;#039;s accepted truths, from the sanctity of monarchy, to the racial justification of the slave trade, to the norms of human sexuality. One of Diderot&amp;#039;s most attentive readers during his lifetime was Catherine the Great, who not only supported him financially, but invited him to St. Petersburg to talk about the possibility of democratizing the Russian empire. In this thematically organized biography, Andrew S. Curran vividly describes Diderot&amp;#039;s tormented relationship with Rousseau, his curious correspondence with Voltaire, his passionate affairs, and his often iconoclastic stands on art, theater, morality, politics, and religion. But what this book brings out most brilliantly is how the writer&amp;#039;s personal turmoil was an essential part of his genius and his ability to flout taboos, dogma, and convention.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How To Be an Antiracist: THE GLOBAL MILLION-COPY BESTSELLER by Ibram X. Kendi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387679</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How To Be an Antiracist: THE GLOBAL MILLION-COPY BESTSELLER
Author: Ibram X. Kendi
Narrator: Ibram X. Kendi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. **THE GLOBAL MILLION-COPY BESTSELLER** NOT BEING RACIST IS NOT ENOUGH. WE HAVE TO BE ANTIRACIST. &amp;#039;Transformative and revolutionary&amp;#039; ROBIN DIANGELO, author of White Fragility &amp;#039;So vital&amp;#039; IJEOMA OLUO, author of So You Want to Talk About Race In this rousing and deeply empathetic book, Ibram X. Kendi, one of the world&amp;#039;s most influential scholars of racism, shows that neutrality is not an option: until we become part of the solution, we can only be part of the problem. Using his extraordinary gifts as a teacher and story-teller, Kendi helps us recognise that everyone is, at times, complicit in racism whether they realise it or not, and by describing with moving humility his own journey from racism to antiracism, he shows us how instead to be a force for good. Along the way, Kendi punctures all the myths and taboos that so often cloud our understanding, from arguments about what race is and whether racial differences exist to the complications that arise when race intersects with ethnicity, class, gender and sexuality. In the process he demolishes the myth of the post-racial society and builds from the ground up a vital new understanding of racism - what it is, where it is hidden, how to identify it and what to do about it. &amp;#039;The most courageous book to date on the problem of race&amp;#039; New York Times &amp;#039;It feels like a light switch being flicked on&amp;#039; OWEN JONES ©2019 Ibram X. Kendi (P)2019 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Ibram X. Kendi</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473576025.mp3" length="1382986" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387679</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473576025.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How To Be an Antiracist: THE GLOBAL MILLION-COPY BESTSELLER
Author: Ibram X. Kendi
Narrator: Ibram X. Kendi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. **THE GLOBAL MILLION-COPY BESTSELLER** NOT BEING RACIST IS NOT ENOUGH. WE HAVE TO BE ANTIRACIST. &amp;#039;Transformative and revolutionary&amp;#039; ROBIN DIANGELO, author of White Fragility &amp;#039;So vital&amp;#039; IJEOMA OLUO, author of So You Want to Talk About Race In this rousing and deeply empathetic book, Ibram X. Kendi, one of the world&amp;#039;s most influential scholars of racism, shows that neutrality is not an option: until we become part of the solution, we can only be part of the problem. Using his extraordinary gifts as a teacher and story-teller, Kendi helps us recognise that everyone is, at times, complicit in racism whether they realise it or not, and by describing with moving humility his own journey from racism to antiracism, he shows us how instead to be a force for good. Along the way, Kendi punctures all the myths and taboos that so often cloud our understanding, from arguments about what race is and whether racial differences exist to the complications that arise when race intersects with ethnicity, class, gender and sexuality. In the process he demolishes the myth of the post-racial society and builds from the ground up a vital new understanding of racism - what it is, where it is hidden, how to identify it and what to do about it. &amp;#039;The most courageous book to date on the problem of race&amp;#039; New York Times &amp;#039;It feels like a light switch being flicked on&amp;#039; OWEN JONES ©2019 Ibram X. Kendi (P)2019 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How To Be an Antiracist: THE GLOBAL MILLION-COPY BESTSELLER
Author: Ibram X. Kendi
Narrator: Ibram X. Kendi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. **THE GLOBAL MILLION-COPY BESTSELLER** NOT BEING RACIST IS NOT ENOUGH. WE HAVE TO BE ANTIRACIST. &amp;#039;Transformative and revolutionary&amp;#039; ROBIN DIANGELO, author of White Fragility &amp;#039;So vital&amp;#039; IJEOMA OLUO, author of So You Want to Talk About Race In this rousing and deeply empathetic book, Ibram X. Kendi, one of the world&amp;#039;s most influential scholars of racism, shows that neutrality is not an option: until we become part of the solution, we can only be part of the problem. Using his extraordinary gifts as a teacher and story-teller, Kendi helps us recognise that everyone is, at times, complicit in racism whether they realise it or not, and by describing with moving humility his own journey from racism to antiracism, he shows us how instead to be a force for good. Along the way, Kendi punctures all the myths and taboos that so often cloud our understanding, from arguments about what race is and whether racial differences exist to the complications that arise when race intersects with ethnicity, class, gender and sexuality. In the process he demolishes the myth of the post-racial society and builds from the ground up a vital new understanding of racism - what it is, where it is hidden, how to identify it and what to do about it. &amp;#039;The most courageous book to date on the problem of race&amp;#039; New York Times &amp;#039;It feels like a light switch being flicked on&amp;#039; OWEN JONES ©2019 Ibram X. Kendi (P)2019 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Courage to Be Happy: Discover the Power of Positive Psychology and Choose Happiness Every Day by Fumitake Koga, Ichiro Kishimi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386533</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Courage to Be Happy: Discover the Power of Positive Psychology and Choose Happiness Every Day
Author: Fumitake Koga, Ichiro Kishimi
Narrator: Noah Galvin, January LaVoy, Graeme Malcolm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this follow-up to the international bestseller and TikTok sensation The Courage to Be Disliked, discover how to reconnect with your true self, experience true happiness, and live the life you want.  What if one simple choice could unlock your destiny?     Already a major international bestseller, this eye-opening and accessible follow-up to the “compelling” (Marc Andreessen) worldwide phenomenon The Courage to be Disliked shares the powerful teachings of Alfred Adler, one of the giants of 19th-century psychology, through another illuminating dialogue between the philosopher and the young man.    Three years after their first conversation, the young man finds himself disillusioned and disappointed, convinced Adler’s teachings only work in theory, not in practice. But through further discussions between the philosopher and the young man, they deepen their own understandings of Adler’s powerful teachings, and learn the tools needed to apply Adler’s teachings to the chaos of everyday life.    To be read on its own or as a companion to the bestselling first book, The Courage to Be Happy reveals a bold new way of thinking and living, empowering you to let go of the shackles of past trauma and the expectations of others, and to use this freedom to create the life you truly desire.    Plainspoken yet profoundly moving, reading The Courage to Be Happy will light a torch with the power to illuminate your life and brighten the world as we know it. Now you can discover the courage to choose happiness.</description>
      <author>Fumitake Koga, Ichiro Kishimi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Dec 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508295860.mp3" length="873997" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386533</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508295860.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Courage to Be Happy: Discover the Power of Positive Psychology and Choose Happiness Every Day
Author: Fumitake Koga, Ichiro Kishimi
Narrator: Noah Galvin, January LaVoy, Graeme Malcolm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this follow-up to the international bestseller and TikTok sensation The Courage to Be Disliked, discover how to reconnect with your true self, experience true happiness, and live the life you want.  What if one simple choice could unlock your destiny?     Already a major international bestseller, this eye-opening and accessible follow-up to the “compelling” (Marc Andreessen) worldwide phenomenon The Courage to be Disliked shares the powerful teachings of Alfred Adler, one of the giants of 19th-century psychology, through another illuminating dialogue between the philosopher and the young man.    Three years after their first conversation, the young man finds himself disillusioned and disappointed, convinced Adler’s teachings only work in theory, not in practice. But through further discussions between the philosopher and the young man, they deepen their own understandings of Adler’s powerful teachings, and learn the tools needed to apply Adler’s teachings to the chaos of everyday life.    To be read on its own or as a companion to the bestselling first book, The Courage to Be Happy reveals a bold new way of thinking and living, empowering you to let go of the shackles of past trauma and the expectations of others, and to use this freedom to create the life you truly desire.    Plainspoken yet profoundly moving, reading The Courage to Be Happy will light a torch with the power to illuminate your life and brighten the world as we know it. Now you can discover the courage to choose happiness.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Courage to Be Happy: Discover the Power of Positive Psychology and Choose Happiness Every Day
Author: Fumitake Koga, Ichiro Kishimi
Narrator: Noah Galvin, January LaVoy, Graeme Malcolm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this follow-up to the international bestseller and TikTok sensation The Courage to Be Disliked, discover how to reconnect with your true self, experience true happiness, and live the life you want.  What if one simple choice could unlock your destiny?     Already a major international bestseller, this eye-opening and accessible follow-up to the “compelling” (Marc Andreessen) worldwide phenomenon The Courage to be Disliked shares the powerful teachings of Alfred Adler, one of the giants of 19th-century psychology, through another illuminating dialogue between the philosopher and the young man.    Three years after their first conversation, the young man finds himself disillusioned and disappointed, convinced Adler’s teachings only work in theory, not in practice. But through further discussions between the philosopher and the young man, they deepen their own understandings of Adler’s powerful teachings, and learn the tools needed to apply Adler’s teachings to the chaos of everyday life.    To be read on its own or as a companion to the bestselling first book, The Courage to Be Happy reveals a bold new way of thinking and living, empowering you to let go of the shackles of past trauma and the expectations of others, and to use this freedom to create the life you truly desire.    Plainspoken yet profoundly moving, reading The Courage to Be Happy will light a torch with the power to illuminate your life and brighten the world as we know it. Now you can discover the courage to choose happiness.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der Appell des Dalai Lama an die Welt - Ethik ist wichtiger als Religion (Ungekürzte Lesung) by The Dalai Lama, Franz Alt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386381</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Appell des Dalai Lama an die Welt - Ethik ist wichtiger als Religion (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: The Dalai Lama, Franz Alt
Narrator: Bodo Primus, Ralf Bauer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In seinem Appell an die Welt entwirft der Dalai Lama eine neue säkulare Ethik als Basis für ein friedliches Jahrhundert. Nicht Religionen werden die Antwort geben, sondern die Verwurzelung des Menschen in einer Unterschiede überwindenden Ethik. Ein herausfordernder wie mutmachender Text eines bescheidenen wie bedeutenden Mannes unserer Zeit.</description>
      <author>The Dalai Lama, Franz Alt</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Apr 2016 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4251234308974.mp3" length="905348" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386381</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4251234308974.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Appell des Dalai Lama an die Welt - Ethik ist wichtiger als Religion (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: The Dalai Lama, Franz Alt
Narrator: Bodo Primus, Ralf Bauer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In seinem Appell an die Welt entwirft der Dalai Lama eine neue säkulare Ethik als Basis für ein friedliches Jahrhundert. Nicht Religionen werden die Antwort geben, sondern die Verwurzelung des Menschen in einer Unterschiede überwindenden Ethik. Ein herausfordernder wie mutmachender Text eines bescheidenen wie bedeutenden Mannes unserer Zeit.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Appell des Dalai Lama an die Welt - Ethik ist wichtiger als Religion (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: The Dalai Lama, Franz Alt
Narrator: Bodo Primus, Ralf Bauer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In seinem Appell an die Welt entwirft der Dalai Lama eine neue säkulare Ethik als Basis für ein friedliches Jahrhundert. Nicht Religionen werden die Antwort geben, sondern die Verwurzelung des Menschen in einer Unterschiede überwindenden Ethik. Ein herausfordernder wie mutmachender Text eines bescheidenen wie bedeutenden Mannes unserer Zeit.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lessons in Stoicism: What Ancient Philosophers Teach Us about How to Live by John Sellars</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386366</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386366">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386366</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lessons in Stoicism: What Ancient Philosophers Teach Us about How to Live
Author: John Sellars
Narrator: Rupert Farley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 52 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  What aspects of your life do you really control? What do you do when you cannot guarantee that things will turn out in your favour? And what can Stoicism teach us about how to live together? In the past few years, Stoicism has been making a comeback. But what exactly did the Stoics believe? In Lessons in Stoicism, philosopher John Sellars weaves together the key ideas of the three great Roman Stoics - Seneca, Epictetus and Marcus Aurelius - with snapshots of their fascinating lives, to show us how their ideas can help us today.  In vivid prose, Sellars shows how the works of these three Stoics have inspired readers ever since, speaking as they do to some of the perennial issues that face anyone trying to navigate their way through life. Their works, fundamentally, are about how to live - how to understand one&amp;#039;s place in the world, how to cope when things don&amp;#039;t go well, how to manage one&amp;#039;s emotions and how to behave towards others.  Consoling and inspiring, Lessons in Stoicism is a deeply thoughtful guide to the philosophy of a valuable life.</description>
      <author>John Sellars</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241431054.mp3" length="1456664" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386366</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241431054.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386366">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386366</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lessons in Stoicism: What Ancient Philosophers Teach Us about How to Live
Author: John Sellars
Narrator: Rupert Farley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 52 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  What aspects of your life do you really control? What do you do when you cannot guarantee that things will turn out in your favour? And what can Stoicism teach us about how to live together? In the past few years, Stoicism has been making a comeback. But what exactly did the Stoics believe? In Lessons in Stoicism, philosopher John Sellars weaves together the key ideas of the three great Roman Stoics - Seneca, Epictetus and Marcus Aurelius - with snapshots of their fascinating lives, to show us how their ideas can help us today.  In vivid prose, Sellars shows how the works of these three Stoics have inspired readers ever since, speaking as they do to some of the perennial issues that face anyone trying to navigate their way through life. Their works, fundamentally, are about how to live - how to understand one&amp;#039;s place in the world, how to cope when things don&amp;#039;t go well, how to manage one&amp;#039;s emotions and how to behave towards others.  Consoling and inspiring, Lessons in Stoicism is a deeply thoughtful guide to the philosophy of a valuable life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386366">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386366</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lessons in Stoicism: What Ancient Philosophers Teach Us about How to Live
Author: John Sellars
Narrator: Rupert Farley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 52 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  What aspects of your life do you really control? What do you do when you cannot guarantee that things will turn out in your favour? And what can Stoicism teach us about how to live together? In the past few years, Stoicism has been making a comeback. But what exactly did the Stoics believe? In Lessons in Stoicism, philosopher John Sellars weaves together the key ideas of the three great Roman Stoics - Seneca, Epictetus and Marcus Aurelius - with snapshots of their fascinating lives, to show us how their ideas can help us today.  In vivid prose, Sellars shows how the works of these three Stoics have inspired readers ever since, speaking as they do to some of the perennial issues that face anyone trying to navigate their way through life. Their works, fundamentally, are about how to live - how to understand one&amp;#039;s place in the world, how to cope when things don&amp;#039;t go well, how to manage one&amp;#039;s emotions and how to behave towards others.  Consoling and inspiring, Lessons in Stoicism is a deeply thoughtful guide to the philosophy of a valuable life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Everyday Ubuntu: Living better together, the African way by Nompumelelo Mungi Ngomane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386362</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386362">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386362</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everyday Ubuntu: Living better together, the African way
Author: Nompumelelo Mungi Ngomane
Narrator: Nontombi Naomi Tutu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 1 minute
Release date: December 12, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  &amp;#039;This book will open your eyes, mind and heart to a way of being in the world that will make our world a better and more caring one.&amp;#039; Archbishop Desmond Tutu Ubuntu is a Xhosa word originating from a South African philosophy that encapsulates all our aspirations about how to live life well, together. It is the belief in a universal human bond: I am only because you are. And it means that if you are able to see everyone as fully human, connected to you by their humanity, you will never be able to treat others as disposable or without worth. By embracing the philosophy of Ubuntu and living it out in daily life it&amp;#039;s possible to  overcome division and be stronger together in a world where the wise build bridges, not walls. These 14 lessons from the Rainbow Nation are an essential toolkit to helping us all to live better, together. In stories that recognise our common humanity, our connectedness and interdependence, Everyday Ubuntu helps to make sense of the world and our place in it. Exploring ideas of kindness and forgiveness, tolerance and the power of listening, it shows how we can all benefit from embracing others. Including practical applications and mindful exercises, it is an inspirational guide to a more fulfilling life as part of the large family to which we all belong. (c) 2019, Mungi Ngomane (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Nompumelelo Mungi Ngomane</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Dec 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473575813.mp3" length="1385445" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386362</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473575813.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386362">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386362</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everyday Ubuntu: Living better together, the African way
Author: Nompumelelo Mungi Ngomane
Narrator: Nontombi Naomi Tutu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 1 minute
Release date: December 12, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  &amp;#039;This book will open your eyes, mind and heart to a way of being in the world that will make our world a better and more caring one.&amp;#039; Archbishop Desmond Tutu Ubuntu is a Xhosa word originating from a South African philosophy that encapsulates all our aspirations about how to live life well, together. It is the belief in a universal human bond: I am only because you are. And it means that if you are able to see everyone as fully human, connected to you by their humanity, you will never be able to treat others as disposable or without worth. By embracing the philosophy of Ubuntu and living it out in daily life it&amp;#039;s possible to  overcome division and be stronger together in a world where the wise build bridges, not walls. These 14 lessons from the Rainbow Nation are an essential toolkit to helping us all to live better, together. In stories that recognise our common humanity, our connectedness and interdependence, Everyday Ubuntu helps to make sense of the world and our place in it. Exploring ideas of kindness and forgiveness, tolerance and the power of listening, it shows how we can all benefit from embracing others. Including practical applications and mindful exercises, it is an inspirational guide to a more fulfilling life as part of the large family to which we all belong. (c) 2019, Mungi Ngomane (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386362">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386362</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everyday Ubuntu: Living better together, the African way
Author: Nompumelelo Mungi Ngomane
Narrator: Nontombi Naomi Tutu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 1 minute
Release date: December 12, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  &amp;#039;This book will open your eyes, mind and heart to a way of being in the world that will make our world a better and more caring one.&amp;#039; Archbishop Desmond Tutu Ubuntu is a Xhosa word originating from a South African philosophy that encapsulates all our aspirations about how to live life well, together. It is the belief in a universal human bond: I am only because you are. And it means that if you are able to see everyone as fully human, connected to you by their humanity, you will never be able to treat others as disposable or without worth. By embracing the philosophy of Ubuntu and living it out in daily life it&amp;#039;s possible to  overcome division and be stronger together in a world where the wise build bridges, not walls. These 14 lessons from the Rainbow Nation are an essential toolkit to helping us all to live better, together. In stories that recognise our common humanity, our connectedness and interdependence, Everyday Ubuntu helps to make sense of the world and our place in it. Exploring ideas of kindness and forgiveness, tolerance and the power of listening, it shows how we can all benefit from embracing others. Including practical applications and mindful exercises, it is an inspirational guide to a more fulfilling life as part of the large family to which we all belong. (c) 2019, Mungi Ngomane (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Counsels and Maxims by Arthur Schopenhauer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385963</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Counsels and Maxims
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Larry G. Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Counsels and Maxims is a classic work by noted German philosopher Arthur Schopenhauer.  His work has influenced some of the modern world&amp;#039;s greatest thinkers, including Carl Jung, Sigmund Freud, and  Erwin Schrödinger.  This piece was originally translated by Thomas Bailey Saunders.</description>
      <author>Arthur Schopenhauer</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982759681.mp3" length="1474657" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385963</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982759681.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Counsels and Maxims
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Larry G. Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Counsels and Maxims is a classic work by noted German philosopher Arthur Schopenhauer.  His work has influenced some of the modern world&amp;#039;s greatest thinkers, including Carl Jung, Sigmund Freud, and  Erwin Schrödinger.  This piece was originally translated by Thomas Bailey Saunders.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Counsels and Maxims
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Larry G. Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Counsels and Maxims is a classic work by noted German philosopher Arthur Schopenhauer.  His work has influenced some of the modern world&amp;#039;s greatest thinkers, including Carl Jung, Sigmund Freud, and  Erwin Schrödinger.  This piece was originally translated by Thomas Bailey Saunders.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art of Literature by Arthur Schopenhauer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385867</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385867">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385867</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Literature
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Mark Meadows
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 49 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Arthur Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s The Art of Literature is a lively, illuminating and brutally honest collection of essays on literary style and values, writers and critics, and the nature of genius. The volume is comprised of eight chapters: On Authorship, On Style, On the Study of Latin, On Men of Learning, On Thinking for Oneself, On Criticism, On Reputation and On Genius. Schopenhauer advises seclusion and independent thought, criticises Pliny&amp;#039;s reading habits, and explains the pitfalls of certain schools of thought and even virtues like modesty. His thought-provoking arguments, caustic wit and accessible style make this a must for any aspiring writer.</description>
      <author>Arthur Schopenhauer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781981306.mp3" length="716050" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385867</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781981306.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385867">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385867</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Literature
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Mark Meadows
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 49 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Arthur Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s The Art of Literature is a lively, illuminating and brutally honest collection of essays on literary style and values, writers and critics, and the nature of genius. The volume is comprised of eight chapters: On Authorship, On Style, On the Study of Latin, On Men of Learning, On Thinking for Oneself, On Criticism, On Reputation and On Genius. Schopenhauer advises seclusion and independent thought, criticises Pliny&amp;#039;s reading habits, and explains the pitfalls of certain schools of thought and even virtues like modesty. His thought-provoking arguments, caustic wit and accessible style make this a must for any aspiring writer.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385867">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385867</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Literature
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Mark Meadows
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 49 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Arthur Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s The Art of Literature is a lively, illuminating and brutally honest collection of essays on literary style and values, writers and critics, and the nature of genius. The volume is comprised of eight chapters: On Authorship, On Style, On the Study of Latin, On Men of Learning, On Thinking for Oneself, On Criticism, On Reputation and On Genius. Schopenhauer advises seclusion and independent thought, criticises Pliny&amp;#039;s reading habits, and explains the pitfalls of certain schools of thought and even virtues like modesty. His thought-provoking arguments, caustic wit and accessible style make this a must for any aspiring writer.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Bhagavad Gita by Anonymous</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385855</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385855">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385855</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bhagavad Gita
Author: Anonymous
Narrator: Sagar Arya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Sanskrit for &amp;#039;Song of the Lord&amp;#039;, the Bhagavad Gita is a 700-verse Hindu epic that constitutes part of the faith&amp;#039;s vast cornerstone work, the Mahabharata. The book provides timeless truths and indispensible advice for believers trying to overcome internal tensions, doubt and indecision. The teachings are conveyed in the form of a dialogue between the Pandava general Arjuna and the deity Krishna, who helps Arjuna understand his position in the Kurukshetra War, and guides him towards the right course of action. The Gita&amp;#039;s treatment of duty and devotion has inspired many, including the peaceful activist Mahatma Gandhi, who referred to it as his &amp;#039;spiritual dictionary&amp;#039;. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**</description>
      <author>Anonymous</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781982556.mp3" length="661399" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385855</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781982556.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385855">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385855</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bhagavad Gita
Author: Anonymous
Narrator: Sagar Arya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Sanskrit for &amp;#039;Song of the Lord&amp;#039;, the Bhagavad Gita is a 700-verse Hindu epic that constitutes part of the faith&amp;#039;s vast cornerstone work, the Mahabharata. The book provides timeless truths and indispensible advice for believers trying to overcome internal tensions, doubt and indecision. The teachings are conveyed in the form of a dialogue between the Pandava general Arjuna and the deity Krishna, who helps Arjuna understand his position in the Kurukshetra War, and guides him towards the right course of action. The Gita&amp;#039;s treatment of duty and devotion has inspired many, including the peaceful activist Mahatma Gandhi, who referred to it as his &amp;#039;spiritual dictionary&amp;#039;. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385855">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385855</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bhagavad Gita
Author: Anonymous
Narrator: Sagar Arya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Sanskrit for &amp;#039;Song of the Lord&amp;#039;, the Bhagavad Gita is a 700-verse Hindu epic that constitutes part of the faith&amp;#039;s vast cornerstone work, the Mahabharata. The book provides timeless truths and indispensible advice for believers trying to overcome internal tensions, doubt and indecision. The teachings are conveyed in the form of a dialogue between the Pandava general Arjuna and the deity Krishna, who helps Arjuna understand his position in the Kurukshetra War, and guides him towards the right course of action. The Gita&amp;#039;s treatment of duty and devotion has inspired many, including the peaceful activist Mahatma Gandhi, who referred to it as his &amp;#039;spiritual dictionary&amp;#039;. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rights of Man by Thomas Paine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rights of Man
Author: Thomas Paine
Narrator: Matt Addis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Written in 1791 as a response to Edmund Burke&amp;#039;s Reflections on the Revolution in France, Thomas Paine&amp;#039;s Rights of Man is a seminal work on human freedom and equality. Using the French Revolution and its ideals as an example, he demonstrates his belief that any government must put the inherent rights of its citizens above all else, especially politics. After its publication, Paine left England for France and was tried in his absence for libel against the crown. Authoritatively read by Matt Addis.</description>
      <author>Thomas Paine</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781982471.mp3" length="879343" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781982471.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rights of Man
Author: Thomas Paine
Narrator: Matt Addis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Written in 1791 as a response to Edmund Burke&amp;#039;s Reflections on the Revolution in France, Thomas Paine&amp;#039;s Rights of Man is a seminal work on human freedom and equality. Using the French Revolution and its ideals as an example, he demonstrates his belief that any government must put the inherent rights of its citizens above all else, especially politics. After its publication, Paine left England for France and was tried in his absence for libel against the crown. Authoritatively read by Matt Addis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rights of Man
Author: Thomas Paine
Narrator: Matt Addis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Written in 1791 as a response to Edmund Burke&amp;#039;s Reflections on the Revolution in France, Thomas Paine&amp;#039;s Rights of Man is a seminal work on human freedom and equality. Using the French Revolution and its ideals as an example, he demonstrates his belief that any government must put the inherent rights of its citizens above all else, especially politics. After its publication, Paine left England for France and was tried in his absence for libel against the crown. Authoritatively read by Matt Addis.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Self-Confidence: A Philosophy by Charles Pépin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385662</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Self-Confidence: A Philosophy
Author: Charles Pépin
Narrator: Chris Courtenay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An essential read for anyone who has encountered a crisis of confidence.                       Where does self-confidence come from? How does it work? Why are some people more confident than others? On the surface, these seem like simple questions – but answers can feel hard to come by when we need them most.           In this bestselling book, Charles Pépin brings to light the strange alchemy that is self-confidence. Pépin examines the role confidence plays in the lives of our most respected public figures including the likes of Madonna, Mozart, Frieda Kahlo, Martin Luther King and Serena Williams, and argues that above all, to live a life of confidence is to live a life of action.           Drawing on the collective wisdom of philosophers, psychologists and the lives of people we encounter on a daily basis, Pépin invites us to probe the mystery and mastery of self-confidence.</description>
      <author>Charles Pépin</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jan 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008324032.mp3" length="1316349" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385662</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008324032.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Self-Confidence: A Philosophy
Author: Charles Pépin
Narrator: Chris Courtenay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An essential read for anyone who has encountered a crisis of confidence.                       Where does self-confidence come from? How does it work? Why are some people more confident than others? On the surface, these seem like simple questions – but answers can feel hard to come by when we need them most.           In this bestselling book, Charles Pépin brings to light the strange alchemy that is self-confidence. Pépin examines the role confidence plays in the lives of our most respected public figures including the likes of Madonna, Mozart, Frieda Kahlo, Martin Luther King and Serena Williams, and argues that above all, to live a life of confidence is to live a life of action.           Drawing on the collective wisdom of philosophers, psychologists and the lives of people we encounter on a daily basis, Pépin invites us to probe the mystery and mastery of self-confidence.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Self-Confidence: A Philosophy
Author: Charles Pépin
Narrator: Chris Courtenay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An essential read for anyone who has encountered a crisis of confidence.                       Where does self-confidence come from? How does it work? Why are some people more confident than others? On the surface, these seem like simple questions – but answers can feel hard to come by when we need them most.           In this bestselling book, Charles Pépin brings to light the strange alchemy that is self-confidence. Pépin examines the role confidence plays in the lives of our most respected public figures including the likes of Madonna, Mozart, Frieda Kahlo, Martin Luther King and Serena Williams, and argues that above all, to live a life of confidence is to live a life of action.           Drawing on the collective wisdom of philosophers, psychologists and the lives of people we encounter on a daily basis, Pépin invites us to probe the mystery and mastery of self-confidence.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Letters from a Stoic: Penguin Classics by Seneca</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385561</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385561">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385561</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letters from a Stoic: Penguin Classics
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Julian Glover
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Julian Glover, Olivier Award winning actor, also known for his roles in Game of Thrones and Harry Potter and The Chamber of Secrets. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Robin Campbell. A philosophy that saw self-possession as the key to an existence lived &amp;#039;in accordance with nature&amp;#039;, Stoicism called for the restraint of animal instincts and the severing of emotional ties. These beliefs were formulated by the Athenian followers of Zeno in the fourth century BC, but it was in Seneca (c. 4 BC- AD 65) that the Stoics found their most eloquent advocate. Stoicism, as expressed in the Letters, helped ease pagan Rome&amp;#039;s transition to Christianity, for it upholds upright ethical ideals and extols virtuous living, as well as expressing disgust for the harsh treatment of slaves and the inhumane slaughters witnessed in the Roman arenas. Seneca&amp;#039;s major contribution to a seemingly unsympathetic creed was to transform it into a powerfully moving and inspiring declaration of the dignity of the individual mind. (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Seneca</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241429648.mp3" length="1444243" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385561</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241429648.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385561">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385561</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letters from a Stoic: Penguin Classics
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Julian Glover
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Julian Glover, Olivier Award winning actor, also known for his roles in Game of Thrones and Harry Potter and The Chamber of Secrets. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Robin Campbell. A philosophy that saw self-possession as the key to an existence lived &amp;#039;in accordance with nature&amp;#039;, Stoicism called for the restraint of animal instincts and the severing of emotional ties. These beliefs were formulated by the Athenian followers of Zeno in the fourth century BC, but it was in Seneca (c. 4 BC- AD 65) that the Stoics found their most eloquent advocate. Stoicism, as expressed in the Letters, helped ease pagan Rome&amp;#039;s transition to Christianity, for it upholds upright ethical ideals and extols virtuous living, as well as expressing disgust for the harsh treatment of slaves and the inhumane slaughters witnessed in the Roman arenas. Seneca&amp;#039;s major contribution to a seemingly unsympathetic creed was to transform it into a powerfully moving and inspiring declaration of the dignity of the individual mind. (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385561">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385561</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letters from a Stoic: Penguin Classics
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Julian Glover
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Julian Glover, Olivier Award winning actor, also known for his roles in Game of Thrones and Harry Potter and The Chamber of Secrets. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Robin Campbell. A philosophy that saw self-possession as the key to an existence lived &amp;#039;in accordance with nature&amp;#039;, Stoicism called for the restraint of animal instincts and the severing of emotional ties. These beliefs were formulated by the Athenian followers of Zeno in the fourth century BC, but it was in Seneca (c. 4 BC- AD 65) that the Stoics found their most eloquent advocate. Stoicism, as expressed in the Letters, helped ease pagan Rome&amp;#039;s transition to Christianity, for it upholds upright ethical ideals and extols virtuous living, as well as expressing disgust for the harsh treatment of slaves and the inhumane slaughters witnessed in the Roman arenas. Seneca&amp;#039;s major contribution to a seemingly unsympathetic creed was to transform it into a powerfully moving and inspiring declaration of the dignity of the individual mind. (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meditations: Penguin Classics by Marcus Aurelius</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385558</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385558">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385558</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meditations: Penguin Classics
Author: Marcus Aurelius
Narrator: Richard Armitage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Richard Armitage, star of Peter Jackson&amp;#039;sThe Hobbit trilogy and also known for his roles in Ocean&amp;#039;s 8 and Spooks. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Diskin Clay. Originally written only for his personal consumption, Marcus Aurelius&amp;#039;s Meditations has become a key text in the understanding of Roman Stoic philosophy. This Penguin Classics edition is translated with notes by Martin Hammond and an introduction by Diskin Clay. Written in Greek by an intellectual Roman emperor without any intention of publication, the Meditations of Marcus Aurelius offer a wide range of fascinating spiritual reflections and exercises developed as the leader struggled to understand himself and make sense of the universe. Spanning from doubt and despair to conviction and exaltation, they cover such diverse topics as the question of virtue, human rationality, the nature of the gods and Aurelius&amp;#039;s own emotions. But while the Meditations were composed to provide personal consolation, in developing his beliefs Marcus also created one of the greatest of all works of philosophy: a series of wise and practical aphorisms that have been consulted and admired by statesmen, thinkers and ordinary readers for almost two thousand years. Martin Hammond&amp;#039;s new translation fully expresses the intimacy and eloquence of the original work, with detailed notes elucidating the text. This edition also includes an introduction by Diskin Clay, exploring the nature and development of the Meditations, a chronology, further reading and full indexes. Marcus Aelius Aurelius Antoninus (121-80) was adopted by the emperor Antoninus Pius and succeeded him in 161, (as joint emperor with adoptive brother Lucius Verus). He ruled alone from 169, and spent much of his reign in putting down various rebellions, and was a persecutor of Christians. His fame rest, above all, on his Meditations, a series of reflections, strongly influenced by Epictetus, which represent a Stoic outlook on life. He was succeeded by his natural son, thus ending the period of the adoptive emperors.</description>
      <author>Marcus Aurelius</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241429662.mp3" length="1269933" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385558</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241429662.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385558">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385558</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meditations: Penguin Classics
Author: Marcus Aurelius
Narrator: Richard Armitage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Richard Armitage, star of Peter Jackson&amp;#039;sThe Hobbit trilogy and also known for his roles in Ocean&amp;#039;s 8 and Spooks. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Diskin Clay. Originally written only for his personal consumption, Marcus Aurelius&amp;#039;s Meditations has become a key text in the understanding of Roman Stoic philosophy. This Penguin Classics edition is translated with notes by Martin Hammond and an introduction by Diskin Clay. Written in Greek by an intellectual Roman emperor without any intention of publication, the Meditations of Marcus Aurelius offer a wide range of fascinating spiritual reflections and exercises developed as the leader struggled to understand himself and make sense of the universe. Spanning from doubt and despair to conviction and exaltation, they cover such diverse topics as the question of virtue, human rationality, the nature of the gods and Aurelius&amp;#039;s own emotions. But while the Meditations were composed to provide personal consolation, in developing his beliefs Marcus also created one of the greatest of all works of philosophy: a series of wise and practical aphorisms that have been consulted and admired by statesmen, thinkers and ordinary readers for almost two thousand years. Martin Hammond&amp;#039;s new translation fully expresses the intimacy and eloquence of the original work, with detailed notes elucidating the text. This edition also includes an introduction by Diskin Clay, exploring the nature and development of the Meditations, a chronology, further reading and full indexes. Marcus Aelius Aurelius Antoninus (121-80) was adopted by the emperor Antoninus Pius and succeeded him in 161, (as joint emperor with adoptive brother Lucius Verus). He ruled alone from 169, and spent much of his reign in putting down various rebellions, and was a persecutor of Christians. His fame rest, above all, on his Meditations, a series of reflections, strongly influenced by Epictetus, which represent a Stoic outlook on life. He was succeeded by his natural son, thus ending the period of the adoptive emperors.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385558">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385558</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meditations: Penguin Classics
Author: Marcus Aurelius
Narrator: Richard Armitage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Richard Armitage, star of Peter Jackson&amp;#039;sThe Hobbit trilogy and also known for his roles in Ocean&amp;#039;s 8 and Spooks. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Diskin Clay. Originally written only for his personal consumption, Marcus Aurelius&amp;#039;s Meditations has become a key text in the understanding of Roman Stoic philosophy. This Penguin Classics edition is translated with notes by Martin Hammond and an introduction by Diskin Clay. Written in Greek by an intellectual Roman emperor without any intention of publication, the Meditations of Marcus Aurelius offer a wide range of fascinating spiritual reflections and exercises developed as the leader struggled to understand himself and make sense of the universe. Spanning from doubt and despair to conviction and exaltation, they cover such diverse topics as the question of virtue, human rationality, the nature of the gods and Aurelius&amp;#039;s own emotions. But while the Meditations were composed to provide personal consolation, in developing his beliefs Marcus also created one of the greatest of all works of philosophy: a series of wise and practical aphorisms that have been consulted and admired by statesmen, thinkers and ordinary readers for almost two thousand years. Martin Hammond&amp;#039;s new translation fully expresses the intimacy and eloquence of the original work, with detailed notes elucidating the text. This edition also includes an introduction by Diskin Clay, exploring the nature and development of the Meditations, a chronology, further reading and full indexes. Marcus Aelius Aurelius Antoninus (121-80) was adopted by the emperor Antoninus Pius and succeeded him in 161, (as joint emperor with adoptive brother Lucius Verus). He ruled alone from 169, and spent much of his reign in putting down various rebellions, and was a persecutor of Christians. His fame rest, above all, on his Meditations, a series of reflections, strongly influenced by Epictetus, which represent a Stoic outlook on life. He was succeeded by his natural son, thus ending the period of the adoptive emperors.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Onion in My Pocket: My Life with Vegetables by Deborah Madison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385522</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Onion in My Pocket: My Life with Vegetables
Author: Deborah Madison
Narrator: Deborah Madison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of Vegetarian Cooking for Everyone (&amp;#039;The Queen of Greens,&amp;#039; The Washington Post)—a warm, bracingly honest memoir that also gives us an insider&amp;#039;s look at the vegetarian movement.  Madison’s “insightful memoir” (The Wall Street Journal) is “a true delight to read as she uncovers her love for all real foods, peeling off layer by layer like an onion, recounting her own personal, culinary, and gardening experiences” (Lidia Bastianich). Thanks to her beloved cookbooks and groundbreaking work as the chef at Greens Restaurant in San Francisco, Deborah Madison, though not a vegetarian herself, has long been revered as this country&amp;#039;s leading authority on vegetables. She profoundly changed the way generations of Americans think about cooking with vegetables, helping to transform &amp;#039;vegetarian&amp;#039; from a dirty word into a mainstream way of eating. But before she became a household name, Madison spent almost twenty years as an ordained Buddhist priest, coming of age in the midst of counterculture San Francisco. In this charmingly intimate and refreshingly frank memoir, she tells her story—and with it the story of the vegetarian movement—or the very first time. From her childhood in Big Ag Northern California to working in the kitchen of the then-new Chez Panisse, and from the birth of food TV to the age of green markets everywhere, An Onion in My Pocket is as much the story of the evolution of American foodways as it is the memoir of the woman at the forefront. It is a deeply personal look at the rise of vegetable-forward cooking, and a manifesto for how to eat well.</description>
      <author>Deborah Madison</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593169551.mp3" length="2789635" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385522</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593169551.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Onion in My Pocket: My Life with Vegetables
Author: Deborah Madison
Narrator: Deborah Madison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of Vegetarian Cooking for Everyone (&amp;#039;The Queen of Greens,&amp;#039; The Washington Post)—a warm, bracingly honest memoir that also gives us an insider&amp;#039;s look at the vegetarian movement.  Madison’s “insightful memoir” (The Wall Street Journal) is “a true delight to read as she uncovers her love for all real foods, peeling off layer by layer like an onion, recounting her own personal, culinary, and gardening experiences” (Lidia Bastianich). Thanks to her beloved cookbooks and groundbreaking work as the chef at Greens Restaurant in San Francisco, Deborah Madison, though not a vegetarian herself, has long been revered as this country&amp;#039;s leading authority on vegetables. She profoundly changed the way generations of Americans think about cooking with vegetables, helping to transform &amp;#039;vegetarian&amp;#039; from a dirty word into a mainstream way of eating. But before she became a household name, Madison spent almost twenty years as an ordained Buddhist priest, coming of age in the midst of counterculture San Francisco. In this charmingly intimate and refreshingly frank memoir, she tells her story—and with it the story of the vegetarian movement—or the very first time. From her childhood in Big Ag Northern California to working in the kitchen of the then-new Chez Panisse, and from the birth of food TV to the age of green markets everywhere, An Onion in My Pocket is as much the story of the evolution of American foodways as it is the memoir of the woman at the forefront. It is a deeply personal look at the rise of vegetable-forward cooking, and a manifesto for how to eat well.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Onion in My Pocket: My Life with Vegetables
Author: Deborah Madison
Narrator: Deborah Madison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of Vegetarian Cooking for Everyone (&amp;#039;The Queen of Greens,&amp;#039; The Washington Post)—a warm, bracingly honest memoir that also gives us an insider&amp;#039;s look at the vegetarian movement.  Madison’s “insightful memoir” (The Wall Street Journal) is “a true delight to read as she uncovers her love for all real foods, peeling off layer by layer like an onion, recounting her own personal, culinary, and gardening experiences” (Lidia Bastianich). Thanks to her beloved cookbooks and groundbreaking work as the chef at Greens Restaurant in San Francisco, Deborah Madison, though not a vegetarian herself, has long been revered as this country&amp;#039;s leading authority on vegetables. She profoundly changed the way generations of Americans think about cooking with vegetables, helping to transform &amp;#039;vegetarian&amp;#039; from a dirty word into a mainstream way of eating. But before she became a household name, Madison spent almost twenty years as an ordained Buddhist priest, coming of age in the midst of counterculture San Francisco. In this charmingly intimate and refreshingly frank memoir, she tells her story—and with it the story of the vegetarian movement—or the very first time. From her childhood in Big Ag Northern California to working in the kitchen of the then-new Chez Panisse, and from the birth of food TV to the age of green markets everywhere, An Onion in My Pocket is as much the story of the evolution of American foodways as it is the memoir of the woman at the forefront. It is a deeply personal look at the rise of vegetable-forward cooking, and a manifesto for how to eat well.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You Are Enough: Revealing the Soul to Discover Your Power, Potential, and Possibility by Panache Desai</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384471</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Are Enough: Revealing the Soul to Discover Your Power, Potential, and Possibility
Author: Panache Desai
Narrator: Panache Desai
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A spiritual thought-leader and featured guest on Oprah’s SuperSoul Sunday helps us learn to quiet fear and anxiety and discover the powerful wholeness that exists within us all in this inspiring and affirmative guide. Achieving equilibrium in today’s age of anxiety can seem like a near-impossible—even frivolous—task. Panache Desai offers a refreshing, surprisingly unusual approach to meet the challenges of the modern moment and heal the fractured self it produces. For Desai, the soul—whole, unbroken, at peace, and one with the life source—isn’t a destination. It already exists within each of us, just waiting to be revealed. It is not something we have to work to develop—it is our birthright. And when we are in union with our soul, we experience a personal evolution that not only illuminates our individual cosmic purpose but helps us to engage the sense of purpose and presence necessary to remake the world itself. You Are Enough offers a straightforward, non-judgmental, and approachable process of revealing the soul, of coming into alignment and harmony with our true selves. Combining personal narrative, clear and inspiring philosophy, and prescriptive practices, it reveals that the way through is the way in—that the way through fear, self-doubt, and anxiety is accepting and embracing dissonance and emotional and psychological blockages, so that we can approach our lives and the world from a perspective that understands our fears are not who we are. Desai’s goal is simple: to guide readers through radical self-acceptance toward a life of ultimate peace and fulfillment. Beautifully designed, this enlightening volume by a fresh voice shows us that while life may have caused us to forget our power, potential, light, and love, they are always there, just waiting to be discovered.</description>
      <author>Panache Desai</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062932594.mp3" length="1294084" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384471</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062932594.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Are Enough: Revealing the Soul to Discover Your Power, Potential, and Possibility
Author: Panache Desai
Narrator: Panache Desai
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A spiritual thought-leader and featured guest on Oprah’s SuperSoul Sunday helps us learn to quiet fear and anxiety and discover the powerful wholeness that exists within us all in this inspiring and affirmative guide. Achieving equilibrium in today’s age of anxiety can seem like a near-impossible—even frivolous—task. Panache Desai offers a refreshing, surprisingly unusual approach to meet the challenges of the modern moment and heal the fractured self it produces. For Desai, the soul—whole, unbroken, at peace, and one with the life source—isn’t a destination. It already exists within each of us, just waiting to be revealed. It is not something we have to work to develop—it is our birthright. And when we are in union with our soul, we experience a personal evolution that not only illuminates our individual cosmic purpose but helps us to engage the sense of purpose and presence necessary to remake the world itself. You Are Enough offers a straightforward, non-judgmental, and approachable process of revealing the soul, of coming into alignment and harmony with our true selves. Combining personal narrative, clear and inspiring philosophy, and prescriptive practices, it reveals that the way through is the way in—that the way through fear, self-doubt, and anxiety is accepting and embracing dissonance and emotional and psychological blockages, so that we can approach our lives and the world from a perspective that understands our fears are not who we are. Desai’s goal is simple: to guide readers through radical self-acceptance toward a life of ultimate peace and fulfillment. Beautifully designed, this enlightening volume by a fresh voice shows us that while life may have caused us to forget our power, potential, light, and love, they are always there, just waiting to be discovered.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Are Enough: Revealing the Soul to Discover Your Power, Potential, and Possibility
Author: Panache Desai
Narrator: Panache Desai
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A spiritual thought-leader and featured guest on Oprah’s SuperSoul Sunday helps us learn to quiet fear and anxiety and discover the powerful wholeness that exists within us all in this inspiring and affirmative guide. Achieving equilibrium in today’s age of anxiety can seem like a near-impossible—even frivolous—task. Panache Desai offers a refreshing, surprisingly unusual approach to meet the challenges of the modern moment and heal the fractured self it produces. For Desai, the soul—whole, unbroken, at peace, and one with the life source—isn’t a destination. It already exists within each of us, just waiting to be revealed. It is not something we have to work to develop—it is our birthright. And when we are in union with our soul, we experience a personal evolution that not only illuminates our individual cosmic purpose but helps us to engage the sense of purpose and presence necessary to remake the world itself. You Are Enough offers a straightforward, non-judgmental, and approachable process of revealing the soul, of coming into alignment and harmony with our true selves. Combining personal narrative, clear and inspiring philosophy, and prescriptive practices, it reveals that the way through is the way in—that the way through fear, self-doubt, and anxiety is accepting and embracing dissonance and emotional and psychological blockages, so that we can approach our lives and the world from a perspective that understands our fears are not who we are. Desai’s goal is simple: to guide readers through radical self-acceptance toward a life of ultimate peace and fulfillment. Beautifully designed, this enlightening volume by a fresh voice shows us that while life may have caused us to forget our power, potential, light, and love, they are always there, just waiting to be discovered.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book of Ichigo Ichie: The Art of Making the Most of Every Moment, the Japanese Way by Héctor García, Francesc Miralles</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383859</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383859">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383859</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Ichigo Ichie: The Art of Making the Most of Every Moment, the Japanese Way
Author: Héctor García, Francesc Miralles
Narrator: Louis Ozawa Changchien
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Find happiness by living fully in the present with this definitive guide to ichigo ichie--the Japanese art of making the most of every moment--from the bestselling authors of Ikigai and The Four-Way Path. Each moment in our life happens only once, and if we let it slip away, we lose it forever--an idea captured by the Japanese phrase ichigo ichie (pronounced itchy-GO itchy-A). Often spoken in Japan when greeting someone or saying goodbye, to convey that the encounter is unique and special, it is a tenet of Zen Buddhism and is attributed to a sixteenth-century master of the Japanese tea ceremony, or &amp;#039;ceremony of attention,&amp;#039; whose intricate rituals compel us to focus on the present moment. From this age-old concept comes a new kind of mindfulness. In The Book of Ichigo Ichie, you will learn to... - appreciate the beauty of the fleeting, the way the Japanese celebrate the cherry blossoms for two weeks every April, knowing they&amp;#039;ll have to wait a whole year to see them again; - use all five senses to anchor yourself in the present, helping you to let go of fear, sadness, anger, and other negative emotions fueled by fixating on the past or the future; - be alert to the magic of coincidences, which help us find meaning among the disconnected events of our lives; - use ichigo ichie to help you discover your ikigai, or life&amp;#039;s purpose--because it&amp;#039;s only by learning to be present, to be tuned into what catches your attention and excites you in the moment, that you can identify what it is that most motivates you and brings you happiness. Every one of us possesses a key that can open the door to attention, harmony with others, and love of life. And that key is ichigo ichie. A PENGUIN LIFE TITLE</description>
      <author>Héctor García, Francesc Miralles</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593168769.mp3" length="2520371" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383859</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593168769.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383859">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383859</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Ichigo Ichie: The Art of Making the Most of Every Moment, the Japanese Way
Author: Héctor García, Francesc Miralles
Narrator: Louis Ozawa Changchien
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Find happiness by living fully in the present with this definitive guide to ichigo ichie--the Japanese art of making the most of every moment--from the bestselling authors of Ikigai and The Four-Way Path. Each moment in our life happens only once, and if we let it slip away, we lose it forever--an idea captured by the Japanese phrase ichigo ichie (pronounced itchy-GO itchy-A). Often spoken in Japan when greeting someone or saying goodbye, to convey that the encounter is unique and special, it is a tenet of Zen Buddhism and is attributed to a sixteenth-century master of the Japanese tea ceremony, or &amp;#039;ceremony of attention,&amp;#039; whose intricate rituals compel us to focus on the present moment. From this age-old concept comes a new kind of mindfulness. In The Book of Ichigo Ichie, you will learn to... - appreciate the beauty of the fleeting, the way the Japanese celebrate the cherry blossoms for two weeks every April, knowing they&amp;#039;ll have to wait a whole year to see them again; - use all five senses to anchor yourself in the present, helping you to let go of fear, sadness, anger, and other negative emotions fueled by fixating on the past or the future; - be alert to the magic of coincidences, which help us find meaning among the disconnected events of our lives; - use ichigo ichie to help you discover your ikigai, or life&amp;#039;s purpose--because it&amp;#039;s only by learning to be present, to be tuned into what catches your attention and excites you in the moment, that you can identify what it is that most motivates you and brings you happiness. Every one of us possesses a key that can open the door to attention, harmony with others, and love of life. And that key is ichigo ichie. A PENGUIN LIFE TITLE</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383859">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383859</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Ichigo Ichie: The Art of Making the Most of Every Moment, the Japanese Way
Author: Héctor García, Francesc Miralles
Narrator: Louis Ozawa Changchien
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Find happiness by living fully in the present with this definitive guide to ichigo ichie--the Japanese art of making the most of every moment--from the bestselling authors of Ikigai and The Four-Way Path. Each moment in our life happens only once, and if we let it slip away, we lose it forever--an idea captured by the Japanese phrase ichigo ichie (pronounced itchy-GO itchy-A). Often spoken in Japan when greeting someone or saying goodbye, to convey that the encounter is unique and special, it is a tenet of Zen Buddhism and is attributed to a sixteenth-century master of the Japanese tea ceremony, or &amp;#039;ceremony of attention,&amp;#039; whose intricate rituals compel us to focus on the present moment. From this age-old concept comes a new kind of mindfulness. In The Book of Ichigo Ichie, you will learn to... - appreciate the beauty of the fleeting, the way the Japanese celebrate the cherry blossoms for two weeks every April, knowing they&amp;#039;ll have to wait a whole year to see them again; - use all five senses to anchor yourself in the present, helping you to let go of fear, sadness, anger, and other negative emotions fueled by fixating on the past or the future; - be alert to the magic of coincidences, which help us find meaning among the disconnected events of our lives; - use ichigo ichie to help you discover your ikigai, or life&amp;#039;s purpose--because it&amp;#039;s only by learning to be present, to be tuned into what catches your attention and excites you in the moment, that you can identify what it is that most motivates you and brings you happiness. Every one of us possesses a key that can open the door to attention, harmony with others, and love of life. And that key is ichigo ichie. A PENGUIN LIFE TITLE</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Communist Manifesto: Penguin Classics by Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Communist Manifesto: Penguin Classics
Author: Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx
Narrator: Arinze Kene
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Arinzé Kene, writer and performer of Olivier Award nominated Misty, and also known for his roles in Youngers, Informer and Eastenders. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Gareth Stedman Jones. The Communist Manifesto (1848), Marx and Engels&amp;#039;s revolutionary summons to the working classes, is one of the most important and influential political theories ever formulated. After four years of collaboration the authors produced this incisive account of their idea of Communism, in which they envisage a society without classes, private property or a state. They argue that increasing exploitation of industrial workers will eventually lead to a revolution in which Capitalism is overthrown. This vision provided the theoretical basis of political systems in Russia, China, Cuba and Eastern Europe, affecting the lives of millions. The Communist Manifesto still remains a landmark text: a work that continues to influence and provoke debate on capitalism and class. (c) 1888, Karl Marx &amp;amp; Friedrich Engels (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241426111.mp3" length="1313638" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241426111.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Communist Manifesto: Penguin Classics
Author: Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx
Narrator: Arinze Kene
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Arinzé Kene, writer and performer of Olivier Award nominated Misty, and also known for his roles in Youngers, Informer and Eastenders. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Gareth Stedman Jones. The Communist Manifesto (1848), Marx and Engels&amp;#039;s revolutionary summons to the working classes, is one of the most important and influential political theories ever formulated. After four years of collaboration the authors produced this incisive account of their idea of Communism, in which they envisage a society without classes, private property or a state. They argue that increasing exploitation of industrial workers will eventually lead to a revolution in which Capitalism is overthrown. This vision provided the theoretical basis of political systems in Russia, China, Cuba and Eastern Europe, affecting the lives of millions. The Communist Manifesto still remains a landmark text: a work that continues to influence and provoke debate on capitalism and class. (c) 1888, Karl Marx &amp;amp; Friedrich Engels (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Communist Manifesto: Penguin Classics
Author: Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx
Narrator: Arinze Kene
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by Arinzé Kene, writer and performer of Olivier Award nominated Misty, and also known for his roles in Youngers, Informer and Eastenders. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Gareth Stedman Jones. The Communist Manifesto (1848), Marx and Engels&amp;#039;s revolutionary summons to the working classes, is one of the most important and influential political theories ever formulated. After four years of collaboration the authors produced this incisive account of their idea of Communism, in which they envisage a society without classes, private property or a state. They argue that increasing exploitation of industrial workers will eventually lead to a revolution in which Capitalism is overthrown. This vision provided the theoretical basis of political systems in Russia, China, Cuba and Eastern Europe, affecting the lives of millions. The Communist Manifesto still remains a landmark text: a work that continues to influence and provoke debate on capitalism and class. (c) 1888, Karl Marx &amp;amp; Friedrich Engels (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Grow Up?: Subversive Thoughts for an Infantile Age by Susan Neiman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383693</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383693">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383693</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Grow Up?: Subversive Thoughts for an Infantile Age
Author: Susan Neiman
Narrator: Leslie Howard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Our culture is obsessed with youth—and why not? What&amp;#039;s the appeal of growing old, of gaining responsibilities and giving up on dreams, of steadily trading possibility for experience? The philosopher Susan Neiman argues that the absence of appealing models of maturity is not an accident: by describing life as a downhill process, we prepare young people to expect—and demand—very little from it. In Why Grow Up? she challenges our culture of permanent adolescence, turning to thinkers including Kant, Rousseau, and Arendt to find a model of maturity that is not a matter of resignation. In growing up, we move from the boundless trust of childhood to the peculiar mixture of disappointment and exhilaration that comes with adolescence. Maturity, however, means finding the courage to live in a world of painful uncertainty without giving in to dogma or despair. A grown-up, Neiman writes, helps to move the world closer to what it should be while never losing sight of what it is. Why Grow Up? is a witty and concise argument for the value of maturity as a subversive ideal: a goal rarely achieved entirely, and all the more worth striving for.</description>
      <author>Susan Neiman</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630154134.mp3" length="8608800" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383693</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630154134.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383693">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383693</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Grow Up?: Subversive Thoughts for an Infantile Age
Author: Susan Neiman
Narrator: Leslie Howard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Our culture is obsessed with youth—and why not? What&amp;#039;s the appeal of growing old, of gaining responsibilities and giving up on dreams, of steadily trading possibility for experience? The philosopher Susan Neiman argues that the absence of appealing models of maturity is not an accident: by describing life as a downhill process, we prepare young people to expect—and demand—very little from it. In Why Grow Up? she challenges our culture of permanent adolescence, turning to thinkers including Kant, Rousseau, and Arendt to find a model of maturity that is not a matter of resignation. In growing up, we move from the boundless trust of childhood to the peculiar mixture of disappointment and exhilaration that comes with adolescence. Maturity, however, means finding the courage to live in a world of painful uncertainty without giving in to dogma or despair. A grown-up, Neiman writes, helps to move the world closer to what it should be while never losing sight of what it is. Why Grow Up? is a witty and concise argument for the value of maturity as a subversive ideal: a goal rarely achieved entirely, and all the more worth striving for.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383693">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383693</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Grow Up?: Subversive Thoughts for an Infantile Age
Author: Susan Neiman
Narrator: Leslie Howard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Our culture is obsessed with youth—and why not? What&amp;#039;s the appeal of growing old, of gaining responsibilities and giving up on dreams, of steadily trading possibility for experience? The philosopher Susan Neiman argues that the absence of appealing models of maturity is not an accident: by describing life as a downhill process, we prepare young people to expect—and demand—very little from it. In Why Grow Up? she challenges our culture of permanent adolescence, turning to thinkers including Kant, Rousseau, and Arendt to find a model of maturity that is not a matter of resignation. In growing up, we move from the boundless trust of childhood to the peculiar mixture of disappointment and exhilaration that comes with adolescence. Maturity, however, means finding the courage to live in a world of painful uncertainty without giving in to dogma or despair. A grown-up, Neiman writes, helps to move the world closer to what it should be while never losing sight of what it is. Why Grow Up? is a witty and concise argument for the value of maturity as a subversive ideal: a goal rarely achieved entirely, and all the more worth striving for.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Meaning to Life by Michael Ruse</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383686</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Meaning to Life
Author: Michael Ruse
Narrator: John Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 17 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Does human life have any meaning? Does the question even make sense today? For centuries, the question of the meaning or purpose of human life was assumed by scholars and theologians to have a religious answer: life has meaning because humans were made in the image of a good god. In the 19th century, however, Charles Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution changed everything—and the human organism was seen to be more machine than spirit. Ever since, with the rise of science and decline of religious belief, there has been growing interest—and growing doubt—about whether human life really does have meaning. If it does, where might we find it? The historian and philosopher of science Michael Ruse investigates this question, and wonders whether we can find a new meaning to life within Darwinian views of human nature. If God no longer exists—or if God no longer cares—rather than promoting a bleak nihilism, many Darwinians think we can convert Darwin into a form of secular humanism. Ruse explains that, in a tradition going back to the time of Darwin himself, and represented today by the evolutionist E. O. Wilson, evolution is seen as progress—&amp;#039;from monad to man.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Michael Ruse</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 May 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515933540.mp3" length="8021733" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383686</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515933540.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Meaning to Life
Author: Michael Ruse
Narrator: John Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 17 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Does human life have any meaning? Does the question even make sense today? For centuries, the question of the meaning or purpose of human life was assumed by scholars and theologians to have a religious answer: life has meaning because humans were made in the image of a good god. In the 19th century, however, Charles Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution changed everything—and the human organism was seen to be more machine than spirit. Ever since, with the rise of science and decline of religious belief, there has been growing interest—and growing doubt—about whether human life really does have meaning. If it does, where might we find it? The historian and philosopher of science Michael Ruse investigates this question, and wonders whether we can find a new meaning to life within Darwinian views of human nature. If God no longer exists—or if God no longer cares—rather than promoting a bleak nihilism, many Darwinians think we can convert Darwin into a form of secular humanism. Ruse explains that, in a tradition going back to the time of Darwin himself, and represented today by the evolutionist E. O. Wilson, evolution is seen as progress—&amp;#039;from monad to man.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Meaning to Life
Author: Michael Ruse
Narrator: John Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 17 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Does human life have any meaning? Does the question even make sense today? For centuries, the question of the meaning or purpose of human life was assumed by scholars and theologians to have a religious answer: life has meaning because humans were made in the image of a good god. In the 19th century, however, Charles Darwin&amp;#039;s theory of evolution changed everything—and the human organism was seen to be more machine than spirit. Ever since, with the rise of science and decline of religious belief, there has been growing interest—and growing doubt—about whether human life really does have meaning. If it does, where might we find it? The historian and philosopher of science Michael Ruse investigates this question, and wonders whether we can find a new meaning to life within Darwinian views of human nature. If God no longer exists—or if God no longer cares—rather than promoting a bleak nihilism, many Darwinians think we can convert Darwin into a form of secular humanism. Ruse explains that, in a tradition going back to the time of Darwin himself, and represented today by the evolutionist E. O. Wilson, evolution is seen as progress—&amp;#039;from monad to man.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book of Tea: Penguin Classics by Kakuzo Okakura</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383612</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Tea: Penguin Classics
Author: Kakuzo Okakura
Narrator: Sadao Ueda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin This Penguin Classic is performed by Japanese actor Sadao Ueda, known for his appearances in Spectre, London has Fallen and What We Did on Our Holiday.  For a generation adjusting painfully to the demands of a modern industrial and commercial society, Asia came to represent an alternative vision of the good life: aesthetically austere, socially aristocratic, and imbued with spirituality. The Book of Tea was originally written in English and sought to address the inchoate yearnings of disaffected Westerners. In a flash of inspiration, Okakura saw that the formal tea party as practiced in New England was a distant cousin of the Japanese tea ceremony, and that East and West had thus &amp;#039;met in the tea-cup.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Kakuzo Okakura</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241425534.mp3" length="1371979" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383612</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241425534.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Tea: Penguin Classics
Author: Kakuzo Okakura
Narrator: Sadao Ueda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin This Penguin Classic is performed by Japanese actor Sadao Ueda, known for his appearances in Spectre, London has Fallen and What We Did on Our Holiday.  For a generation adjusting painfully to the demands of a modern industrial and commercial society, Asia came to represent an alternative vision of the good life: aesthetically austere, socially aristocratic, and imbued with spirituality. The Book of Tea was originally written in English and sought to address the inchoate yearnings of disaffected Westerners. In a flash of inspiration, Okakura saw that the formal tea party as practiced in New England was a distant cousin of the Japanese tea ceremony, and that East and West had thus &amp;#039;met in the tea-cup.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Tea: Penguin Classics
Author: Kakuzo Okakura
Narrator: Sadao Ueda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin This Penguin Classic is performed by Japanese actor Sadao Ueda, known for his appearances in Spectre, London has Fallen and What We Did on Our Holiday.  For a generation adjusting painfully to the demands of a modern industrial and commercial society, Asia came to represent an alternative vision of the good life: aesthetically austere, socially aristocratic, and imbued with spirituality. The Book of Tea was originally written in English and sought to address the inchoate yearnings of disaffected Westerners. In a flash of inspiration, Okakura saw that the formal tea party as practiced in New England was a distant cousin of the Japanese tea ceremony, and that East and West had thus &amp;#039;met in the tea-cup.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On the Origin of Species: Penguin Classics by Charles Darwin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Origin of Species: Penguin Classics
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Ben Arogundade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by accomplished voice actor Ben Arogundade who is known for his voice work in Doctor Who and Horizons. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by William Bynum and the cover design is by Damien Hirst. The Origin of Species is one of the most important and influential books of its time and remains one of the most significant contributions to philosophical and scientific thought. The theories Darwin sets out here had an immediate and profound impact on the literature and philosophical thought of his contemporaries, and continue to provoke thought and debate today. Written for the general public of the 1850&amp;#039;s, The Origin of Species laid out an evolutionary view of the world which challenged contemporary beliefs about divine providence and the fixity of species. He also set forth the results of his pioneering work on the interdependence of species: the ecology of animals and plants.</description>
      <author>Charles Darwin</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241425527.mp3" length="1199045" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241425527.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Origin of Species: Penguin Classics
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Ben Arogundade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by accomplished voice actor Ben Arogundade who is known for his voice work in Doctor Who and Horizons. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by William Bynum and the cover design is by Damien Hirst. The Origin of Species is one of the most important and influential books of its time and remains one of the most significant contributions to philosophical and scientific thought. The theories Darwin sets out here had an immediate and profound impact on the literature and philosophical thought of his contemporaries, and continue to provoke thought and debate today. Written for the general public of the 1850&amp;#039;s, The Origin of Species laid out an evolutionary view of the world which challenged contemporary beliefs about divine providence and the fixity of species. He also set forth the results of his pioneering work on the interdependence of species: the ecology of animals and plants.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Origin of Species: Penguin Classics
Author: Charles Darwin
Narrator: Ben Arogundade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  This Penguin Classic is performed by accomplished voice actor Ben Arogundade who is known for his voice work in Doctor Who and Horizons. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by William Bynum and the cover design is by Damien Hirst. The Origin of Species is one of the most important and influential books of its time and remains one of the most significant contributions to philosophical and scientific thought. The theories Darwin sets out here had an immediate and profound impact on the literature and philosophical thought of his contemporaries, and continue to provoke thought and debate today. Written for the general public of the 1850&amp;#039;s, The Origin of Species laid out an evolutionary view of the world which challenged contemporary beliefs about divine providence and the fixity of species. He also set forth the results of his pioneering work on the interdependence of species: the ecology of animals and plants.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Until the End of Time: Mind, Matter, and Our Search for Meaning in an Evolving Universe by Brian Greene</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383492</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Until the End of Time: Mind, Matter, and Our Search for Meaning in an Evolving Universe
Author: Brian Greene
Narrator: Brian Greene
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 38 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 53 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • A captivating exploration of deep time and humanity&amp;#039;s search for purpose from the world-renowned physicist and best-selling author of The Elegant Universe  &amp;#039;Few humans share Greene’s mastery of both the latest cosmological science and English prose.&amp;#039; —The New York Times  Until the End of Time is Brian Greene&amp;#039;s breathtaking new exploration of the cosmos and our quest to find meaning in the face of this vast expanse. Greene takes us on a journey from the big bang to the end of time, exploring how lasting structures formed, how life and mind emerged, and how we grapple with our existence through narrative, myth, religion, creative expression, science, the quest for truth, and a deep longing for the eternal. From particles to planets, consciousness to creativity, matter to meaning—Brian Greene allows us all to grasp and appreciate our fleeting but utterly exquisite moment in the cosmos.</description>
      <author>Brian Greene</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781524734282.mp3" length="2901297" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383492</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781524734282.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Until the End of Time: Mind, Matter, and Our Search for Meaning in an Evolving Universe
Author: Brian Greene
Narrator: Brian Greene
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 38 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 53 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • A captivating exploration of deep time and humanity&amp;#039;s search for purpose from the world-renowned physicist and best-selling author of The Elegant Universe  &amp;#039;Few humans share Greene’s mastery of both the latest cosmological science and English prose.&amp;#039; —The New York Times  Until the End of Time is Brian Greene&amp;#039;s breathtaking new exploration of the cosmos and our quest to find meaning in the face of this vast expanse. Greene takes us on a journey from the big bang to the end of time, exploring how lasting structures formed, how life and mind emerged, and how we grapple with our existence through narrative, myth, religion, creative expression, science, the quest for truth, and a deep longing for the eternal. From particles to planets, consciousness to creativity, matter to meaning—Brian Greene allows us all to grasp and appreciate our fleeting but utterly exquisite moment in the cosmos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Until the End of Time: Mind, Matter, and Our Search for Meaning in an Evolving Universe
Author: Brian Greene
Narrator: Brian Greene
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 38 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 53 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • A captivating exploration of deep time and humanity&amp;#039;s search for purpose from the world-renowned physicist and best-selling author of The Elegant Universe  &amp;#039;Few humans share Greene’s mastery of both the latest cosmological science and English prose.&amp;#039; —The New York Times  Until the End of Time is Brian Greene&amp;#039;s breathtaking new exploration of the cosmos and our quest to find meaning in the face of this vast expanse. Greene takes us on a journey from the big bang to the end of time, exploring how lasting structures formed, how life and mind emerged, and how we grapple with our existence through narrative, myth, religion, creative expression, science, the quest for truth, and a deep longing for the eternal. From particles to planets, consciousness to creativity, matter to meaning—Brian Greene allows us all to grasp and appreciate our fleeting but utterly exquisite moment in the cosmos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Living a Life of Harmony: Seven Guidelines for Cultivating Peace and Kindness by Darren Cockburn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383309</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383309">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383309</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living a Life of Harmony: Seven Guidelines for Cultivating Peace and Kindness
Author: Darren Cockburn
Narrator: Darren Cockburn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
7 simple yet powerful guidelines provide a compass for navigating life harmoniously, cultivating a peaceful mind, and spreading kindness  • Offers 7 guidelines for living a life of harmony and peace based on existing guidance from Buddhism, Yoga, and other great teachings, integrated and updated for the modern world  • Explains how to implement the guidelines in daily life on a practical basis, supported by real-life examples and practices  • Illustrates in-depth how and why each of these guidelines hold value and how they provide a set of tools to help us deal with life’s ups and downs more skillfully, mindfully, and compassionately  In our very busy world it’s easy to get lost in the details and demands of everyday living. Fatigued and overwhelmed by the sheer amount of information, the myriad of choices our technologically advanced communication era offers, we lose sight of what life is all about. How do we find balance and harmony in this overloaded world? And how do we navigate life in tune with our soul as well as with modern society?  As author Darren Cockburn explains, we are all part of one big universal process that encompasses and connects everything--every thought, emotion, action, nature, all there is. Over the centuries, religions and philosophies have provided direction on how to act ethically and in accordance with this process, yet in our modern world, these “rules” may seem outdated or too rigid. Integrating and updating existing guidance from Buddhism, Yoga, and other great teachings, the author offers 7 guidelines for living a life of harmony and balance: honor the body, bring awareness and acceptance into every moment, act with kindness, understand the truth and communicate it skillfully, do only what needs to be done, harmoniously obtain and retain only what you need, and apply the guidelines to your digital device usage. He illustrates how and why each of these guidelines hold value, revealing their interconnections, and explains how to implement them practically in daily life, sharing real-life examples as well as practices to support each guideline and deepen your existing spiritual practice.  The author explores how the 7 easy-to-practice guidelines help us gain a deeper understanding of the universal process of life, as well as provide a set of tools to help us deal with life’s ups and downs more skillfully. They enable us to face life empowered and confident, peacefully observe and accept what life presents us with, cultivate compassion and kindness, as well as spread mindfulness to those around us. Practiced together, these guidelines provide a simple yet powerful compass to guide you to a peaceful mind and harmonious living, much needed in today’s world.</description>
      <author>Darren Cockburn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781620559994.mp3" length="747783" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383309</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781620559994.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383309">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383309</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living a Life of Harmony: Seven Guidelines for Cultivating Peace and Kindness
Author: Darren Cockburn
Narrator: Darren Cockburn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
7 simple yet powerful guidelines provide a compass for navigating life harmoniously, cultivating a peaceful mind, and spreading kindness  • Offers 7 guidelines for living a life of harmony and peace based on existing guidance from Buddhism, Yoga, and other great teachings, integrated and updated for the modern world  • Explains how to implement the guidelines in daily life on a practical basis, supported by real-life examples and practices  • Illustrates in-depth how and why each of these guidelines hold value and how they provide a set of tools to help us deal with life’s ups and downs more skillfully, mindfully, and compassionately  In our very busy world it’s easy to get lost in the details and demands of everyday living. Fatigued and overwhelmed by the sheer amount of information, the myriad of choices our technologically advanced communication era offers, we lose sight of what life is all about. How do we find balance and harmony in this overloaded world? And how do we navigate life in tune with our soul as well as with modern society?  As author Darren Cockburn explains, we are all part of one big universal process that encompasses and connects everything--every thought, emotion, action, nature, all there is. Over the centuries, religions and philosophies have provided direction on how to act ethically and in accordance with this process, yet in our modern world, these “rules” may seem outdated or too rigid. Integrating and updating existing guidance from Buddhism, Yoga, and other great teachings, the author offers 7 guidelines for living a life of harmony and balance: honor the body, bring awareness and acceptance into every moment, act with kindness, understand the truth and communicate it skillfully, do only what needs to be done, harmoniously obtain and retain only what you need, and apply the guidelines to your digital device usage. He illustrates how and why each of these guidelines hold value, revealing their interconnections, and explains how to implement them practically in daily life, sharing real-life examples as well as practices to support each guideline and deepen your existing spiritual practice.  The author explores how the 7 easy-to-practice guidelines help us gain a deeper understanding of the universal process of life, as well as provide a set of tools to help us deal with life’s ups and downs more skillfully. They enable us to face life empowered and confident, peacefully observe and accept what life presents us with, cultivate compassion and kindness, as well as spread mindfulness to those around us. Practiced together, these guidelines provide a simple yet powerful compass to guide you to a peaceful mind and harmonious living, much needed in today’s world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383309">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383309</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living a Life of Harmony: Seven Guidelines for Cultivating Peace and Kindness
Author: Darren Cockburn
Narrator: Darren Cockburn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
7 simple yet powerful guidelines provide a compass for navigating life harmoniously, cultivating a peaceful mind, and spreading kindness  • Offers 7 guidelines for living a life of harmony and peace based on existing guidance from Buddhism, Yoga, and other great teachings, integrated and updated for the modern world  • Explains how to implement the guidelines in daily life on a practical basis, supported by real-life examples and practices  • Illustrates in-depth how and why each of these guidelines hold value and how they provide a set of tools to help us deal with life’s ups and downs more skillfully, mindfully, and compassionately  In our very busy world it’s easy to get lost in the details and demands of everyday living. Fatigued and overwhelmed by the sheer amount of information, the myriad of choices our technologically advanced communication era offers, we lose sight of what life is all about. How do we find balance and harmony in this overloaded world? And how do we navigate life in tune with our soul as well as with modern society?  As author Darren Cockburn explains, we are all part of one big universal process that encompasses and connects everything--every thought, emotion, action, nature, all there is. Over the centuries, religions and philosophies have provided direction on how to act ethically and in accordance with this process, yet in our modern world, these “rules” may seem outdated or too rigid. Integrating and updating existing guidance from Buddhism, Yoga, and other great teachings, the author offers 7 guidelines for living a life of harmony and balance: honor the body, bring awareness and acceptance into every moment, act with kindness, understand the truth and communicate it skillfully, do only what needs to be done, harmoniously obtain and retain only what you need, and apply the guidelines to your digital device usage. He illustrates how and why each of these guidelines hold value, revealing their interconnections, and explains how to implement them practically in daily life, sharing real-life examples as well as practices to support each guideline and deepen your existing spiritual practice.  The author explores how the 7 easy-to-practice guidelines help us gain a deeper understanding of the universal process of life, as well as provide a set of tools to help us deal with life’s ups and downs more skillfully. They enable us to face life empowered and confident, peacefully observe and accept what life presents us with, cultivate compassion and kindness, as well as spread mindfulness to those around us. Practiced together, these guidelines provide a simple yet powerful compass to guide you to a peaceful mind and harmonious living, much needed in today’s world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unmasked: Big Media&amp;#039;s War Against Trump by L. Brent Bozell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383287</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unmasked: Big Media&amp;#039;s War Against Trump
Author: L. Brent Bozell
Narrator: Phil Paonessa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Lecturer, syndicated columnist, television commentator, debater, marketer, businessman, bestselling author, publisher, and activist L. Brent Bozell III is one of the most outspoken and effective national leaders in the conservative movement today. As the founder and president of the Media Research Center, Mr. Bozell runs the largest media watchdog organization in America and is uniquely positioned to offer this blazing critique of the bias in the national media and how they undermine American democracy. Using coverage of the rise of Donald Trump and his presidency as a case study of sorts, Bozell and his co-author Tim Graham expose all the different types of bias that can occur—both hidden and overt—and examine their insidious effects. This narrative also follows and analyzes the campaigns—and results—of the 2018 midterms, providing the most comprehensive, detailed, and explosive analysis to date concerning how the media willingly stokes divisiveness in American politics.</description>
      <author>L. Brent Bozell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666572148.mp3" length="877131" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383287</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666572148.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unmasked: Big Media&amp;#039;s War Against Trump
Author: L. Brent Bozell
Narrator: Phil Paonessa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Lecturer, syndicated columnist, television commentator, debater, marketer, businessman, bestselling author, publisher, and activist L. Brent Bozell III is one of the most outspoken and effective national leaders in the conservative movement today. As the founder and president of the Media Research Center, Mr. Bozell runs the largest media watchdog organization in America and is uniquely positioned to offer this blazing critique of the bias in the national media and how they undermine American democracy. Using coverage of the rise of Donald Trump and his presidency as a case study of sorts, Bozell and his co-author Tim Graham expose all the different types of bias that can occur—both hidden and overt—and examine their insidious effects. This narrative also follows and analyzes the campaigns—and results—of the 2018 midterms, providing the most comprehensive, detailed, and explosive analysis to date concerning how the media willingly stokes divisiveness in American politics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unmasked: Big Media&amp;#039;s War Against Trump
Author: L. Brent Bozell
Narrator: Phil Paonessa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Lecturer, syndicated columnist, television commentator, debater, marketer, businessman, bestselling author, publisher, and activist L. Brent Bozell III is one of the most outspoken and effective national leaders in the conservative movement today. As the founder and president of the Media Research Center, Mr. Bozell runs the largest media watchdog organization in America and is uniquely positioned to offer this blazing critique of the bias in the national media and how they undermine American democracy. Using coverage of the rise of Donald Trump and his presidency as a case study of sorts, Bozell and his co-author Tim Graham expose all the different types of bias that can occur—both hidden and overt—and examine their insidious effects. This narrative also follows and analyzes the campaigns—and results—of the 2018 midterms, providing the most comprehensive, detailed, and explosive analysis to date concerning how the media willingly stokes divisiveness in American politics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Geoffrey Giuliano Armchair Revolution / The Kitchen Table Talks 2017 by Geoffrey Giuliano</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383113</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383113">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383113</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Geoffrey Giuliano Armchair Revolution / The Kitchen Table Talks 2017
Author: Geoffrey Giuliano
Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Darkside Playlist:  Terror in the 10 Isle Line  Why You Don&amp;#039;t Have to Take Death Lying Down  Armchair Revolution 101  Where Will You Be When Trump Blows Up the World  Revolution Is a Game of Inches  How to Look Cool After 60  President George Clooney vs. the Nazi Contagion  Our Nasty President  Know Your Enemy  And Now Thermo Nuclear War  My Mantra at 64  Be Happy  Your Life Belongs to You  Here&amp;#039;s How We Win Back the World  Civil War  Perhaps Revolution Possibly  The Blue Meanies Are Out to Get You  Your Country Owes You a Living  Psychedelic Sacraments  Fox News Runs the Planet  The Rats Will Rise  Trump&amp;#039;s in Now What Do We Do  Don&amp;#039;t Eat Jesus  Don&amp;#039;t Make Me Come Down There  Save the World  The Cancer That Is Trump  Life Is a Wonder  Close Encounter with a Very Real UFO  1965  Your Life Belongs to You  Cops Are Murdering Americans</description>
      <author>Geoffrey Giuliano</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982752514.mp3" length="1388441" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383113</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982752514.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383113">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383113</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Geoffrey Giuliano Armchair Revolution / The Kitchen Table Talks 2017
Author: Geoffrey Giuliano
Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Darkside Playlist:  Terror in the 10 Isle Line  Why You Don&amp;#039;t Have to Take Death Lying Down  Armchair Revolution 101  Where Will You Be When Trump Blows Up the World  Revolution Is a Game of Inches  How to Look Cool After 60  President George Clooney vs. the Nazi Contagion  Our Nasty President  Know Your Enemy  And Now Thermo Nuclear War  My Mantra at 64  Be Happy  Your Life Belongs to You  Here&amp;#039;s How We Win Back the World  Civil War  Perhaps Revolution Possibly  The Blue Meanies Are Out to Get You  Your Country Owes You a Living  Psychedelic Sacraments  Fox News Runs the Planet  The Rats Will Rise  Trump&amp;#039;s in Now What Do We Do  Don&amp;#039;t Eat Jesus  Don&amp;#039;t Make Me Come Down There  Save the World  The Cancer That Is Trump  Life Is a Wonder  Close Encounter with a Very Real UFO  1965  Your Life Belongs to You  Cops Are Murdering Americans</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383113">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383113</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Geoffrey Giuliano Armchair Revolution / The Kitchen Table Talks 2017
Author: Geoffrey Giuliano
Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Darkside Playlist:  Terror in the 10 Isle Line  Why You Don&amp;#039;t Have to Take Death Lying Down  Armchair Revolution 101  Where Will You Be When Trump Blows Up the World  Revolution Is a Game of Inches  How to Look Cool After 60  President George Clooney vs. the Nazi Contagion  Our Nasty President  Know Your Enemy  And Now Thermo Nuclear War  My Mantra at 64  Be Happy  Your Life Belongs to You  Here&amp;#039;s How We Win Back the World  Civil War  Perhaps Revolution Possibly  The Blue Meanies Are Out to Get You  Your Country Owes You a Living  Psychedelic Sacraments  Fox News Runs the Planet  The Rats Will Rise  Trump&amp;#039;s in Now What Do We Do  Don&amp;#039;t Eat Jesus  Don&amp;#039;t Make Me Come Down There  Save the World  The Cancer That Is Trump  Life Is a Wonder  Close Encounter with a Very Real UFO  1965  Your Life Belongs to You  Cops Are Murdering Americans</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Meditations of Marcus Aurelius by Marcus Aurelius</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383015</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Meditations of Marcus Aurelius
Author: Marcus Aurelius
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Marcus Aurelius ruled the Roman empire from AD 161-180. He wrote the 12 books of the Meditations as a source for his own guidance and self-improvement. It is possible that large portions of the work were written at Sirmium, where he spent much time planning military campaigns from 170 to 180. Some of it was written while he was positioned at Aquincum on campaign in Pannonia, because internal notes tell us that the first book was written when he was campaigning against the Quadi on the river Granova and the second book was written at Carnuntum. It is unlikely that Marcus Aurelius ever intended the writings to be published and the work has no official title, so &amp;#039;Meditations&amp;#039; is one of several titles commonly assigned to the collection. These writings take the form of quotations varying in length from one sentence to long paragraphs. George Long Translation</description>
      <author>Marcus Aurelius</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982750695.mp3" length="1374252" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383015</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982750695.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Meditations of Marcus Aurelius
Author: Marcus Aurelius
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Marcus Aurelius ruled the Roman empire from AD 161-180. He wrote the 12 books of the Meditations as a source for his own guidance and self-improvement. It is possible that large portions of the work were written at Sirmium, where he spent much time planning military campaigns from 170 to 180. Some of it was written while he was positioned at Aquincum on campaign in Pannonia, because internal notes tell us that the first book was written when he was campaigning against the Quadi on the river Granova and the second book was written at Carnuntum. It is unlikely that Marcus Aurelius ever intended the writings to be published and the work has no official title, so &amp;#039;Meditations&amp;#039; is one of several titles commonly assigned to the collection. These writings take the form of quotations varying in length from one sentence to long paragraphs. George Long Translation</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Meditations of Marcus Aurelius
Author: Marcus Aurelius
Narrator: Robin Homer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Marcus Aurelius ruled the Roman empire from AD 161-180. He wrote the 12 books of the Meditations as a source for his own guidance and self-improvement. It is possible that large portions of the work were written at Sirmium, where he spent much time planning military campaigns from 170 to 180. Some of it was written while he was positioned at Aquincum on campaign in Pannonia, because internal notes tell us that the first book was written when he was campaigning against the Quadi on the river Granova and the second book was written at Carnuntum. It is unlikely that Marcus Aurelius ever intended the writings to be published and the work has no official title, so &amp;#039;Meditations&amp;#039; is one of several titles commonly assigned to the collection. These writings take the form of quotations varying in length from one sentence to long paragraphs. George Long Translation</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Good Enough by Daniel S. Milo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good Enough
Author: Daniel S. Milo
Narrator: Qarie Marshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Why is the genome of a salamander forty times larger than that of a human? Why does the avocado tree produce a million flowers and only a hundred fruits? Why, in short, is there so much waste in nature? In this lively and wide-ranging meditation on the curious accidents and unexpected detours on the path of life, Daniel Milo argues that we ask these questions because we’ve embraced a faulty conception of how evolution?and human society?really works. Good Enough offers a vigorous critique of the quasi-monopoly that Darwin’s concept of natural selection has on our idea of the natural world. Darwinism excels in accounting for the evolution of traits, but it does not explain their excess in size and number. Many traits far exceed the optimal configuration to do the job, and yet the maintenance of this extra baggage does not prevent species from thriving for millions of years. Philosopher Daniel Milo aims to give the messy side of nature its due?to stand up for the wasteful and inefficient organisms that nevertheless survive and multiply. But he does not stop at the border between evolutionary theory and its social consequences. He argues provocatively that the theory of evolution through natural selection has acquired the trappings of an ethical system. Optimization, competitiveness, and innovation have become the watchwords of Western societies, yet their role in human lives?as in the rest of nature?is dangerously overrated. Imperfection is not just good enough: it may at times be essential to survival.</description>
      <author>Daniel S. Milo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666592528.mp3" length="815007" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666592528.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good Enough
Author: Daniel S. Milo
Narrator: Qarie Marshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Why is the genome of a salamander forty times larger than that of a human? Why does the avocado tree produce a million flowers and only a hundred fruits? Why, in short, is there so much waste in nature? In this lively and wide-ranging meditation on the curious accidents and unexpected detours on the path of life, Daniel Milo argues that we ask these questions because we’ve embraced a faulty conception of how evolution?and human society?really works. Good Enough offers a vigorous critique of the quasi-monopoly that Darwin’s concept of natural selection has on our idea of the natural world. Darwinism excels in accounting for the evolution of traits, but it does not explain their excess in size and number. Many traits far exceed the optimal configuration to do the job, and yet the maintenance of this extra baggage does not prevent species from thriving for millions of years. Philosopher Daniel Milo aims to give the messy side of nature its due?to stand up for the wasteful and inefficient organisms that nevertheless survive and multiply. But he does not stop at the border between evolutionary theory and its social consequences. He argues provocatively that the theory of evolution through natural selection has acquired the trappings of an ethical system. Optimization, competitiveness, and innovation have become the watchwords of Western societies, yet their role in human lives?as in the rest of nature?is dangerously overrated. Imperfection is not just good enough: it may at times be essential to survival.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good Enough
Author: Daniel S. Milo
Narrator: Qarie Marshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Why is the genome of a salamander forty times larger than that of a human? Why does the avocado tree produce a million flowers and only a hundred fruits? Why, in short, is there so much waste in nature? In this lively and wide-ranging meditation on the curious accidents and unexpected detours on the path of life, Daniel Milo argues that we ask these questions because we’ve embraced a faulty conception of how evolution?and human society?really works. Good Enough offers a vigorous critique of the quasi-monopoly that Darwin’s concept of natural selection has on our idea of the natural world. Darwinism excels in accounting for the evolution of traits, but it does not explain their excess in size and number. Many traits far exceed the optimal configuration to do the job, and yet the maintenance of this extra baggage does not prevent species from thriving for millions of years. Philosopher Daniel Milo aims to give the messy side of nature its due?to stand up for the wasteful and inefficient organisms that nevertheless survive and multiply. But he does not stop at the border between evolutionary theory and its social consequences. He argues provocatively that the theory of evolution through natural selection has acquired the trappings of an ethical system. Optimization, competitiveness, and innovation have become the watchwords of Western societies, yet their role in human lives?as in the rest of nature?is dangerously overrated. Imperfection is not just good enough: it may at times be essential to survival.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Zen And The Art Of Motorcycle Maintenance® by Peter Flannery, Robert M. Pirsig</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382863</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382863">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382863</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Zen And The Art Of Motorcycle Maintenance®
Author: Peter Flannery, Robert M. Pirsig
Narrator: James Purefoy, Full Cast
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 40 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An odyssey into life’s challenging questions during an unforgettable summer motorcycle trip Acclaimed as one of the most exciting books in the history of American letters, Robert M. Pirsig’s Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance became an instant bestseller upon its publication in 1974. A powerful examination of how we live, as well as a breath-taking meditation on how to live better, it tells the epic story of a father and son’s motorcycle trip across America’s Northwest in the 1960s. Pirsig’s modern classic transformed a generation and continues to inspire millions of readers today. Dramatised for radio for the first time by Peter Flannery (Our Friends in the North, George Gently, The Devil’s Whore), this fantastic full-cast production stars James Purefoy (Rome, Injustice, Ironclad) and adds a new and original dimension to an iconic work. Following a father and his young son on their cross-country summer adventure from Minnesota to California, it is a story of love, fear, growth, discovery and acceptance. Both personal and philosophical, Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance is also a compelling study of relationships, values, enlightenment and meaning. The maintenance of the motorcycle throughout the journey illustrates how to unify the cold, rational realm of technology with the warm, imaginative realm of artistry. Resonating with the confusions and the wonders of existence, the narrator wrestles with some of the most important philosophical questions of the 20th century. His need to also reconcile his past and present selves drives him and his son forward, to a point where all is either lost or won on the Chautauqua spiritual journey. This audio edition includes a bonus 10 minutes of material that was not broadcast on the radio. NB: the recording contains strong language. Production credits Author: Robert M. Pirsig Dramatist: Peter Flannery Original music: Jon Nicholls Sound Design: Eloise Whitmore Producer: Melanie Harris A Sparklab production for BBC Radio 4. © 2012 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (P) 2012 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</description>
      <author>Peter Flannery, Robert M. Pirsig</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jul 2012 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781471304958.mp3" length="1544037" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382863</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781471304958.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382863">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382863</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Zen And The Art Of Motorcycle Maintenance®
Author: Peter Flannery, Robert M. Pirsig
Narrator: James Purefoy, Full Cast
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 40 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An odyssey into life’s challenging questions during an unforgettable summer motorcycle trip Acclaimed as one of the most exciting books in the history of American letters, Robert M. Pirsig’s Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance became an instant bestseller upon its publication in 1974. A powerful examination of how we live, as well as a breath-taking meditation on how to live better, it tells the epic story of a father and son’s motorcycle trip across America’s Northwest in the 1960s. Pirsig’s modern classic transformed a generation and continues to inspire millions of readers today. Dramatised for radio for the first time by Peter Flannery (Our Friends in the North, George Gently, The Devil’s Whore), this fantastic full-cast production stars James Purefoy (Rome, Injustice, Ironclad) and adds a new and original dimension to an iconic work. Following a father and his young son on their cross-country summer adventure from Minnesota to California, it is a story of love, fear, growth, discovery and acceptance. Both personal and philosophical, Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance is also a compelling study of relationships, values, enlightenment and meaning. The maintenance of the motorcycle throughout the journey illustrates how to unify the cold, rational realm of technology with the warm, imaginative realm of artistry. Resonating with the confusions and the wonders of existence, the narrator wrestles with some of the most important philosophical questions of the 20th century. His need to also reconcile his past and present selves drives him and his son forward, to a point where all is either lost or won on the Chautauqua spiritual journey. This audio edition includes a bonus 10 minutes of material that was not broadcast on the radio. NB: the recording contains strong language. Production credits Author: Robert M. Pirsig Dramatist: Peter Flannery Original music: Jon Nicholls Sound Design: Eloise Whitmore Producer: Melanie Harris A Sparklab production for BBC Radio 4. © 2012 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (P) 2012 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382863">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382863</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Zen And The Art Of Motorcycle Maintenance®
Author: Peter Flannery, Robert M. Pirsig
Narrator: James Purefoy, Full Cast
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 40 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An odyssey into life’s challenging questions during an unforgettable summer motorcycle trip Acclaimed as one of the most exciting books in the history of American letters, Robert M. Pirsig’s Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance became an instant bestseller upon its publication in 1974. A powerful examination of how we live, as well as a breath-taking meditation on how to live better, it tells the epic story of a father and son’s motorcycle trip across America’s Northwest in the 1960s. Pirsig’s modern classic transformed a generation and continues to inspire millions of readers today. Dramatised for radio for the first time by Peter Flannery (Our Friends in the North, George Gently, The Devil’s Whore), this fantastic full-cast production stars James Purefoy (Rome, Injustice, Ironclad) and adds a new and original dimension to an iconic work. Following a father and his young son on their cross-country summer adventure from Minnesota to California, it is a story of love, fear, growth, discovery and acceptance. Both personal and philosophical, Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance is also a compelling study of relationships, values, enlightenment and meaning. The maintenance of the motorcycle throughout the journey illustrates how to unify the cold, rational realm of technology with the warm, imaginative realm of artistry. Resonating with the confusions and the wonders of existence, the narrator wrestles with some of the most important philosophical questions of the 20th century. His need to also reconcile his past and present selves drives him and his son forward, to a point where all is either lost or won on the Chautauqua spiritual journey. This audio edition includes a bonus 10 minutes of material that was not broadcast on the radio. NB: the recording contains strong language. Production credits Author: Robert M. Pirsig Dramatist: Peter Flannery Original music: Jon Nicholls Sound Design: Eloise Whitmore Producer: Melanie Harris A Sparklab production for BBC Radio 4. © 2012 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (P) 2012 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Crowd - A Study of the Popular Mind by Gustave Le Bon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382509</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Crowd - A Study of the Popular Mind
Author: Gustave Le Bon
Narrator: John Clickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind, social theorist Gustave Le Bon gives historical insight into the political thinking of his era while offering timeless social commentary. Le Bon challenges the listener to contemplate how individual ideas change - often to a destructive end - when employed in a setting of groupthink. As technology and communications innovations make group formation easy and accessible for better or for worse, this book&amp;#039;s message is certainly one that will not be lost in the crowd.</description>
      <author>Gustave Le Bon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982749996.mp3" length="1347814" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382509</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982749996.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Crowd - A Study of the Popular Mind
Author: Gustave Le Bon
Narrator: John Clickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind, social theorist Gustave Le Bon gives historical insight into the political thinking of his era while offering timeless social commentary. Le Bon challenges the listener to contemplate how individual ideas change - often to a destructive end - when employed in a setting of groupthink. As technology and communications innovations make group formation easy and accessible for better or for worse, this book&amp;#039;s message is certainly one that will not be lost in the crowd.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Crowd - A Study of the Popular Mind
Author: Gustave Le Bon
Narrator: John Clickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind, social theorist Gustave Le Bon gives historical insight into the political thinking of his era while offering timeless social commentary. Le Bon challenges the listener to contemplate how individual ideas change - often to a destructive end - when employed in a setting of groupthink. As technology and communications innovations make group formation easy and accessible for better or for worse, this book&amp;#039;s message is certainly one that will not be lost in the crowd.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Scientific Attitude: Defending Science from Denial, Fraud, and Pseudoscience by Lee Mcintyre</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381941</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Scientific Attitude: Defending Science from Denial, Fraud, and Pseudoscience
Author: Lee Mcintyre
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Attacks on science have become commonplace. Claims that climate change isn&amp;#039;t settled science, that evolution is “only a theory,” and that scientists are conspiring to keep the truth about vaccines from the public are staples of some politicians&amp;#039; rhetorical repertoire. Defenders of science often point to its discoveries (penicillin! relativity!) without explaining exactly why scientific claims are superior. In this book, Lee McIntyre argues that what distinguishes science from its rivals is what he calls &amp;#039;the scientific attitude&amp;#039;—caring about evidence and being willing to change theories on the basis of new evidence. The history of science is littered with theories that were scientific but turned out to be wrong; the scientific attitude reveals why even a failed theory can help us to understand what is special about science.   McIntyre offers examples that illustrate both scientific success and failure. He describes the transformation of medicine from a practice based largely on hunches into a science based on evidence; considers scientific fraud; examines the positions of ideology-driven denialists, pseudoscientists, and &amp;#039;skeptics&amp;#039; who reject scientific findings; and argues that social science, no less than natural science, should embrace the scientific attitude.</description>
      <author>Lee Mcintyre</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 May 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684571819.mp3" length="8548893" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381941</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684571819.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Scientific Attitude: Defending Science from Denial, Fraud, and Pseudoscience
Author: Lee Mcintyre
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Attacks on science have become commonplace. Claims that climate change isn&amp;#039;t settled science, that evolution is “only a theory,” and that scientists are conspiring to keep the truth about vaccines from the public are staples of some politicians&amp;#039; rhetorical repertoire. Defenders of science often point to its discoveries (penicillin! relativity!) without explaining exactly why scientific claims are superior. In this book, Lee McIntyre argues that what distinguishes science from its rivals is what he calls &amp;#039;the scientific attitude&amp;#039;—caring about evidence and being willing to change theories on the basis of new evidence. The history of science is littered with theories that were scientific but turned out to be wrong; the scientific attitude reveals why even a failed theory can help us to understand what is special about science.   McIntyre offers examples that illustrate both scientific success and failure. He describes the transformation of medicine from a practice based largely on hunches into a science based on evidence; considers scientific fraud; examines the positions of ideology-driven denialists, pseudoscientists, and &amp;#039;skeptics&amp;#039; who reject scientific findings; and argues that social science, no less than natural science, should embrace the scientific attitude.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Scientific Attitude: Defending Science from Denial, Fraud, and Pseudoscience
Author: Lee Mcintyre
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Attacks on science have become commonplace. Claims that climate change isn&amp;#039;t settled science, that evolution is “only a theory,” and that scientists are conspiring to keep the truth about vaccines from the public are staples of some politicians&amp;#039; rhetorical repertoire. Defenders of science often point to its discoveries (penicillin! relativity!) without explaining exactly why scientific claims are superior. In this book, Lee McIntyre argues that what distinguishes science from its rivals is what he calls &amp;#039;the scientific attitude&amp;#039;—caring about evidence and being willing to change theories on the basis of new evidence. The history of science is littered with theories that were scientific but turned out to be wrong; the scientific attitude reveals why even a failed theory can help us to understand what is special about science.   McIntyre offers examples that illustrate both scientific success and failure. He describes the transformation of medicine from a practice based largely on hunches into a science based on evidence; considers scientific fraud; examines the positions of ideology-driven denialists, pseudoscientists, and &amp;#039;skeptics&amp;#039; who reject scientific findings; and argues that social science, no less than natural science, should embrace the scientific attitude.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kama: The Riddle of Desire by Gurcharan Das</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381670</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kama: The Riddle of Desire
Author: Gurcharan Das
Narrator: Rajiv Dadiya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting account of love and desireIndia is the only civilization to elevate kama-desire and pleasure-to a goal of life. Kama is both cosmic and human energy, which animates life and holds it in place. Gurcharan Das weaves a compelling narrative soaked in philosophical, historical and literary ideas in the third volume of his trilogy on life&amp;#039;s goals: India Unbound was the first, on artha, &amp;#039;material well-being&amp;#039;; and The Difficulty of Being Good was the second, on dharma, &amp;#039;moral well-being&amp;#039;. Here, in his magnificent prose, he examines how to cherish desire in order to live a rich, flourishing life, arguing that if dharma is a duty to another, kama is a duty to oneself. It sheds new light on love, marriage, family, adultery and jealousy as it wrestles with questions such as these: How to nurture desire without harming others or oneself? Are the erotic and the ascetic two aspects of our same human nature? What is the relationship between romantic love and bhakti, the love of god?</description>
      <author>Gurcharan Das</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780143500100.mp3" length="2674054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381670</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780143500100.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kama: The Riddle of Desire
Author: Gurcharan Das
Narrator: Rajiv Dadiya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting account of love and desireIndia is the only civilization to elevate kama-desire and pleasure-to a goal of life. Kama is both cosmic and human energy, which animates life and holds it in place. Gurcharan Das weaves a compelling narrative soaked in philosophical, historical and literary ideas in the third volume of his trilogy on life&amp;#039;s goals: India Unbound was the first, on artha, &amp;#039;material well-being&amp;#039;; and The Difficulty of Being Good was the second, on dharma, &amp;#039;moral well-being&amp;#039;. Here, in his magnificent prose, he examines how to cherish desire in order to live a rich, flourishing life, arguing that if dharma is a duty to another, kama is a duty to oneself. It sheds new light on love, marriage, family, adultery and jealousy as it wrestles with questions such as these: How to nurture desire without harming others or oneself? Are the erotic and the ascetic two aspects of our same human nature? What is the relationship between romantic love and bhakti, the love of god?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kama: The Riddle of Desire
Author: Gurcharan Das
Narrator: Rajiv Dadiya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting account of love and desireIndia is the only civilization to elevate kama-desire and pleasure-to a goal of life. Kama is both cosmic and human energy, which animates life and holds it in place. Gurcharan Das weaves a compelling narrative soaked in philosophical, historical and literary ideas in the third volume of his trilogy on life&amp;#039;s goals: India Unbound was the first, on artha, &amp;#039;material well-being&amp;#039;; and The Difficulty of Being Good was the second, on dharma, &amp;#039;moral well-being&amp;#039;. Here, in his magnificent prose, he examines how to cherish desire in order to live a rich, flourishing life, arguing that if dharma is a duty to another, kama is a duty to oneself. It sheds new light on love, marriage, family, adultery and jealousy as it wrestles with questions such as these: How to nurture desire without harming others or oneself? Are the erotic and the ascetic two aspects of our same human nature? What is the relationship between romantic love and bhakti, the love of god?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unbelievers: An Emotional History of Doubt by Alec Ryrie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381454</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unbelievers: An Emotional History of Doubt
Author: Alec Ryrie
Narrator: Andy Cresswell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Why have Western societies that were once overwhelmingly Christian become so secular? Looking to the feelings and faith of ordinary people, the award-winning author of Protestants Alec Ryrie offers a bold new history of atheism.                      We think we know the history of faith: how the ratio of Christian believers has declined and a secular age dawned. In this startlingly original history, Alex Ryrie puts faith in the dock to explore how religious belief didn’t just fade away. Rather, atheism bloomed as a belief system in its own right.           Unbelievers looks back to the middle ages when it seemed impossible not to subscribe to Christianity, through the crisis of the Reformation and to the powerful, challenging cultural currents of the centuries since. As this history shows, the religious journey of the Western world was lived and steered not just by published philosophy and the celebrated thinkers of the day – the Machiavellis and Michel de Montaignes – but by men and women at every level of society. Their voices and feelings permeate this book in the form of diaries, letters and court records.           Tracing the roots of atheism, Ryrie shows that our emotional responses to the times can lead faith to wax and wane: anger at a corrupt priest or anxiety in a turbulent moment spark religious doubt as powerfully as any intellectual revolution. With Christianity under contest and ethical redefinitions becoming more and more significant, Unbelievers shows that to understand how something as intuitive as belief is shaped over time, we must look to an emotional history – one with potent lessons for our still angry and anxious age.</description>
      <author>Alec Ryrie</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008299842.mp3" length="1329182" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381454</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008299842.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unbelievers: An Emotional History of Doubt
Author: Alec Ryrie
Narrator: Andy Cresswell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Why have Western societies that were once overwhelmingly Christian become so secular? Looking to the feelings and faith of ordinary people, the award-winning author of Protestants Alec Ryrie offers a bold new history of atheism.                      We think we know the history of faith: how the ratio of Christian believers has declined and a secular age dawned. In this startlingly original history, Alex Ryrie puts faith in the dock to explore how religious belief didn’t just fade away. Rather, atheism bloomed as a belief system in its own right.           Unbelievers looks back to the middle ages when it seemed impossible not to subscribe to Christianity, through the crisis of the Reformation and to the powerful, challenging cultural currents of the centuries since. As this history shows, the religious journey of the Western world was lived and steered not just by published philosophy and the celebrated thinkers of the day – the Machiavellis and Michel de Montaignes – but by men and women at every level of society. Their voices and feelings permeate this book in the form of diaries, letters and court records.           Tracing the roots of atheism, Ryrie shows that our emotional responses to the times can lead faith to wax and wane: anger at a corrupt priest or anxiety in a turbulent moment spark religious doubt as powerfully as any intellectual revolution. With Christianity under contest and ethical redefinitions becoming more and more significant, Unbelievers shows that to understand how something as intuitive as belief is shaped over time, we must look to an emotional history – one with potent lessons for our still angry and anxious age.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unbelievers: An Emotional History of Doubt
Author: Alec Ryrie
Narrator: Andy Cresswell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Why have Western societies that were once overwhelmingly Christian become so secular? Looking to the feelings and faith of ordinary people, the award-winning author of Protestants Alec Ryrie offers a bold new history of atheism.                      We think we know the history of faith: how the ratio of Christian believers has declined and a secular age dawned. In this startlingly original history, Alex Ryrie puts faith in the dock to explore how religious belief didn’t just fade away. Rather, atheism bloomed as a belief system in its own right.           Unbelievers looks back to the middle ages when it seemed impossible not to subscribe to Christianity, through the crisis of the Reformation and to the powerful, challenging cultural currents of the centuries since. As this history shows, the religious journey of the Western world was lived and steered not just by published philosophy and the celebrated thinkers of the day – the Machiavellis and Michel de Montaignes – but by men and women at every level of society. Their voices and feelings permeate this book in the form of diaries, letters and court records.           Tracing the roots of atheism, Ryrie shows that our emotional responses to the times can lead faith to wax and wane: anger at a corrupt priest or anxiety in a turbulent moment spark religious doubt as powerfully as any intellectual revolution. With Christianity under contest and ethical redefinitions becoming more and more significant, Unbelievers shows that to understand how something as intuitive as belief is shaped over time, we must look to an emotional history – one with potent lessons for our still angry and anxious age.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The History of Philosophy by A.C. Grayling</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381448</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381448">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381448</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The History of Philosophy
Author: A.C. Grayling
Narrator: Neil Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 28 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The History of Philosophy written by A.C. Grayling, read by Neil Gardner. The story of philosophy is an epic tale: an exploration of the ideas, views and teachings of some of the most creative minds known to humanity. But since the long-popular classic Bertrand Russell&amp;#039;s History of Western Philosophy, first published in 1945, there has been no comprehensive and entertaining, single-volume history of this great intellectual journey. With his characteristic clarity and elegance A. C. Grayling takes the reader from the world-views and moralities before the age of the Buddha, Confucius and Socrates, through Christianity&amp;#039;s dominance of the European mind to the Renaissance and Enlightenment, and on to Mill, Nietzsche, Sartre, and philosophy today. And, since the story of philosophy is incomplete without mention of the great philosophical traditions of India, China and the Persian-Arabic world, he gives a comparative survey of them too. Intelligible for students and eye-opening for philosophy readers, he covers epistemology, metaphysics, ethics, aesthetics, logic, the philosophy of mind, the philosophy of language, political philosophy and the history of debates in these areas of enquiry, through the ideas of the celebrated philosophers as well as less well-known influential thinkers. He also asks what we have learnt from this body of thought, and what progress is still to be made. The first authoritative and accessible single-volume history of philosophy for decades, remarkable for its range and clarity, this is a landmark work.</description>
      <author>A.C. Grayling</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241987865.mp3" length="1393786" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381448</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241987865.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>28:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381448">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381448</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The History of Philosophy
Author: A.C. Grayling
Narrator: Neil Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 28 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The History of Philosophy written by A.C. Grayling, read by Neil Gardner. The story of philosophy is an epic tale: an exploration of the ideas, views and teachings of some of the most creative minds known to humanity. But since the long-popular classic Bertrand Russell&amp;#039;s History of Western Philosophy, first published in 1945, there has been no comprehensive and entertaining, single-volume history of this great intellectual journey. With his characteristic clarity and elegance A. C. Grayling takes the reader from the world-views and moralities before the age of the Buddha, Confucius and Socrates, through Christianity&amp;#039;s dominance of the European mind to the Renaissance and Enlightenment, and on to Mill, Nietzsche, Sartre, and philosophy today. And, since the story of philosophy is incomplete without mention of the great philosophical traditions of India, China and the Persian-Arabic world, he gives a comparative survey of them too. Intelligible for students and eye-opening for philosophy readers, he covers epistemology, metaphysics, ethics, aesthetics, logic, the philosophy of mind, the philosophy of language, political philosophy and the history of debates in these areas of enquiry, through the ideas of the celebrated philosophers as well as less well-known influential thinkers. He also asks what we have learnt from this body of thought, and what progress is still to be made. The first authoritative and accessible single-volume history of philosophy for decades, remarkable for its range and clarity, this is a landmark work.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381448">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381448</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The History of Philosophy
Author: A.C. Grayling
Narrator: Neil Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 28 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The History of Philosophy written by A.C. Grayling, read by Neil Gardner. The story of philosophy is an epic tale: an exploration of the ideas, views and teachings of some of the most creative minds known to humanity. But since the long-popular classic Bertrand Russell&amp;#039;s History of Western Philosophy, first published in 1945, there has been no comprehensive and entertaining, single-volume history of this great intellectual journey. With his characteristic clarity and elegance A. C. Grayling takes the reader from the world-views and moralities before the age of the Buddha, Confucius and Socrates, through Christianity&amp;#039;s dominance of the European mind to the Renaissance and Enlightenment, and on to Mill, Nietzsche, Sartre, and philosophy today. And, since the story of philosophy is incomplete without mention of the great philosophical traditions of India, China and the Persian-Arabic world, he gives a comparative survey of them too. Intelligible for students and eye-opening for philosophy readers, he covers epistemology, metaphysics, ethics, aesthetics, logic, the philosophy of mind, the philosophy of language, political philosophy and the history of debates in these areas of enquiry, through the ideas of the celebrated philosophers as well as less well-known influential thinkers. He also asks what we have learnt from this body of thought, and what progress is still to be made. The first authoritative and accessible single-volume history of philosophy for decades, remarkable for its range and clarity, this is a landmark work.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Zen Body-Being: An Enlightened Approach to Physical Skill, Grace, and Power by Peter Ralston, Laura Ralston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381158</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381158">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381158</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Zen Body-Being: An Enlightened Approach to Physical Skill, Grace, and Power
Author: Peter Ralston, Laura Ralston
Narrator: Toby Sheets
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A Zen-inspired “physical education” program for martial arts practitioners and anyone interested in mind-body transformation  Using simple, clear language to demystify the Zen mindset, Ralston draws on more than three decades of experience teaching students and apprentices worldwide who have applied his body-being approach.  More of a transformative guide than a specific list of exercises devoted to any particular physical approach, Zen Body-Being explains how to create a state of mental control, enhanced feeling-awareness, correct structural alignment, increased spatial acuity, and even a greater interactive presence.  Exercises are simple, often involving feeling-imagery and meditative awareness, which have a profound and sometimes instant effect. Areas of exploration include:  • Beginner’s Body-Being  • Three aspects of body awareness  • Five principles for an effortlessly effective body  • Opening a door--five steps to transformation  • Fourteen points on structural alignment  Where similar guides teach readers what to do, this book teaches readers how to be.</description>
      <author>Peter Ralston, Laura Ralston</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623174590.mp3" length="2853771" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381158</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623174590.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381158">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381158</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Zen Body-Being: An Enlightened Approach to Physical Skill, Grace, and Power
Author: Peter Ralston, Laura Ralston
Narrator: Toby Sheets
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A Zen-inspired “physical education” program for martial arts practitioners and anyone interested in mind-body transformation  Using simple, clear language to demystify the Zen mindset, Ralston draws on more than three decades of experience teaching students and apprentices worldwide who have applied his body-being approach.  More of a transformative guide than a specific list of exercises devoted to any particular physical approach, Zen Body-Being explains how to create a state of mental control, enhanced feeling-awareness, correct structural alignment, increased spatial acuity, and even a greater interactive presence.  Exercises are simple, often involving feeling-imagery and meditative awareness, which have a profound and sometimes instant effect. Areas of exploration include:  • Beginner’s Body-Being  • Three aspects of body awareness  • Five principles for an effortlessly effective body  • Opening a door--five steps to transformation  • Fourteen points on structural alignment  Where similar guides teach readers what to do, this book teaches readers how to be.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381158">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381158</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Zen Body-Being: An Enlightened Approach to Physical Skill, Grace, and Power
Author: Peter Ralston, Laura Ralston
Narrator: Toby Sheets
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A Zen-inspired “physical education” program for martial arts practitioners and anyone interested in mind-body transformation  Using simple, clear language to demystify the Zen mindset, Ralston draws on more than three decades of experience teaching students and apprentices worldwide who have applied his body-being approach.  More of a transformative guide than a specific list of exercises devoted to any particular physical approach, Zen Body-Being explains how to create a state of mental control, enhanced feeling-awareness, correct structural alignment, increased spatial acuity, and even a greater interactive presence.  Exercises are simple, often involving feeling-imagery and meditative awareness, which have a profound and sometimes instant effect. Areas of exploration include:  • Beginner’s Body-Being  • Three aspects of body awareness  • Five principles for an effortlessly effective body  • Opening a door--five steps to transformation  • Fourteen points on structural alignment  Where similar guides teach readers what to do, this book teaches readers how to be.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Thousand Small Sanities: The Moral Adventure of Liberalism by Adam Gopnik</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Thousand Small Sanities: The Moral Adventure of Liberalism
Author: Adam Gopnik
Narrator: Adam Gopnik
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A stirring defense of liberalism against the dogmatisms of our time from an award-winning and New York Times bestselling author. Not since the early twentieth century has liberalism, and liberals, been under such relentless attack, from both right and left. The crisis of democracy in our era has produced a crisis of faith in liberal institutions and, even worse, in liberal thought.  A Thousand Small Sanities is a manifesto rooted in the lives of people who invented and extended the liberal tradition. Taking us from Montaigne to Mill, and from Middlemarch to the civil rights movement, Adam Gopnik argues that liberalism is not a form of centrism, nor simply another word for free markets, nor merely a term denoting a set of rights. It is something far more ambitious: the search for radical change by humane measures. Gopnik shows us why liberalism is one of the great moral adventures in human history -- and why, in an age of autocracy, our lives may depend on its continuation.</description>
      <author>Adam Gopnik</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549176975.mp3" length="898129" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549176975.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Thousand Small Sanities: The Moral Adventure of Liberalism
Author: Adam Gopnik
Narrator: Adam Gopnik
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A stirring defense of liberalism against the dogmatisms of our time from an award-winning and New York Times bestselling author. Not since the early twentieth century has liberalism, and liberals, been under such relentless attack, from both right and left. The crisis of democracy in our era has produced a crisis of faith in liberal institutions and, even worse, in liberal thought.  A Thousand Small Sanities is a manifesto rooted in the lives of people who invented and extended the liberal tradition. Taking us from Montaigne to Mill, and from Middlemarch to the civil rights movement, Adam Gopnik argues that liberalism is not a form of centrism, nor simply another word for free markets, nor merely a term denoting a set of rights. It is something far more ambitious: the search for radical change by humane measures. Gopnik shows us why liberalism is one of the great moral adventures in human history -- and why, in an age of autocracy, our lives may depend on its continuation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381108</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Thousand Small Sanities: The Moral Adventure of Liberalism
Author: Adam Gopnik
Narrator: Adam Gopnik
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A stirring defense of liberalism against the dogmatisms of our time from an award-winning and New York Times bestselling author. Not since the early twentieth century has liberalism, and liberals, been under such relentless attack, from both right and left. The crisis of democracy in our era has produced a crisis of faith in liberal institutions and, even worse, in liberal thought.  A Thousand Small Sanities is a manifesto rooted in the lives of people who invented and extended the liberal tradition. Taking us from Montaigne to Mill, and from Middlemarch to the civil rights movement, Adam Gopnik argues that liberalism is not a form of centrism, nor simply another word for free markets, nor merely a term denoting a set of rights. It is something far more ambitious: the search for radical change by humane measures. Gopnik shows us why liberalism is one of the great moral adventures in human history -- and why, in an age of autocracy, our lives may depend on its continuation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conflagration: How the Transcendentalists Sparked the American Struggle for Racial, Gender, and Social Justice by John A. Buehrens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380875</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conflagration: How the Transcendentalists Sparked the American Struggle for Racial, Gender, and Social Justice
Author: John A. Buehrens
Narrator: Jeff Zinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A dramatic retelling of the story of the Transcendentalists, revealing them not as isolated authors but as a community of social activists who shaped progressive American values. Conflagration illuminates the connections between key members of the Transcendentalist circle—including James Freeman Clarke, Elizabeth Peabody, Caroline Healey Dall, Elizabeth Stanton, Thomas Wentworth Higginson, Theodore Parker, and Margaret Fuller—who created a community dedicated to radical social activism. These authors and activists laid the groundwork for democratic and progressive religion in America. In the tumultuous decades before and immediately after the Civil War, the Transcendentalists changed nineteenth-century America, leading what Theodore Parker called “a Second American Revolution.” They instigated lasting change in American society, not only through their literary achievements but also through their activism: transcendentalists fought for the abolition of slavery, democratically governed churches, equal rights for women, and against the dehumanizing effects of brutal economic competition and growing social inequality.  The Transcendentalists’ passion for social equality stemmed from their belief in spiritual friendship—transcending differences in social situation, gender, class, theology, and race. Together, their fight for justice changed the American sociopolitical landscape. They understood that none of us can ever fulfill our own moral and spiritual potential unless we care about the full spiritual and moral flourishing of others.</description>
      <author>John A. Buehrens</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807081389.mp3" length="2819749" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380875</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807081389.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conflagration: How the Transcendentalists Sparked the American Struggle for Racial, Gender, and Social Justice
Author: John A. Buehrens
Narrator: Jeff Zinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A dramatic retelling of the story of the Transcendentalists, revealing them not as isolated authors but as a community of social activists who shaped progressive American values. Conflagration illuminates the connections between key members of the Transcendentalist circle—including James Freeman Clarke, Elizabeth Peabody, Caroline Healey Dall, Elizabeth Stanton, Thomas Wentworth Higginson, Theodore Parker, and Margaret Fuller—who created a community dedicated to radical social activism. These authors and activists laid the groundwork for democratic and progressive religion in America. In the tumultuous decades before and immediately after the Civil War, the Transcendentalists changed nineteenth-century America, leading what Theodore Parker called “a Second American Revolution.” They instigated lasting change in American society, not only through their literary achievements but also through their activism: transcendentalists fought for the abolition of slavery, democratically governed churches, equal rights for women, and against the dehumanizing effects of brutal economic competition and growing social inequality.  The Transcendentalists’ passion for social equality stemmed from their belief in spiritual friendship—transcending differences in social situation, gender, class, theology, and race. Together, their fight for justice changed the American sociopolitical landscape. They understood that none of us can ever fulfill our own moral and spiritual potential unless we care about the full spiritual and moral flourishing of others.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conflagration: How the Transcendentalists Sparked the American Struggle for Racial, Gender, and Social Justice
Author: John A. Buehrens
Narrator: Jeff Zinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A dramatic retelling of the story of the Transcendentalists, revealing them not as isolated authors but as a community of social activists who shaped progressive American values. Conflagration illuminates the connections between key members of the Transcendentalist circle—including James Freeman Clarke, Elizabeth Peabody, Caroline Healey Dall, Elizabeth Stanton, Thomas Wentworth Higginson, Theodore Parker, and Margaret Fuller—who created a community dedicated to radical social activism. These authors and activists laid the groundwork for democratic and progressive religion in America. In the tumultuous decades before and immediately after the Civil War, the Transcendentalists changed nineteenth-century America, leading what Theodore Parker called “a Second American Revolution.” They instigated lasting change in American society, not only through their literary achievements but also through their activism: transcendentalists fought for the abolition of slavery, democratically governed churches, equal rights for women, and against the dehumanizing effects of brutal economic competition and growing social inequality.  The Transcendentalists’ passion for social equality stemmed from their belief in spiritual friendship—transcending differences in social situation, gender, class, theology, and race. Together, their fight for justice changed the American sociopolitical landscape. They understood that none of us can ever fulfill our own moral and spiritual potential unless we care about the full spiritual and moral flourishing of others.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Stars in Our Pockets: Getting Lost and Sometimes Found in the Digital Age by Howard Axelrod</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380874</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380874">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380874</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stars in Our Pockets: Getting Lost and Sometimes Found in the Digital Age
Author: Howard Axelrod
Narrator: Tom Taylorson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What shapes our sense of place, our sense of time, and our memory? How is technology changing the way we make sense of the world and of ourselves? Our screens offer us connection, especially now in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, but there are certain depths of connection our screens can’t offer—to ourselves, to the natural world, and to each other. In this personal exploration of digital life’s impact on how we see the world, Howard Axelrod marshals science, philosophy, art criticism, pop culture, and his own experience of returning from two years of living in solitude in northern Vermont. The Stars in Our Pockets is a timely reminder of the world around us and the worlds within us—and how, as alienated as we may sometimes feel, they were made for each other.</description>
      <author>Howard Axelrod</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807081365.mp3" length="2712160" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380874</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807081365.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380874">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380874</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stars in Our Pockets: Getting Lost and Sometimes Found in the Digital Age
Author: Howard Axelrod
Narrator: Tom Taylorson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What shapes our sense of place, our sense of time, and our memory? How is technology changing the way we make sense of the world and of ourselves? Our screens offer us connection, especially now in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, but there are certain depths of connection our screens can’t offer—to ourselves, to the natural world, and to each other. In this personal exploration of digital life’s impact on how we see the world, Howard Axelrod marshals science, philosophy, art criticism, pop culture, and his own experience of returning from two years of living in solitude in northern Vermont. The Stars in Our Pockets is a timely reminder of the world around us and the worlds within us—and how, as alienated as we may sometimes feel, they were made for each other.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380874">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380874</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stars in Our Pockets: Getting Lost and Sometimes Found in the Digital Age
Author: Howard Axelrod
Narrator: Tom Taylorson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What shapes our sense of place, our sense of time, and our memory? How is technology changing the way we make sense of the world and of ourselves? Our screens offer us connection, especially now in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, but there are certain depths of connection our screens can’t offer—to ourselves, to the natural world, and to each other. In this personal exploration of digital life’s impact on how we see the world, Howard Axelrod marshals science, philosophy, art criticism, pop culture, and his own experience of returning from two years of living in solitude in northern Vermont. The Stars in Our Pockets is a timely reminder of the world around us and the worlds within us—and how, as alienated as we may sometimes feel, they were made for each other.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vices of the Mind: From the Intellectual to the Political by Quassim Cassam</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380326</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vices of the Mind: From the Intellectual to the Political
Author: Quassim Cassam
Narrator: Matthew Waterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Epistemic vices are character traits, attitudes, or thinking styles that prevent us from gaining, keeping, or sharing knowledge. In this book, Quassim Cassam gives an account of the nature and importance of these vices, which include closed-mindedness, intellectual arrogance, wishful thinking, and prejudice. In providing the first extensive coverage of vice epistemology, an exciting new area of philosophical research, Vices of the Mind uses real examples drawn primarily from the world of politics to develop a compelling theory of epistemic vice. Cassam defends the view that as well as getting in the way of knowledge these vices are blameworthy or reprehensible. Key events such as the 2003 Iraq War and the 2016 Brexit vote, and notable figures including Donald Trump are analysed in detail to illustrate what epistemic vice looks like in the modern world. The traits covered in this landmark work include a hitherto unrecognized epistemic vice called &amp;#039;epistemic insouciance.&amp;#039; Cassam examines both the extent to which we are responsible for our failings and the factors that make it difficult to know our own vices.</description>
      <author>Quassim Cassam</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Apr 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684570331.mp3" length="8341297" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380326</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684570331.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vices of the Mind: From the Intellectual to the Political
Author: Quassim Cassam
Narrator: Matthew Waterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Epistemic vices are character traits, attitudes, or thinking styles that prevent us from gaining, keeping, or sharing knowledge. In this book, Quassim Cassam gives an account of the nature and importance of these vices, which include closed-mindedness, intellectual arrogance, wishful thinking, and prejudice. In providing the first extensive coverage of vice epistemology, an exciting new area of philosophical research, Vices of the Mind uses real examples drawn primarily from the world of politics to develop a compelling theory of epistemic vice. Cassam defends the view that as well as getting in the way of knowledge these vices are blameworthy or reprehensible. Key events such as the 2003 Iraq War and the 2016 Brexit vote, and notable figures including Donald Trump are analysed in detail to illustrate what epistemic vice looks like in the modern world. The traits covered in this landmark work include a hitherto unrecognized epistemic vice called &amp;#039;epistemic insouciance.&amp;#039; Cassam examines both the extent to which we are responsible for our failings and the factors that make it difficult to know our own vices.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vices of the Mind: From the Intellectual to the Political
Author: Quassim Cassam
Narrator: Matthew Waterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Epistemic vices are character traits, attitudes, or thinking styles that prevent us from gaining, keeping, or sharing knowledge. In this book, Quassim Cassam gives an account of the nature and importance of these vices, which include closed-mindedness, intellectual arrogance, wishful thinking, and prejudice. In providing the first extensive coverage of vice epistemology, an exciting new area of philosophical research, Vices of the Mind uses real examples drawn primarily from the world of politics to develop a compelling theory of epistemic vice. Cassam defends the view that as well as getting in the way of knowledge these vices are blameworthy or reprehensible. Key events such as the 2003 Iraq War and the 2016 Brexit vote, and notable figures including Donald Trump are analysed in detail to illustrate what epistemic vice looks like in the modern world. The traits covered in this landmark work include a hitherto unrecognized epistemic vice called &amp;#039;epistemic insouciance.&amp;#039; Cassam examines both the extent to which we are responsible for our failings and the factors that make it difficult to know our own vices.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>After the Flight 93 Election: The Vote That Saved America and What We Still Have to Lose by Michael Anton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: After the Flight 93 Election: The Vote That Saved America and What We Still Have to Lose
Author: Michael Anton
Narrator: Chris Abell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 28 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In September 2016, the provocative essay “The Flight 93 Election” galvanized many voters by spotlighting the stakes ahead in November and reproaching complacent elements of the Right. It also drew disparagement from many who judged it too apocalyptic in its assessment of the options facing the electorate. Its author, Michael Anton―writing as “Publius Decius Mus”―addressed the main criticisms of his argument soon afterward in a “Restatement on Flight 93.” A new criticism emerged later on: that he had painted a dire scenario to be averted, but no positive vision. Here, Anton presents the positive ideal that inspired him―a distillation of his thinking on Americanism and the West, refined over decades. He lays out the foundational principles of the American and Western traditions, examines the biggest threats to their survival, and underscores the necessity of continuing to defend them.</description>
      <author>Michael Anton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094005942.mp3" length="877359" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094005942.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: After the Flight 93 Election: The Vote That Saved America and What We Still Have to Lose
Author: Michael Anton
Narrator: Chris Abell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 28 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In September 2016, the provocative essay “The Flight 93 Election” galvanized many voters by spotlighting the stakes ahead in November and reproaching complacent elements of the Right. It also drew disparagement from many who judged it too apocalyptic in its assessment of the options facing the electorate. Its author, Michael Anton―writing as “Publius Decius Mus”―addressed the main criticisms of his argument soon afterward in a “Restatement on Flight 93.” A new criticism emerged later on: that he had painted a dire scenario to be averted, but no positive vision. Here, Anton presents the positive ideal that inspired him―a distillation of his thinking on Americanism and the West, refined over decades. He lays out the foundational principles of the American and Western traditions, examines the biggest threats to their survival, and underscores the necessity of continuing to defend them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: After the Flight 93 Election: The Vote That Saved America and What We Still Have to Lose
Author: Michael Anton
Narrator: Chris Abell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 28 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In September 2016, the provocative essay “The Flight 93 Election” galvanized many voters by spotlighting the stakes ahead in November and reproaching complacent elements of the Right. It also drew disparagement from many who judged it too apocalyptic in its assessment of the options facing the electorate. Its author, Michael Anton―writing as “Publius Decius Mus”―addressed the main criticisms of his argument soon afterward in a “Restatement on Flight 93.” A new criticism emerged later on: that he had painted a dire scenario to be averted, but no positive vision. Here, Anton presents the positive ideal that inspired him―a distillation of his thinking on Americanism and the West, refined over decades. He lays out the foundational principles of the American and Western traditions, examines the biggest threats to their survival, and underscores the necessity of continuing to defend them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Twilight of the Idols and The Antichrist by Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379588</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Twilight of the Idols and The Antichrist
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Barnaby Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The last works completed before Nietzsche&amp;#039;s final years of insanity, Twilight of the Idols and The Anti-Christ contain some of his most passionate and polemical writing. Both display his profound understanding of human nature and continue themes developed in The Genealogy of Morals, as the philosopher lashes out at the deceptiveness of modern culture and morality. Twilight of the Idols attacks European society, Christianity and the works of Socrates and Plato, which he proclaims are life-denying as they prioritise reason over instinct and the after-world over the apparent world. The Antichrist explores the history, psychology and moral precepts of Christianity, forming his final assault on organised religion. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**</description>
      <author>Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781982280.mp3" length="789439" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379588</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781982280.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Twilight of the Idols and The Antichrist
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Barnaby Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The last works completed before Nietzsche&amp;#039;s final years of insanity, Twilight of the Idols and The Anti-Christ contain some of his most passionate and polemical writing. Both display his profound understanding of human nature and continue themes developed in The Genealogy of Morals, as the philosopher lashes out at the deceptiveness of modern culture and morality. Twilight of the Idols attacks European society, Christianity and the works of Socrates and Plato, which he proclaims are life-denying as they prioritise reason over instinct and the after-world over the apparent world. The Antichrist explores the history, psychology and moral precepts of Christianity, forming his final assault on organised religion. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Twilight of the Idols and The Antichrist
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Barnaby Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The last works completed before Nietzsche&amp;#039;s final years of insanity, Twilight of the Idols and The Anti-Christ contain some of his most passionate and polemical writing. Both display his profound understanding of human nature and continue themes developed in The Genealogy of Morals, as the philosopher lashes out at the deceptiveness of modern culture and morality. Twilight of the Idols attacks European society, Christianity and the works of Socrates and Plato, which he proclaims are life-denying as they prioritise reason over instinct and the after-world over the apparent world. The Antichrist explores the history, psychology and moral precepts of Christianity, forming his final assault on organised religion. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged Version) by F. Engels, Karl Marx</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376598</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged Version)
Author: F. Engels, Karl Marx
Narrator: Mark Harrietha
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 30 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to an unprecedented audio journey into Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels&amp;#039; &amp;#039;The Communist Manifesto&amp;#039; - the unabridged edition that remains unswervingly loyal to the original text. Its ground-breaking insights into class struggle, capitalism, and communism have left an indelible mark on the history of political thought. Crafted for the discerning listener, this audiobook&amp;#039;s clear and crisp voice rendition makes the complex philosophical and political ideas accessible to all. Each sentence is meticulously delivered, making the potent theories of Marx and Engels not only more understandable but also more relatable. From your first listen, you&amp;#039;ll find yourself captivated by the lucidity and precision of the narrator&amp;#039;s voice as it guides you through the compelling manifesto that catalyzed a global revolution. The original text&amp;#039;s essence is preserved with great fidelity, allowing you to grasp the theoretical underpinnings of communism as envisioned by its founders. &amp;#039;The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged Version)&amp;#039; paints a vivid picture of society&amp;#039;s class struggles - a narrative that continues to resonate today. Marx and Engels&amp;#039; theories are brought to life in this audiobook, making it not just a listening experience but an enlightening journey into the depths of socioeconomic discourse. Embark on this transformative journey with &amp;#039;The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged Version)&amp;#039; and uncover the powerful ideas that continue to shape our world. Immerse yourself in the clarity of thought and depth of understanding that this audiobook promises.</description>
      <author>F. Engels, Karl Marx</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jul 2023 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982745929.mp3" length="1468364" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376598</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982745929.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged Version)
Author: F. Engels, Karl Marx
Narrator: Mark Harrietha
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 30 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to an unprecedented audio journey into Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels&amp;#039; &amp;#039;The Communist Manifesto&amp;#039; - the unabridged edition that remains unswervingly loyal to the original text. Its ground-breaking insights into class struggle, capitalism, and communism have left an indelible mark on the history of political thought. Crafted for the discerning listener, this audiobook&amp;#039;s clear and crisp voice rendition makes the complex philosophical and political ideas accessible to all. Each sentence is meticulously delivered, making the potent theories of Marx and Engels not only more understandable but also more relatable. From your first listen, you&amp;#039;ll find yourself captivated by the lucidity and precision of the narrator&amp;#039;s voice as it guides you through the compelling manifesto that catalyzed a global revolution. The original text&amp;#039;s essence is preserved with great fidelity, allowing you to grasp the theoretical underpinnings of communism as envisioned by its founders. &amp;#039;The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged Version)&amp;#039; paints a vivid picture of society&amp;#039;s class struggles - a narrative that continues to resonate today. Marx and Engels&amp;#039; theories are brought to life in this audiobook, making it not just a listening experience but an enlightening journey into the depths of socioeconomic discourse. Embark on this transformative journey with &amp;#039;The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged Version)&amp;#039; and uncover the powerful ideas that continue to shape our world. Immerse yourself in the clarity of thought and depth of understanding that this audiobook promises.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged Version)
Author: F. Engels, Karl Marx
Narrator: Mark Harrietha
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 30 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to an unprecedented audio journey into Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels&amp;#039; &amp;#039;The Communist Manifesto&amp;#039; - the unabridged edition that remains unswervingly loyal to the original text. Its ground-breaking insights into class struggle, capitalism, and communism have left an indelible mark on the history of political thought. Crafted for the discerning listener, this audiobook&amp;#039;s clear and crisp voice rendition makes the complex philosophical and political ideas accessible to all. Each sentence is meticulously delivered, making the potent theories of Marx and Engels not only more understandable but also more relatable. From your first listen, you&amp;#039;ll find yourself captivated by the lucidity and precision of the narrator&amp;#039;s voice as it guides you through the compelling manifesto that catalyzed a global revolution. The original text&amp;#039;s essence is preserved with great fidelity, allowing you to grasp the theoretical underpinnings of communism as envisioned by its founders. &amp;#039;The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged Version)&amp;#039; paints a vivid picture of society&amp;#039;s class struggles - a narrative that continues to resonate today. Marx and Engels&amp;#039; theories are brought to life in this audiobook, making it not just a listening experience but an enlightening journey into the depths of socioeconomic discourse. Embark on this transformative journey with &amp;#039;The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged Version)&amp;#039; and uncover the powerful ideas that continue to shape our world. Immerse yourself in the clarity of thought and depth of understanding that this audiobook promises.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Humour by Terry Eagleton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376054</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376054">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376054</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Humour
Author: Terry Eagleton
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A compelling guide to the fundamental place of humor and comedy within Western culture—by one of its greatest exponents. Written by an acknowledged master of comedy, this study reflects on the nature of humor and the functions it serves. Why do we laugh? What are we to make of the sheer variety of laughter, from braying and cackling to sniggering and chortling? Is humor subversive, or can it defuse dissent? Can we define wit?   Packed with illuminating ideas and a good many excellent jokes, the book critically examines various well-known theories of humor, including the idea that it springs from incongruity and the view that it reflects a mildly sadistic form of superiority to others. Drawing on a wide range of literary and philosophical sources, Terry Eagleton moves from Aristotle and Aquinas to Hobbes, Freud, and Bakhtin, looking in particular at the psychoanalytical mechanisms underlying humor and its social and political evolution over the centuries.</description>
      <author>Terry Eagleton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541402348.mp3" length="8347440" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376054</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541402348.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376054">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376054</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Humour
Author: Terry Eagleton
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A compelling guide to the fundamental place of humor and comedy within Western culture—by one of its greatest exponents. Written by an acknowledged master of comedy, this study reflects on the nature of humor and the functions it serves. Why do we laugh? What are we to make of the sheer variety of laughter, from braying and cackling to sniggering and chortling? Is humor subversive, or can it defuse dissent? Can we define wit?   Packed with illuminating ideas and a good many excellent jokes, the book critically examines various well-known theories of humor, including the idea that it springs from incongruity and the view that it reflects a mildly sadistic form of superiority to others. Drawing on a wide range of literary and philosophical sources, Terry Eagleton moves from Aristotle and Aquinas to Hobbes, Freud, and Bakhtin, looking in particular at the psychoanalytical mechanisms underlying humor and its social and political evolution over the centuries.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376054">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376054</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Humour
Author: Terry Eagleton
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A compelling guide to the fundamental place of humor and comedy within Western culture—by one of its greatest exponents. Written by an acknowledged master of comedy, this study reflects on the nature of humor and the functions it serves. Why do we laugh? What are we to make of the sheer variety of laughter, from braying and cackling to sniggering and chortling? Is humor subversive, or can it defuse dissent? Can we define wit?   Packed with illuminating ideas and a good many excellent jokes, the book critically examines various well-known theories of humor, including the idea that it springs from incongruity and the view that it reflects a mildly sadistic form of superiority to others. Drawing on a wide range of literary and philosophical sources, Terry Eagleton moves from Aristotle and Aquinas to Hobbes, Freud, and Bakhtin, looking in particular at the psychoanalytical mechanisms underlying humor and its social and political evolution over the centuries.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wish I Were Here: Boredom and the Interface by Mark Kingwell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376038</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376038">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376038</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wish I Were Here: Boredom and the Interface
Author: Mark Kingwell
Narrator: Adam Lofbomm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you bored of the endless scroll of your social media feed? Do you swipe left before considering the human being whose face you just summarily rejected? Do you skim articles on your screen in search of intellectual stimulation that never arrives? If so, this book is the philosophical lifeline you have been waiting for. Offering a timely meditation on the profound effects of constant immersion in technology, also known as the Interface, Wish I Were Here draws on philosophical analysis of boredom and happiness to examine the pressing issues of screen addiction and the lure of online outrage. Without moralizing, Mark Kingwell takes seriously the possibility that current conditions of life and connection are creating hollowed-out human selves, divorced from their own external world. While scrolling, swiping, and clicking suggest purposeful action, such as choosing and connecting with others, Kingwell argues that repeated flicks of the finger provide merely the shadow of meaning, by reducing us to scattered data fragments, Twitter feeds, Instagram posts, shopping preferences, and text trends captured by algorithms. Written in accessible language that references both classical philosophers and contemporary critics, Wish I Were Here turns to philosophy for a cure to the widespread unease that something is amiss in modern waking life.</description>
      <author>Mark Kingwell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541401655.mp3" length="8329932" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376038</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541401655.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376038">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376038</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wish I Were Here: Boredom and the Interface
Author: Mark Kingwell
Narrator: Adam Lofbomm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you bored of the endless scroll of your social media feed? Do you swipe left before considering the human being whose face you just summarily rejected? Do you skim articles on your screen in search of intellectual stimulation that never arrives? If so, this book is the philosophical lifeline you have been waiting for. Offering a timely meditation on the profound effects of constant immersion in technology, also known as the Interface, Wish I Were Here draws on philosophical analysis of boredom and happiness to examine the pressing issues of screen addiction and the lure of online outrage. Without moralizing, Mark Kingwell takes seriously the possibility that current conditions of life and connection are creating hollowed-out human selves, divorced from their own external world. While scrolling, swiping, and clicking suggest purposeful action, such as choosing and connecting with others, Kingwell argues that repeated flicks of the finger provide merely the shadow of meaning, by reducing us to scattered data fragments, Twitter feeds, Instagram posts, shopping preferences, and text trends captured by algorithms. Written in accessible language that references both classical philosophers and contemporary critics, Wish I Were Here turns to philosophy for a cure to the widespread unease that something is amiss in modern waking life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376038">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376038</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wish I Were Here: Boredom and the Interface
Author: Mark Kingwell
Narrator: Adam Lofbomm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you bored of the endless scroll of your social media feed? Do you swipe left before considering the human being whose face you just summarily rejected? Do you skim articles on your screen in search of intellectual stimulation that never arrives? If so, this book is the philosophical lifeline you have been waiting for. Offering a timely meditation on the profound effects of constant immersion in technology, also known as the Interface, Wish I Were Here draws on philosophical analysis of boredom and happiness to examine the pressing issues of screen addiction and the lure of online outrage. Without moralizing, Mark Kingwell takes seriously the possibility that current conditions of life and connection are creating hollowed-out human selves, divorced from their own external world. While scrolling, swiping, and clicking suggest purposeful action, such as choosing and connecting with others, Kingwell argues that repeated flicks of the finger provide merely the shadow of meaning, by reducing us to scattered data fragments, Twitter feeds, Instagram posts, shopping preferences, and text trends captured by algorithms. Written in accessible language that references both classical philosophers and contemporary critics, Wish I Were Here turns to philosophy for a cure to the widespread unease that something is amiss in modern waking life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ideas That Made America: A Brief History by Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375630</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ideas That Made America: A Brief History
Author: Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen
Narrator: Karen White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Long before the United States was a nation, it was a set of ideas, projected onto the New World by European explorers with centuries of belief and thought in tow. From this foundation of expectation and experience, America and American thought grew in turn, enriched by the bounties of the Enlightenment, the philosophies of liberty and individuality, the tenets of religion, and the doctrines of republicanism and democracy. Crucial to this development were the thinkers who nurtured it, from Thomas Jefferson to Ralph Waldo Emerson, W. E. B. DuBois to Jane Addams, and Betty Friedan to Richard Rorty. The Ideas That Made America: A Brief History traces how Americans have addressed the issues and events of their time and place, whether the Civil War, the Great Depression, or the culture wars of today.   Spanning a variety of disciplines, from religion, philosophy, and political thought, to cultural criticism, social theory, and the arts, Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen shows how ideas have been major forces in American history, driving movements such as transcendentalism, Social Darwinism, conservatism, and postmodernism. In engaging and accessible prose, this introduction to American thought considers how notions about freedom and belonging, the market and morality—and even truth—have commanded generations of Americans and been the cause of fierce debate.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Apr 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977342775.mp3" length="8088337" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375630</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977342775.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ideas That Made America: A Brief History
Author: Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen
Narrator: Karen White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Long before the United States was a nation, it was a set of ideas, projected onto the New World by European explorers with centuries of belief and thought in tow. From this foundation of expectation and experience, America and American thought grew in turn, enriched by the bounties of the Enlightenment, the philosophies of liberty and individuality, the tenets of religion, and the doctrines of republicanism and democracy. Crucial to this development were the thinkers who nurtured it, from Thomas Jefferson to Ralph Waldo Emerson, W. E. B. DuBois to Jane Addams, and Betty Friedan to Richard Rorty. The Ideas That Made America: A Brief History traces how Americans have addressed the issues and events of their time and place, whether the Civil War, the Great Depression, or the culture wars of today.   Spanning a variety of disciplines, from religion, philosophy, and political thought, to cultural criticism, social theory, and the arts, Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen shows how ideas have been major forces in American history, driving movements such as transcendentalism, Social Darwinism, conservatism, and postmodernism. In engaging and accessible prose, this introduction to American thought considers how notions about freedom and belonging, the market and morality—and even truth—have commanded generations of Americans and been the cause of fierce debate.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ideas That Made America: A Brief History
Author: Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen
Narrator: Karen White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Long before the United States was a nation, it was a set of ideas, projected onto the New World by European explorers with centuries of belief and thought in tow. From this foundation of expectation and experience, America and American thought grew in turn, enriched by the bounties of the Enlightenment, the philosophies of liberty and individuality, the tenets of religion, and the doctrines of republicanism and democracy. Crucial to this development were the thinkers who nurtured it, from Thomas Jefferson to Ralph Waldo Emerson, W. E. B. DuBois to Jane Addams, and Betty Friedan to Richard Rorty. The Ideas That Made America: A Brief History traces how Americans have addressed the issues and events of their time and place, whether the Civil War, the Great Depression, or the culture wars of today.   Spanning a variety of disciplines, from religion, philosophy, and political thought, to cultural criticism, social theory, and the arts, Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen shows how ideas have been major forces in American history, driving movements such as transcendentalism, Social Darwinism, conservatism, and postmodernism. In engaging and accessible prose, this introduction to American thought considers how notions about freedom and belonging, the market and morality—and even truth—have commanded generations of Americans and been the cause of fierce debate.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pause, Breathe, Smile: Awakening Mindfulness When Meditation Is Not Enough by Gary Gach</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375470</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375470">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375470</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pause, Breathe, Smile: Awakening Mindfulness When Meditation Is Not Enough
Author: Gary Gach
Narrator: Gary Gach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
AudioFile Earphones Award Winner Spirituality &amp;amp; Practice Best Spiritual Books of 2018   Pause . . . breathe . . . smile. Three small words, yet each contains a universe of wisdom. Let the title be your guide in this inspiring book on awakening to the full depths of mindful living. The Pause is about setting our intention before we think, speak, or act—the ethical dimension of mindfulness. When we Breathe, we unite mind, body, and spirit, making every moment an opportunity for meditation. With a Smile, we open to a wisdom beyond words. This simple trio will water your innate seeds of awakening to help you pave your own path to fulfillment and peace. &amp;#039;Both simple and profound, practical and inspiring, humorous and heart-opening, immediately useful and thoroughly comprehensive . . . Such a sweet, wonderful book.&amp;#039; —Rick Hanson, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of Hardwiring Happiness &amp;#039;A lovely offering of wisdom, practices, and kindness to help foster a mindful life and a compassionate heart.&amp;#039; —Jack Kornfield, PhD, author of No Time Like the Present</description>
      <author>Gary Gach</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977337757.mp3" length="2260330" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375470</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977337757.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375470">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375470</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pause, Breathe, Smile: Awakening Mindfulness When Meditation Is Not Enough
Author: Gary Gach
Narrator: Gary Gach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
AudioFile Earphones Award Winner Spirituality &amp;amp; Practice Best Spiritual Books of 2018   Pause . . . breathe . . . smile. Three small words, yet each contains a universe of wisdom. Let the title be your guide in this inspiring book on awakening to the full depths of mindful living. The Pause is about setting our intention before we think, speak, or act—the ethical dimension of mindfulness. When we Breathe, we unite mind, body, and spirit, making every moment an opportunity for meditation. With a Smile, we open to a wisdom beyond words. This simple trio will water your innate seeds of awakening to help you pave your own path to fulfillment and peace. &amp;#039;Both simple and profound, practical and inspiring, humorous and heart-opening, immediately useful and thoroughly comprehensive . . . Such a sweet, wonderful book.&amp;#039; —Rick Hanson, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of Hardwiring Happiness &amp;#039;A lovely offering of wisdom, practices, and kindness to help foster a mindful life and a compassionate heart.&amp;#039; —Jack Kornfield, PhD, author of No Time Like the Present</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375470">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375470</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pause, Breathe, Smile: Awakening Mindfulness When Meditation Is Not Enough
Author: Gary Gach
Narrator: Gary Gach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
AudioFile Earphones Award Winner Spirituality &amp;amp; Practice Best Spiritual Books of 2018   Pause . . . breathe . . . smile. Three small words, yet each contains a universe of wisdom. Let the title be your guide in this inspiring book on awakening to the full depths of mindful living. The Pause is about setting our intention before we think, speak, or act—the ethical dimension of mindfulness. When we Breathe, we unite mind, body, and spirit, making every moment an opportunity for meditation. With a Smile, we open to a wisdom beyond words. This simple trio will water your innate seeds of awakening to help you pave your own path to fulfillment and peace. &amp;#039;Both simple and profound, practical and inspiring, humorous and heart-opening, immediately useful and thoroughly comprehensive . . . Such a sweet, wonderful book.&amp;#039; —Rick Hanson, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of Hardwiring Happiness &amp;#039;A lovely offering of wisdom, practices, and kindness to help foster a mindful life and a compassionate heart.&amp;#039; —Jack Kornfield, PhD, author of No Time Like the Present</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why I Am Not a Christian and Other Essays on Religion and Related Subjects by Bertrand Russell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375071</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why I Am Not a Christian and Other Essays on Religion and Related Subjects
Author: Bertrand Russell
Narrator: Qarie Marshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Dedicated as few men have been to the life of reason, Bertrand Russell has always been concerned with the basic questions to which religion also addresses itself—questions about man’s place in the universe and the nature of the good life, questions that involve life after death, morality, freedom, education, and sexual ethics. He brings to his treatment of these questions the same courage, scrupulous logic, and lofty wisdom for which his other work as philosopher, writer, and teacher has been famous. These qualities make the essays included in this collection perhaps the most graceful and moving presentation of the freethinker&amp;#039;s position since the days of Hume and Voltaire. Whether listeners share or reject Bertrand Russell’s views, they will find this book an invigorating challenge to set notions, a masterly statement of a philosophical position, and a pure joy to listen to. This collection has been edited, with Lord Russell’s full approval and cooperation, by Professor Paul Edwards of the Philosophy Department of New York University.</description>
      <author>Bertrand Russell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Apr 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666572070.mp3" length="835739" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375071</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666572070.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why I Am Not a Christian and Other Essays on Religion and Related Subjects
Author: Bertrand Russell
Narrator: Qarie Marshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Dedicated as few men have been to the life of reason, Bertrand Russell has always been concerned with the basic questions to which religion also addresses itself—questions about man’s place in the universe and the nature of the good life, questions that involve life after death, morality, freedom, education, and sexual ethics. He brings to his treatment of these questions the same courage, scrupulous logic, and lofty wisdom for which his other work as philosopher, writer, and teacher has been famous. These qualities make the essays included in this collection perhaps the most graceful and moving presentation of the freethinker&amp;#039;s position since the days of Hume and Voltaire. Whether listeners share or reject Bertrand Russell’s views, they will find this book an invigorating challenge to set notions, a masterly statement of a philosophical position, and a pure joy to listen to. This collection has been edited, with Lord Russell’s full approval and cooperation, by Professor Paul Edwards of the Philosophy Department of New York University.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why I Am Not a Christian and Other Essays on Religion and Related Subjects
Author: Bertrand Russell
Narrator: Qarie Marshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Dedicated as few men have been to the life of reason, Bertrand Russell has always been concerned with the basic questions to which religion also addresses itself—questions about man’s place in the universe and the nature of the good life, questions that involve life after death, morality, freedom, education, and sexual ethics. He brings to his treatment of these questions the same courage, scrupulous logic, and lofty wisdom for which his other work as philosopher, writer, and teacher has been famous. These qualities make the essays included in this collection perhaps the most graceful and moving presentation of the freethinker&amp;#039;s position since the days of Hume and Voltaire. Whether listeners share or reject Bertrand Russell’s views, they will find this book an invigorating challenge to set notions, a masterly statement of a philosophical position, and a pure joy to listen to. This collection has been edited, with Lord Russell’s full approval and cooperation, by Professor Paul Edwards of the Philosophy Department of New York University.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Instructions for Spiritual Living by Paul Brunton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374864</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374864">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374864</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Instructions for Spiritual Living
Author: Paul Brunton
Narrator: Micah Hanks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Answers to the questions that arise on the spiritual path  • Includes specially selected writings from the huge literary archive of Paul Brunton  • Explains the different stages of meditation and the obstacles likely to arise for each, offering guidance for achieving advanced states of meditation to deepen one’s inner life  • Challenges the need for spiritual dependency on any particular guru, teaching, or practice, showing that following your intuition can bring the best spiritual success  • Explores the process of self-examination and emotional purification, revealing how to break free from the ego and tap into the inspiration flowing from within  No matter where we are in our spiritual development, we all have questions about our practice and what we are experiencing--both the challenges and opportunities. How can I overcome my struggles to meditate more deeply? Is there a need for a guru or can I rely on myself? Can I trust my intuition? Is it possible to hear the “Inner Word,” the voice of the soul, and how can I be sure that’s what I’m hearing? Is the Higher Self in the heart?  Offering trustworthy answers to these and many more questions, renowned spiritual teacher Paul Brunton provides instructions to guide one’s development in three fundamental areas of the spiritual path: meditation, self-examination, and the unfolding of awakening. Guiding you with insight and care through each stage of meditation, including advanced states that deepen one’s inner life, he explains how meditation is the art and practice of introverting attention, of freeing oneself for a period of time from thoughts, sensations, and feelings and allowing the soul to reveal itself out of the quiet that one has created. He explains the goal of each meditative stage and the obstacles you are likely to face and examines the need for spiritual dependency on any particular guru, teaching, or practice, showing that following your intuition can bring spiritual success.  Exploring the process of self-examination and emotional purification, Brunton shows how life’s challenges are moments by which we can make real progress in our surrender to a higher life. He reveals how to break free from the ego, follow your intuition to align with your ideals, and tap into the inspiration flowing from within. He also examines the development of transcendental insight, the cornerstone of compassionate wisdom in action, which allows us to become a source of inspiration to all we encounter.  Including writings received by the Paul Brunton Philosophic Foundation after his death, this guide offers transformative wisdom to aid our understanding of what the spiritual journey entails, help point the way when the way is uncertain, and learn and grow from the challenges that arise as you develop spiritually.</description>
      <author>Paul Brunton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781644110058.mp3" length="891322" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374864</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781644110058.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374864">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374864</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Instructions for Spiritual Living
Author: Paul Brunton
Narrator: Micah Hanks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Answers to the questions that arise on the spiritual path  • Includes specially selected writings from the huge literary archive of Paul Brunton  • Explains the different stages of meditation and the obstacles likely to arise for each, offering guidance for achieving advanced states of meditation to deepen one’s inner life  • Challenges the need for spiritual dependency on any particular guru, teaching, or practice, showing that following your intuition can bring the best spiritual success  • Explores the process of self-examination and emotional purification, revealing how to break free from the ego and tap into the inspiration flowing from within  No matter where we are in our spiritual development, we all have questions about our practice and what we are experiencing--both the challenges and opportunities. How can I overcome my struggles to meditate more deeply? Is there a need for a guru or can I rely on myself? Can I trust my intuition? Is it possible to hear the “Inner Word,” the voice of the soul, and how can I be sure that’s what I’m hearing? Is the Higher Self in the heart?  Offering trustworthy answers to these and many more questions, renowned spiritual teacher Paul Brunton provides instructions to guide one’s development in three fundamental areas of the spiritual path: meditation, self-examination, and the unfolding of awakening. Guiding you with insight and care through each stage of meditation, including advanced states that deepen one’s inner life, he explains how meditation is the art and practice of introverting attention, of freeing oneself for a period of time from thoughts, sensations, and feelings and allowing the soul to reveal itself out of the quiet that one has created. He explains the goal of each meditative stage and the obstacles you are likely to face and examines the need for spiritual dependency on any particular guru, teaching, or practice, showing that following your intuition can bring spiritual success.  Exploring the process of self-examination and emotional purification, Brunton shows how life’s challenges are moments by which we can make real progress in our surrender to a higher life. He reveals how to break free from the ego, follow your intuition to align with your ideals, and tap into the inspiration flowing from within. He also examines the development of transcendental insight, the cornerstone of compassionate wisdom in action, which allows us to become a source of inspiration to all we encounter.  Including writings received by the Paul Brunton Philosophic Foundation after his death, this guide offers transformative wisdom to aid our understanding of what the spiritual journey entails, help point the way when the way is uncertain, and learn and grow from the challenges that arise as you develop spiritually.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374864">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374864</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Instructions for Spiritual Living
Author: Paul Brunton
Narrator: Micah Hanks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Answers to the questions that arise on the spiritual path  • Includes specially selected writings from the huge literary archive of Paul Brunton  • Explains the different stages of meditation and the obstacles likely to arise for each, offering guidance for achieving advanced states of meditation to deepen one’s inner life  • Challenges the need for spiritual dependency on any particular guru, teaching, or practice, showing that following your intuition can bring the best spiritual success  • Explores the process of self-examination and emotional purification, revealing how to break free from the ego and tap into the inspiration flowing from within  No matter where we are in our spiritual development, we all have questions about our practice and what we are experiencing--both the challenges and opportunities. How can I overcome my struggles to meditate more deeply? Is there a need for a guru or can I rely on myself? Can I trust my intuition? Is it possible to hear the “Inner Word,” the voice of the soul, and how can I be sure that’s what I’m hearing? Is the Higher Self in the heart?  Offering trustworthy answers to these and many more questions, renowned spiritual teacher Paul Brunton provides instructions to guide one’s development in three fundamental areas of the spiritual path: meditation, self-examination, and the unfolding of awakening. Guiding you with insight and care through each stage of meditation, including advanced states that deepen one’s inner life, he explains how meditation is the art and practice of introverting attention, of freeing oneself for a period of time from thoughts, sensations, and feelings and allowing the soul to reveal itself out of the quiet that one has created. He explains the goal of each meditative stage and the obstacles you are likely to face and examines the need for spiritual dependency on any particular guru, teaching, or practice, showing that following your intuition can bring spiritual success.  Exploring the process of self-examination and emotional purification, Brunton shows how life’s challenges are moments by which we can make real progress in our surrender to a higher life. He reveals how to break free from the ego, follow your intuition to align with your ideals, and tap into the inspiration flowing from within. He also examines the development of transcendental insight, the cornerstone of compassionate wisdom in action, which allows us to become a source of inspiration to all we encounter.  Including writings received by the Paul Brunton Philosophic Foundation after his death, this guide offers transformative wisdom to aid our understanding of what the spiritual journey entails, help point the way when the way is uncertain, and learn and grow from the challenges that arise as you develop spiritually.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Second Sex by Simone De Beauvoir</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374727</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374727">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374727</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Sex
Author: Simone De Beauvoir
Narrator: Judith Thurman, Ellen Archer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 39 hours 9 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
UNABRIDGED AND AVAILABLE ON AUDIO FOR THE FIRST TIME Simone de Beauvoir’s essential masterwork is a powerful analysis of the Western notion of “woman,” and a revolutionary exploration of inequality and otherness. This unabridged edition of the text reinstates significant portions of the original French text that were cut in the first English translation, and is now available on audio for the very first time. Vital and groundbreaking, Beauvoir’s pioneering and impressive text remains as pertinent today as when it was first published, and will continue to provoke and inspire generations of men and women to come.</description>
      <author>Simone De Beauvoir</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593147269.mp3" length="2789999" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374727</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593147269.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>39:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374727">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374727</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Sex
Author: Simone De Beauvoir
Narrator: Judith Thurman, Ellen Archer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 39 hours 9 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
UNABRIDGED AND AVAILABLE ON AUDIO FOR THE FIRST TIME Simone de Beauvoir’s essential masterwork is a powerful analysis of the Western notion of “woman,” and a revolutionary exploration of inequality and otherness. This unabridged edition of the text reinstates significant portions of the original French text that were cut in the first English translation, and is now available on audio for the very first time. Vital and groundbreaking, Beauvoir’s pioneering and impressive text remains as pertinent today as when it was first published, and will continue to provoke and inspire generations of men and women to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374727">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374727</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Sex
Author: Simone De Beauvoir
Narrator: Judith Thurman, Ellen Archer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 39 hours 9 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
UNABRIDGED AND AVAILABLE ON AUDIO FOR THE FIRST TIME Simone de Beauvoir’s essential masterwork is a powerful analysis of the Western notion of “woman,” and a revolutionary exploration of inequality and otherness. This unabridged edition of the text reinstates significant portions of the original French text that were cut in the first English translation, and is now available on audio for the very first time. Vital and groundbreaking, Beauvoir’s pioneering and impressive text remains as pertinent today as when it was first published, and will continue to provoke and inspire generations of men and women to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buddhism for Meat Eaters: Simple Wisdom for a Kinder World by Josephine Moon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374545</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buddhism for Meat Eaters: Simple Wisdom for a Kinder World
Author: Josephine Moon
Narrator: Kate Blakk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
For many years Josephine Moon struggled with the question of eating meat, fervently wishing to live as a vegetarian yet requiring meat in her diet. From Josephine’s philosophical, spiritual and physical battle with eating meat came, Buddhism for Meat Eaters – a book for animal lovers, the environmentally and ethically conscious, and generally thoughtful people who eat meat but perhaps aren’t entirely comfortable doing so.     Open, honest and utterly without judgement, Buddhism for Meat Eaters encourages readers to be more mindful about their choices, rather than berating themselves for them, and offers ways for people to live ethically, honestly and guilt-free, whether as a carnivore, vegetarian or vegan. This highly practical guide also includes workbook-style activities and topics for consideration to guide you in your own journey to making wiser decisions on how you consume, how you live, and how to change the world around you.</description>
      <author>Josephine Moon</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781760852597.mp3" length="756165" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374545</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781760852597.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buddhism for Meat Eaters: Simple Wisdom for a Kinder World
Author: Josephine Moon
Narrator: Kate Blakk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
For many years Josephine Moon struggled with the question of eating meat, fervently wishing to live as a vegetarian yet requiring meat in her diet. From Josephine’s philosophical, spiritual and physical battle with eating meat came, Buddhism for Meat Eaters – a book for animal lovers, the environmentally and ethically conscious, and generally thoughtful people who eat meat but perhaps aren’t entirely comfortable doing so.     Open, honest and utterly without judgement, Buddhism for Meat Eaters encourages readers to be more mindful about their choices, rather than berating themselves for them, and offers ways for people to live ethically, honestly and guilt-free, whether as a carnivore, vegetarian or vegan. This highly practical guide also includes workbook-style activities and topics for consideration to guide you in your own journey to making wiser decisions on how you consume, how you live, and how to change the world around you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buddhism for Meat Eaters: Simple Wisdom for a Kinder World
Author: Josephine Moon
Narrator: Kate Blakk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
For many years Josephine Moon struggled with the question of eating meat, fervently wishing to live as a vegetarian yet requiring meat in her diet. From Josephine’s philosophical, spiritual and physical battle with eating meat came, Buddhism for Meat Eaters – a book for animal lovers, the environmentally and ethically conscious, and generally thoughtful people who eat meat but perhaps aren’t entirely comfortable doing so.     Open, honest and utterly without judgement, Buddhism for Meat Eaters encourages readers to be more mindful about their choices, rather than berating themselves for them, and offers ways for people to live ethically, honestly and guilt-free, whether as a carnivore, vegetarian or vegan. This highly practical guide also includes workbook-style activities and topics for consideration to guide you in your own journey to making wiser decisions on how you consume, how you live, and how to change the world around you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Conquest of Happiness by Bertrand Russell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374424</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Conquest of Happiness
Author: Bertrand Russell
Narrator: Chris Lutkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This metaphysical self-help classic instills happiness within and urges individuals to pursue a content life without sin, boredom, or contempt. Written decades ago with post-war depression in mind, this text has transcended time and continues to give applicable advice for modern-day individuals.</description>
      <author>Bertrand Russell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666572056.mp3" length="799117" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374424</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666572056.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Conquest of Happiness
Author: Bertrand Russell
Narrator: Chris Lutkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This metaphysical self-help classic instills happiness within and urges individuals to pursue a content life without sin, boredom, or contempt. Written decades ago with post-war depression in mind, this text has transcended time and continues to give applicable advice for modern-day individuals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Conquest of Happiness
Author: Bertrand Russell
Narrator: Chris Lutkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This metaphysical self-help classic instills happiness within and urges individuals to pursue a content life without sin, boredom, or contempt. Written decades ago with post-war depression in mind, this text has transcended time and continues to give applicable advice for modern-day individuals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Four Horsemen: The Conversation That Sparked an Atheist Revolution by Daniel Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373923</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Four Horsemen: The Conversation That Sparked an Atheist Revolution
Author: Daniel Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens
Narrator: Daniel C. Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, Stephen Fry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2007, Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris, and Daniel Dennett filmed a landmark discussion about modern atheism. The video went viral. Now in print for the first time, the transcript of their conversation is illuminated by new essays from three of the original participants and an introduction by Stephen Fry. At the dawn of the new atheist movement, the thinkers who became known as “the four horsemen,” the heralds of religion&amp;#039;s unraveling—Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris, and Daniel Dennett—sat down together over cocktails. What followed was a rigorous, pathbreaking, and enthralling exchange, which has been viewed millions of times since it was first posted on YouTube. This is intellectual inquiry at its best: exhilarating, funny, and unpredictable, sincere and probing, reminding us just how varied and colorful the threads of modern atheism are. Here is the transcript of that conversation, in print for the first time, augmented by material from the living participants: Dawkins, Harris, and Dennett. These new essays, introduced by Stephen Fry, mark the evolution of their thinking and highlight particularly resonant aspects of this epic exchange. Each man contends with the most fundamental questions of human existence while challenging the others to articulate their own stance on God and religion, cultural criticism, spirituality, debate with people of faith, and the components of a truly ethical life. Read by Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris, Daniel C. Dennett, Christopher Hitchens, and Stephen Fry. Advance praise for The Four Horsemen “The full, electrifying transcript of the one and only conversation between the quartet of luminaries dubbed the ‘four horsemen’ of the New Atheism, which took place in Washington, D.C., in 2007. Among the vast range of ideas and questions they discuss: Is it ever possible to win a war of ideas? Is spirituality the preserve of the religious? And, are there any truths you would rather not know?”—The Bookseller (UK) (starred review) “If thinking were a sport, these four would be national superstars—and reading The Four Horsemen feels like having a front-row seat at the all-star game. This is more than a book about atheism and religion—it’s a lesson in how to use our intellect to cut through the haze of delusion and misconception inherent in any human society.”—Tim Urban, writer of Wait But Why?</description>
      <author>Daniel Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593153871.mp3" length="2755321" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373923</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593153871.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Four Horsemen: The Conversation That Sparked an Atheist Revolution
Author: Daniel Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens
Narrator: Daniel C. Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, Stephen Fry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2007, Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris, and Daniel Dennett filmed a landmark discussion about modern atheism. The video went viral. Now in print for the first time, the transcript of their conversation is illuminated by new essays from three of the original participants and an introduction by Stephen Fry. At the dawn of the new atheist movement, the thinkers who became known as “the four horsemen,” the heralds of religion&amp;#039;s unraveling—Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris, and Daniel Dennett—sat down together over cocktails. What followed was a rigorous, pathbreaking, and enthralling exchange, which has been viewed millions of times since it was first posted on YouTube. This is intellectual inquiry at its best: exhilarating, funny, and unpredictable, sincere and probing, reminding us just how varied and colorful the threads of modern atheism are. Here is the transcript of that conversation, in print for the first time, augmented by material from the living participants: Dawkins, Harris, and Dennett. These new essays, introduced by Stephen Fry, mark the evolution of their thinking and highlight particularly resonant aspects of this epic exchange. Each man contends with the most fundamental questions of human existence while challenging the others to articulate their own stance on God and religion, cultural criticism, spirituality, debate with people of faith, and the components of a truly ethical life. Read by Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris, Daniel C. Dennett, Christopher Hitchens, and Stephen Fry. Advance praise for The Four Horsemen “The full, electrifying transcript of the one and only conversation between the quartet of luminaries dubbed the ‘four horsemen’ of the New Atheism, which took place in Washington, D.C., in 2007. Among the vast range of ideas and questions they discuss: Is it ever possible to win a war of ideas? Is spirituality the preserve of the religious? And, are there any truths you would rather not know?”—The Bookseller (UK) (starred review) “If thinking were a sport, these four would be national superstars—and reading The Four Horsemen feels like having a front-row seat at the all-star game. This is more than a book about atheism and religion—it’s a lesson in how to use our intellect to cut through the haze of delusion and misconception inherent in any human society.”—Tim Urban, writer of Wait But Why?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Four Horsemen: The Conversation That Sparked an Atheist Revolution
Author: Daniel Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens
Narrator: Daniel C. Dennett, Sam Harris, Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, Stephen Fry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2007, Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris, and Daniel Dennett filmed a landmark discussion about modern atheism. The video went viral. Now in print for the first time, the transcript of their conversation is illuminated by new essays from three of the original participants and an introduction by Stephen Fry. At the dawn of the new atheist movement, the thinkers who became known as “the four horsemen,” the heralds of religion&amp;#039;s unraveling—Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris, and Daniel Dennett—sat down together over cocktails. What followed was a rigorous, pathbreaking, and enthralling exchange, which has been viewed millions of times since it was first posted on YouTube. This is intellectual inquiry at its best: exhilarating, funny, and unpredictable, sincere and probing, reminding us just how varied and colorful the threads of modern atheism are. Here is the transcript of that conversation, in print for the first time, augmented by material from the living participants: Dawkins, Harris, and Dennett. These new essays, introduced by Stephen Fry, mark the evolution of their thinking and highlight particularly resonant aspects of this epic exchange. Each man contends with the most fundamental questions of human existence while challenging the others to articulate their own stance on God and religion, cultural criticism, spirituality, debate with people of faith, and the components of a truly ethical life. Read by Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris, Daniel C. Dennett, Christopher Hitchens, and Stephen Fry. Advance praise for The Four Horsemen “The full, electrifying transcript of the one and only conversation between the quartet of luminaries dubbed the ‘four horsemen’ of the New Atheism, which took place in Washington, D.C., in 2007. Among the vast range of ideas and questions they discuss: Is it ever possible to win a war of ideas? Is spirituality the preserve of the religious? And, are there any truths you would rather not know?”—The Bookseller (UK) (starred review) “If thinking were a sport, these four would be national superstars—and reading The Four Horsemen feels like having a front-row seat at the all-star game. This is more than a book about atheism and religion—it’s a lesson in how to use our intellect to cut through the haze of delusion and misconception inherent in any human society.”—Tim Urban, writer of Wait But Why?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Lot of People Are Saying: The New Conspiracism and the Assault on Democracy by Nancy L. Rosenblum, Russell Muirhead</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373880</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Lot of People Are Saying: The New Conspiracism and the Assault on Democracy
Author: Nancy L. Rosenblum, Russell Muirhead
Narrator: Katherine Fenton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Katherine Fenton reveals how the new conspiracists are undermining democracy—and explains what can be done about it Conspiracy theories are as old as politics. But conspiracists today have introduced something new—conspiracy without theory. And the new conspiracism has moved from the fringes to the heart of government with the election of Donald Trump. In A Lot of People Are Saying, Russell Muirhead and Nancy Rosenblum show how the new conspiracism differs from classic conspiracy theory, why so few officials speak truth to conspiracy, and what needs to be done to resist it. Classic conspiracy theory insists that things are not what they seem and gathers evidence—especially facts ominously withheld by official sources—to tease out secret machinations. The new conspiracism is different. There is no demand for evidence, no dots revealed to form a pattern, no close examination of shadowy plotters. Dispensing with the burden of explanation, the new conspiracism imposes its own reality through repetition (exemplified by the Trump catchphrase &amp;#039;a lot of people are saying&amp;#039;) and bare assertion (&amp;#039;rigged!&amp;#039;). The new conspiracism targets democratic foundations—political parties and knowledge-producing institutions. It makes it more difficult to argue, persuade, negotiate, compromise, and even to disagree. Ultimately, it delegitimates democracy. Filled with vivid examples, A Lot of People Are Saying diagnoses a defining and disorienting feature of today&amp;#039;s politics and offers a guide to responding to the threat.</description>
      <author>Nancy L. Rosenblum, Russell Muirhead</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691193465.mp3" length="1300534" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373880</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691193465.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Lot of People Are Saying: The New Conspiracism and the Assault on Democracy
Author: Nancy L. Rosenblum, Russell Muirhead
Narrator: Katherine Fenton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Katherine Fenton reveals how the new conspiracists are undermining democracy—and explains what can be done about it Conspiracy theories are as old as politics. But conspiracists today have introduced something new—conspiracy without theory. And the new conspiracism has moved from the fringes to the heart of government with the election of Donald Trump. In A Lot of People Are Saying, Russell Muirhead and Nancy Rosenblum show how the new conspiracism differs from classic conspiracy theory, why so few officials speak truth to conspiracy, and what needs to be done to resist it. Classic conspiracy theory insists that things are not what they seem and gathers evidence—especially facts ominously withheld by official sources—to tease out secret machinations. The new conspiracism is different. There is no demand for evidence, no dots revealed to form a pattern, no close examination of shadowy plotters. Dispensing with the burden of explanation, the new conspiracism imposes its own reality through repetition (exemplified by the Trump catchphrase &amp;#039;a lot of people are saying&amp;#039;) and bare assertion (&amp;#039;rigged!&amp;#039;). The new conspiracism targets democratic foundations—political parties and knowledge-producing institutions. It makes it more difficult to argue, persuade, negotiate, compromise, and even to disagree. Ultimately, it delegitimates democracy. Filled with vivid examples, A Lot of People Are Saying diagnoses a defining and disorienting feature of today&amp;#039;s politics and offers a guide to responding to the threat.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Lot of People Are Saying: The New Conspiracism and the Assault on Democracy
Author: Nancy L. Rosenblum, Russell Muirhead
Narrator: Katherine Fenton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Katherine Fenton reveals how the new conspiracists are undermining democracy—and explains what can be done about it Conspiracy theories are as old as politics. But conspiracists today have introduced something new—conspiracy without theory. And the new conspiracism has moved from the fringes to the heart of government with the election of Donald Trump. In A Lot of People Are Saying, Russell Muirhead and Nancy Rosenblum show how the new conspiracism differs from classic conspiracy theory, why so few officials speak truth to conspiracy, and what needs to be done to resist it. Classic conspiracy theory insists that things are not what they seem and gathers evidence—especially facts ominously withheld by official sources—to tease out secret machinations. The new conspiracism is different. There is no demand for evidence, no dots revealed to form a pattern, no close examination of shadowy plotters. Dispensing with the burden of explanation, the new conspiracism imposes its own reality through repetition (exemplified by the Trump catchphrase &amp;#039;a lot of people are saying&amp;#039;) and bare assertion (&amp;#039;rigged!&amp;#039;). The new conspiracism targets democratic foundations—political parties and knowledge-producing institutions. It makes it more difficult to argue, persuade, negotiate, compromise, and even to disagree. Ultimately, it delegitimates democracy. Filled with vivid examples, A Lot of People Are Saying diagnoses a defining and disorienting feature of today&amp;#039;s politics and offers a guide to responding to the threat.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beauty: A Very Short Introduction by Roger Scruton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370410</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beauty: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Roger Scruton
Narrator: Chris Macdonnell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Beauty can be consoling, disturbing, sacred, profane; it can be exhilarating, appealing, inspiring, chilling. It can affect us in an unlimited variety of ways. Yet it is never viewed with indifference. In this Very Short Introduction, the renowned philosopher Roger Scruton explores the concept of beauty, asking what makes an object—either in art, in nature, or the human form—beautiful, and examining how we can compare differing judgments of beauty when it is evident all around us that our tastes vary so widely. Is there a right judgment to be made about beauty? Is it right to say there is more beauty in a classical temple than a concrete office block, more in a Rembrandt than in an Andy Warhol Campbell Soup Can? Forthright and thought-provoking, and as accessible as it is intellectually rigorous, this introduction to the philosophy of beauty draws conclusions that some may find controversial, but, as Scruton shows, help us to find greater sense of meaning in the beautiful objects that fill our lives.</description>
      <author>Roger Scruton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977345929.mp3" length="8412526" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370410</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977345929.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beauty: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Roger Scruton
Narrator: Chris Macdonnell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Beauty can be consoling, disturbing, sacred, profane; it can be exhilarating, appealing, inspiring, chilling. It can affect us in an unlimited variety of ways. Yet it is never viewed with indifference. In this Very Short Introduction, the renowned philosopher Roger Scruton explores the concept of beauty, asking what makes an object—either in art, in nature, or the human form—beautiful, and examining how we can compare differing judgments of beauty when it is evident all around us that our tastes vary so widely. Is there a right judgment to be made about beauty? Is it right to say there is more beauty in a classical temple than a concrete office block, more in a Rembrandt than in an Andy Warhol Campbell Soup Can? Forthright and thought-provoking, and as accessible as it is intellectually rigorous, this introduction to the philosophy of beauty draws conclusions that some may find controversial, but, as Scruton shows, help us to find greater sense of meaning in the beautiful objects that fill our lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beauty: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Roger Scruton
Narrator: Chris Macdonnell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Beauty can be consoling, disturbing, sacred, profane; it can be exhilarating, appealing, inspiring, chilling. It can affect us in an unlimited variety of ways. Yet it is never viewed with indifference. In this Very Short Introduction, the renowned philosopher Roger Scruton explores the concept of beauty, asking what makes an object—either in art, in nature, or the human form—beautiful, and examining how we can compare differing judgments of beauty when it is evident all around us that our tastes vary so widely. Is there a right judgment to be made about beauty? Is it right to say there is more beauty in a classical temple than a concrete office block, more in a Rembrandt than in an Andy Warhol Campbell Soup Can? Forthright and thought-provoking, and as accessible as it is intellectually rigorous, this introduction to the philosophy of beauty draws conclusions that some may find controversial, but, as Scruton shows, help us to find greater sense of meaning in the beautiful objects that fill our lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kinds of Minds: Toward an Understanding of Consciousness by Daniel C. Dennett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370264</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kinds of Minds: Toward an Understanding of Consciousness
Series: Part of Science Masters
Author: Daniel C. Dennett
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Combining ideas from philosophy, artificial intelligence, and neurobiology, Daniel Dennett leads the reader on a fascinating journey of inquiry, exploring such intriguing possibilities as: Can any of us really know what is going on in someone else&amp;#039;s mind? What distinguishes the human mind from the minds of animals, especially those capable of complex behavior? If such animals, for instance, were magically given the power of language, would their communities evolve an intelligence as subtly discriminating as ours? Will robots, once they have been endowed with sensory systems like those that provide us with experience, ever exhibit the particular traits long thought to distinguish the human mind, including the ability to think about thinking? Dennett addresses these questions from an evolutionary perspective. Beginning with the macromolecules of DNA and RNA, the author shows how, step-by-step, animal life moved from the simple ability to respond to frequently recurring environmental conditions to much more powerful ways of beating the odds, ways of using patterns of past experience to predict the future in never-before-encountered situations. Whether talking about robots whose video-camera &amp;#039;eyes&amp;#039; give us the powerful illusion that &amp;#039;there is somebody in there&amp;#039; or asking us to consider whether spiders are just tiny robots mindlessly spinning their webs of elegant design, Dennett is a master at finding and posing questions sure to stimulate and even disturb.</description>
      <author>Daniel C. Dennett</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 May 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781501996108.mp3" length="1480890" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370264</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781501996108.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kinds of Minds: Toward an Understanding of Consciousness
Series: Part of Science Masters
Author: Daniel C. Dennett
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Combining ideas from philosophy, artificial intelligence, and neurobiology, Daniel Dennett leads the reader on a fascinating journey of inquiry, exploring such intriguing possibilities as: Can any of us really know what is going on in someone else&amp;#039;s mind? What distinguishes the human mind from the minds of animals, especially those capable of complex behavior? If such animals, for instance, were magically given the power of language, would their communities evolve an intelligence as subtly discriminating as ours? Will robots, once they have been endowed with sensory systems like those that provide us with experience, ever exhibit the particular traits long thought to distinguish the human mind, including the ability to think about thinking? Dennett addresses these questions from an evolutionary perspective. Beginning with the macromolecules of DNA and RNA, the author shows how, step-by-step, animal life moved from the simple ability to respond to frequently recurring environmental conditions to much more powerful ways of beating the odds, ways of using patterns of past experience to predict the future in never-before-encountered situations. Whether talking about robots whose video-camera &amp;#039;eyes&amp;#039; give us the powerful illusion that &amp;#039;there is somebody in there&amp;#039; or asking us to consider whether spiders are just tiny robots mindlessly spinning their webs of elegant design, Dennett is a master at finding and posing questions sure to stimulate and even disturb.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kinds of Minds: Toward an Understanding of Consciousness
Series: Part of Science Masters
Author: Daniel C. Dennett
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Combining ideas from philosophy, artificial intelligence, and neurobiology, Daniel Dennett leads the reader on a fascinating journey of inquiry, exploring such intriguing possibilities as: Can any of us really know what is going on in someone else&amp;#039;s mind? What distinguishes the human mind from the minds of animals, especially those capable of complex behavior? If such animals, for instance, were magically given the power of language, would their communities evolve an intelligence as subtly discriminating as ours? Will robots, once they have been endowed with sensory systems like those that provide us with experience, ever exhibit the particular traits long thought to distinguish the human mind, including the ability to think about thinking? Dennett addresses these questions from an evolutionary perspective. Beginning with the macromolecules of DNA and RNA, the author shows how, step-by-step, animal life moved from the simple ability to respond to frequently recurring environmental conditions to much more powerful ways of beating the odds, ways of using patterns of past experience to predict the future in never-before-encountered situations. Whether talking about robots whose video-camera &amp;#039;eyes&amp;#039; give us the powerful illusion that &amp;#039;there is somebody in there&amp;#039; or asking us to consider whether spiders are just tiny robots mindlessly spinning their webs of elegant design, Dennett is a master at finding and posing questions sure to stimulate and even disturb.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Genesis: The Deep Origin of Societies by Edward O. Wilson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370208</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370208">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370208</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Genesis: The Deep Origin of Societies
Author: Edward O. Wilson
Narrator: Jonathan Hogan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Asserting that religious creeds and philosophical questions can be reduced to purely genetic and evolutionary components, and that the human body and mind have a physical base obedient to the laws of physics and chemistry, Genesis demonstrates that the only way for us to fully understand human behavior is to study the evolutionary histories of nonhuman species. Of these, Wilson demonstrates that at least seventeen?among them the African naked mole rat and the sponge- dwelling shrimp?have been found to have advanced societies based on altruism and cooperation. Whether writing about midges who &amp;#039;dance about like acrobats&amp;#039; or schools of anchovies who protectively huddle &amp;#039;to appear like a gigantic fish,&amp;#039; or proposing that human society owes a debt of gratitude to &amp;#039;postmenopausal grandmothers&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;childless homosexuals,&amp;#039; Genesis is a pithy yet path-breaking work of evolutionary theory, braiding twenty-first-century scientific theory with the lyrical biological and humanistic observations for which Wilson is known.</description>
      <author>Edward O. Wilson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980029779.mp3" length="1384766" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370208</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980029779.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370208">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370208</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Genesis: The Deep Origin of Societies
Author: Edward O. Wilson
Narrator: Jonathan Hogan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Asserting that religious creeds and philosophical questions can be reduced to purely genetic and evolutionary components, and that the human body and mind have a physical base obedient to the laws of physics and chemistry, Genesis demonstrates that the only way for us to fully understand human behavior is to study the evolutionary histories of nonhuman species. Of these, Wilson demonstrates that at least seventeen?among them the African naked mole rat and the sponge- dwelling shrimp?have been found to have advanced societies based on altruism and cooperation. Whether writing about midges who &amp;#039;dance about like acrobats&amp;#039; or schools of anchovies who protectively huddle &amp;#039;to appear like a gigantic fish,&amp;#039; or proposing that human society owes a debt of gratitude to &amp;#039;postmenopausal grandmothers&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;childless homosexuals,&amp;#039; Genesis is a pithy yet path-breaking work of evolutionary theory, braiding twenty-first-century scientific theory with the lyrical biological and humanistic observations for which Wilson is known.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370208">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370208</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Genesis: The Deep Origin of Societies
Author: Edward O. Wilson
Narrator: Jonathan Hogan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Asserting that religious creeds and philosophical questions can be reduced to purely genetic and evolutionary components, and that the human body and mind have a physical base obedient to the laws of physics and chemistry, Genesis demonstrates that the only way for us to fully understand human behavior is to study the evolutionary histories of nonhuman species. Of these, Wilson demonstrates that at least seventeen?among them the African naked mole rat and the sponge- dwelling shrimp?have been found to have advanced societies based on altruism and cooperation. Whether writing about midges who &amp;#039;dance about like acrobats&amp;#039; or schools of anchovies who protectively huddle &amp;#039;to appear like a gigantic fish,&amp;#039; or proposing that human society owes a debt of gratitude to &amp;#039;postmenopausal grandmothers&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;childless homosexuals,&amp;#039; Genesis is a pithy yet path-breaking work of evolutionary theory, braiding twenty-first-century scientific theory with the lyrical biological and humanistic observations for which Wilson is known.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Soul of Care: The Moral Education of a Husband and a Doctor by Arthur Kleinman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369784</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Soul of Care: The Moral Education of a Husband and a Doctor
Author: Arthur Kleinman
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A moving memoir and an extraordinary love story that shows how an expert physician became a family caregiver and learned why care is so central to all our lives and yet is at risk in today&amp;#039;s world. When Dr. Arthur Kleinman, an eminent Harvard psychiatrist and social anthropologist, began caring for his wife, Joan, after she was diagnosed with early-onset Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, he found just how far the act of caregiving extended beyond the boundaries of medicine. In The Soul of Care: The Moral Education of a Husband and a Doctor, Kleinman delivers a deeply humane and inspiring story of his life in medicine and his marriage to Joan, and he describes the practical, emotional and moral aspects of caretaking. He also writes about the problems our society faces as medical technology advances and the cost of health care soars but caring for patients no longer seems important. Caregiving is long, hard, unglamorous work--at moments joyous, more often tedious, sometimes agonizing, but it is always rich in meaning. In the face of our current political indifference and the challenge to the health care system, he emphasizes how we must ask uncomfortable questions of ourselves, and of our doctors. To give care, to be &amp;#039;present&amp;#039; for someone who needs us, and to feel and show kindness are deep emotional and moral experiences, enactments of our core values. The practice of caregiving teaches us what is most important in life, and reveals the very heart of what it is to be human.</description>
      <author>Arthur Kleinman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593149270.mp3" length="2544882" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369784</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593149270.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Soul of Care: The Moral Education of a Husband and a Doctor
Author: Arthur Kleinman
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A moving memoir and an extraordinary love story that shows how an expert physician became a family caregiver and learned why care is so central to all our lives and yet is at risk in today&amp;#039;s world. When Dr. Arthur Kleinman, an eminent Harvard psychiatrist and social anthropologist, began caring for his wife, Joan, after she was diagnosed with early-onset Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, he found just how far the act of caregiving extended beyond the boundaries of medicine. In The Soul of Care: The Moral Education of a Husband and a Doctor, Kleinman delivers a deeply humane and inspiring story of his life in medicine and his marriage to Joan, and he describes the practical, emotional and moral aspects of caretaking. He also writes about the problems our society faces as medical technology advances and the cost of health care soars but caring for patients no longer seems important. Caregiving is long, hard, unglamorous work--at moments joyous, more often tedious, sometimes agonizing, but it is always rich in meaning. In the face of our current political indifference and the challenge to the health care system, he emphasizes how we must ask uncomfortable questions of ourselves, and of our doctors. To give care, to be &amp;#039;present&amp;#039; for someone who needs us, and to feel and show kindness are deep emotional and moral experiences, enactments of our core values. The practice of caregiving teaches us what is most important in life, and reveals the very heart of what it is to be human.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Soul of Care: The Moral Education of a Husband and a Doctor
Author: Arthur Kleinman
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A moving memoir and an extraordinary love story that shows how an expert physician became a family caregiver and learned why care is so central to all our lives and yet is at risk in today&amp;#039;s world. When Dr. Arthur Kleinman, an eminent Harvard psychiatrist and social anthropologist, began caring for his wife, Joan, after she was diagnosed with early-onset Alzheimer&amp;#039;s disease, he found just how far the act of caregiving extended beyond the boundaries of medicine. In The Soul of Care: The Moral Education of a Husband and a Doctor, Kleinman delivers a deeply humane and inspiring story of his life in medicine and his marriage to Joan, and he describes the practical, emotional and moral aspects of caretaking. He also writes about the problems our society faces as medical technology advances and the cost of health care soars but caring for patients no longer seems important. Caregiving is long, hard, unglamorous work--at moments joyous, more often tedious, sometimes agonizing, but it is always rich in meaning. In the face of our current political indifference and the challenge to the health care system, he emphasizes how we must ask uncomfortable questions of ourselves, and of our doctors. To give care, to be &amp;#039;present&amp;#039; for someone who needs us, and to feel and show kindness are deep emotional and moral experiences, enactments of our core values. The practice of caregiving teaches us what is most important in life, and reveals the very heart of what it is to be human.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Just Giving: Why Philanthropy Is Failing Democracy and How It Can Do Better by Rob Reich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369566</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Giving: Why Philanthropy Is Failing Democracy and How It Can Do Better
Author: Rob Reich
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Is philanthropy, by its very nature, a threat to today&amp;#039;s democracy? Though we may laud wealthy individuals who give away their money for society&amp;#039;s benefit, Just Giving shows how such generosity not only isn&amp;#039;t the unassailable good we think it to be but might also undermine democratic values and set back aspirations of justice. Big philanthropy is often an exercise of power, the conversion of private assets into public influence. And it is a form of power that is largely unaccountable, often perpetual, and lavishly tax-advantaged. The affluent—and their foundations—reap vast benefits even as they influence policy without accountability. And small philanthropy, or ordinary charitable giving, can be problematic as well. Charity, it turns out, does surprisingly little to provide for those in need and sometimes worsens inequality. These outcomes are shaped by the policies that define and structure philanthropy. When, how much, and to whom people give is influenced by laws governing everything from the creation of foundations and nonprofits to generous tax exemptions for donations of money and property. Rob Reich asks: What attitude and what policies should democracies have concerning individuals who give money away for public purposes?</description>
      <author>Rob Reich</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977343970.mp3" length="2839786" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369566</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977343970.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Giving: Why Philanthropy Is Failing Democracy and How It Can Do Better
Author: Rob Reich
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Is philanthropy, by its very nature, a threat to today&amp;#039;s democracy? Though we may laud wealthy individuals who give away their money for society&amp;#039;s benefit, Just Giving shows how such generosity not only isn&amp;#039;t the unassailable good we think it to be but might also undermine democratic values and set back aspirations of justice. Big philanthropy is often an exercise of power, the conversion of private assets into public influence. And it is a form of power that is largely unaccountable, often perpetual, and lavishly tax-advantaged. The affluent—and their foundations—reap vast benefits even as they influence policy without accountability. And small philanthropy, or ordinary charitable giving, can be problematic as well. Charity, it turns out, does surprisingly little to provide for those in need and sometimes worsens inequality. These outcomes are shaped by the policies that define and structure philanthropy. When, how much, and to whom people give is influenced by laws governing everything from the creation of foundations and nonprofits to generous tax exemptions for donations of money and property. Rob Reich asks: What attitude and what policies should democracies have concerning individuals who give money away for public purposes?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Giving: Why Philanthropy Is Failing Democracy and How It Can Do Better
Author: Rob Reich
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Is philanthropy, by its very nature, a threat to today&amp;#039;s democracy? Though we may laud wealthy individuals who give away their money for society&amp;#039;s benefit, Just Giving shows how such generosity not only isn&amp;#039;t the unassailable good we think it to be but might also undermine democratic values and set back aspirations of justice. Big philanthropy is often an exercise of power, the conversion of private assets into public influence. And it is a form of power that is largely unaccountable, often perpetual, and lavishly tax-advantaged. The affluent—and their foundations—reap vast benefits even as they influence policy without accountability. And small philanthropy, or ordinary charitable giving, can be problematic as well. Charity, it turns out, does surprisingly little to provide for those in need and sometimes worsens inequality. These outcomes are shaped by the policies that define and structure philanthropy. When, how much, and to whom people give is influenced by laws governing everything from the creation of foundations and nonprofits to generous tax exemptions for donations of money and property. Rob Reich asks: What attitude and what policies should democracies have concerning individuals who give money away for public purposes?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Heretic&amp;#039;s Handbook by Jonathan Black</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369488</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369488">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369488</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Heretic&amp;#039;s Handbook
Author: Jonathan Black
Narrator: Simon Mattacks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a universe where mind has power over matter—in a world where conventional, common-sense wisdom cannot help us achieve our highest desires or escape our deepest fears—we need to look to the wisdom of the ancients. In The Heretic’s Handbook, the internationally bestselling author of The Secret History of the World has collected and codified ancient, secret wisdom from around the world, formulating a complete philosophy on how to live a happy and successful life. An acclaimed author and public speaker, Black shows how this body of knowledge has been declared ‘heretical’ both by the established church and by today’s atheistic intellectual elite. Finally, he outlines in the clearest terms possible the supernatural laws that govern our universe, and describes rules for living that take us beyond consensual thought, rules that may at first seem crazy, even dangerous, but which contain the secrets for achieving success, happiness and a higher state of being.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Black</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781721373895.mp3" length="1439349" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369488</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781721373895.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369488">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369488</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Heretic&amp;#039;s Handbook
Author: Jonathan Black
Narrator: Simon Mattacks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a universe where mind has power over matter—in a world where conventional, common-sense wisdom cannot help us achieve our highest desires or escape our deepest fears—we need to look to the wisdom of the ancients. In The Heretic’s Handbook, the internationally bestselling author of The Secret History of the World has collected and codified ancient, secret wisdom from around the world, formulating a complete philosophy on how to live a happy and successful life. An acclaimed author and public speaker, Black shows how this body of knowledge has been declared ‘heretical’ both by the established church and by today’s atheistic intellectual elite. Finally, he outlines in the clearest terms possible the supernatural laws that govern our universe, and describes rules for living that take us beyond consensual thought, rules that may at first seem crazy, even dangerous, but which contain the secrets for achieving success, happiness and a higher state of being.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369488">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369488</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Heretic&amp;#039;s Handbook
Author: Jonathan Black
Narrator: Simon Mattacks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a universe where mind has power over matter—in a world where conventional, common-sense wisdom cannot help us achieve our highest desires or escape our deepest fears—we need to look to the wisdom of the ancients. In The Heretic’s Handbook, the internationally bestselling author of The Secret History of the World has collected and codified ancient, secret wisdom from around the world, formulating a complete philosophy on how to live a happy and successful life. An acclaimed author and public speaker, Black shows how this body of knowledge has been declared ‘heretical’ both by the established church and by today’s atheistic intellectual elite. Finally, he outlines in the clearest terms possible the supernatural laws that govern our universe, and describes rules for living that take us beyond consensual thought, rules that may at first seem crazy, even dangerous, but which contain the secrets for achieving success, happiness and a higher state of being.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El poder y la palabra (edición definitiva avalada por The Orwell Estate): 10 ensayos sobre lenguaje, política y verdad by George Orwell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369451</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El poder y la palabra (edición definitiva avalada por The Orwell Estate): 10 ensayos sobre lenguaje, política y verdad
Author: George Orwell
Narrator: Miquel Berga, Alfons Vallés
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El audiolibro de El poder y la palabra reúne diez ensayos de George Orwell que dan vuelta al concepto de verdad y al uso perverso del lenguaje político.  « En una época de engaño universal, decir la verdad es un acto revolucionario.»  Los ensayos políticos de George Orwell son una de las mejores fuentes de resistencia contra el uso corrupto del lenguaje y las versiones manipuladas de la realidad. Su pasión por la verdad y su esfuerzo infatigable por desmantelar las mentiras le convierten en una referencia inexcusable en estos atribulados tiempos.  Los mejores autores del siglo XX disponibles para escuchar donde quieras.</description>
      <author>George Orwell</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Feb 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788417636111.mp3" length="1448722" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369451</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788417636111.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El poder y la palabra (edición definitiva avalada por The Orwell Estate): 10 ensayos sobre lenguaje, política y verdad
Author: George Orwell
Narrator: Miquel Berga, Alfons Vallés
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El audiolibro de El poder y la palabra reúne diez ensayos de George Orwell que dan vuelta al concepto de verdad y al uso perverso del lenguaje político.  « En una época de engaño universal, decir la verdad es un acto revolucionario.»  Los ensayos políticos de George Orwell son una de las mejores fuentes de resistencia contra el uso corrupto del lenguaje y las versiones manipuladas de la realidad. Su pasión por la verdad y su esfuerzo infatigable por desmantelar las mentiras le convierten en una referencia inexcusable en estos atribulados tiempos.  Los mejores autores del siglo XX disponibles para escuchar donde quieras.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El poder y la palabra (edición definitiva avalada por The Orwell Estate): 10 ensayos sobre lenguaje, política y verdad
Author: George Orwell
Narrator: Miquel Berga, Alfons Vallés
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El audiolibro de El poder y la palabra reúne diez ensayos de George Orwell que dan vuelta al concepto de verdad y al uso perverso del lenguaje político.  « En una época de engaño universal, decir la verdad es un acto revolucionario.»  Los ensayos políticos de George Orwell son una de las mejores fuentes de resistencia contra el uso corrupto del lenguaje y las versiones manipuladas de la realidad. Su pasión por la verdad y su esfuerzo infatigable por desmantelar las mentiras le convierten en una referencia inexcusable en estos atribulados tiempos.  Los mejores autores del siglo XX disponibles para escuchar donde quieras.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Consolation of Philosophy by Boethius</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369363</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Consolation of Philosophy
Author: Boethius
Narrator: Peter Wickham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Charged with treason under Theodoric the Great in sixth-century Rome, Boethius served one year&amp;#039;s imprisonment, awaiting trial and eventual execution. During this time, he wrote The Consolation of Philosophy, which would go on to be one of the most popular philosophical works of all time, contributing much to medieval thought and influencing the likes of Dante and Chaucer, as well as Renaissance writers such as Milton and Shakespeare. Grieving over the injustice of his imprisonment, Boethius meditates on the nature of God, the fickleness of Fortune, the idea of free will, why bad things happen to good people, and the nature of happiness. His arguments take the form of a rich and exquisite dialogue between himself and Lady Philosophy, and make many allusions to classical Greek and Roman literature in an attempt to create a coherent philosophy that supports his world view. It has been declared a &amp;#039;golden volume not unworthy of the leisure of Plato or Tully&amp;#039; (Edward Gibbon). **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**</description>
      <author>Boethius</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Feb 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781982167.mp3" length="798963" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369363</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781982167.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Consolation of Philosophy
Author: Boethius
Narrator: Peter Wickham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Charged with treason under Theodoric the Great in sixth-century Rome, Boethius served one year&amp;#039;s imprisonment, awaiting trial and eventual execution. During this time, he wrote The Consolation of Philosophy, which would go on to be one of the most popular philosophical works of all time, contributing much to medieval thought and influencing the likes of Dante and Chaucer, as well as Renaissance writers such as Milton and Shakespeare. Grieving over the injustice of his imprisonment, Boethius meditates on the nature of God, the fickleness of Fortune, the idea of free will, why bad things happen to good people, and the nature of happiness. His arguments take the form of a rich and exquisite dialogue between himself and Lady Philosophy, and make many allusions to classical Greek and Roman literature in an attempt to create a coherent philosophy that supports his world view. It has been declared a &amp;#039;golden volume not unworthy of the leisure of Plato or Tully&amp;#039; (Edward Gibbon). **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Consolation of Philosophy
Author: Boethius
Narrator: Peter Wickham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Charged with treason under Theodoric the Great in sixth-century Rome, Boethius served one year&amp;#039;s imprisonment, awaiting trial and eventual execution. During this time, he wrote The Consolation of Philosophy, which would go on to be one of the most popular philosophical works of all time, contributing much to medieval thought and influencing the likes of Dante and Chaucer, as well as Renaissance writers such as Milton and Shakespeare. Grieving over the injustice of his imprisonment, Boethius meditates on the nature of God, the fickleness of Fortune, the idea of free will, why bad things happen to good people, and the nature of happiness. His arguments take the form of a rich and exquisite dialogue between himself and Lady Philosophy, and make many allusions to classical Greek and Roman literature in an attempt to create a coherent philosophy that supports his world view. It has been declared a &amp;#039;golden volume not unworthy of the leisure of Plato or Tully&amp;#039; (Edward Gibbon). **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Widen the Window: Training Your Brain and Body to Thrive During Stress and Recover from Trauma by Elizabeth A. Stanley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369290</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Widen the Window: Training Your Brain and Body to Thrive During Stress and Recover from Trauma
Author: Elizabeth A. Stanley
Narrator: Elizabeth A. Stanley, Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;I don&amp;#039;t think I&amp;#039;ve ever read a book that paints such a complex and accurate landscape of what it is like to live with the legacy of trauma as this book does, while offering a comprehensive approach to healing.&amp;#039; --from the foreword by Bessel van der Kolk A pioneering researcher gives us a new understanding of stress and trauma, as well as the tools to heal and thrive Stress is our internal response to an experience that our brain perceives as threatening or challenging. Trauma is our response to an experience in which we feel powerless or lacking agency. Until now, researchers have treated these conditions as different, but they actually lie along a continuum. Dr. Elizabeth Stanley explains the significance of this continuum, how it affects our resilience in the face of challenge, and why an event that&amp;#039;s stressful for one person can be traumatizing for another. This groundbreaking book examines the cultural norms that impede resilience in America, especially our collective tendency to disconnect stress from its potentially extreme consequences and override our need to recover. It explains the science of how to direct our attention to perform under stress and recover from trauma.  With training, we can access agency, even in extreme-stress environments. In fact, any maladaptive behavior or response conditioned through stress or trauma can, with intentionality and understanding, be reconditioned and healed. The key is to use strategies that access not just the thinking brain but also the survival brain.  By directing our attention in particular ways, we can widen the window within which our thinking brain and survival brain work together cooperatively. When we use awareness to regulate our biology this way, we can access our best, uniquely human qualities: our compassion, courage, curiosity, creativity, and connection with others. By building our resilience, we can train ourselves to make wise decisions and access choice--even during times of incredible stress, uncertainty, and change. With stories from men and women Dr. Stanley has trained in settings as varied as military bases, healthcare facilities, and Capitol Hill, as well as her own striking experiences with stress and trauma, she gives readers hands-on strategies they can use themselves, whether they want to perform under pressure or heal from traumatic experience, while at the same time pointing our understanding in a new direction.</description>
      <author>Elizabeth A. Stanley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593151822.mp3" length="2697004" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369290</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593151822.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Widen the Window: Training Your Brain and Body to Thrive During Stress and Recover from Trauma
Author: Elizabeth A. Stanley
Narrator: Elizabeth A. Stanley, Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;I don&amp;#039;t think I&amp;#039;ve ever read a book that paints such a complex and accurate landscape of what it is like to live with the legacy of trauma as this book does, while offering a comprehensive approach to healing.&amp;#039; --from the foreword by Bessel van der Kolk A pioneering researcher gives us a new understanding of stress and trauma, as well as the tools to heal and thrive Stress is our internal response to an experience that our brain perceives as threatening or challenging. Trauma is our response to an experience in which we feel powerless or lacking agency. Until now, researchers have treated these conditions as different, but they actually lie along a continuum. Dr. Elizabeth Stanley explains the significance of this continuum, how it affects our resilience in the face of challenge, and why an event that&amp;#039;s stressful for one person can be traumatizing for another. This groundbreaking book examines the cultural norms that impede resilience in America, especially our collective tendency to disconnect stress from its potentially extreme consequences and override our need to recover. It explains the science of how to direct our attention to perform under stress and recover from trauma.  With training, we can access agency, even in extreme-stress environments. In fact, any maladaptive behavior or response conditioned through stress or trauma can, with intentionality and understanding, be reconditioned and healed. The key is to use strategies that access not just the thinking brain but also the survival brain.  By directing our attention in particular ways, we can widen the window within which our thinking brain and survival brain work together cooperatively. When we use awareness to regulate our biology this way, we can access our best, uniquely human qualities: our compassion, courage, curiosity, creativity, and connection with others. By building our resilience, we can train ourselves to make wise decisions and access choice--even during times of incredible stress, uncertainty, and change. With stories from men and women Dr. Stanley has trained in settings as varied as military bases, healthcare facilities, and Capitol Hill, as well as her own striking experiences with stress and trauma, she gives readers hands-on strategies they can use themselves, whether they want to perform under pressure or heal from traumatic experience, while at the same time pointing our understanding in a new direction.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Widen the Window: Training Your Brain and Body to Thrive During Stress and Recover from Trauma
Author: Elizabeth A. Stanley
Narrator: Elizabeth A. Stanley, Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;I don&amp;#039;t think I&amp;#039;ve ever read a book that paints such a complex and accurate landscape of what it is like to live with the legacy of trauma as this book does, while offering a comprehensive approach to healing.&amp;#039; --from the foreword by Bessel van der Kolk A pioneering researcher gives us a new understanding of stress and trauma, as well as the tools to heal and thrive Stress is our internal response to an experience that our brain perceives as threatening or challenging. Trauma is our response to an experience in which we feel powerless or lacking agency. Until now, researchers have treated these conditions as different, but they actually lie along a continuum. Dr. Elizabeth Stanley explains the significance of this continuum, how it affects our resilience in the face of challenge, and why an event that&amp;#039;s stressful for one person can be traumatizing for another. This groundbreaking book examines the cultural norms that impede resilience in America, especially our collective tendency to disconnect stress from its potentially extreme consequences and override our need to recover. It explains the science of how to direct our attention to perform under stress and recover from trauma.  With training, we can access agency, even in extreme-stress environments. In fact, any maladaptive behavior or response conditioned through stress or trauma can, with intentionality and understanding, be reconditioned and healed. The key is to use strategies that access not just the thinking brain but also the survival brain.  By directing our attention in particular ways, we can widen the window within which our thinking brain and survival brain work together cooperatively. When we use awareness to regulate our biology this way, we can access our best, uniquely human qualities: our compassion, courage, curiosity, creativity, and connection with others. By building our resilience, we can train ourselves to make wise decisions and access choice--even during times of incredible stress, uncertainty, and change. With stories from men and women Dr. Stanley has trained in settings as varied as military bases, healthcare facilities, and Capitol Hill, as well as her own striking experiences with stress and trauma, she gives readers hands-on strategies they can use themselves, whether they want to perform under pressure or heal from traumatic experience, while at the same time pointing our understanding in a new direction.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>For Small Creatures Such as We: Rituals for Finding Meaning in Our Unlikely World by Sasha Sagan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369280</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For Small Creatures Such as We: Rituals for Finding Meaning in Our Unlikely World
Author: Sasha Sagan
Narrator: Sasha Sagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;A charming book, ringing with the joy of existence.&amp;#039; -- Richard Dawkins &amp;#039;This lyrical exploration of how we can find beauty in the natural world comes from the daughter of Carl Sagan . . . A wonderful gift for your favorite reader.&amp;#039; --Good Housekeeping The perfect gift for a loved one or for yourself, For Small Creatures Such as We is part memoir, part guidebook, and part social history, a luminous celebration of Earth&amp;#039;s marvels that require no faith in order to be believed. Sasha Sagan was raised by secular parents, the astronomer Carl Sagan and the writer and producer Ann Druyan. They taught her that the natural world and vast cosmos are full of profound beauty, that science reveals truths more wondrous than any myth or fable.  When Sagan herself became a mother, she began her own hunt for the natural phenomena behind our most treasured occasions--from births to deaths, holidays to weddings, anniversaries, and more--growing these roots into a new set of rituals for her young daughter that honor the joy and significance of each experience without relying on religious framework. As Sagan shares these rituals, For Small Creatures Such as We becomes a moving tribute to a father, a newborn daughter, a marriage, and the natural world--a celebration of life itself, and the power of our families and beliefs to bring us together.</description>
      <author>Sasha Sagan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593107126.mp3" length="2768732" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369280</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593107126.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For Small Creatures Such as We: Rituals for Finding Meaning in Our Unlikely World
Author: Sasha Sagan
Narrator: Sasha Sagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;A charming book, ringing with the joy of existence.&amp;#039; -- Richard Dawkins &amp;#039;This lyrical exploration of how we can find beauty in the natural world comes from the daughter of Carl Sagan . . . A wonderful gift for your favorite reader.&amp;#039; --Good Housekeeping The perfect gift for a loved one or for yourself, For Small Creatures Such as We is part memoir, part guidebook, and part social history, a luminous celebration of Earth&amp;#039;s marvels that require no faith in order to be believed. Sasha Sagan was raised by secular parents, the astronomer Carl Sagan and the writer and producer Ann Druyan. They taught her that the natural world and vast cosmos are full of profound beauty, that science reveals truths more wondrous than any myth or fable.  When Sagan herself became a mother, she began her own hunt for the natural phenomena behind our most treasured occasions--from births to deaths, holidays to weddings, anniversaries, and more--growing these roots into a new set of rituals for her young daughter that honor the joy and significance of each experience without relying on religious framework. As Sagan shares these rituals, For Small Creatures Such as We becomes a moving tribute to a father, a newborn daughter, a marriage, and the natural world--a celebration of life itself, and the power of our families and beliefs to bring us together.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For Small Creatures Such as We: Rituals for Finding Meaning in Our Unlikely World
Author: Sasha Sagan
Narrator: Sasha Sagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;A charming book, ringing with the joy of existence.&amp;#039; -- Richard Dawkins &amp;#039;This lyrical exploration of how we can find beauty in the natural world comes from the daughter of Carl Sagan . . . A wonderful gift for your favorite reader.&amp;#039; --Good Housekeeping The perfect gift for a loved one or for yourself, For Small Creatures Such as We is part memoir, part guidebook, and part social history, a luminous celebration of Earth&amp;#039;s marvels that require no faith in order to be believed. Sasha Sagan was raised by secular parents, the astronomer Carl Sagan and the writer and producer Ann Druyan. They taught her that the natural world and vast cosmos are full of profound beauty, that science reveals truths more wondrous than any myth or fable.  When Sagan herself became a mother, she began her own hunt for the natural phenomena behind our most treasured occasions--from births to deaths, holidays to weddings, anniversaries, and more--growing these roots into a new set of rituals for her young daughter that honor the joy and significance of each experience without relying on religious framework. As Sagan shares these rituals, For Small Creatures Such as We becomes a moving tribute to a father, a newborn daughter, a marriage, and the natural world--a celebration of life itself, and the power of our families and beliefs to bring us together.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Common Rule: Habits of Purpose for an Age of Distraction by Justin Whitmel Earley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369226</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Common Rule: Habits of Purpose for an Age of Distraction
Author: Justin Whitmel Earley
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Habits form us more than we form them. The modern world is a machine of a thousand invisible habits, forming us into anxious, busy, and depressed people. We yearn for the freedom and peace of the gospel, but remain addicted to our technology, shackled by our screens, and exhausted by our routines. But because our habits are the water we swim in, they are almost invisible to us. What can we do about it? The answer to our contemporary chaos is to practice a rule of life that aligns our habits to our beliefs. The Common Rule offers four daily and four weekly habits, designed to help us create new routines and transform frazzled days into lives of love for God and neighbor. Justin Earley provides concrete, doable practices, such as a daily hour of phoneless presence or a weekly conversation with a friend. These habits are “common” not only because they are ordinary, but also because they can be practiced in community. They have been lived out by people across all walks of life?businesspeople, professionals, parents, students, retirees?who have discovered new hope and purpose. As you embark on these life-giving practices, you will find the freedom and rest for your soul that comes from aligning belief in Jesus with the practices of Jesus.</description>
      <author>Justin Whitmel Earley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545911723.mp3" length="1272134" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369226</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545911723.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Common Rule: Habits of Purpose for an Age of Distraction
Author: Justin Whitmel Earley
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Habits form us more than we form them. The modern world is a machine of a thousand invisible habits, forming us into anxious, busy, and depressed people. We yearn for the freedom and peace of the gospel, but remain addicted to our technology, shackled by our screens, and exhausted by our routines. But because our habits are the water we swim in, they are almost invisible to us. What can we do about it? The answer to our contemporary chaos is to practice a rule of life that aligns our habits to our beliefs. The Common Rule offers four daily and four weekly habits, designed to help us create new routines and transform frazzled days into lives of love for God and neighbor. Justin Earley provides concrete, doable practices, such as a daily hour of phoneless presence or a weekly conversation with a friend. These habits are “common” not only because they are ordinary, but also because they can be practiced in community. They have been lived out by people across all walks of life?businesspeople, professionals, parents, students, retirees?who have discovered new hope and purpose. As you embark on these life-giving practices, you will find the freedom and rest for your soul that comes from aligning belief in Jesus with the practices of Jesus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Common Rule: Habits of Purpose for an Age of Distraction
Author: Justin Whitmel Earley
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Habits form us more than we form them. The modern world is a machine of a thousand invisible habits, forming us into anxious, busy, and depressed people. We yearn for the freedom and peace of the gospel, but remain addicted to our technology, shackled by our screens, and exhausted by our routines. But because our habits are the water we swim in, they are almost invisible to us. What can we do about it? The answer to our contemporary chaos is to practice a rule of life that aligns our habits to our beliefs. The Common Rule offers four daily and four weekly habits, designed to help us create new routines and transform frazzled days into lives of love for God and neighbor. Justin Earley provides concrete, doable practices, such as a daily hour of phoneless presence or a weekly conversation with a friend. These habits are “common” not only because they are ordinary, but also because they can be practiced in community. They have been lived out by people across all walks of life?businesspeople, professionals, parents, students, retirees?who have discovered new hope and purpose. As you embark on these life-giving practices, you will find the freedom and rest for your soul that comes from aligning belief in Jesus with the practices of Jesus.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Irrationality: A History of the Dark Side of Reason by Justin Smith-Ruiu</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369211</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Irrationality: A History of the Dark Side of Reason
Author: Justin Smith-Ruiu
Narrator: Jeff Harding
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Jeff Harding reveals the surprising ways the pursuit of rationality leads to an explosion of irrationality It&amp;#039;s a story we can&amp;#039;t stop telling ourselves. Once, humans were benighted by superstition and irrationality, but then the Greeks invented reason. Later, the Enlightenment enshrined rationality as the supreme value. Discovering that reason is the defining feature of our species, we named ourselves the &amp;#039;rational animal.&amp;#039; But is this flattering story itself rational? In this sweeping account of irrationality from antiquity to today—from the fifth-century BC murder of Hippasus for revealing the existence of irrational numbers to the rise of Twitter mobs and the election of Donald Trump—Justin Smith says the evidence suggests the opposite. From sex and music to religion and war, irrationality makes up the greater part of human life and history. Rich and ambitious, Irrationality ranges across philosophy, politics, and current events. Challenging conventional thinking about logic, natural reason, dreams, art and science, pseudoscience, the Enlightenment, the internet, jokes and lies, and death, the book shows how history reveals that any triumph of reason is temporary and reversible, and that rational schemes, notably including many from Silicon Valley, often result in their polar opposite. The problem is that the rational gives birth to the irrational and vice versa in an endless cycle, and any effort to permanently set things in order sooner or later ends in an explosion of unreason. Because of this, it is irrational to try to eliminate irrationality. For better or worse, it is an ineradicable feature of life. Illuminating unreason at a moment when the world appears to have gone mad again, Irrationality is fascinating, provocative, and timely.</description>
      <author>Justin Smith-Ruiu</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Apr 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691193472.mp3" length="1344420" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369211</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691193472.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Irrationality: A History of the Dark Side of Reason
Author: Justin Smith-Ruiu
Narrator: Jeff Harding
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Jeff Harding reveals the surprising ways the pursuit of rationality leads to an explosion of irrationality It&amp;#039;s a story we can&amp;#039;t stop telling ourselves. Once, humans were benighted by superstition and irrationality, but then the Greeks invented reason. Later, the Enlightenment enshrined rationality as the supreme value. Discovering that reason is the defining feature of our species, we named ourselves the &amp;#039;rational animal.&amp;#039; But is this flattering story itself rational? In this sweeping account of irrationality from antiquity to today—from the fifth-century BC murder of Hippasus for revealing the existence of irrational numbers to the rise of Twitter mobs and the election of Donald Trump—Justin Smith says the evidence suggests the opposite. From sex and music to religion and war, irrationality makes up the greater part of human life and history. Rich and ambitious, Irrationality ranges across philosophy, politics, and current events. Challenging conventional thinking about logic, natural reason, dreams, art and science, pseudoscience, the Enlightenment, the internet, jokes and lies, and death, the book shows how history reveals that any triumph of reason is temporary and reversible, and that rational schemes, notably including many from Silicon Valley, often result in their polar opposite. The problem is that the rational gives birth to the irrational and vice versa in an endless cycle, and any effort to permanently set things in order sooner or later ends in an explosion of unreason. Because of this, it is irrational to try to eliminate irrationality. For better or worse, it is an ineradicable feature of life. Illuminating unreason at a moment when the world appears to have gone mad again, Irrationality is fascinating, provocative, and timely.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Irrationality: A History of the Dark Side of Reason
Author: Justin Smith-Ruiu
Narrator: Jeff Harding
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Jeff Harding reveals the surprising ways the pursuit of rationality leads to an explosion of irrationality It&amp;#039;s a story we can&amp;#039;t stop telling ourselves. Once, humans were benighted by superstition and irrationality, but then the Greeks invented reason. Later, the Enlightenment enshrined rationality as the supreme value. Discovering that reason is the defining feature of our species, we named ourselves the &amp;#039;rational animal.&amp;#039; But is this flattering story itself rational? In this sweeping account of irrationality from antiquity to today—from the fifth-century BC murder of Hippasus for revealing the existence of irrational numbers to the rise of Twitter mobs and the election of Donald Trump—Justin Smith says the evidence suggests the opposite. From sex and music to religion and war, irrationality makes up the greater part of human life and history. Rich and ambitious, Irrationality ranges across philosophy, politics, and current events. Challenging conventional thinking about logic, natural reason, dreams, art and science, pseudoscience, the Enlightenment, the internet, jokes and lies, and death, the book shows how history reveals that any triumph of reason is temporary and reversible, and that rational schemes, notably including many from Silicon Valley, often result in their polar opposite. The problem is that the rational gives birth to the irrational and vice versa in an endless cycle, and any effort to permanently set things in order sooner or later ends in an explosion of unreason. Because of this, it is irrational to try to eliminate irrationality. For better or worse, it is an ineradicable feature of life. Illuminating unreason at a moment when the world appears to have gone mad again, Irrationality is fascinating, provocative, and timely.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of Cute by Simon May</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369212</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369212">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369212</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Cute
Author: Simon May
Narrator: Anthony Head
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by acclaimed British actor Anthony Head explores cuteness and its immense hold on us, from emojis and fluffy puppies to its more uncanny, subversive expressions Cuteness has taken the planet by storm. Global sensations Hello Kitty and Pokémon, the works of artists Takashi Murakami and Jeff Koons, Heidi the cross-eyed opossum and E.T.—all reflect its gathering power. But what does &amp;#039;cute&amp;#039; mean, as a sensibility and style? Why is it so pervasive? Is it all infantile fluff, or is there something more uncanny and even menacing going on—in a lighthearted way? In The Power of Cute, Simon May provides nuanced and surprising answers. We usually see the cute as merely diminutive, harmless, and helpless. May challenges this prevailing perspective, investigating everything from Mickey Mouse to Kim Jong-il to argue that cuteness is not restricted to such sweet qualities but also beguiles us by transforming or distorting them into something of playfully indeterminate power, gender, age, morality, and even species. May grapples with cuteness&amp;#039;s dark and unpindownable side—unnerving, artful, knowing, apprehensive—elements that have fascinated since ancient times through mythical figures, especially hybrids like the hermaphrodite and the sphinx. He argues that cuteness is an addictive antidote to today&amp;#039;s pressured expectations of knowing our purpose, being in charge, and appearing predictable, transparent, and sincere. Instead, it frivolously expresses the uncertainty that these norms deny: the ineliminable uncertainty of who we are; of how much we can control and know; of who, in our relations with others, really has power; indeed, of the very value and purpose of power. The Power of Cute delves into a phenomenon that speaks with strange force to our age.</description>
      <author>Simon May</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691193489.mp3" length="1351040" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369212</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691193489.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369212">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369212</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Cute
Author: Simon May
Narrator: Anthony Head
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by acclaimed British actor Anthony Head explores cuteness and its immense hold on us, from emojis and fluffy puppies to its more uncanny, subversive expressions Cuteness has taken the planet by storm. Global sensations Hello Kitty and Pokémon, the works of artists Takashi Murakami and Jeff Koons, Heidi the cross-eyed opossum and E.T.—all reflect its gathering power. But what does &amp;#039;cute&amp;#039; mean, as a sensibility and style? Why is it so pervasive? Is it all infantile fluff, or is there something more uncanny and even menacing going on—in a lighthearted way? In The Power of Cute, Simon May provides nuanced and surprising answers. We usually see the cute as merely diminutive, harmless, and helpless. May challenges this prevailing perspective, investigating everything from Mickey Mouse to Kim Jong-il to argue that cuteness is not restricted to such sweet qualities but also beguiles us by transforming or distorting them into something of playfully indeterminate power, gender, age, morality, and even species. May grapples with cuteness&amp;#039;s dark and unpindownable side—unnerving, artful, knowing, apprehensive—elements that have fascinated since ancient times through mythical figures, especially hybrids like the hermaphrodite and the sphinx. He argues that cuteness is an addictive antidote to today&amp;#039;s pressured expectations of knowing our purpose, being in charge, and appearing predictable, transparent, and sincere. Instead, it frivolously expresses the uncertainty that these norms deny: the ineliminable uncertainty of who we are; of how much we can control and know; of who, in our relations with others, really has power; indeed, of the very value and purpose of power. The Power of Cute delves into a phenomenon that speaks with strange force to our age.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369212">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369212</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Cute
Author: Simon May
Narrator: Anthony Head
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by acclaimed British actor Anthony Head explores cuteness and its immense hold on us, from emojis and fluffy puppies to its more uncanny, subversive expressions Cuteness has taken the planet by storm. Global sensations Hello Kitty and Pokémon, the works of artists Takashi Murakami and Jeff Koons, Heidi the cross-eyed opossum and E.T.—all reflect its gathering power. But what does &amp;#039;cute&amp;#039; mean, as a sensibility and style? Why is it so pervasive? Is it all infantile fluff, or is there something more uncanny and even menacing going on—in a lighthearted way? In The Power of Cute, Simon May provides nuanced and surprising answers. We usually see the cute as merely diminutive, harmless, and helpless. May challenges this prevailing perspective, investigating everything from Mickey Mouse to Kim Jong-il to argue that cuteness is not restricted to such sweet qualities but also beguiles us by transforming or distorting them into something of playfully indeterminate power, gender, age, morality, and even species. May grapples with cuteness&amp;#039;s dark and unpindownable side—unnerving, artful, knowing, apprehensive—elements that have fascinated since ancient times through mythical figures, especially hybrids like the hermaphrodite and the sphinx. He argues that cuteness is an addictive antidote to today&amp;#039;s pressured expectations of knowing our purpose, being in charge, and appearing predictable, transparent, and sincere. Instead, it frivolously expresses the uncertainty that these norms deny: the ineliminable uncertainty of who we are; of how much we can control and know; of who, in our relations with others, really has power; indeed, of the very value and purpose of power. The Power of Cute delves into a phenomenon that speaks with strange force to our age.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On Freedom by Cass R. Sunstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369009</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Freedom
Author: Cass R. Sunstein
Narrator: Johnny Heller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 38 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this pathbreaking book, New York Times bestselling author Cass Sunstein asks us to rethink freedom. He shows that freedom of choice isn&amp;#039;t nearly enough. To be free, we must also be able to navigate life. People often need something like a GPS device to help them get where they want to go—whether the issue involves health, money, jobs, children, or relationships. In both rich and poor countries, citizens often have no idea how to get to their desired destination. That is why they are unfree. People also face serious problems of self-control, as many of them make decisions today that can make their lives worse tomorrow. And in some cases, we would be just as happy with other choices, whether a different partner, career, or place to live—which raises the difficult question of which outcome best promotes our well-being. Accessible and lively, and drawing on perspectives from the humanities, religion, and the arts, as well as social science and the law, On Freedom explores a crucial dimension of the human condition that philosophers and economists have long missed—and shows what it would take to make freedom real.</description>
      <author>Cass R. Sunstein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Feb 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684570096.mp3" length="8584268" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369009</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684570096.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Freedom
Author: Cass R. Sunstein
Narrator: Johnny Heller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 38 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this pathbreaking book, New York Times bestselling author Cass Sunstein asks us to rethink freedom. He shows that freedom of choice isn&amp;#039;t nearly enough. To be free, we must also be able to navigate life. People often need something like a GPS device to help them get where they want to go—whether the issue involves health, money, jobs, children, or relationships. In both rich and poor countries, citizens often have no idea how to get to their desired destination. That is why they are unfree. People also face serious problems of self-control, as many of them make decisions today that can make their lives worse tomorrow. And in some cases, we would be just as happy with other choices, whether a different partner, career, or place to live—which raises the difficult question of which outcome best promotes our well-being. Accessible and lively, and drawing on perspectives from the humanities, religion, and the arts, as well as social science and the law, On Freedom explores a crucial dimension of the human condition that philosophers and economists have long missed—and shows what it would take to make freedom real.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Freedom
Author: Cass R. Sunstein
Narrator: Johnny Heller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 38 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this pathbreaking book, New York Times bestselling author Cass Sunstein asks us to rethink freedom. He shows that freedom of choice isn&amp;#039;t nearly enough. To be free, we must also be able to navigate life. People often need something like a GPS device to help them get where they want to go—whether the issue involves health, money, jobs, children, or relationships. In both rich and poor countries, citizens often have no idea how to get to their desired destination. That is why they are unfree. People also face serious problems of self-control, as many of them make decisions today that can make their lives worse tomorrow. And in some cases, we would be just as happy with other choices, whether a different partner, career, or place to live—which raises the difficult question of which outcome best promotes our well-being. Accessible and lively, and drawing on perspectives from the humanities, religion, and the arts, as well as social science and the law, On Freedom explores a crucial dimension of the human condition that philosophers and economists have long missed—and shows what it would take to make freedom real.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Nationalism by Yael Tamir</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368943</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368943">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368943</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Nationalism
Author: Yael Tamir
Narrator: Juliet Stevenson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Juliet Stevenson reveals why nationalism is a permanent political force—and how it can be harnessed once again for liberal ends Around the world today, nationalism is back—and it&amp;#039;s often deeply troubling. Populist politicians exploit nationalism for authoritarian, chauvinistic, racist, and xenophobic purposes, reinforcing the view that it is fundamentally reactionary and antidemocratic. But Yael (Yuli) Tamir makes a passionate argument for a very different kind of nationalism—one that revives its participatory, creative, and egalitarian virtues, answers many of the problems caused by neoliberalism and hyperglobalism, and is essential to democracy at its best. In Why Nationalism, she explains why it is more important than ever for the Left to recognize these qualities of nationalism, to reclaim it from right-wing extremists, and to redirect its power to progressive ends. Far from being an evil force, nationalism&amp;#039;s power lies in its ability to empower individuals and answer basic human needs. Using it to reproduce cross-class coalitions will ensure that all citizens share essential cultural, political, and economic goods. Shifting emphasis from the global to the national and putting one&amp;#039;s nation first is not a way of advocating national supremacy but of redistributing responsibilities and sharing benefits in a more democratic and just way. In making the case for a liberal and democratic nationalism, Tamir also provides a compelling original account of the ways in which neoliberalism and hyperglobalism have allowed today&amp;#039;s Right to co-opt nationalism for its own purposes. Provocative and hopeful, Why Nationalism is a timely and essential rethinking of a defining feature of our politics.</description>
      <author>Yael Tamir</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691193557.mp3" length="1352461" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368943</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691193557.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368943">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368943</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Nationalism
Author: Yael Tamir
Narrator: Juliet Stevenson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Juliet Stevenson reveals why nationalism is a permanent political force—and how it can be harnessed once again for liberal ends Around the world today, nationalism is back—and it&amp;#039;s often deeply troubling. Populist politicians exploit nationalism for authoritarian, chauvinistic, racist, and xenophobic purposes, reinforcing the view that it is fundamentally reactionary and antidemocratic. But Yael (Yuli) Tamir makes a passionate argument for a very different kind of nationalism—one that revives its participatory, creative, and egalitarian virtues, answers many of the problems caused by neoliberalism and hyperglobalism, and is essential to democracy at its best. In Why Nationalism, she explains why it is more important than ever for the Left to recognize these qualities of nationalism, to reclaim it from right-wing extremists, and to redirect its power to progressive ends. Far from being an evil force, nationalism&amp;#039;s power lies in its ability to empower individuals and answer basic human needs. Using it to reproduce cross-class coalitions will ensure that all citizens share essential cultural, political, and economic goods. Shifting emphasis from the global to the national and putting one&amp;#039;s nation first is not a way of advocating national supremacy but of redistributing responsibilities and sharing benefits in a more democratic and just way. In making the case for a liberal and democratic nationalism, Tamir also provides a compelling original account of the ways in which neoliberalism and hyperglobalism have allowed today&amp;#039;s Right to co-opt nationalism for its own purposes. Provocative and hopeful, Why Nationalism is a timely and essential rethinking of a defining feature of our politics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368943">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368943</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Nationalism
Author: Yael Tamir
Narrator: Juliet Stevenson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Juliet Stevenson reveals why nationalism is a permanent political force—and how it can be harnessed once again for liberal ends Around the world today, nationalism is back—and it&amp;#039;s often deeply troubling. Populist politicians exploit nationalism for authoritarian, chauvinistic, racist, and xenophobic purposes, reinforcing the view that it is fundamentally reactionary and antidemocratic. But Yael (Yuli) Tamir makes a passionate argument for a very different kind of nationalism—one that revives its participatory, creative, and egalitarian virtues, answers many of the problems caused by neoliberalism and hyperglobalism, and is essential to democracy at its best. In Why Nationalism, she explains why it is more important than ever for the Left to recognize these qualities of nationalism, to reclaim it from right-wing extremists, and to redirect its power to progressive ends. Far from being an evil force, nationalism&amp;#039;s power lies in its ability to empower individuals and answer basic human needs. Using it to reproduce cross-class coalitions will ensure that all citizens share essential cultural, political, and economic goods. Shifting emphasis from the global to the national and putting one&amp;#039;s nation first is not a way of advocating national supremacy but of redistributing responsibilities and sharing benefits in a more democratic and just way. In making the case for a liberal and democratic nationalism, Tamir also provides a compelling original account of the ways in which neoliberalism and hyperglobalism have allowed today&amp;#039;s Right to co-opt nationalism for its own purposes. Provocative and hopeful, Why Nationalism is a timely and essential rethinking of a defining feature of our politics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Persuasion: The Ultimate Guide to Powerfully Influence Anyone by Warren J. Oakley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368855</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368855">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368855</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Persuasion: The Ultimate Guide to Powerfully Influence Anyone
Author: Warren J. Oakley
Narrator: Nick Dolle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you have a job where the power of persuasion is all-important? Have you faced situations where you wanted to persuade someone to agree with you but failed? Would you like to learn how to influence others? Persuasion is a powerful tool that is useful in many walks of life. From salesmen to politicians, law enforcement to business negotiations, the art of persuading someone to take your side or buy into your idea is vitally important. With this book, Persuasion: The Ultimate Guide to Powerfully Influence Anyone, you can learn some of the best techniques that incredibly persuasive people have learned over the years, with an emphasis on: - Understanding the Art of Persuasion - Persuasion Tools - Taking Advantage of Persuasion - Persuasive Speaking - Persuasion in Your Everyday Life - How to Get What You Want - Using Passion - The Power of Words With the information contained within these pages, you could be on your way to success in your chosen career or become more persuasive within your relationships. Whatever you need it for, Persuasion: The Ultimate Guide to Powerfully Influence Anyone is a book that can open a great many doors for you!</description>
      <author>Warren J. Oakley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982739645.mp3" length="1463546" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368855</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982739645.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368855">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368855</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Persuasion: The Ultimate Guide to Powerfully Influence Anyone
Author: Warren J. Oakley
Narrator: Nick Dolle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you have a job where the power of persuasion is all-important? Have you faced situations where you wanted to persuade someone to agree with you but failed? Would you like to learn how to influence others? Persuasion is a powerful tool that is useful in many walks of life. From salesmen to politicians, law enforcement to business negotiations, the art of persuading someone to take your side or buy into your idea is vitally important. With this book, Persuasion: The Ultimate Guide to Powerfully Influence Anyone, you can learn some of the best techniques that incredibly persuasive people have learned over the years, with an emphasis on: - Understanding the Art of Persuasion - Persuasion Tools - Taking Advantage of Persuasion - Persuasive Speaking - Persuasion in Your Everyday Life - How to Get What You Want - Using Passion - The Power of Words With the information contained within these pages, you could be on your way to success in your chosen career or become more persuasive within your relationships. Whatever you need it for, Persuasion: The Ultimate Guide to Powerfully Influence Anyone is a book that can open a great many doors for you!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368855">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368855</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Persuasion: The Ultimate Guide to Powerfully Influence Anyone
Author: Warren J. Oakley
Narrator: Nick Dolle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you have a job where the power of persuasion is all-important? Have you faced situations where you wanted to persuade someone to agree with you but failed? Would you like to learn how to influence others? Persuasion is a powerful tool that is useful in many walks of life. From salesmen to politicians, law enforcement to business negotiations, the art of persuading someone to take your side or buy into your idea is vitally important. With this book, Persuasion: The Ultimate Guide to Powerfully Influence Anyone, you can learn some of the best techniques that incredibly persuasive people have learned over the years, with an emphasis on: - Understanding the Art of Persuasion - Persuasion Tools - Taking Advantage of Persuasion - Persuasive Speaking - Persuasion in Your Everyday Life - How to Get What You Want - Using Passion - The Power of Words With the information contained within these pages, you could be on your way to success in your chosen career or become more persuasive within your relationships. Whatever you need it for, Persuasion: The Ultimate Guide to Powerfully Influence Anyone is a book that can open a great many doors for you!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Psychotherapy East and West by Alan Watts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368789</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychotherapy East and West
Author: Alan Watts
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Before he became a counterculture hero, Alan Watts was known as an incisive scholar of Eastern and Western psychology and philosophy. In this 1961 classic, Watts demonstrates his deep understanding of both Western psychotherapy and the Eastern spiritual philosophies of Buddhism, Taoism, Vedanta, and Yoga.  He examines the problem of humans in a seemingly hostile universe in ways that question the social norms and illusions that bind and constrict modern humans. Marking a groundbreaking synthesis, Watts asserts that the powerful insights of Freud and Jung, which had, indeed, brought psychiatry close to the edge of liberation, could, if melded with the hitherto secret wisdom of the Eastern traditions, free people from their battles with the self. When psychotherapy merely helps us adjust to social norms, Watts argued, it falls short of true liberation, while Eastern philosophy seeks our natural relation to the cosmos.</description>
      <author>Alan Watts</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250243874.mp3" length="1402288" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368789</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250243874.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychotherapy East and West
Author: Alan Watts
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Before he became a counterculture hero, Alan Watts was known as an incisive scholar of Eastern and Western psychology and philosophy. In this 1961 classic, Watts demonstrates his deep understanding of both Western psychotherapy and the Eastern spiritual philosophies of Buddhism, Taoism, Vedanta, and Yoga.  He examines the problem of humans in a seemingly hostile universe in ways that question the social norms and illusions that bind and constrict modern humans. Marking a groundbreaking synthesis, Watts asserts that the powerful insights of Freud and Jung, which had, indeed, brought psychiatry close to the edge of liberation, could, if melded with the hitherto secret wisdom of the Eastern traditions, free people from their battles with the self. When psychotherapy merely helps us adjust to social norms, Watts argued, it falls short of true liberation, while Eastern philosophy seeks our natural relation to the cosmos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychotherapy East and West
Author: Alan Watts
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Before he became a counterculture hero, Alan Watts was known as an incisive scholar of Eastern and Western psychology and philosophy. In this 1961 classic, Watts demonstrates his deep understanding of both Western psychotherapy and the Eastern spiritual philosophies of Buddhism, Taoism, Vedanta, and Yoga.  He examines the problem of humans in a seemingly hostile universe in ways that question the social norms and illusions that bind and constrict modern humans. Marking a groundbreaking synthesis, Watts asserts that the powerful insights of Freud and Jung, which had, indeed, brought psychiatry close to the edge of liberation, could, if melded with the hitherto secret wisdom of the Eastern traditions, free people from their battles with the self. When psychotherapy merely helps us adjust to social norms, Watts argued, it falls short of true liberation, while Eastern philosophy seeks our natural relation to the cosmos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Metahuman: Unleashing Your Infinite Potential by Deepak Chopra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368036</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368036">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368036</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metahuman: Unleashing Your Infinite Potential
Author: Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Deepak Chopra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Is it possible to venture beyond daily living and experience heightened states of awareness? Deepak Chopra says that higher consciousness is available here and now.     “Metahuman helps us harvest peak experiences so we can see our truth and mold the universe’s chaos into a form that brings light to the world.”—Dr. Mehmet Oz, attending physician, New York–Presbyterian, Columbia University  New York Times bestselling author Deepak Chopra unlocks the secrets to moving beyond our present limitations to access a field of infinite possibilities. How does one do this? By becoming metahuman.   To be metahuman, however, isn’t science fiction and is certainly not about being a superhero. To be metahuman means to move past the limitation constructed by the mind and enter a new state of awareness where we have deliberate and concrete access to peak experiences that can transform people’s lives from the inside out.  Humans do this naturally—to a point. For centuries the great artists, scientists, writers, and many so-called ordinary people have gone beyond the everyday physical world. But if we could channel these often bewildering experiences, what would happen? Chopra argues we would wake up to experiences that would blow open your body, mind, and soul.   Metahuman invites the reader to walk the path here and now. Waking up, we learn, isn’t just about mindfulness or meditation. Waking up, to become metahuman, is to expand our consciousness in all that we think, say, and do.  By going beyond, we liberate ourselves from old conditioning and all the mental constructs that underlie anxiety, tension, and ego-driven demands. Waking up allows life to make sense as never before. To make this as practical as possible, Chopra ends the book with a 31-day guide to becoming metahuman. Once you wake up, he writes, life becomes transformed, because pure consciousness—which is the field of all possibilities—dawns in your life. Only then does your infinite potential become your personal reality.</description>
      <author>Deepak Chopra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781984846655.mp3" length="2571575" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368036</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781984846655.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368036">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368036</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metahuman: Unleashing Your Infinite Potential
Author: Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Deepak Chopra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Is it possible to venture beyond daily living and experience heightened states of awareness? Deepak Chopra says that higher consciousness is available here and now.     “Metahuman helps us harvest peak experiences so we can see our truth and mold the universe’s chaos into a form that brings light to the world.”—Dr. Mehmet Oz, attending physician, New York–Presbyterian, Columbia University  New York Times bestselling author Deepak Chopra unlocks the secrets to moving beyond our present limitations to access a field of infinite possibilities. How does one do this? By becoming metahuman.   To be metahuman, however, isn’t science fiction and is certainly not about being a superhero. To be metahuman means to move past the limitation constructed by the mind and enter a new state of awareness where we have deliberate and concrete access to peak experiences that can transform people’s lives from the inside out.  Humans do this naturally—to a point. For centuries the great artists, scientists, writers, and many so-called ordinary people have gone beyond the everyday physical world. But if we could channel these often bewildering experiences, what would happen? Chopra argues we would wake up to experiences that would blow open your body, mind, and soul.   Metahuman invites the reader to walk the path here and now. Waking up, we learn, isn’t just about mindfulness or meditation. Waking up, to become metahuman, is to expand our consciousness in all that we think, say, and do.  By going beyond, we liberate ourselves from old conditioning and all the mental constructs that underlie anxiety, tension, and ego-driven demands. Waking up allows life to make sense as never before. To make this as practical as possible, Chopra ends the book with a 31-day guide to becoming metahuman. Once you wake up, he writes, life becomes transformed, because pure consciousness—which is the field of all possibilities—dawns in your life. Only then does your infinite potential become your personal reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368036">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368036</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metahuman: Unleashing Your Infinite Potential
Author: Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Deepak Chopra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Is it possible to venture beyond daily living and experience heightened states of awareness? Deepak Chopra says that higher consciousness is available here and now.     “Metahuman helps us harvest peak experiences so we can see our truth and mold the universe’s chaos into a form that brings light to the world.”—Dr. Mehmet Oz, attending physician, New York–Presbyterian, Columbia University  New York Times bestselling author Deepak Chopra unlocks the secrets to moving beyond our present limitations to access a field of infinite possibilities. How does one do this? By becoming metahuman.   To be metahuman, however, isn’t science fiction and is certainly not about being a superhero. To be metahuman means to move past the limitation constructed by the mind and enter a new state of awareness where we have deliberate and concrete access to peak experiences that can transform people’s lives from the inside out.  Humans do this naturally—to a point. For centuries the great artists, scientists, writers, and many so-called ordinary people have gone beyond the everyday physical world. But if we could channel these often bewildering experiences, what would happen? Chopra argues we would wake up to experiences that would blow open your body, mind, and soul.   Metahuman invites the reader to walk the path here and now. Waking up, we learn, isn’t just about mindfulness or meditation. Waking up, to become metahuman, is to expand our consciousness in all that we think, say, and do.  By going beyond, we liberate ourselves from old conditioning and all the mental constructs that underlie anxiety, tension, and ego-driven demands. Waking up allows life to make sense as never before. To make this as practical as possible, Chopra ends the book with a 31-day guide to becoming metahuman. Once you wake up, he writes, life becomes transformed, because pure consciousness—which is the field of all possibilities—dawns in your life. Only then does your infinite potential become your personal reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stillness is the Key by Ryan Holiday</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368025</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368025">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368025</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stillness is the Key
Author: Ryan Holiday
Narrator: Ryan Holiday
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 76 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 15
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Instant #1 New York Times Bestseller &amp;amp; Wall Street Journal Bestseller In The Obstacle Is the Way and Ego Is the Enemy, bestselling author Ryan Holiday made ancient wisdom wildly popular with a new generation of leaders in sports, politics, and technology. In his new book, Stillness Is the Key, Holiday draws on timeless Stoic and Buddhist philosophy to show why slowing down is the secret weapon for those charging ahead. All great leaders, thinkers, artists, athletes, and visionaries share one indelible quality. It enables them to conquer their tempers. To avoid distraction and discover great insights. To achieve happiness and do the right thing. Ryan Holiday calls it stillness--to be steady while the world spins around you.  In this book, he outlines a path for achieving this ancient, but urgently necessary way of living. Drawing on a wide range of history&amp;#039;s greatest thinkers, from Confucius to Seneca, Marcus Aurelius to Thich Nhat Hanh, John Stuart Mill to Nietzsche, he argues that stillness is not mere inactivity, but the doorway to self-mastery, discipline, and focus. Holiday also examines figures who exemplified the power of stillness: baseball player Sadaharu Oh, whose study of Zen made him the greatest home run hitter of all time; Winston Churchill, who in balancing his busy public life with time spent laying bricks and painting at his Chartwell estate managed to save the world from annihilation in the process; Fred Rogers, who taught generations of children to see what was invisible to the eye; Anne Frank, whose journaling and love of nature guided her through unimaginable adversity.  More than ever, people are overwhelmed. They face obstacles and egos and competition. Stillness Is the Key offers a simple but inspiring antidote to the stress of 24/7 news and social media. The stillness that we all seek is the path to meaning, contentment, and excellence in a world that needs more of it than ever.</description>
      <author>Ryan Holiday</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593147955.mp3" length="2610289" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368025</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593147955.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368025">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368025</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stillness is the Key
Author: Ryan Holiday
Narrator: Ryan Holiday
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 76 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 15
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Instant #1 New York Times Bestseller &amp;amp; Wall Street Journal Bestseller In The Obstacle Is the Way and Ego Is the Enemy, bestselling author Ryan Holiday made ancient wisdom wildly popular with a new generation of leaders in sports, politics, and technology. In his new book, Stillness Is the Key, Holiday draws on timeless Stoic and Buddhist philosophy to show why slowing down is the secret weapon for those charging ahead. All great leaders, thinkers, artists, athletes, and visionaries share one indelible quality. It enables them to conquer their tempers. To avoid distraction and discover great insights. To achieve happiness and do the right thing. Ryan Holiday calls it stillness--to be steady while the world spins around you.  In this book, he outlines a path for achieving this ancient, but urgently necessary way of living. Drawing on a wide range of history&amp;#039;s greatest thinkers, from Confucius to Seneca, Marcus Aurelius to Thich Nhat Hanh, John Stuart Mill to Nietzsche, he argues that stillness is not mere inactivity, but the doorway to self-mastery, discipline, and focus. Holiday also examines figures who exemplified the power of stillness: baseball player Sadaharu Oh, whose study of Zen made him the greatest home run hitter of all time; Winston Churchill, who in balancing his busy public life with time spent laying bricks and painting at his Chartwell estate managed to save the world from annihilation in the process; Fred Rogers, who taught generations of children to see what was invisible to the eye; Anne Frank, whose journaling and love of nature guided her through unimaginable adversity.  More than ever, people are overwhelmed. They face obstacles and egos and competition. Stillness Is the Key offers a simple but inspiring antidote to the stress of 24/7 news and social media. The stillness that we all seek is the path to meaning, contentment, and excellence in a world that needs more of it than ever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368025">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368025</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stillness is the Key
Author: Ryan Holiday
Narrator: Ryan Holiday
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 76 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 15
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Instant #1 New York Times Bestseller &amp;amp; Wall Street Journal Bestseller In The Obstacle Is the Way and Ego Is the Enemy, bestselling author Ryan Holiday made ancient wisdom wildly popular with a new generation of leaders in sports, politics, and technology. In his new book, Stillness Is the Key, Holiday draws on timeless Stoic and Buddhist philosophy to show why slowing down is the secret weapon for those charging ahead. All great leaders, thinkers, artists, athletes, and visionaries share one indelible quality. It enables them to conquer their tempers. To avoid distraction and discover great insights. To achieve happiness and do the right thing. Ryan Holiday calls it stillness--to be steady while the world spins around you.  In this book, he outlines a path for achieving this ancient, but urgently necessary way of living. Drawing on a wide range of history&amp;#039;s greatest thinkers, from Confucius to Seneca, Marcus Aurelius to Thich Nhat Hanh, John Stuart Mill to Nietzsche, he argues that stillness is not mere inactivity, but the doorway to self-mastery, discipline, and focus. Holiday also examines figures who exemplified the power of stillness: baseball player Sadaharu Oh, whose study of Zen made him the greatest home run hitter of all time; Winston Churchill, who in balancing his busy public life with time spent laying bricks and painting at his Chartwell estate managed to save the world from annihilation in the process; Fred Rogers, who taught generations of children to see what was invisible to the eye; Anne Frank, whose journaling and love of nature guided her through unimaginable adversity.  More than ever, people are overwhelmed. They face obstacles and egos and competition. Stillness Is the Key offers a simple but inspiring antidote to the stress of 24/7 news and social media. The stillness that we all seek is the path to meaning, contentment, and excellence in a world that needs more of it than ever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trick Mirror: Reflections on Self-Delusion by Jia Tolentino</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367755</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367755">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367755</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trick Mirror: Reflections on Self-Delusion
Author: Jia Tolentino
Narrator: Jia Tolentino
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A Times book of the year           A Guardian book of the year           ‘Magnificent’The Times           ‘Dazzling’ New Statesman           ‘It filled me with hope’ Zadie Smith           We are living in the era of the self, in an era of malleable truth and widespread personal and political delusion. In these nine interlinked essays, Jia Tolentino, the New Yorker’s brightest young talent, explores her own coming of age in this warped and confusing landscape.           From the rise of the internet to her own appearance on an early reality TV show; from her experiences of ecstasy – both religious and chemical – to her uneasy engagement with our culture’s endless drive towards ‘self-optimisation’; from the phenomenon of the successful American scammer to her generation’s obsession with extravagant weddings, Jia Tolentino writes with style, humour and a fierce clarity about these strangest of times.           Following in the footsteps of American luminaries such as Susan Sontag, Joan Didion and Rebecca Solnit, yet with a voice and vision all her own, Jia Tolentino writes with a rare gift for elucidating nuance and complexity, coupled with a disarming warmth. This debut collection of her essays announces her exactly the sort of voice we need to hear from right now – and for many years to come.</description>
      <author>Jia Tolentino</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008294960.mp3" length="1466738" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367755</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008294960.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367755">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367755</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trick Mirror: Reflections on Self-Delusion
Author: Jia Tolentino
Narrator: Jia Tolentino
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A Times book of the year           A Guardian book of the year           ‘Magnificent’The Times           ‘Dazzling’ New Statesman           ‘It filled me with hope’ Zadie Smith           We are living in the era of the self, in an era of malleable truth and widespread personal and political delusion. In these nine interlinked essays, Jia Tolentino, the New Yorker’s brightest young talent, explores her own coming of age in this warped and confusing landscape.           From the rise of the internet to her own appearance on an early reality TV show; from her experiences of ecstasy – both religious and chemical – to her uneasy engagement with our culture’s endless drive towards ‘self-optimisation’; from the phenomenon of the successful American scammer to her generation’s obsession with extravagant weddings, Jia Tolentino writes with style, humour and a fierce clarity about these strangest of times.           Following in the footsteps of American luminaries such as Susan Sontag, Joan Didion and Rebecca Solnit, yet with a voice and vision all her own, Jia Tolentino writes with a rare gift for elucidating nuance and complexity, coupled with a disarming warmth. This debut collection of her essays announces her exactly the sort of voice we need to hear from right now – and for many years to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367755">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367755</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trick Mirror: Reflections on Self-Delusion
Author: Jia Tolentino
Narrator: Jia Tolentino
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A Times book of the year           A Guardian book of the year           ‘Magnificent’The Times           ‘Dazzling’ New Statesman           ‘It filled me with hope’ Zadie Smith           We are living in the era of the self, in an era of malleable truth and widespread personal and political delusion. In these nine interlinked essays, Jia Tolentino, the New Yorker’s brightest young talent, explores her own coming of age in this warped and confusing landscape.           From the rise of the internet to her own appearance on an early reality TV show; from her experiences of ecstasy – both religious and chemical – to her uneasy engagement with our culture’s endless drive towards ‘self-optimisation’; from the phenomenon of the successful American scammer to her generation’s obsession with extravagant weddings, Jia Tolentino writes with style, humour and a fierce clarity about these strangest of times.           Following in the footsteps of American luminaries such as Susan Sontag, Joan Didion and Rebecca Solnit, yet with a voice and vision all her own, Jia Tolentino writes with a rare gift for elucidating nuance and complexity, coupled with a disarming warmth. This debut collection of her essays announces her exactly the sort of voice we need to hear from right now – and for many years to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La felicidad después del orden (La magia del orden 2): Una clase magistral ilustrada sobre el arte de organizar el hogar y la vida by Marie Kondo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367717</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367717">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367717</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La felicidad después del orden (La magia del orden 2): Una clase magistral ilustrada sobre el arte de organizar el hogar y la vida
Series: #2 of La magia del orden
Author: Marie Kondo
Narrator: Diana ángel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Una guía para escuchar paso a paso el afamado método KonMari, de la autora de La magia del orden Marie Kondo.  Atrévete a vivir solo con lo esencial, con lo bello, con lo que realmente te aporta felicidad.  La magia del orden, de Marie Kondo, la gurú japonesa de la organización, ha revolucionado los hogares y las vidas de millones de personas a lo largo del mundo.  Este audiolibro presenta el aclamado método KonMari, que explica paso a paso el plegado de todas las prendas desde camisetas hasta calcetines, además de enseñarnos cómo obtener armarios y cajones perfectamente organizados.  También aporta consejos sobre algunas de las preguntas más frecuentes como si se deben guardar objetos «necesarios» que tal vez no generen felicidad. Con orientaciones claras y categorías específicas que incluyen utensilios de cocina, productos de limpieza, hobbies y fotos digitales, este minucioso manual traerá felicidad a todo aquel que quiera simplificar su vida.  Las mejores obras de no ficción y desarrollo personal disponibles en formato audiolibro.  La crítica ha dicho... « La magia del orden, el manifiesto místico para dejar ir los objetos que no necesitamos, se ha convertido en un fenómeno global.» Wall SteetJournal  «La japonesa Marie Kondo se ha ganado el título de gurú del orden [...]. Su éxito reside en unapropuesta radical, de máximos. Un método que se expone como un teorema: el orden en nuestras casas y espacios de trabajo constituye la base de nuestra felicidad.» La Vanguardia  «Un minucioso manual que te ayudará a ordenar tu hogar y crear ambientes mucho más agradables para vivir en armonía y conocernos a nosotros mismos.» El Español  «Con dibujos claros, pautas bien especificadas y explicaciones metódicas se puede iniciar esta tarea que - si se hace a conciencia - no permitirá que el desorden vuelva a adueñarse de nuestros espacios.» Revista Vanidades  «No tardarás en descubrir que has vivido años rodeada de cosas que no necesitas.» Cosmopolitan  «Si buscas soluciones para ordenar tu casa, aquí tienes el manual perfecto.» ELLE  «Demostrado: te quedas con un 30% de lo que posees [...]. La señorita Kondo acude al rescate.» Yo Dona</description>
      <author>Marie Kondo</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jan 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788403520943.mp3" length="1382114" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367717</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788403520943.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367717">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367717</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La felicidad después del orden (La magia del orden 2): Una clase magistral ilustrada sobre el arte de organizar el hogar y la vida
Series: #2 of La magia del orden
Author: Marie Kondo
Narrator: Diana ángel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Una guía para escuchar paso a paso el afamado método KonMari, de la autora de La magia del orden Marie Kondo.  Atrévete a vivir solo con lo esencial, con lo bello, con lo que realmente te aporta felicidad.  La magia del orden, de Marie Kondo, la gurú japonesa de la organización, ha revolucionado los hogares y las vidas de millones de personas a lo largo del mundo.  Este audiolibro presenta el aclamado método KonMari, que explica paso a paso el plegado de todas las prendas desde camisetas hasta calcetines, además de enseñarnos cómo obtener armarios y cajones perfectamente organizados.  También aporta consejos sobre algunas de las preguntas más frecuentes como si se deben guardar objetos «necesarios» que tal vez no generen felicidad. Con orientaciones claras y categorías específicas que incluyen utensilios de cocina, productos de limpieza, hobbies y fotos digitales, este minucioso manual traerá felicidad a todo aquel que quiera simplificar su vida.  Las mejores obras de no ficción y desarrollo personal disponibles en formato audiolibro.  La crítica ha dicho... « La magia del orden, el manifiesto místico para dejar ir los objetos que no necesitamos, se ha convertido en un fenómeno global.» Wall SteetJournal  «La japonesa Marie Kondo se ha ganado el título de gurú del orden [...]. Su éxito reside en unapropuesta radical, de máximos. Un método que se expone como un teorema: el orden en nuestras casas y espacios de trabajo constituye la base de nuestra felicidad.» La Vanguardia  «Un minucioso manual que te ayudará a ordenar tu hogar y crear ambientes mucho más agradables para vivir en armonía y conocernos a nosotros mismos.» El Español  «Con dibujos claros, pautas bien especificadas y explicaciones metódicas se puede iniciar esta tarea que - si se hace a conciencia - no permitirá que el desorden vuelva a adueñarse de nuestros espacios.» Revista Vanidades  «No tardarás en descubrir que has vivido años rodeada de cosas que no necesitas.» Cosmopolitan  «Si buscas soluciones para ordenar tu casa, aquí tienes el manual perfecto.» ELLE  «Demostrado: te quedas con un 30% de lo que posees [...]. La señorita Kondo acude al rescate.» Yo Dona</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367717">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367717</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La felicidad después del orden (La magia del orden 2): Una clase magistral ilustrada sobre el arte de organizar el hogar y la vida
Series: #2 of La magia del orden
Author: Marie Kondo
Narrator: Diana ángel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Una guía para escuchar paso a paso el afamado método KonMari, de la autora de La magia del orden Marie Kondo.  Atrévete a vivir solo con lo esencial, con lo bello, con lo que realmente te aporta felicidad.  La magia del orden, de Marie Kondo, la gurú japonesa de la organización, ha revolucionado los hogares y las vidas de millones de personas a lo largo del mundo.  Este audiolibro presenta el aclamado método KonMari, que explica paso a paso el plegado de todas las prendas desde camisetas hasta calcetines, además de enseñarnos cómo obtener armarios y cajones perfectamente organizados.  También aporta consejos sobre algunas de las preguntas más frecuentes como si se deben guardar objetos «necesarios» que tal vez no generen felicidad. Con orientaciones claras y categorías específicas que incluyen utensilios de cocina, productos de limpieza, hobbies y fotos digitales, este minucioso manual traerá felicidad a todo aquel que quiera simplificar su vida.  Las mejores obras de no ficción y desarrollo personal disponibles en formato audiolibro.  La crítica ha dicho... « La magia del orden, el manifiesto místico para dejar ir los objetos que no necesitamos, se ha convertido en un fenómeno global.» Wall SteetJournal  «La japonesa Marie Kondo se ha ganado el título de gurú del orden [...]. Su éxito reside en unapropuesta radical, de máximos. Un método que se expone como un teorema: el orden en nuestras casas y espacios de trabajo constituye la base de nuestra felicidad.» La Vanguardia  «Un minucioso manual que te ayudará a ordenar tu hogar y crear ambientes mucho más agradables para vivir en armonía y conocernos a nosotros mismos.» El Español  «Con dibujos claros, pautas bien especificadas y explicaciones metódicas se puede iniciar esta tarea que - si se hace a conciencia - no permitirá que el desorden vuelva a adueñarse de nuestros espacios.» Revista Vanidades  «No tardarás en descubrir que has vivido años rodeada de cosas que no necesitas.» Cosmopolitan  «Si buscas soluciones para ordenar tu casa, aquí tienes el manual perfecto.» ELLE  «Demostrado: te quedas con un 30% de lo que posees [...]. La señorita Kondo acude al rescate.» Yo Dona</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Outgrowing God: A Beginner’s Guide by Richard Dawkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367371</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Outgrowing God: A Beginner’s Guide
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Should we believe in God? In this new book, written for a new generation, the brilliant science writer and author of The God Delusion, explains why we shouldn’t. Should we believe in God? Do we need God in order to explain the existence of the universe? Do we need God in order to be good? In twelve chapters that address some of the most profound questions human beings confront, Dawkins marshals science, philosophy and comparative religion to interrogate the hypocrisies of all the religious systems and explain to readers of all ages how life emerged without a Creator, how evolution works and how our world came into being. For anyone hoping to grapple with the meaning of life and what to believe, Outgrowing God is a challenging, thrilling and revelatory read. Includes a supplementary PDF.</description>
      <author>Richard Dawkins</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473564947.mp3" length="1378009" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367371</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473564947.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Outgrowing God: A Beginner’s Guide
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Should we believe in God? In this new book, written for a new generation, the brilliant science writer and author of The God Delusion, explains why we shouldn’t. Should we believe in God? Do we need God in order to explain the existence of the universe? Do we need God in order to be good? In twelve chapters that address some of the most profound questions human beings confront, Dawkins marshals science, philosophy and comparative religion to interrogate the hypocrisies of all the religious systems and explain to readers of all ages how life emerged without a Creator, how evolution works and how our world came into being. For anyone hoping to grapple with the meaning of life and what to believe, Outgrowing God is a challenging, thrilling and revelatory read. Includes a supplementary PDF.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Outgrowing God: A Beginner’s Guide
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Should we believe in God? In this new book, written for a new generation, the brilliant science writer and author of The God Delusion, explains why we shouldn’t. Should we believe in God? Do we need God in order to explain the existence of the universe? Do we need God in order to be good? In twelve chapters that address some of the most profound questions human beings confront, Dawkins marshals science, philosophy and comparative religion to interrogate the hypocrisies of all the religious systems and explain to readers of all ages how life emerged without a Creator, how evolution works and how our world came into being. For anyone hoping to grapple with the meaning of life and what to believe, Outgrowing God is a challenging, thrilling and revelatory read. Includes a supplementary PDF.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Second Mountain: The Quest for a Moral Life by David Brooks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367172</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Mountain: The Quest for a Moral Life
Author: David Brooks
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Secnd Mountain, written by David Brooks, read by Arthur Morey. Are you on your first or second mountain?  Is life about you - or others?  About success - or something deeper?  The world tells us that we should pursue our self-interest: career wins, high status, nice things. These are the goals of our first mountain. But at some point in our lives we might find that we&amp;#039;re not interested in what other people tell us to want. We want the things that are truly worth wanting. This is the second mountain.  What does it mean to look beyond yourself and find a moral cause? To forget about independence and discover dependence - to be utterly enmeshed in a web of warm relationships? What does it mean to value intimacy, devotion, responsibility and commitment above individual freedom? In The Second Mountain David Brooks explores the meaning and possibilities that scaling a second mountain offer us, and the four commitments that most commonly move us there: family, vocation, philosophy and community. Inspiring, personal and full of joy, this book will help you discover why you were really put on this earth.</description>
      <author>David Brooks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241404966.mp3" length="1255846" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367172</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241404966.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Mountain: The Quest for a Moral Life
Author: David Brooks
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Secnd Mountain, written by David Brooks, read by Arthur Morey. Are you on your first or second mountain?  Is life about you - or others?  About success - or something deeper?  The world tells us that we should pursue our self-interest: career wins, high status, nice things. These are the goals of our first mountain. But at some point in our lives we might find that we&amp;#039;re not interested in what other people tell us to want. We want the things that are truly worth wanting. This is the second mountain.  What does it mean to look beyond yourself and find a moral cause? To forget about independence and discover dependence - to be utterly enmeshed in a web of warm relationships? What does it mean to value intimacy, devotion, responsibility and commitment above individual freedom? In The Second Mountain David Brooks explores the meaning and possibilities that scaling a second mountain offer us, and the four commitments that most commonly move us there: family, vocation, philosophy and community. Inspiring, personal and full of joy, this book will help you discover why you were really put on this earth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Mountain: The Quest for a Moral Life
Author: David Brooks
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Secnd Mountain, written by David Brooks, read by Arthur Morey. Are you on your first or second mountain?  Is life about you - or others?  About success - or something deeper?  The world tells us that we should pursue our self-interest: career wins, high status, nice things. These are the goals of our first mountain. But at some point in our lives we might find that we&amp;#039;re not interested in what other people tell us to want. We want the things that are truly worth wanting. This is the second mountain.  What does it mean to look beyond yourself and find a moral cause? To forget about independence and discover dependence - to be utterly enmeshed in a web of warm relationships? What does it mean to value intimacy, devotion, responsibility and commitment above individual freedom? In The Second Mountain David Brooks explores the meaning and possibilities that scaling a second mountain offer us, and the four commitments that most commonly move us there: family, vocation, philosophy and community. Inspiring, personal and full of joy, this book will help you discover why you were really put on this earth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Outgrowing God: A Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide by Richard Dawkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366773</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Outgrowing God: A Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 11
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Should we believe in God? In this brisk introduction to modern atheism, one of the world’s greatest science writers tells us why we shouldn’t. Richard Dawkins was fifteen when he stopped believing in God.   Deeply impressed by the beauty and complexity of living things, he’d felt certain they must have had a designer. Learning about evolution changed his mind. Now one of the world’s best and bestselling science communicators, Dawkins has given readers, young and old, the same opportunity to rethink the big questions.  In twelve fiercely funny, mind-expanding chapters, Dawkins explains how the natural world arose without a designer—the improbability and beauty of the “bottom-up programming” that engineers an embryo or a flock of starlings—and challenges head-on some of the most basic assumptions made by the world’s religions: Do you believe in God? Which one? Is the Bible a “Good Book”? Is adhering to a religion necessary, or even likely, to make people good to one another? Dissecting everything from Abraham’s abuse of Isaac to the construction of a snowflake, Outgrowing God is a concise, provocative guide to thinking for yourself. Includes a bonus PDF of photographs and charts Advance praise for Outgrowing God “My son came home from his first day in the sixth grade with arms outstretched plaintively demanding to know: ‘Have you ever heard of Jesus?’  We burst out laughing. Maybe not our finest parenting moment, given that he was genuinely distraught. He felt that he had woken up one day to a world in which his peers were expressing beliefs he found frighteningly unreasonable. He began devouring books like The God Delusion, books that helped him formulate his own arguments and helped him stand his ground. Dawkins’s new book is special in the terrain of atheists’ pleas for humanism and rationalism precisely since it speaks to those most vulnerable to the coercive tactics of religion. As Dawkins himself says in the dedication, this book is for ‘all young people when they’re old enough to decide for themselves.’ It is also, I must add, for their parents.”—Janna Levin, author of Black Hole Blues     “When someone is considering atheism I tell them to read the Bible first and then Dawkins. Outgrowing God—second only to the Bible!”—Penn Jillette, author of God, No!</description>
      <author>Richard Dawkins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593147429.mp3" length="2773999" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366773</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593147429.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Outgrowing God: A Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 11
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Should we believe in God? In this brisk introduction to modern atheism, one of the world’s greatest science writers tells us why we shouldn’t. Richard Dawkins was fifteen when he stopped believing in God.   Deeply impressed by the beauty and complexity of living things, he’d felt certain they must have had a designer. Learning about evolution changed his mind. Now one of the world’s best and bestselling science communicators, Dawkins has given readers, young and old, the same opportunity to rethink the big questions.  In twelve fiercely funny, mind-expanding chapters, Dawkins explains how the natural world arose without a designer—the improbability and beauty of the “bottom-up programming” that engineers an embryo or a flock of starlings—and challenges head-on some of the most basic assumptions made by the world’s religions: Do you believe in God? Which one? Is the Bible a “Good Book”? Is adhering to a religion necessary, or even likely, to make people good to one another? Dissecting everything from Abraham’s abuse of Isaac to the construction of a snowflake, Outgrowing God is a concise, provocative guide to thinking for yourself. Includes a bonus PDF of photographs and charts Advance praise for Outgrowing God “My son came home from his first day in the sixth grade with arms outstretched plaintively demanding to know: ‘Have you ever heard of Jesus?’  We burst out laughing. Maybe not our finest parenting moment, given that he was genuinely distraught. He felt that he had woken up one day to a world in which his peers were expressing beliefs he found frighteningly unreasonable. He began devouring books like The God Delusion, books that helped him formulate his own arguments and helped him stand his ground. Dawkins’s new book is special in the terrain of atheists’ pleas for humanism and rationalism precisely since it speaks to those most vulnerable to the coercive tactics of religion. As Dawkins himself says in the dedication, this book is for ‘all young people when they’re old enough to decide for themselves.’ It is also, I must add, for their parents.”—Janna Levin, author of Black Hole Blues     “When someone is considering atheism I tell them to read the Bible first and then Dawkins. Outgrowing God—second only to the Bible!”—Penn Jillette, author of God, No!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Outgrowing God: A Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide
Author: Richard Dawkins
Narrator: Richard Dawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 11
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Should we believe in God? In this brisk introduction to modern atheism, one of the world’s greatest science writers tells us why we shouldn’t. Richard Dawkins was fifteen when he stopped believing in God.   Deeply impressed by the beauty and complexity of living things, he’d felt certain they must have had a designer. Learning about evolution changed his mind. Now one of the world’s best and bestselling science communicators, Dawkins has given readers, young and old, the same opportunity to rethink the big questions.  In twelve fiercely funny, mind-expanding chapters, Dawkins explains how the natural world arose without a designer—the improbability and beauty of the “bottom-up programming” that engineers an embryo or a flock of starlings—and challenges head-on some of the most basic assumptions made by the world’s religions: Do you believe in God? Which one? Is the Bible a “Good Book”? Is adhering to a religion necessary, or even likely, to make people good to one another? Dissecting everything from Abraham’s abuse of Isaac to the construction of a snowflake, Outgrowing God is a concise, provocative guide to thinking for yourself. Includes a bonus PDF of photographs and charts Advance praise for Outgrowing God “My son came home from his first day in the sixth grade with arms outstretched plaintively demanding to know: ‘Have you ever heard of Jesus?’  We burst out laughing. Maybe not our finest parenting moment, given that he was genuinely distraught. He felt that he had woken up one day to a world in which his peers were expressing beliefs he found frighteningly unreasonable. He began devouring books like The God Delusion, books that helped him formulate his own arguments and helped him stand his ground. Dawkins’s new book is special in the terrain of atheists’ pleas for humanism and rationalism precisely since it speaks to those most vulnerable to the coercive tactics of religion. As Dawkins himself says in the dedication, this book is for ‘all young people when they’re old enough to decide for themselves.’ It is also, I must add, for their parents.”—Janna Levin, author of Black Hole Blues     “When someone is considering atheism I tell them to read the Bible first and then Dawkins. Outgrowing God—second only to the Bible!”—Penn Jillette, author of God, No!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Synthetic Age: Outdesigning Evolution, Resurrecting Species, and Reengineering Our World by Christopher J. Preston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Synthetic Age: Outdesigning Evolution, Resurrecting Species, and Reengineering Our World
Author: Christopher J. Preston
Narrator: Scott Merriman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagining a future in which humans fundamentally reshape the natural world using nanotechnology, synthetic biology, de-extinction, and climate engineering. We have all heard that there are no longer any places left on Earth untouched by humans. The significance of this goes beyond statistics documenting melting glaciers and shrinking species counts. It signals a new geological epoch. In The Synthetic Age, Christopher Preston argues that what is most startling about this coming epoch is not only how much impact humans have had but, more important, how much deliberate shaping they will start to do. Emerging technologies promise to give us the power to take over some of Nature&amp;#039;s most basic operations. It is not just that we are exiting the Holocene and entering the Anthropocene; it is that we are leaving behind the time in which planetary change is just the unintended consequence of unbridled industrialism. A world designed by engineers and technicians means the birth of the planet&amp;#039;s first Synthetic Age. Preston describes a range of technologies that will reconfigure Earth&amp;#039;s very metabolism: nanotechnologies that can restructure natural forms of matter; “molecular manufacturing” that offers unlimited repurposing; synthetic biology&amp;#039;s potential to build, not just read, a genome; “biological mini-machines” that can outdesign evolution; the relocation and resurrection of species; and climate engineering attempts to manage solar radiation by synthesizing a volcanic haze, cool surface temperatures by increasing the brightness of clouds, and remove carbon from the atmosphere with artificial trees that capture carbon from the breeze.  What does it mean when humans shift from being caretakers of the Earth to being shapers of it? And in whom should we trust to decide the contours of our synthetic future? These questions are too important to be left to the engineers.</description>
      <author>Christopher J. Preston</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781721356256.mp3" length="1351285" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781721356256.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Synthetic Age: Outdesigning Evolution, Resurrecting Species, and Reengineering Our World
Author: Christopher J. Preston
Narrator: Scott Merriman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagining a future in which humans fundamentally reshape the natural world using nanotechnology, synthetic biology, de-extinction, and climate engineering. We have all heard that there are no longer any places left on Earth untouched by humans. The significance of this goes beyond statistics documenting melting glaciers and shrinking species counts. It signals a new geological epoch. In The Synthetic Age, Christopher Preston argues that what is most startling about this coming epoch is not only how much impact humans have had but, more important, how much deliberate shaping they will start to do. Emerging technologies promise to give us the power to take over some of Nature&amp;#039;s most basic operations. It is not just that we are exiting the Holocene and entering the Anthropocene; it is that we are leaving behind the time in which planetary change is just the unintended consequence of unbridled industrialism. A world designed by engineers and technicians means the birth of the planet&amp;#039;s first Synthetic Age. Preston describes a range of technologies that will reconfigure Earth&amp;#039;s very metabolism: nanotechnologies that can restructure natural forms of matter; “molecular manufacturing” that offers unlimited repurposing; synthetic biology&amp;#039;s potential to build, not just read, a genome; “biological mini-machines” that can outdesign evolution; the relocation and resurrection of species; and climate engineering attempts to manage solar radiation by synthesizing a volcanic haze, cool surface temperatures by increasing the brightness of clouds, and remove carbon from the atmosphere with artificial trees that capture carbon from the breeze.  What does it mean when humans shift from being caretakers of the Earth to being shapers of it? And in whom should we trust to decide the contours of our synthetic future? These questions are too important to be left to the engineers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Synthetic Age: Outdesigning Evolution, Resurrecting Species, and Reengineering Our World
Author: Christopher J. Preston
Narrator: Scott Merriman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagining a future in which humans fundamentally reshape the natural world using nanotechnology, synthetic biology, de-extinction, and climate engineering. We have all heard that there are no longer any places left on Earth untouched by humans. The significance of this goes beyond statistics documenting melting glaciers and shrinking species counts. It signals a new geological epoch. In The Synthetic Age, Christopher Preston argues that what is most startling about this coming epoch is not only how much impact humans have had but, more important, how much deliberate shaping they will start to do. Emerging technologies promise to give us the power to take over some of Nature&amp;#039;s most basic operations. It is not just that we are exiting the Holocene and entering the Anthropocene; it is that we are leaving behind the time in which planetary change is just the unintended consequence of unbridled industrialism. A world designed by engineers and technicians means the birth of the planet&amp;#039;s first Synthetic Age. Preston describes a range of technologies that will reconfigure Earth&amp;#039;s very metabolism: nanotechnologies that can restructure natural forms of matter; “molecular manufacturing” that offers unlimited repurposing; synthetic biology&amp;#039;s potential to build, not just read, a genome; “biological mini-machines” that can outdesign evolution; the relocation and resurrection of species; and climate engineering attempts to manage solar radiation by synthesizing a volcanic haze, cool surface temperatures by increasing the brightness of clouds, and remove carbon from the atmosphere with artificial trees that capture carbon from the breeze.  What does it mean when humans shift from being caretakers of the Earth to being shapers of it? And in whom should we trust to decide the contours of our synthetic future? These questions are too important to be left to the engineers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The School of Life: An Emotional Education by Alain de Botton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366109</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The School of Life: An Emotional Education
Author: Alain de Botton
Narrator: Charlie Anson, Alain de Botton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  *Introduction narrated by Alain de Botton*  THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER   The essential guide to how to live wisely and well in the twenty-first century - from Alain de Botton, the bestselling author of The Consolations of Philosophy, The Art of Travel and The Course of Love    This is an audiobook about everything you were never taught at school. It&amp;#039;s about how to understand your emotions, find and sustain love, succeed in your career, fail well and overcome shame and guilt. It&amp;#039;s also about letting go of the myth of a perfect life in order to achieve genuine emotional maturity. Written in a hugely accessible, warm and humane style, The School of Life is the ultimate guide to the emotionally fulfilled lives we all long for - and deserve.   This audiobook brings together ten years of essential and transformative research on emotional intelligence, with practical topics including:   - how to understand yourself  - how to master the dilemmas of relationships  - how to become more effective at work   - how to endure failure  - how to grow more serene and resilient   &amp;#039;What he has managed to do is remarkable: to help us think better so that we may live better lives&amp;#039; Irish Times  &amp;#039;A serious and optimistic set of practical ideas that could improve and alter the way we live&amp;#039; Jeanette Winterson, The Times  &amp;#039;Alain de Botton likes to take big, complex subjects and write about them with thoughtful and deceptive innocence&amp;#039; Observer © Alain de Botton 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019</description>
      <author>Alain de Botton</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241985946.mp3" length="295752" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366109</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241985946.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The School of Life: An Emotional Education
Author: Alain de Botton
Narrator: Charlie Anson, Alain de Botton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  *Introduction narrated by Alain de Botton*  THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER   The essential guide to how to live wisely and well in the twenty-first century - from Alain de Botton, the bestselling author of The Consolations of Philosophy, The Art of Travel and The Course of Love    This is an audiobook about everything you were never taught at school. It&amp;#039;s about how to understand your emotions, find and sustain love, succeed in your career, fail well and overcome shame and guilt. It&amp;#039;s also about letting go of the myth of a perfect life in order to achieve genuine emotional maturity. Written in a hugely accessible, warm and humane style, The School of Life is the ultimate guide to the emotionally fulfilled lives we all long for - and deserve.   This audiobook brings together ten years of essential and transformative research on emotional intelligence, with practical topics including:   - how to understand yourself  - how to master the dilemmas of relationships  - how to become more effective at work   - how to endure failure  - how to grow more serene and resilient   &amp;#039;What he has managed to do is remarkable: to help us think better so that we may live better lives&amp;#039; Irish Times  &amp;#039;A serious and optimistic set of practical ideas that could improve and alter the way we live&amp;#039; Jeanette Winterson, The Times  &amp;#039;Alain de Botton likes to take big, complex subjects and write about them with thoughtful and deceptive innocence&amp;#039; Observer © Alain de Botton 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The School of Life: An Emotional Education
Author: Alain de Botton
Narrator: Charlie Anson, Alain de Botton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  *Introduction narrated by Alain de Botton*  THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER   The essential guide to how to live wisely and well in the twenty-first century - from Alain de Botton, the bestselling author of The Consolations of Philosophy, The Art of Travel and The Course of Love    This is an audiobook about everything you were never taught at school. It&amp;#039;s about how to understand your emotions, find and sustain love, succeed in your career, fail well and overcome shame and guilt. It&amp;#039;s also about letting go of the myth of a perfect life in order to achieve genuine emotional maturity. Written in a hugely accessible, warm and humane style, The School of Life is the ultimate guide to the emotionally fulfilled lives we all long for - and deserve.   This audiobook brings together ten years of essential and transformative research on emotional intelligence, with practical topics including:   - how to understand yourself  - how to master the dilemmas of relationships  - how to become more effective at work   - how to endure failure  - how to grow more serene and resilient   &amp;#039;What he has managed to do is remarkable: to help us think better so that we may live better lives&amp;#039; Irish Times  &amp;#039;A serious and optimistic set of practical ideas that could improve and alter the way we live&amp;#039; Jeanette Winterson, The Times  &amp;#039;Alain de Botton likes to take big, complex subjects and write about them with thoughtful and deceptive innocence&amp;#039; Observer © Alain de Botton 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chasing My Cure: A Doctor&amp;#039;s Race to Turn Hope into Action; A Memoir by David Fajgenbaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366029</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chasing My Cure: A Doctor&amp;#039;s Race to Turn Hope into Action; A Memoir
Author: David Fajgenbaum
Narrator: David Fajgenbaum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
LOS ANGELES TIMES AND PUBLISHERS WEEKLY BESTSELLER • The powerful memoir of a young doctor and former college athlete diagnosed with a rare disease who spearheaded the search for a cure—and became a champion for a new approach to medical research. “A wonderful and moving chronicle of a doctor’s relentless pursuit, this book serves both patients and physicians in demystifying the science that lies behind medicine.”—Siddhartha Mukherjee, New York Times bestselling author of The Emperor of All Maladies and The Gene  David Fajgenbaum, a former Georgetown quarterback, was nicknamed the Beast in medical school, where he was also known for his unmatched mental stamina. But things changed dramatically when he began suffering from inexplicable fatigue. In a matter of weeks, his organs were failing and he was read his last rites. Doctors were baffled by his condition, which they had yet to even diagnose. Floating in and out of consciousness, Fajgenbaum prayed for a second chance, the equivalent of a dramatic play to second the game into overtime. Miraculously, Fajgenbaum survived—only to endure repeated near-death relapses from what would eventually be identified as a form of Castleman disease, an extremely deadly and rare condition that acts like a cross between cancer and an autoimmune disorder. When he relapsed while on the only drug in development and realized that the medical community was unlikely to make progress in time to save his life, Fajgenbaum turned his desperate hope for a cure into concrete action: Between hospitalizations he studied his own charts and tested his own blood samples, looking for clues that could unlock a new treatment. With the help of family, friends, and mentors, he also reached out to other Castleman disease patients and physicians, and eventually came up with an ambitious plan to crowdsource the most promising research questions and recruit world-class researchers to tackle them. Instead of waiting for the scientific stars to align, he would attempt to align them himself. More than five years later and now married to his college sweetheart, Fajgenbaum has seen his hard work pay off: A treatment he identified has induced a tentative remission and his novel approach to collaborative scientific inquiry has become a blueprint for advancing rare disease research. His incredible story demonstrates the potency of hope, and what can happen when the forces of determination, love, family, faith, and serendipity collide.</description>
      <author>David Fajgenbaum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781984890146.mp3" length="2638840" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366029</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781984890146.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chasing My Cure: A Doctor&amp;#039;s Race to Turn Hope into Action; A Memoir
Author: David Fajgenbaum
Narrator: David Fajgenbaum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
LOS ANGELES TIMES AND PUBLISHERS WEEKLY BESTSELLER • The powerful memoir of a young doctor and former college athlete diagnosed with a rare disease who spearheaded the search for a cure—and became a champion for a new approach to medical research. “A wonderful and moving chronicle of a doctor’s relentless pursuit, this book serves both patients and physicians in demystifying the science that lies behind medicine.”—Siddhartha Mukherjee, New York Times bestselling author of The Emperor of All Maladies and The Gene  David Fajgenbaum, a former Georgetown quarterback, was nicknamed the Beast in medical school, where he was also known for his unmatched mental stamina. But things changed dramatically when he began suffering from inexplicable fatigue. In a matter of weeks, his organs were failing and he was read his last rites. Doctors were baffled by his condition, which they had yet to even diagnose. Floating in and out of consciousness, Fajgenbaum prayed for a second chance, the equivalent of a dramatic play to second the game into overtime. Miraculously, Fajgenbaum survived—only to endure repeated near-death relapses from what would eventually be identified as a form of Castleman disease, an extremely deadly and rare condition that acts like a cross between cancer and an autoimmune disorder. When he relapsed while on the only drug in development and realized that the medical community was unlikely to make progress in time to save his life, Fajgenbaum turned his desperate hope for a cure into concrete action: Between hospitalizations he studied his own charts and tested his own blood samples, looking for clues that could unlock a new treatment. With the help of family, friends, and mentors, he also reached out to other Castleman disease patients and physicians, and eventually came up with an ambitious plan to crowdsource the most promising research questions and recruit world-class researchers to tackle them. Instead of waiting for the scientific stars to align, he would attempt to align them himself. More than five years later and now married to his college sweetheart, Fajgenbaum has seen his hard work pay off: A treatment he identified has induced a tentative remission and his novel approach to collaborative scientific inquiry has become a blueprint for advancing rare disease research. His incredible story demonstrates the potency of hope, and what can happen when the forces of determination, love, family, faith, and serendipity collide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chasing My Cure: A Doctor&amp;#039;s Race to Turn Hope into Action; A Memoir
Author: David Fajgenbaum
Narrator: David Fajgenbaum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
LOS ANGELES TIMES AND PUBLISHERS WEEKLY BESTSELLER • The powerful memoir of a young doctor and former college athlete diagnosed with a rare disease who spearheaded the search for a cure—and became a champion for a new approach to medical research. “A wonderful and moving chronicle of a doctor’s relentless pursuit, this book serves both patients and physicians in demystifying the science that lies behind medicine.”—Siddhartha Mukherjee, New York Times bestselling author of The Emperor of All Maladies and The Gene  David Fajgenbaum, a former Georgetown quarterback, was nicknamed the Beast in medical school, where he was also known for his unmatched mental stamina. But things changed dramatically when he began suffering from inexplicable fatigue. In a matter of weeks, his organs were failing and he was read his last rites. Doctors were baffled by his condition, which they had yet to even diagnose. Floating in and out of consciousness, Fajgenbaum prayed for a second chance, the equivalent of a dramatic play to second the game into overtime. Miraculously, Fajgenbaum survived—only to endure repeated near-death relapses from what would eventually be identified as a form of Castleman disease, an extremely deadly and rare condition that acts like a cross between cancer and an autoimmune disorder. When he relapsed while on the only drug in development and realized that the medical community was unlikely to make progress in time to save his life, Fajgenbaum turned his desperate hope for a cure into concrete action: Between hospitalizations he studied his own charts and tested his own blood samples, looking for clues that could unlock a new treatment. With the help of family, friends, and mentors, he also reached out to other Castleman disease patients and physicians, and eventually came up with an ambitious plan to crowdsource the most promising research questions and recruit world-class researchers to tackle them. Instead of waiting for the scientific stars to align, he would attempt to align them himself. More than five years later and now married to his college sweetheart, Fajgenbaum has seen his hard work pay off: A treatment he identified has induced a tentative remission and his novel approach to collaborative scientific inquiry has become a blueprint for advancing rare disease research. His incredible story demonstrates the potency of hope, and what can happen when the forces of determination, love, family, faith, and serendipity collide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Swedish] - Digital Libido : Sex, makt och våld i nätverkssamhället by Alexander Bard, Jan Söderqvist</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365752</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Digital Libido : Sex, makt och våld i nätverkssamhället
Author: Alexander Bard, Jan Söderqvist
Narrator: Kristoffer Hellström
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Vi ser oss omkring. Och vi vantrivs. Tillväxten slår nya rekord, fattigdom och analfabetism minskar, teknologiska innovationer skapar fantastiska möjligheter. Samtidigt känner vi alla innerst inne att det är någonting som är fundamentalt fel. Demokratierna har gått i baklås och producerar auktoritära översittare; en växande underklass bedövar sig med snabba kolhydrater och fördummande underhållning. Samhället infantiliseras, det politiska samtalet förfaller. Alexander Bard och Jan Söderqvist utgår i denna mäktiga tour de force från psykoanalysen och Sigmund Freuds profetiska storverk &amp;quot;Vi vantrivs i kulturen&amp;quot; när de skärskådar tillståndet i internetåldern. &amp;quot;Digital Libido : Sex, makt och våld i nätverkssamhället&amp;quot; är en djuplodande och brutalt ärlig analys av människans alltmer akuta vilsenhet i det framväxande nätverkssamhället. Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist genomlyser varje aspekt av relationen mellan människa och teknologi för att tydliggöra samtidens och framtidens existentiella problematik. Vad är det som händer? Och varför? &amp;quot;Digital Libido&amp;quot; besvarar frågorna du knappt vågar ställa.</description>
      <author>Alexander Bard, Jan Söderqvist</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jun 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789176395509.mp3" length="1474420" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365752</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789176395509.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Digital Libido : Sex, makt och våld i nätverkssamhället
Author: Alexander Bard, Jan Söderqvist
Narrator: Kristoffer Hellström
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Vi ser oss omkring. Och vi vantrivs. Tillväxten slår nya rekord, fattigdom och analfabetism minskar, teknologiska innovationer skapar fantastiska möjligheter. Samtidigt känner vi alla innerst inne att det är någonting som är fundamentalt fel. Demokratierna har gått i baklås och producerar auktoritära översittare; en växande underklass bedövar sig med snabba kolhydrater och fördummande underhållning. Samhället infantiliseras, det politiska samtalet förfaller. Alexander Bard och Jan Söderqvist utgår i denna mäktiga tour de force från psykoanalysen och Sigmund Freuds profetiska storverk &amp;quot;Vi vantrivs i kulturen&amp;quot; när de skärskådar tillståndet i internetåldern. &amp;quot;Digital Libido : Sex, makt och våld i nätverkssamhället&amp;quot; är en djuplodande och brutalt ärlig analys av människans alltmer akuta vilsenhet i det framväxande nätverkssamhället. Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist genomlyser varje aspekt av relationen mellan människa och teknologi för att tydliggöra samtidens och framtidens existentiella problematik. Vad är det som händer? Och varför? &amp;quot;Digital Libido&amp;quot; besvarar frågorna du knappt vågar ställa.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Digital Libido : Sex, makt och våld i nätverkssamhället
Author: Alexander Bard, Jan Söderqvist
Narrator: Kristoffer Hellström
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Vi ser oss omkring. Och vi vantrivs. Tillväxten slår nya rekord, fattigdom och analfabetism minskar, teknologiska innovationer skapar fantastiska möjligheter. Samtidigt känner vi alla innerst inne att det är någonting som är fundamentalt fel. Demokratierna har gått i baklås och producerar auktoritära översittare; en växande underklass bedövar sig med snabba kolhydrater och fördummande underhållning. Samhället infantiliseras, det politiska samtalet förfaller. Alexander Bard och Jan Söderqvist utgår i denna mäktiga tour de force från psykoanalysen och Sigmund Freuds profetiska storverk &amp;quot;Vi vantrivs i kulturen&amp;quot; när de skärskådar tillståndet i internetåldern. &amp;quot;Digital Libido : Sex, makt och våld i nätverkssamhället&amp;quot; är en djuplodande och brutalt ärlig analys av människans alltmer akuta vilsenhet i det framväxande nätverkssamhället. Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist genomlyser varje aspekt av relationen mellan människa och teknologi för att tydliggöra samtidens och framtidens existentiella problematik. Vad är det som händer? Och varför? &amp;quot;Digital Libido&amp;quot; besvarar frågorna du knappt vågar ställa.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mad Monk Manifesto: A Prescription for Evolution, Revolution and Global Awakening by Yun Rou</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365649</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365649">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365649</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mad Monk Manifesto: A Prescription for Evolution, Revolution and Global Awakening
Author: Yun Rou
Narrator: Edward Bauer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December  9, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Change The World By Changing YourselfFind answers: Today, it’s easy to get outraged by world events, frustrated by our own personal battles, and disenfranchised from government and leadership. Born of moral indignation, informed by decades of study, and seasoned by a life of devoted self-cultivation, Monk Yun Rou’s Mad Monk Manifesto has the answers we’re looking for, organically cohering personal prescriptions and calls to social and political action in one powerful document. Discover venerated wisdom: Based on ancient Chinese wisdom such as Lao Tzu’s Tao Te Ching, Mad Monk Manifesto is part tour guide to consciousness, part recipe for personal development, part prescription for environmental salvation, and part handbook for social change. In approximately 70,000 words, the book’s six chapters (framed by an introduction and afterward) follow the traditional Taoist prescription for changing the larger world by changing ourselves first. Improve yourself―and the world: In the same way ripples move away from a stone dropped into a pond, Mad Monk Manifesto begins with our personal lives, discussing topics such as diet, exercise, meditation, and mind/body practice, and spreads to our public environment, describing ideas such as what we can do to improve the community, the government, and the world. Full of everything from advice for a healthy, conscious lifestyle to suggested actions we can take to enhance the lives of friends, family, coworkers, and community members, Mad Monk Manifesto highlights spirituality and service, the goals of an awakened life. Learn something new: Each chapter of Mad Monk Manifesto is creative and fresh, offering proactive solutions in single-paragraph exhortations and prescriptions against a backdrop of lessons from Chinese history, the wisdom of ancient sages like Lao Tzu, and stories born of author Monk Yun Rou&amp;#039;s journey from privileged Manhattanite to practicing Taoist monk. Inspirational and informative, exhortative and prescriptive, this modern Alan Watts creates a complete and immersive experience for everyone who picks up his Mad Monk Manifesto―a portrayal of everything from the mundane to the sublime through the lens of the philosophy best known from George Lucas’ Star Wars saga, the Green Movement, and surf and hippie cultures. Emerge with a new way of seeing life, a series of concrete steps to take for personal transformation, and an action plan for working in the community to provoke change. Mad Monk Manifesto is precisely what the world needs at a time of unprecedented environmental disasters, international instability, and divisive and unreliable leadership. After reading this book, you will learn: - How to relax, rectify, and rebalance life - How to bolster the community and deepen culture - How to effect positive change in commerce, government, power, and the environment For readers of Alan Watts, Ursula Le Guin, and Change Your Thoughts―Change Your Life by Dr. Wayne W. Dyer</description>
      <author>Yun Rou</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 09 Dec 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781624615740.mp3" length="863742" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365649</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781624615740.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365649">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365649</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mad Monk Manifesto: A Prescription for Evolution, Revolution and Global Awakening
Author: Yun Rou
Narrator: Edward Bauer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December  9, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Change The World By Changing YourselfFind answers: Today, it’s easy to get outraged by world events, frustrated by our own personal battles, and disenfranchised from government and leadership. Born of moral indignation, informed by decades of study, and seasoned by a life of devoted self-cultivation, Monk Yun Rou’s Mad Monk Manifesto has the answers we’re looking for, organically cohering personal prescriptions and calls to social and political action in one powerful document. Discover venerated wisdom: Based on ancient Chinese wisdom such as Lao Tzu’s Tao Te Ching, Mad Monk Manifesto is part tour guide to consciousness, part recipe for personal development, part prescription for environmental salvation, and part handbook for social change. In approximately 70,000 words, the book’s six chapters (framed by an introduction and afterward) follow the traditional Taoist prescription for changing the larger world by changing ourselves first. Improve yourself―and the world: In the same way ripples move away from a stone dropped into a pond, Mad Monk Manifesto begins with our personal lives, discussing topics such as diet, exercise, meditation, and mind/body practice, and spreads to our public environment, describing ideas such as what we can do to improve the community, the government, and the world. Full of everything from advice for a healthy, conscious lifestyle to suggested actions we can take to enhance the lives of friends, family, coworkers, and community members, Mad Monk Manifesto highlights spirituality and service, the goals of an awakened life. Learn something new: Each chapter of Mad Monk Manifesto is creative and fresh, offering proactive solutions in single-paragraph exhortations and prescriptions against a backdrop of lessons from Chinese history, the wisdom of ancient sages like Lao Tzu, and stories born of author Monk Yun Rou&amp;#039;s journey from privileged Manhattanite to practicing Taoist monk. Inspirational and informative, exhortative and prescriptive, this modern Alan Watts creates a complete and immersive experience for everyone who picks up his Mad Monk Manifesto―a portrayal of everything from the mundane to the sublime through the lens of the philosophy best known from George Lucas’ Star Wars saga, the Green Movement, and surf and hippie cultures. Emerge with a new way of seeing life, a series of concrete steps to take for personal transformation, and an action plan for working in the community to provoke change. Mad Monk Manifesto is precisely what the world needs at a time of unprecedented environmental disasters, international instability, and divisive and unreliable leadership. After reading this book, you will learn: - How to relax, rectify, and rebalance life - How to bolster the community and deepen culture - How to effect positive change in commerce, government, power, and the environment For readers of Alan Watts, Ursula Le Guin, and Change Your Thoughts―Change Your Life by Dr. Wayne W. Dyer</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365649">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365649</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mad Monk Manifesto: A Prescription for Evolution, Revolution and Global Awakening
Author: Yun Rou
Narrator: Edward Bauer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December  9, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Change The World By Changing YourselfFind answers: Today, it’s easy to get outraged by world events, frustrated by our own personal battles, and disenfranchised from government and leadership. Born of moral indignation, informed by decades of study, and seasoned by a life of devoted self-cultivation, Monk Yun Rou’s Mad Monk Manifesto has the answers we’re looking for, organically cohering personal prescriptions and calls to social and political action in one powerful document. Discover venerated wisdom: Based on ancient Chinese wisdom such as Lao Tzu’s Tao Te Ching, Mad Monk Manifesto is part tour guide to consciousness, part recipe for personal development, part prescription for environmental salvation, and part handbook for social change. In approximately 70,000 words, the book’s six chapters (framed by an introduction and afterward) follow the traditional Taoist prescription for changing the larger world by changing ourselves first. Improve yourself―and the world: In the same way ripples move away from a stone dropped into a pond, Mad Monk Manifesto begins with our personal lives, discussing topics such as diet, exercise, meditation, and mind/body practice, and spreads to our public environment, describing ideas such as what we can do to improve the community, the government, and the world. Full of everything from advice for a healthy, conscious lifestyle to suggested actions we can take to enhance the lives of friends, family, coworkers, and community members, Mad Monk Manifesto highlights spirituality and service, the goals of an awakened life. Learn something new: Each chapter of Mad Monk Manifesto is creative and fresh, offering proactive solutions in single-paragraph exhortations and prescriptions against a backdrop of lessons from Chinese history, the wisdom of ancient sages like Lao Tzu, and stories born of author Monk Yun Rou&amp;#039;s journey from privileged Manhattanite to practicing Taoist monk. Inspirational and informative, exhortative and prescriptive, this modern Alan Watts creates a complete and immersive experience for everyone who picks up his Mad Monk Manifesto―a portrayal of everything from the mundane to the sublime through the lens of the philosophy best known from George Lucas’ Star Wars saga, the Green Movement, and surf and hippie cultures. Emerge with a new way of seeing life, a series of concrete steps to take for personal transformation, and an action plan for working in the community to provoke change. Mad Monk Manifesto is precisely what the world needs at a time of unprecedented environmental disasters, international instability, and divisive and unreliable leadership. After reading this book, you will learn: - How to relax, rectify, and rebalance life - How to bolster the community and deepen culture - How to effect positive change in commerce, government, power, and the environment For readers of Alan Watts, Ursula Le Guin, and Change Your Thoughts―Change Your Life by Dr. Wayne W. Dyer</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Digital libido : sex, power and violence in the network society by Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365589</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital libido : sex, power and violence in the network society
Author: Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard
Narrator: Kristoffer Hellström
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Global growth sets new records, poverty and illiteracy rates fall, technological innovation creates amazing opportunities. Still we are deeply discontent, there is something fundamentally wrong with contemporary society. Democracies are paralysed and produce authoritarian bullies as leaders, a growing underclass sedates itself with fast carbs and moronic entertainment. Society is infantilised and political discourse implodes. Digital Libido is a deep and brutal analysis of humanity&amp;quot;s rapidly increasing sense of loss and confusion in the network society. Departing from Sigmund Freud, the father of psychoanalysis, and his prophetic masterpiece Civilisation and its Discontents, philosophers and futurologists Alexander Bard and Jan Söderqvist create a tour de force while digging deep into the human condition in the internet age. Exposing every aspect of the complex relationship between Man and technology, Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist clarify our current and future existential dilemmas. Welcome to the attentionalist chaos, where order gains such a massive value that people are willing to pay any price to obtain it. So what is happening? And why? Digital Libido answers the questions you were too scared to even ask. About the authors: ALEXANDER BARD is a philosopher, futurologist, spiritual and political activist. He has a background of almost three decades as a highly successful artist, producer and songwriter in the music industry. Bard is a globally renown lecturer and ideologue, both on the live stage and on a multitude of media platforms. JAN SÖDERQVIST is a philosopher, futurologist and lecturer. Söderqvist is a pioneer of online television, but has been professionally active in almost all conceivable media disciplines, such as the daily press, magazines, film, radio and television. He currently writes for the Swedish major daily Svenska Dagbladet and works as editor for Axess Magasin.</description>
      <author>Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Nov 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789176395516.mp3" length="1410997" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365589</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789176395516.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital libido : sex, power and violence in the network society
Author: Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard
Narrator: Kristoffer Hellström
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Global growth sets new records, poverty and illiteracy rates fall, technological innovation creates amazing opportunities. Still we are deeply discontent, there is something fundamentally wrong with contemporary society. Democracies are paralysed and produce authoritarian bullies as leaders, a growing underclass sedates itself with fast carbs and moronic entertainment. Society is infantilised and political discourse implodes. Digital Libido is a deep and brutal analysis of humanity&amp;quot;s rapidly increasing sense of loss and confusion in the network society. Departing from Sigmund Freud, the father of psychoanalysis, and his prophetic masterpiece Civilisation and its Discontents, philosophers and futurologists Alexander Bard and Jan Söderqvist create a tour de force while digging deep into the human condition in the internet age. Exposing every aspect of the complex relationship between Man and technology, Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist clarify our current and future existential dilemmas. Welcome to the attentionalist chaos, where order gains such a massive value that people are willing to pay any price to obtain it. So what is happening? And why? Digital Libido answers the questions you were too scared to even ask. About the authors: ALEXANDER BARD is a philosopher, futurologist, spiritual and political activist. He has a background of almost three decades as a highly successful artist, producer and songwriter in the music industry. Bard is a globally renown lecturer and ideologue, both on the live stage and on a multitude of media platforms. JAN SÖDERQVIST is a philosopher, futurologist and lecturer. Söderqvist is a pioneer of online television, but has been professionally active in almost all conceivable media disciplines, such as the daily press, magazines, film, radio and television. He currently writes for the Swedish major daily Svenska Dagbladet and works as editor for Axess Magasin.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital libido : sex, power and violence in the network society
Author: Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard
Narrator: Kristoffer Hellström
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Global growth sets new records, poverty and illiteracy rates fall, technological innovation creates amazing opportunities. Still we are deeply discontent, there is something fundamentally wrong with contemporary society. Democracies are paralysed and produce authoritarian bullies as leaders, a growing underclass sedates itself with fast carbs and moronic entertainment. Society is infantilised and political discourse implodes. Digital Libido is a deep and brutal analysis of humanity&amp;quot;s rapidly increasing sense of loss and confusion in the network society. Departing from Sigmund Freud, the father of psychoanalysis, and his prophetic masterpiece Civilisation and its Discontents, philosophers and futurologists Alexander Bard and Jan Söderqvist create a tour de force while digging deep into the human condition in the internet age. Exposing every aspect of the complex relationship between Man and technology, Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist clarify our current and future existential dilemmas. Welcome to the attentionalist chaos, where order gains such a massive value that people are willing to pay any price to obtain it. So what is happening? And why? Digital Libido answers the questions you were too scared to even ask. About the authors: ALEXANDER BARD is a philosopher, futurologist, spiritual and political activist. He has a background of almost three decades as a highly successful artist, producer and songwriter in the music industry. Bard is a globally renown lecturer and ideologue, both on the live stage and on a multitude of media platforms. JAN SÖDERQVIST is a philosopher, futurologist and lecturer. Söderqvist is a pioneer of online television, but has been professionally active in almost all conceivable media disciplines, such as the daily press, magazines, film, radio and television. He currently writes for the Swedish major daily Svenska Dagbladet and works as editor for Axess Magasin.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How the World Thinks: A Global History of Philosophy by Julian Baggini</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365244</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How the World Thinks: A Global History of Philosophy
Author: Julian Baggini
Narrator: Julian Baggini
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 43 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
All cultures are different, and have different ways of thinking. In How the World Thinks, Julian Baggini travels the globe to provide a hugely wide-ranging map of human thought. He shows us how distinct branches of philosophy flowered simultaneously in China, India and Ancient Greece, growing from local myths and stories - and how contemporary cultural attitudes, with particular attention to the West, East Asia, the Muslim World and Africa, have developed out of the philosophical histories of their regions. Interviewing thinkers from all around the world, he asks why, for instance, do our European systems of governments and justice differ so widely from the East? Why can Islam not easily incorporate secular knowledge? How do we understand China? By gaining greater knowledge of how others think, we can become less certain of the knowledge we think we have, the first step to greater understanding.</description>
      <author>Julian Baggini</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Dec 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781528847759.mp3" length="896271" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365244</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781528847759.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How the World Thinks: A Global History of Philosophy
Author: Julian Baggini
Narrator: Julian Baggini
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 43 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
All cultures are different, and have different ways of thinking. In How the World Thinks, Julian Baggini travels the globe to provide a hugely wide-ranging map of human thought. He shows us how distinct branches of philosophy flowered simultaneously in China, India and Ancient Greece, growing from local myths and stories - and how contemporary cultural attitudes, with particular attention to the West, East Asia, the Muslim World and Africa, have developed out of the philosophical histories of their regions. Interviewing thinkers from all around the world, he asks why, for instance, do our European systems of governments and justice differ so widely from the East? Why can Islam not easily incorporate secular knowledge? How do we understand China? By gaining greater knowledge of how others think, we can become less certain of the knowledge we think we have, the first step to greater understanding.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How the World Thinks: A Global History of Philosophy
Author: Julian Baggini
Narrator: Julian Baggini
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 43 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
All cultures are different, and have different ways of thinking. In How the World Thinks, Julian Baggini travels the globe to provide a hugely wide-ranging map of human thought. He shows us how distinct branches of philosophy flowered simultaneously in China, India and Ancient Greece, growing from local myths and stories - and how contemporary cultural attitudes, with particular attention to the West, East Asia, the Muslim World and Africa, have developed out of the philosophical histories of their regions. Interviewing thinkers from all around the world, he asks why, for instance, do our European systems of governments and justice differ so widely from the East? Why can Islam not easily incorporate secular knowledge? How do we understand China? By gaining greater knowledge of how others think, we can become less certain of the knowledge we think we have, the first step to greater understanding.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Handbook for New Stoics: How to Thrive in a World out of Your Control; 52 Week-by-Week Lessons by Gregory Lopez, Massimo Pigliucci</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365187</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365187">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365187</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Handbook for New Stoics: How to Thrive in a World out of Your Control; 52 Week-by-Week Lessons
Author: Gregory Lopez, Massimo Pigliucci
Narrator: Rupert Farley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A pragmatic philosophy more popular than ever—here are fifty-two ancient lessons to help you overcome adversity and find tranquility in the modern world. An ancient belief system made new, Stoicism teaches us how to accept the things we cannot change and how to live a good life. It helps us improve our outlook, increase our well-being, and thrive in the face of adversity. But how does one live like a Stoic?  In A Handbook for New Stoics, renowned philosopher Massimo Pigliucci and practitioner Gregory Lopez guide listeners through fifty-two weekly lessons, each based on a common obstacle. Stressing out about a meeting at work? Try listing the things you can control and those you can’t. Epictetus writes: “In our power are thought, impulse, will to get, and will to avoid”—in other words, our own attitudes. Discover what you can control and quickly achieve peace of mind. Featuring quotes from philosophers, analysis by the authors, and journaling activities, these lessons enable readers to reframe their perceptions and be happier.</description>
      <author>Gregory Lopez, Massimo Pigliucci</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982641399.mp3" length="823358" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365187</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982641399.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365187">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365187</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Handbook for New Stoics: How to Thrive in a World out of Your Control; 52 Week-by-Week Lessons
Author: Gregory Lopez, Massimo Pigliucci
Narrator: Rupert Farley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A pragmatic philosophy more popular than ever—here are fifty-two ancient lessons to help you overcome adversity and find tranquility in the modern world. An ancient belief system made new, Stoicism teaches us how to accept the things we cannot change and how to live a good life. It helps us improve our outlook, increase our well-being, and thrive in the face of adversity. But how does one live like a Stoic?  In A Handbook for New Stoics, renowned philosopher Massimo Pigliucci and practitioner Gregory Lopez guide listeners through fifty-two weekly lessons, each based on a common obstacle. Stressing out about a meeting at work? Try listing the things you can control and those you can’t. Epictetus writes: “In our power are thought, impulse, will to get, and will to avoid”—in other words, our own attitudes. Discover what you can control and quickly achieve peace of mind. Featuring quotes from philosophers, analysis by the authors, and journaling activities, these lessons enable readers to reframe their perceptions and be happier.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365187">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365187</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Handbook for New Stoics: How to Thrive in a World out of Your Control; 52 Week-by-Week Lessons
Author: Gregory Lopez, Massimo Pigliucci
Narrator: Rupert Farley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A pragmatic philosophy more popular than ever—here are fifty-two ancient lessons to help you overcome adversity and find tranquility in the modern world. An ancient belief system made new, Stoicism teaches us how to accept the things we cannot change and how to live a good life. It helps us improve our outlook, increase our well-being, and thrive in the face of adversity. But how does one live like a Stoic?  In A Handbook for New Stoics, renowned philosopher Massimo Pigliucci and practitioner Gregory Lopez guide listeners through fifty-two weekly lessons, each based on a common obstacle. Stressing out about a meeting at work? Try listing the things you can control and those you can’t. Epictetus writes: “In our power are thought, impulse, will to get, and will to avoid”—in other words, our own attitudes. Discover what you can control and quickly achieve peace of mind. Featuring quotes from philosophers, analysis by the authors, and journaling activities, these lessons enable readers to reframe their perceptions and be happier.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meditations/Discourse on the Method by René Descartes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365072</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meditations/Discourse on the Method
Author: René Descartes
Narrator: Mark Meadows
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Plagued with doubt and uncertainty in sensory knowledge, Descartes is struck with the idea that everything he knows is false. He considers the possibility that he has been deceived by an &amp;#039;evil demon&amp;#039; and is left with nothing to lean on, until he arrives at the phrase &amp;#039;cogito ergo sum&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;I think, therefore I am&amp;#039;). Clinging to this, he proceeds to reconstruct his doubted world and redefine his understanding. Among the most quoted philosophical works in history, Meditations on First Philosophy and Discourse on the Method together display the full workings of Descartes&amp;#039; sceptical method and the formation of his famous phrase. Meditations sees him apply the method in a quest to find indisputable knowledge, while Discourse is his exposition of the technique.</description>
      <author>René Descartes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jan 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781982082.mp3" length="830309" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365072</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781982082.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meditations/Discourse on the Method
Author: René Descartes
Narrator: Mark Meadows
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Plagued with doubt and uncertainty in sensory knowledge, Descartes is struck with the idea that everything he knows is false. He considers the possibility that he has been deceived by an &amp;#039;evil demon&amp;#039; and is left with nothing to lean on, until he arrives at the phrase &amp;#039;cogito ergo sum&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;I think, therefore I am&amp;#039;). Clinging to this, he proceeds to reconstruct his doubted world and redefine his understanding. Among the most quoted philosophical works in history, Meditations on First Philosophy and Discourse on the Method together display the full workings of Descartes&amp;#039; sceptical method and the formation of his famous phrase. Meditations sees him apply the method in a quest to find indisputable knowledge, while Discourse is his exposition of the technique.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meditations/Discourse on the Method
Author: René Descartes
Narrator: Mark Meadows
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Plagued with doubt and uncertainty in sensory knowledge, Descartes is struck with the idea that everything he knows is false. He considers the possibility that he has been deceived by an &amp;#039;evil demon&amp;#039; and is left with nothing to lean on, until he arrives at the phrase &amp;#039;cogito ergo sum&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;I think, therefore I am&amp;#039;). Clinging to this, he proceeds to reconstruct his doubted world and redefine his understanding. Among the most quoted philosophical works in history, Meditations on First Philosophy and Discourse on the Method together display the full workings of Descartes&amp;#039; sceptical method and the formation of his famous phrase. Meditations sees him apply the method in a quest to find indisputable knowledge, while Discourse is his exposition of the technique.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On the Future: Prospects for Humanity by Martin Rees</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Future: Prospects for Humanity
Author: Martin Rees
Narrator: Martin Rees, Samuel West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Martin Rees and Samuel West offers a provocative and inspiring look at the future of humanity and science Humanity has reached a critical moment. Our world is unsettled and rapidly changing, and we face existential risks over the next century. Various outcomes—good and bad—are possible. Yet our approach to the future is characterized by short-term thinking, polarizing debates, alarmist rhetoric, and pessimism. In this short, exhilarating book, renowned scientist and bestselling author Martin Rees argues that humanity&amp;#039;s prospects depend on our taking a very different approach to planning for tomorrow. The future of humanity is bound to the future of science and hinges on how successfully we harness technological advances to address our challenges. If we are to use science to solve our problems while avoiding its dystopian risks, we must think rationally, globally, collectively, and optimistically about the long term. Advances in biotechnology, cybertechnology, robotics, and artificial intelligence—if pursued and applied wisely—could empower us to boost the developing and developed world and overcome the threats humanity faces on Earth, from climate change to nuclear war. At the same time, further advances in space science will allow humans to explore the solar system and beyond with robots and AI. But there is no &amp;#039;Plan B&amp;#039; for Earth—no viable alternative within reach if we do not care for our home planet. Rich with fascinating insights into cutting-edge science and technology, this accessible book will captivate anyone who wants to understand the critical issues that will define the future of humanity on Earth and beyond.</description>
      <author>Martin Rees</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Oct 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691192994.mp3" length="1339957" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691192994.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Future: Prospects for Humanity
Author: Martin Rees
Narrator: Martin Rees, Samuel West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Martin Rees and Samuel West offers a provocative and inspiring look at the future of humanity and science Humanity has reached a critical moment. Our world is unsettled and rapidly changing, and we face existential risks over the next century. Various outcomes—good and bad—are possible. Yet our approach to the future is characterized by short-term thinking, polarizing debates, alarmist rhetoric, and pessimism. In this short, exhilarating book, renowned scientist and bestselling author Martin Rees argues that humanity&amp;#039;s prospects depend on our taking a very different approach to planning for tomorrow. The future of humanity is bound to the future of science and hinges on how successfully we harness technological advances to address our challenges. If we are to use science to solve our problems while avoiding its dystopian risks, we must think rationally, globally, collectively, and optimistically about the long term. Advances in biotechnology, cybertechnology, robotics, and artificial intelligence—if pursued and applied wisely—could empower us to boost the developing and developed world and overcome the threats humanity faces on Earth, from climate change to nuclear war. At the same time, further advances in space science will allow humans to explore the solar system and beyond with robots and AI. But there is no &amp;#039;Plan B&amp;#039; for Earth—no viable alternative within reach if we do not care for our home planet. Rich with fascinating insights into cutting-edge science and technology, this accessible book will captivate anyone who wants to understand the critical issues that will define the future of humanity on Earth and beyond.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Future: Prospects for Humanity
Author: Martin Rees
Narrator: Martin Rees, Samuel West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Martin Rees and Samuel West offers a provocative and inspiring look at the future of humanity and science Humanity has reached a critical moment. Our world is unsettled and rapidly changing, and we face existential risks over the next century. Various outcomes—good and bad—are possible. Yet our approach to the future is characterized by short-term thinking, polarizing debates, alarmist rhetoric, and pessimism. In this short, exhilarating book, renowned scientist and bestselling author Martin Rees argues that humanity&amp;#039;s prospects depend on our taking a very different approach to planning for tomorrow. The future of humanity is bound to the future of science and hinges on how successfully we harness technological advances to address our challenges. If we are to use science to solve our problems while avoiding its dystopian risks, we must think rationally, globally, collectively, and optimistically about the long term. Advances in biotechnology, cybertechnology, robotics, and artificial intelligence—if pursued and applied wisely—could empower us to boost the developing and developed world and overcome the threats humanity faces on Earth, from climate change to nuclear war. At the same time, further advances in space science will allow humans to explore the solar system and beyond with robots and AI. But there is no &amp;#039;Plan B&amp;#039; for Earth—no viable alternative within reach if we do not care for our home planet. Rich with fascinating insights into cutting-edge science and technology, this accessible book will captivate anyone who wants to understand the critical issues that will define the future of humanity on Earth and beyond.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>National Populism: The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy by Matthew Goodwin, Roger Eatwell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364755</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364755">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364755</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: National Populism: The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy
Author: Matthew Goodwin, Roger Eatwell
Narrator: Matthew Goodwin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of National Populism: The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy, A Pelican Book, written by Roger Eatwell and Matthew Goodwin and read by Matthew Goodwin. A crucial new guide to one of the most urgent political phenomena of our time: the rise of national populism Across the West, there is a rising tide of people who feel excluded, alienated from mainstream politics, and increasingly hostile towards minorities, immigrants and neo-liberal economics. Many of these voters are turning to national populist movements, which have begun to change the face of Western liberal democracy, from the United States to France, Austria to the UK. This radical turn, we are told, is a last howl of rage from an aging electorate on the verge of extinction. Their leaders are fascistic and their politics anti-democratic; their existence a side-show to liberal democracy.  But this version of events, as Roger Eatwell and Matthew Goodwin show, could not be further from the truth. Written by two of the foremost experts on fascism and the rise of national populism, this lucid and deeply-researched book is a vital guide to our transformed political landscape. Challenging conventional wisdoms, Eatwell and Goodwin make a compelling case for serious, respectful engagement with the supporters and ideas of national populism - not least because it is a tide that won&amp;#039;t be stemmed anytime soon.</description>
      <author>Matthew Goodwin, Roger Eatwell</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Jan 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241401675.mp3" length="1495607" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364755</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241401675.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364755">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364755</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: National Populism: The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy
Author: Matthew Goodwin, Roger Eatwell
Narrator: Matthew Goodwin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of National Populism: The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy, A Pelican Book, written by Roger Eatwell and Matthew Goodwin and read by Matthew Goodwin. A crucial new guide to one of the most urgent political phenomena of our time: the rise of national populism Across the West, there is a rising tide of people who feel excluded, alienated from mainstream politics, and increasingly hostile towards minorities, immigrants and neo-liberal economics. Many of these voters are turning to national populist movements, which have begun to change the face of Western liberal democracy, from the United States to France, Austria to the UK. This radical turn, we are told, is a last howl of rage from an aging electorate on the verge of extinction. Their leaders are fascistic and their politics anti-democratic; their existence a side-show to liberal democracy.  But this version of events, as Roger Eatwell and Matthew Goodwin show, could not be further from the truth. Written by two of the foremost experts on fascism and the rise of national populism, this lucid and deeply-researched book is a vital guide to our transformed political landscape. Challenging conventional wisdoms, Eatwell and Goodwin make a compelling case for serious, respectful engagement with the supporters and ideas of national populism - not least because it is a tide that won&amp;#039;t be stemmed anytime soon.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364755">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364755</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: National Populism: The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy
Author: Matthew Goodwin, Roger Eatwell
Narrator: Matthew Goodwin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of National Populism: The Revolt Against Liberal Democracy, A Pelican Book, written by Roger Eatwell and Matthew Goodwin and read by Matthew Goodwin. A crucial new guide to one of the most urgent political phenomena of our time: the rise of national populism Across the West, there is a rising tide of people who feel excluded, alienated from mainstream politics, and increasingly hostile towards minorities, immigrants and neo-liberal economics. Many of these voters are turning to national populist movements, which have begun to change the face of Western liberal democracy, from the United States to France, Austria to the UK. This radical turn, we are told, is a last howl of rage from an aging electorate on the verge of extinction. Their leaders are fascistic and their politics anti-democratic; their existence a side-show to liberal democracy.  But this version of events, as Roger Eatwell and Matthew Goodwin show, could not be further from the truth. Written by two of the foremost experts on fascism and the rise of national populism, this lucid and deeply-researched book is a vital guide to our transformed political landscape. Challenging conventional wisdoms, Eatwell and Goodwin make a compelling case for serious, respectful engagement with the supporters and ideas of national populism - not least because it is a tide that won&amp;#039;t be stemmed anytime soon.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Am I Doing with My Life?: And other late night internet searches answered by the great philosophers by Stephen Law</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363239</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363239">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363239</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Am I Doing with My Life?: And other late night internet searches answered by the great philosophers
Author: Stephen Law
Narrator: Anthony Howell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Life philosophy based on Google searches Have I kissed too many people? Am I a psychopath? Should I be allowed to say whatever I want?  Millions of people ask Google all sorts of questions, everything from the big and small.  Responding to the biggest, existential questions asked online and using the wisdom of Plato, Kant, Kierkegaard and other philosophical greats philosopher, academic, and all-round polymath, Stephen Law, undertakes the challenge and offers answers to our modern-day concerns. He tackles questions from Am I a good person?  to Is there a face in my toast? with tongue-in-cheek sagacity. No matter what you’ve googled in a midnight moment of existential despair, this book will answer all your burning questions.</description>
      <author>Stephen Law</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Aug 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473570313.mp3" length="1414535" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363239</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473570313.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363239">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363239</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Am I Doing with My Life?: And other late night internet searches answered by the great philosophers
Author: Stephen Law
Narrator: Anthony Howell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Life philosophy based on Google searches Have I kissed too many people? Am I a psychopath? Should I be allowed to say whatever I want?  Millions of people ask Google all sorts of questions, everything from the big and small.  Responding to the biggest, existential questions asked online and using the wisdom of Plato, Kant, Kierkegaard and other philosophical greats philosopher, academic, and all-round polymath, Stephen Law, undertakes the challenge and offers answers to our modern-day concerns. He tackles questions from Am I a good person?  to Is there a face in my toast? with tongue-in-cheek sagacity. No matter what you’ve googled in a midnight moment of existential despair, this book will answer all your burning questions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363239">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/363239</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Am I Doing with My Life?: And other late night internet searches answered by the great philosophers
Author: Stephen Law
Narrator: Anthony Howell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Life philosophy based on Google searches Have I kissed too many people? Am I a psychopath? Should I be allowed to say whatever I want?  Millions of people ask Google all sorts of questions, everything from the big and small.  Responding to the biggest, existential questions asked online and using the wisdom of Plato, Kant, Kierkegaard and other philosophical greats philosopher, academic, and all-round polymath, Stephen Law, undertakes the challenge and offers answers to our modern-day concerns. He tackles questions from Am I a good person?  to Is there a face in my toast? with tongue-in-cheek sagacity. No matter what you’ve googled in a midnight moment of existential despair, this book will answer all your burning questions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Desde el corazón by James Allen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361415</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361415">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361415</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Desde el corazón
Author: James Allen
Narrator: Olga Blanco
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Como es en el corazón, así es en la vida. Lo interior constantemente esta convirtiendose en lo exterior. Todo llega a revelarse. Lo oculto solamente lo esta durante un tiempo, finalmente madura y emerge. La semilla, la planta, la flor y el fruto integran el orden cuadruple del universo. Y a partir de los comportamientos que existen en el corazon del hombre se revelan las circunstancias de su vida. Sus pensamientos florecen en acciones dan el fruto de su caracter y de su destino. La vida siempre esta evolucionando en el interior y luego surge a la luz. Los pensamientos que se han generado en el corazon, finalmente se revelan en palabras, en acciones y en logros. El dolor y la felicidad, el sufrimiento y el doce, el miedo y la esperanza, el odio y el amor, la ignorancia y el conocimiento, no se encuentran en ninguna parte que no sea en el corazón del hombre y todos ellos son únicamente condiciones mentales. James Allen (28 de noviembre, 1864) fue un autor y filósofo británico conocido por sus obras inspiracionales y de poesía. Fue pionero del movimiento literario de la autoayuda. su obra más conocida es &amp;#039;Como piensa un hombre&amp;#039;.</description>
      <author>James Allen</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Nov 2016 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788417512262.mp3" length="1302830" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361415</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788417512262.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361415">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361415</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Desde el corazón
Author: James Allen
Narrator: Olga Blanco
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Como es en el corazón, así es en la vida. Lo interior constantemente esta convirtiendose en lo exterior. Todo llega a revelarse. Lo oculto solamente lo esta durante un tiempo, finalmente madura y emerge. La semilla, la planta, la flor y el fruto integran el orden cuadruple del universo. Y a partir de los comportamientos que existen en el corazon del hombre se revelan las circunstancias de su vida. Sus pensamientos florecen en acciones dan el fruto de su caracter y de su destino. La vida siempre esta evolucionando en el interior y luego surge a la luz. Los pensamientos que se han generado en el corazon, finalmente se revelan en palabras, en acciones y en logros. El dolor y la felicidad, el sufrimiento y el doce, el miedo y la esperanza, el odio y el amor, la ignorancia y el conocimiento, no se encuentran en ninguna parte que no sea en el corazón del hombre y todos ellos son únicamente condiciones mentales. James Allen (28 de noviembre, 1864) fue un autor y filósofo británico conocido por sus obras inspiracionales y de poesía. Fue pionero del movimiento literario de la autoayuda. su obra más conocida es &amp;#039;Como piensa un hombre&amp;#039;.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361415">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361415</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Desde el corazón
Author: James Allen
Narrator: Olga Blanco
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Como es en el corazón, así es en la vida. Lo interior constantemente esta convirtiendose en lo exterior. Todo llega a revelarse. Lo oculto solamente lo esta durante un tiempo, finalmente madura y emerge. La semilla, la planta, la flor y el fruto integran el orden cuadruple del universo. Y a partir de los comportamientos que existen en el corazon del hombre se revelan las circunstancias de su vida. Sus pensamientos florecen en acciones dan el fruto de su caracter y de su destino. La vida siempre esta evolucionando en el interior y luego surge a la luz. Los pensamientos que se han generado en el corazon, finalmente se revelan en palabras, en acciones y en logros. El dolor y la felicidad, el sufrimiento y el doce, el miedo y la esperanza, el odio y el amor, la ignorancia y el conocimiento, no se encuentran en ninguna parte que no sea en el corazón del hombre y todos ellos son únicamente condiciones mentales. James Allen (28 de noviembre, 1864) fue un autor y filósofo británico conocido por sus obras inspiracionales y de poesía. Fue pionero del movimiento literario de la autoayuda. su obra más conocida es &amp;#039;Como piensa un hombre&amp;#039;.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Houston, We Have a Narrative: Why Science Needs Story by Randy Olson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361213</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Houston, We Have a Narrative: Why Science Needs Story
Author: Randy Olson
Narrator: David Stifel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  4, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Ask a scientist about Hollywood, and you&amp;#039;ll probably get eye rolls. But ask someone in Hollywood about science, and they&amp;#039;ll see dollar signs: moviemakers know that science can be the source of great stories, with all the drama and action that blockbusters require. That&amp;#039;s a huge mistake, says Randy Olson: Hollywood has a lot to teach scientists about how to tell a story—and, ultimately, how to do science better. With Houston, We Have a Narrative, he lays out a stunningly simple method for turning the dull into the dramatic. Drawing on his unique background, which saw him leave his job as a working scientist to launch a career as a filmmaker, Olson first diagnoses the problem: When scientists tell us about their work, they pile one moment and one detail atop another moment and another detail—a stultifying procession of &amp;#039;and, and, and.&amp;#039; What we need instead is an understanding of the basic elements of story, the narrative structures that our brains are all but hardwired to look for—which Olson boils down, brilliantly, to &amp;#039;And, But, Therefore,&amp;#039; or ABT. At a stroke, the ABT approach introduces momentum (&amp;#039;And&amp;#039;), conflict (&amp;#039;But&amp;#039;), and resolution (&amp;#039;Therefore&amp;#039;)—the fundamental building blocks of story. As Olson has shown by leading countless workshops worldwide, when scientists&amp;#039; eyes are opened to ABT, the effect is staggering: suddenly, they&amp;#039;re not just talking about their work—they&amp;#039;re telling stories about it. And audiences are captivated. Written with an uncommon verve and enthusiasm, and built on principles that are applicable to fields far beyond science, Houston, We Have a Narrative has the power to transform the way science is understood and appreciated, and ultimately how it&amp;#039;s done.</description>
      <author>Randy Olson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Dec 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977336972.mp3" length="7629824" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361213</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977336972.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Houston, We Have a Narrative: Why Science Needs Story
Author: Randy Olson
Narrator: David Stifel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  4, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Ask a scientist about Hollywood, and you&amp;#039;ll probably get eye rolls. But ask someone in Hollywood about science, and they&amp;#039;ll see dollar signs: moviemakers know that science can be the source of great stories, with all the drama and action that blockbusters require. That&amp;#039;s a huge mistake, says Randy Olson: Hollywood has a lot to teach scientists about how to tell a story—and, ultimately, how to do science better. With Houston, We Have a Narrative, he lays out a stunningly simple method for turning the dull into the dramatic. Drawing on his unique background, which saw him leave his job as a working scientist to launch a career as a filmmaker, Olson first diagnoses the problem: When scientists tell us about their work, they pile one moment and one detail atop another moment and another detail—a stultifying procession of &amp;#039;and, and, and.&amp;#039; What we need instead is an understanding of the basic elements of story, the narrative structures that our brains are all but hardwired to look for—which Olson boils down, brilliantly, to &amp;#039;And, But, Therefore,&amp;#039; or ABT. At a stroke, the ABT approach introduces momentum (&amp;#039;And&amp;#039;), conflict (&amp;#039;But&amp;#039;), and resolution (&amp;#039;Therefore&amp;#039;)—the fundamental building blocks of story. As Olson has shown by leading countless workshops worldwide, when scientists&amp;#039; eyes are opened to ABT, the effect is staggering: suddenly, they&amp;#039;re not just talking about their work—they&amp;#039;re telling stories about it. And audiences are captivated. Written with an uncommon verve and enthusiasm, and built on principles that are applicable to fields far beyond science, Houston, We Have a Narrative has the power to transform the way science is understood and appreciated, and ultimately how it&amp;#039;s done.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Houston, We Have a Narrative: Why Science Needs Story
Author: Randy Olson
Narrator: David Stifel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  4, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Ask a scientist about Hollywood, and you&amp;#039;ll probably get eye rolls. But ask someone in Hollywood about science, and they&amp;#039;ll see dollar signs: moviemakers know that science can be the source of great stories, with all the drama and action that blockbusters require. That&amp;#039;s a huge mistake, says Randy Olson: Hollywood has a lot to teach scientists about how to tell a story—and, ultimately, how to do science better. With Houston, We Have a Narrative, he lays out a stunningly simple method for turning the dull into the dramatic. Drawing on his unique background, which saw him leave his job as a working scientist to launch a career as a filmmaker, Olson first diagnoses the problem: When scientists tell us about their work, they pile one moment and one detail atop another moment and another detail—a stultifying procession of &amp;#039;and, and, and.&amp;#039; What we need instead is an understanding of the basic elements of story, the narrative structures that our brains are all but hardwired to look for—which Olson boils down, brilliantly, to &amp;#039;And, But, Therefore,&amp;#039; or ABT. At a stroke, the ABT approach introduces momentum (&amp;#039;And&amp;#039;), conflict (&amp;#039;But&amp;#039;), and resolution (&amp;#039;Therefore&amp;#039;)—the fundamental building blocks of story. As Olson has shown by leading countless workshops worldwide, when scientists&amp;#039; eyes are opened to ABT, the effect is staggering: suddenly, they&amp;#039;re not just talking about their work—they&amp;#039;re telling stories about it. And audiences are captivated. Written with an uncommon verve and enthusiasm, and built on principles that are applicable to fields far beyond science, Houston, We Have a Narrative has the power to transform the way science is understood and appreciated, and ultimately how it&amp;#039;s done.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Return of the God Hypothesis: Three Scientific Discoveries That Reveal the Mind Behind the Universe by Stephen C. Meyer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360981</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360981">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360981</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Return of the God Hypothesis: Three Scientific Discoveries That Reveal the Mind Behind the Universe
Author: Stephen C. Meyer
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 52 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling author of Darwin’s Doubt presents groundbreaking scientific evidence of the existence of God, based on breakthroughs in physics, cosmology, and biology. Beginning in the late 19th century, many intellectuals began to insist that scientific knowledge conflicts with traditional theistic belief—that science and belief in God are “at war.” Philosopher of science Stephen Meyer challenges this view by examining three scientific discoveries with decidedly theistic implications. Building on the case for the intelligent design of life that he developed in Signature in the Cell and Darwin’s Doubt, Meyer demonstrates how discoveries in cosmology and physics coupled with those in biology help to establish the identity of the designing intelligence behind life and the universe.  Meyer argues that theism — with its affirmation of a transcendent, intelligent and active creator — best explains the evidence we have concerning biological and cosmological origins. Previously Meyer refrained from attempting to answer questions about “who” might have designed life. Now he provides an evidence-based answer to perhaps the ultimate mystery of the universe. In so doing, he reveals a stunning conclusion: the data support not just the existence of an intelligent designer of some kind—but the existence of a personal God.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Stephen C. Meyer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062933102.mp3" length="1400183" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360981</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062933102.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360981">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360981</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Return of the God Hypothesis: Three Scientific Discoveries That Reveal the Mind Behind the Universe
Author: Stephen C. Meyer
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 52 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling author of Darwin’s Doubt presents groundbreaking scientific evidence of the existence of God, based on breakthroughs in physics, cosmology, and biology. Beginning in the late 19th century, many intellectuals began to insist that scientific knowledge conflicts with traditional theistic belief—that science and belief in God are “at war.” Philosopher of science Stephen Meyer challenges this view by examining three scientific discoveries with decidedly theistic implications. Building on the case for the intelligent design of life that he developed in Signature in the Cell and Darwin’s Doubt, Meyer demonstrates how discoveries in cosmology and physics coupled with those in biology help to establish the identity of the designing intelligence behind life and the universe.  Meyer argues that theism — with its affirmation of a transcendent, intelligent and active creator — best explains the evidence we have concerning biological and cosmological origins. Previously Meyer refrained from attempting to answer questions about “who” might have designed life. Now he provides an evidence-based answer to perhaps the ultimate mystery of the universe. In so doing, he reveals a stunning conclusion: the data support not just the existence of an intelligent designer of some kind—but the existence of a personal God.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360981">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360981</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Return of the God Hypothesis: Three Scientific Discoveries That Reveal the Mind Behind the Universe
Author: Stephen C. Meyer
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 52 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling author of Darwin’s Doubt presents groundbreaking scientific evidence of the existence of God, based on breakthroughs in physics, cosmology, and biology. Beginning in the late 19th century, many intellectuals began to insist that scientific knowledge conflicts with traditional theistic belief—that science and belief in God are “at war.” Philosopher of science Stephen Meyer challenges this view by examining three scientific discoveries with decidedly theistic implications. Building on the case for the intelligent design of life that he developed in Signature in the Cell and Darwin’s Doubt, Meyer demonstrates how discoveries in cosmology and physics coupled with those in biology help to establish the identity of the designing intelligence behind life and the universe.  Meyer argues that theism — with its affirmation of a transcendent, intelligent and active creator — best explains the evidence we have concerning biological and cosmological origins. Previously Meyer refrained from attempting to answer questions about “who” might have designed life. Now he provides an evidence-based answer to perhaps the ultimate mystery of the universe. In so doing, he reveals a stunning conclusion: the data support not just the existence of an intelligent designer of some kind—but the existence of a personal God.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Galileo&amp;#039;s Error: Foundations for a New Science of Consciousness by Philip Goff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360955</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360955">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360955</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Galileo&amp;#039;s Error: Foundations for a New Science of Consciousness
Author: Philip Goff
Narrator: Maxwell Caulfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From a leading philosopher of the mind comes this lucid, provocative argument that offers a radically new picture of human consciousness--panpsychism Understanding how brains produce consciousness is one of the great scientific challenges of our age. Some philosophers argue that consciousness is something &amp;#039;extra,&amp;#039; beyond the physical workings of the brain. Others think that if we persist in our standard scientific methods, our questions about consciousness will eventually be answered. And some suggest that the mystery is so deep, it will never be solved. In Galileo&amp;#039;s Error, Philip Goff offers an exciting alternative that could pave the way forward. Rooted in an analysis of the philosophical underpinnings of modern science and based on the early twentieth-century work of Arthur Eddington and Bertrand Russell, Goff makes the case for panpsychism, a theory which posits that consciousness is not confined to biological entities but is a fundamental feature of all physical matter--from subatomic particles to the human brain. Here is the first step on a new path to the final theory of human consciousness. Cover image: Gold Beam Collision Recorded at STAR. Copyright Brookhaven National Laboratory (Creative Commons). Full image available at Flickr.com.</description>
      <author>Philip Goff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593148433.mp3" length="2698188" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360955</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593148433.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360955">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360955</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Galileo&amp;#039;s Error: Foundations for a New Science of Consciousness
Author: Philip Goff
Narrator: Maxwell Caulfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From a leading philosopher of the mind comes this lucid, provocative argument that offers a radically new picture of human consciousness--panpsychism Understanding how brains produce consciousness is one of the great scientific challenges of our age. Some philosophers argue that consciousness is something &amp;#039;extra,&amp;#039; beyond the physical workings of the brain. Others think that if we persist in our standard scientific methods, our questions about consciousness will eventually be answered. And some suggest that the mystery is so deep, it will never be solved. In Galileo&amp;#039;s Error, Philip Goff offers an exciting alternative that could pave the way forward. Rooted in an analysis of the philosophical underpinnings of modern science and based on the early twentieth-century work of Arthur Eddington and Bertrand Russell, Goff makes the case for panpsychism, a theory which posits that consciousness is not confined to biological entities but is a fundamental feature of all physical matter--from subatomic particles to the human brain. Here is the first step on a new path to the final theory of human consciousness. Cover image: Gold Beam Collision Recorded at STAR. Copyright Brookhaven National Laboratory (Creative Commons). Full image available at Flickr.com.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360955">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360955</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Galileo&amp;#039;s Error: Foundations for a New Science of Consciousness
Author: Philip Goff
Narrator: Maxwell Caulfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From a leading philosopher of the mind comes this lucid, provocative argument that offers a radically new picture of human consciousness--panpsychism Understanding how brains produce consciousness is one of the great scientific challenges of our age. Some philosophers argue that consciousness is something &amp;#039;extra,&amp;#039; beyond the physical workings of the brain. Others think that if we persist in our standard scientific methods, our questions about consciousness will eventually be answered. And some suggest that the mystery is so deep, it will never be solved. In Galileo&amp;#039;s Error, Philip Goff offers an exciting alternative that could pave the way forward. Rooted in an analysis of the philosophical underpinnings of modern science and based on the early twentieth-century work of Arthur Eddington and Bertrand Russell, Goff makes the case for panpsychism, a theory which posits that consciousness is not confined to biological entities but is a fundamental feature of all physical matter--from subatomic particles to the human brain. Here is the first step on a new path to the final theory of human consciousness. Cover image: Gold Beam Collision Recorded at STAR. Copyright Brookhaven National Laboratory (Creative Commons). Full image available at Flickr.com.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Dream of Reason, New Edition: A History of Western Philosophy from the Greeks to the Renaissance by Anthony Gottlieb</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360904</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dream of Reason, New Edition: A History of Western Philosophy from the Greeks to the Renaissance
Author: Anthony Gottlieb
Narrator: Anthony Gottlieb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Already a classic, this landmark study of early Western thought now appears in a new edition with expanded coverage of the Middle Ages. In The Dream of Reason, Anthony Gottlieb looks afresh at the writings of the great thinkers, questions much of conventional wisdom, and explains his findings with unbridled brilliance and clarity. From the pre-Socratic philosophers through the celebrated days of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle, up to Renaissance visionaries like Erasmus and Bacon, philosophy emerges here as a phenomenon unconfined by any one discipline. Indeed, as Gottlieb explains, its most revolutionary breakthroughs in the natural and social sciences have repeatedly been co-opted by other branches of knowledge, leading to the illusion that philosophers never make any progress. From the physics of angels to Umberto Eco’s The Name of the Rose, Gottlieb builds through example and anecdote a vivid portrait of the human drive for understanding. After finishing The Dream of Reason, listeners will be graced with a fresh appreciation of the philosophical quest, its entertaining and bizarre byways, and its influence on every aspect of life.</description>
      <author>Anthony Gottlieb</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982639624.mp3" length="854140" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360904</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982639624.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dream of Reason, New Edition: A History of Western Philosophy from the Greeks to the Renaissance
Author: Anthony Gottlieb
Narrator: Anthony Gottlieb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Already a classic, this landmark study of early Western thought now appears in a new edition with expanded coverage of the Middle Ages. In The Dream of Reason, Anthony Gottlieb looks afresh at the writings of the great thinkers, questions much of conventional wisdom, and explains his findings with unbridled brilliance and clarity. From the pre-Socratic philosophers through the celebrated days of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle, up to Renaissance visionaries like Erasmus and Bacon, philosophy emerges here as a phenomenon unconfined by any one discipline. Indeed, as Gottlieb explains, its most revolutionary breakthroughs in the natural and social sciences have repeatedly been co-opted by other branches of knowledge, leading to the illusion that philosophers never make any progress. From the physics of angels to Umberto Eco’s The Name of the Rose, Gottlieb builds through example and anecdote a vivid portrait of the human drive for understanding. After finishing The Dream of Reason, listeners will be graced with a fresh appreciation of the philosophical quest, its entertaining and bizarre byways, and its influence on every aspect of life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dream of Reason, New Edition: A History of Western Philosophy from the Greeks to the Renaissance
Author: Anthony Gottlieb
Narrator: Anthony Gottlieb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Already a classic, this landmark study of early Western thought now appears in a new edition with expanded coverage of the Middle Ages. In The Dream of Reason, Anthony Gottlieb looks afresh at the writings of the great thinkers, questions much of conventional wisdom, and explains his findings with unbridled brilliance and clarity. From the pre-Socratic philosophers through the celebrated days of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle, up to Renaissance visionaries like Erasmus and Bacon, philosophy emerges here as a phenomenon unconfined by any one discipline. Indeed, as Gottlieb explains, its most revolutionary breakthroughs in the natural and social sciences have repeatedly been co-opted by other branches of knowledge, leading to the illusion that philosophers never make any progress. From the physics of angels to Umberto Eco’s The Name of the Rose, Gottlieb builds through example and anecdote a vivid portrait of the human drive for understanding. After finishing The Dream of Reason, listeners will be graced with a fresh appreciation of the philosophical quest, its entertaining and bizarre byways, and its influence on every aspect of life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Practical Primer on Theological Method: Table Manners for Discussing God, His Works, and His Ways by Michael J. Svigel, Glenn R. Kreider</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360420</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Practical Primer on Theological Method: Table Manners for Discussing God, His Works, and His Ways
Author: Michael J. Svigel, Glenn R. Kreider
Narrator: Maurice England
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Around a table sit men and women with distinct roles: The Interpreter, the Theologian, the Virtuous, the Philosopher, the Scientist, the Artist, the Minister, and the Historian. Each is ready to engage in a passionate discussion centered on God, his works, and his ways. Regardless of which role you play at the same table, you&amp;#039;re invited. You simply need to pull up a chair and join the conversation. But how? What do you say when you take your seat? Where do you start? What are the &amp;#039;rules&amp;#039; of the dialogue? A Practical Primer on Theological Method will help you answer these questions. This primer is not only a &amp;#039;how-to&amp;#039; manual for doing theology, but a handbook of etiquette for doctrinal discussions with other believers. This popular-level introductory text presents the proper manner, mode, and means of engaging fruitfully in theology.</description>
      <author>Michael J. Svigel, Glenn R. Kreider</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310588849.mp3" length="1353716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360420</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310588849.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Practical Primer on Theological Method: Table Manners for Discussing God, His Works, and His Ways
Author: Michael J. Svigel, Glenn R. Kreider
Narrator: Maurice England
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Around a table sit men and women with distinct roles: The Interpreter, the Theologian, the Virtuous, the Philosopher, the Scientist, the Artist, the Minister, and the Historian. Each is ready to engage in a passionate discussion centered on God, his works, and his ways. Regardless of which role you play at the same table, you&amp;#039;re invited. You simply need to pull up a chair and join the conversation. But how? What do you say when you take your seat? Where do you start? What are the &amp;#039;rules&amp;#039; of the dialogue? A Practical Primer on Theological Method will help you answer these questions. This primer is not only a &amp;#039;how-to&amp;#039; manual for doing theology, but a handbook of etiquette for doctrinal discussions with other believers. This popular-level introductory text presents the proper manner, mode, and means of engaging fruitfully in theology.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Practical Primer on Theological Method: Table Manners for Discussing God, His Works, and His Ways
Author: Michael J. Svigel, Glenn R. Kreider
Narrator: Maurice England
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Around a table sit men and women with distinct roles: The Interpreter, the Theologian, the Virtuous, the Philosopher, the Scientist, the Artist, the Minister, and the Historian. Each is ready to engage in a passionate discussion centered on God, his works, and his ways. Regardless of which role you play at the same table, you&amp;#039;re invited. You simply need to pull up a chair and join the conversation. But how? What do you say when you take your seat? Where do you start? What are the &amp;#039;rules&amp;#039; of the dialogue? A Practical Primer on Theological Method will help you answer these questions. This primer is not only a &amp;#039;how-to&amp;#039; manual for doing theology, but a handbook of etiquette for doctrinal discussions with other believers. This popular-level introductory text presents the proper manner, mode, and means of engaging fruitfully in theology.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You Think You Think: A Book for the Non-Fragmented Mind by Stephen Muires</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359997</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359997">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359997</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Think You Think: A Book for the Non-Fragmented Mind
Author: Stephen Muires
Narrator: Stephen Muires
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The thesis of this book is based on the recognition that thought is an activity in human beings that (1) proceeds in a fragmented way and that (2) basically cannot be halted. We cannot opt out of thinking. The conclusion is that this accounts for human suffering, lack of direction, and chaos in daily actions and decisions. This leads to the further conclusion that thinking is not something we do, it is something that is being done in us. You think you think, but do you?</description>
      <author>Stephen Muires</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Nov 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982728960.mp3" length="1318607" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359997</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982728960.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359997">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359997</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Think You Think: A Book for the Non-Fragmented Mind
Author: Stephen Muires
Narrator: Stephen Muires
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The thesis of this book is based on the recognition that thought is an activity in human beings that (1) proceeds in a fragmented way and that (2) basically cannot be halted. We cannot opt out of thinking. The conclusion is that this accounts for human suffering, lack of direction, and chaos in daily actions and decisions. This leads to the further conclusion that thinking is not something we do, it is something that is being done in us. You think you think, but do you?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359997">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359997</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Think You Think: A Book for the Non-Fragmented Mind
Author: Stephen Muires
Narrator: Stephen Muires
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The thesis of this book is based on the recognition that thought is an activity in human beings that (1) proceeds in a fragmented way and that (2) basically cannot be halted. We cannot opt out of thinking. The conclusion is that this accounts for human suffering, lack of direction, and chaos in daily actions and decisions. This leads to the further conclusion that thinking is not something we do, it is something that is being done in us. You think you think, but do you?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Baumgarten and Kant on Metaphysics by John Hymers, Courtney D. Fugate</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359869</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359869">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359869</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Baumgarten and Kant on Metaphysics
Author: John Hymers, Courtney D. Fugate
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This volume explores the metaphysics of Alexander Gottlieb Baumgarten (1714–1762) and its decisive influence on Immanuel Kant.   For over a century, scholars have recognized the significance of Baumgarten&amp;#039;s Metaphysics, both because of its impact on Kant&amp;#039;s intellectual development, and because of the way it fundamentally informed the work of generations of German philosophers, including Moses Mendelssohn, Thomas Abbt, Johann Gottfried Herder, Solomon Maimon, Johann August Eberhard, and arguably even Georg Friedrich Hegel. However, Baumgarten&amp;#039;s Metaphysics has only recently become available in reliable German and English translations, so that many scholars have been excluded from the discussion and the significance of Baumgarten&amp;#039;s work has remained largely unexplored. Thus with the appearance of these translations, interest in Baumgarten&amp;#039;s work has surged among both. This volume aims to provide an anchor for this emerging discussion by presenting specially written essays by some of the scholars most responsible for Baumgarten&amp;#039;s current reputation, together with some of the best young scholars in this emerging field.</description>
      <author>John Hymers, Courtney D. Fugate</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541447141.mp3" length="9319768" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359869</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541447141.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359869">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359869</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Baumgarten and Kant on Metaphysics
Author: John Hymers, Courtney D. Fugate
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This volume explores the metaphysics of Alexander Gottlieb Baumgarten (1714–1762) and its decisive influence on Immanuel Kant.   For over a century, scholars have recognized the significance of Baumgarten&amp;#039;s Metaphysics, both because of its impact on Kant&amp;#039;s intellectual development, and because of the way it fundamentally informed the work of generations of German philosophers, including Moses Mendelssohn, Thomas Abbt, Johann Gottfried Herder, Solomon Maimon, Johann August Eberhard, and arguably even Georg Friedrich Hegel. However, Baumgarten&amp;#039;s Metaphysics has only recently become available in reliable German and English translations, so that many scholars have been excluded from the discussion and the significance of Baumgarten&amp;#039;s work has remained largely unexplored. Thus with the appearance of these translations, interest in Baumgarten&amp;#039;s work has surged among both. This volume aims to provide an anchor for this emerging discussion by presenting specially written essays by some of the scholars most responsible for Baumgarten&amp;#039;s current reputation, together with some of the best young scholars in this emerging field.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359869">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359869</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Baumgarten and Kant on Metaphysics
Author: John Hymers, Courtney D. Fugate
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This volume explores the metaphysics of Alexander Gottlieb Baumgarten (1714–1762) and its decisive influence on Immanuel Kant.   For over a century, scholars have recognized the significance of Baumgarten&amp;#039;s Metaphysics, both because of its impact on Kant&amp;#039;s intellectual development, and because of the way it fundamentally informed the work of generations of German philosophers, including Moses Mendelssohn, Thomas Abbt, Johann Gottfried Herder, Solomon Maimon, Johann August Eberhard, and arguably even Georg Friedrich Hegel. However, Baumgarten&amp;#039;s Metaphysics has only recently become available in reliable German and English translations, so that many scholars have been excluded from the discussion and the significance of Baumgarten&amp;#039;s work has remained largely unexplored. Thus with the appearance of these translations, interest in Baumgarten&amp;#039;s work has surged among both. This volume aims to provide an anchor for this emerging discussion by presenting specially written essays by some of the scholars most responsible for Baumgarten&amp;#039;s current reputation, together with some of the best young scholars in this emerging field.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Grow a Human: Adventures in Who We Are and How We Are Made by Philip Ball</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359757</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359757">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359757</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Grow a Human: Adventures in Who We Are and How We Are Made
Author: Philip Ball
Narrator: Philip Ball
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A cutting-edge examination of what it means to be human and to have a &amp;#039;self&amp;#039; in the face of new scientific developments in genetic editing, cloning and neural downloading.           After seeing his own cells used to grow clumps of new neurons – essentially mini-brains – Philip Ball begins to examine the concepts of identity and consciousness. Delving into humanity&amp;#039;s deep evolutionary past to look at how complex creatures like us emerged from single-celled life, he offers a new perspective on how humans think about ourselves.           In an age when we are increasingly encouraged to regard the &amp;#039;self&amp;#039; as an abstract sequence of genetic information, or as a pattern of neural activity that might be &amp;#039;downloaded&amp;#039; to a computer, he return us to the body – to flesh and blood – and anchors a conception of personhood in this unique and ephemeral mortal coil. How to Build a Human brings us back to ourselves – but in doing so, it challenges old preconceptions and values. It asks us to rethink how we exist in the world.</description>
      <author>Philip Ball</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008331801.mp3" length="1439612" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359757</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008331801.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359757">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359757</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Grow a Human: Adventures in Who We Are and How We Are Made
Author: Philip Ball
Narrator: Philip Ball
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A cutting-edge examination of what it means to be human and to have a &amp;#039;self&amp;#039; in the face of new scientific developments in genetic editing, cloning and neural downloading.           After seeing his own cells used to grow clumps of new neurons – essentially mini-brains – Philip Ball begins to examine the concepts of identity and consciousness. Delving into humanity&amp;#039;s deep evolutionary past to look at how complex creatures like us emerged from single-celled life, he offers a new perspective on how humans think about ourselves.           In an age when we are increasingly encouraged to regard the &amp;#039;self&amp;#039; as an abstract sequence of genetic information, or as a pattern of neural activity that might be &amp;#039;downloaded&amp;#039; to a computer, he return us to the body – to flesh and blood – and anchors a conception of personhood in this unique and ephemeral mortal coil. How to Build a Human brings us back to ourselves – but in doing so, it challenges old preconceptions and values. It asks us to rethink how we exist in the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359757">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359757</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Grow a Human: Adventures in Who We Are and How We Are Made
Author: Philip Ball
Narrator: Philip Ball
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A cutting-edge examination of what it means to be human and to have a &amp;#039;self&amp;#039; in the face of new scientific developments in genetic editing, cloning and neural downloading.           After seeing his own cells used to grow clumps of new neurons – essentially mini-brains – Philip Ball begins to examine the concepts of identity and consciousness. Delving into humanity&amp;#039;s deep evolutionary past to look at how complex creatures like us emerged from single-celled life, he offers a new perspective on how humans think about ourselves.           In an age when we are increasingly encouraged to regard the &amp;#039;self&amp;#039; as an abstract sequence of genetic information, or as a pattern of neural activity that might be &amp;#039;downloaded&amp;#039; to a computer, he return us to the body – to flesh and blood – and anchors a conception of personhood in this unique and ephemeral mortal coil. How to Build a Human brings us back to ourselves – but in doing so, it challenges old preconceptions and values. It asks us to rethink how we exist in the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Appeal to the World: The Way to Peace in a Time of Division by The Dalai Lama</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359718</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Appeal to the World: The Way to Peace in a Time of Division
Author: The Dalai Lama
Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 23 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In An Appeal to the World, His Holiness the 14th Dalai Lama of Tibet illuminates the way to peace in our time, arguing for a form of universal ethics that goes beyond religion – values we all share as humans that can help us create unity and peace to heal our world.           THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER           Includes exclusive bonus audio of the voice of the Dalai Lama as co-author Franz Alt asks about his views on President Trump, the rise of nationalism, the refugee crisis, the climate catastrophe, and more.                        ‘I see with ever greater clarity that our spiritual well-being depends not on religion, but on our innate human nature, our natural affinity for goodness, compassion and caring for others’                      In this urgent ‘appeal to the world’, His Holiness the Dalai Lama addresses our time of division, calling on us to draw upon the innate goodness of our shared humanity to overcome the rancour, mistrust, and divisiveness that threaten world peace and sustainability.           Working with trusted collaborator Franz Alt, the Dalai Lama calls on the better angels of our nature to tackle a wide range of contemporary issues, from war, violence and intolerance to climate change, global hunger and materialism. Applying the techniques and teachings of Tibetan Buddhism – from listening and contemplation to meditation and nonviolence – His Holiness provides a roadmap forward. Brief yet profound, An Appeal to the World is an inspiring message of love and optimism that can truly change the world.</description>
      <author>The Dalai Lama</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Nov 2017 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008281311.mp3" length="1458467" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359718</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008281311.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Appeal to the World: The Way to Peace in a Time of Division
Author: The Dalai Lama
Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 23 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In An Appeal to the World, His Holiness the 14th Dalai Lama of Tibet illuminates the way to peace in our time, arguing for a form of universal ethics that goes beyond religion – values we all share as humans that can help us create unity and peace to heal our world.           THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER           Includes exclusive bonus audio of the voice of the Dalai Lama as co-author Franz Alt asks about his views on President Trump, the rise of nationalism, the refugee crisis, the climate catastrophe, and more.                        ‘I see with ever greater clarity that our spiritual well-being depends not on religion, but on our innate human nature, our natural affinity for goodness, compassion and caring for others’                      In this urgent ‘appeal to the world’, His Holiness the Dalai Lama addresses our time of division, calling on us to draw upon the innate goodness of our shared humanity to overcome the rancour, mistrust, and divisiveness that threaten world peace and sustainability.           Working with trusted collaborator Franz Alt, the Dalai Lama calls on the better angels of our nature to tackle a wide range of contemporary issues, from war, violence and intolerance to climate change, global hunger and materialism. Applying the techniques and teachings of Tibetan Buddhism – from listening and contemplation to meditation and nonviolence – His Holiness provides a roadmap forward. Brief yet profound, An Appeal to the World is an inspiring message of love and optimism that can truly change the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Appeal to the World: The Way to Peace in a Time of Division
Author: The Dalai Lama
Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 23 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In An Appeal to the World, His Holiness the 14th Dalai Lama of Tibet illuminates the way to peace in our time, arguing for a form of universal ethics that goes beyond religion – values we all share as humans that can help us create unity and peace to heal our world.           THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER           Includes exclusive bonus audio of the voice of the Dalai Lama as co-author Franz Alt asks about his views on President Trump, the rise of nationalism, the refugee crisis, the climate catastrophe, and more.                        ‘I see with ever greater clarity that our spiritual well-being depends not on religion, but on our innate human nature, our natural affinity for goodness, compassion and caring for others’                      In this urgent ‘appeal to the world’, His Holiness the Dalai Lama addresses our time of division, calling on us to draw upon the innate goodness of our shared humanity to overcome the rancour, mistrust, and divisiveness that threaten world peace and sustainability.           Working with trusted collaborator Franz Alt, the Dalai Lama calls on the better angels of our nature to tackle a wide range of contemporary issues, from war, violence and intolerance to climate change, global hunger and materialism. Applying the techniques and teachings of Tibetan Buddhism – from listening and contemplation to meditation and nonviolence – His Holiness provides a roadmap forward. Brief yet profound, An Appeal to the World is an inspiring message of love and optimism that can truly change the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Robot Rights by David J. Gunkel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359291</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Robot Rights
Author: David J. Gunkel
Narrator: David Stifel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
We are in the midst of a robot invasion, as devices of different configurations and capabilities slowly but surely take up increasingly important positions in everyday social reality―self-driving vehicles, recommendation algorithms, machine learning decision-making systems, and social robots of various forms and functions. Although considerable attention has already been devoted to the subject of robots and responsibility, the question concerning the social status of these artifacts has been largely overlooked. In this book, David Gunkel offers a provocative attempt to think about what has been previously regarded as unthinkable: whether and to what extent robots and other technological artifacts of our own making can and should have any claim to moral and legal standing. In his analysis, Gunkel invokes the philosophical distinction (developed by David Hume) between “is” and “ought” in order to evaluate and analyze the different arguments regarding the question of robot rights. In the course of his examination, Gunkel finds that none of the existing positions or proposals hold up under scrutiny. In response to this, he then offers an innovative alternative proposal that effectively flips the script on the is/ought problem by introducing another, altogether different way to conceptualize the social situation of robots and the opportunities and challenges they present to existing moral and legal systems.</description>
      <author>David J. Gunkel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982622480.mp3" length="795456" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359291</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982622480.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Robot Rights
Author: David J. Gunkel
Narrator: David Stifel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
We are in the midst of a robot invasion, as devices of different configurations and capabilities slowly but surely take up increasingly important positions in everyday social reality―self-driving vehicles, recommendation algorithms, machine learning decision-making systems, and social robots of various forms and functions. Although considerable attention has already been devoted to the subject of robots and responsibility, the question concerning the social status of these artifacts has been largely overlooked. In this book, David Gunkel offers a provocative attempt to think about what has been previously regarded as unthinkable: whether and to what extent robots and other technological artifacts of our own making can and should have any claim to moral and legal standing. In his analysis, Gunkel invokes the philosophical distinction (developed by David Hume) between “is” and “ought” in order to evaluate and analyze the different arguments regarding the question of robot rights. In the course of his examination, Gunkel finds that none of the existing positions or proposals hold up under scrutiny. In response to this, he then offers an innovative alternative proposal that effectively flips the script on the is/ought problem by introducing another, altogether different way to conceptualize the social situation of robots and the opportunities and challenges they present to existing moral and legal systems.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359291">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359291</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Robot Rights
Author: David J. Gunkel
Narrator: David Stifel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
We are in the midst of a robot invasion, as devices of different configurations and capabilities slowly but surely take up increasingly important positions in everyday social reality―self-driving vehicles, recommendation algorithms, machine learning decision-making systems, and social robots of various forms and functions. Although considerable attention has already been devoted to the subject of robots and responsibility, the question concerning the social status of these artifacts has been largely overlooked. In this book, David Gunkel offers a provocative attempt to think about what has been previously regarded as unthinkable: whether and to what extent robots and other technological artifacts of our own making can and should have any claim to moral and legal standing. In his analysis, Gunkel invokes the philosophical distinction (developed by David Hume) between “is” and “ought” in order to evaluate and analyze the different arguments regarding the question of robot rights. In the course of his examination, Gunkel finds that none of the existing positions or proposals hold up under scrutiny. In response to this, he then offers an innovative alternative proposal that effectively flips the script on the is/ought problem by introducing another, altogether different way to conceptualize the social situation of robots and the opportunities and challenges they present to existing moral and legal systems.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The War for Kindness: Building Empathy in a Fractured World by Jamil Zaki</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The War for Kindness: Building Empathy in a Fractured World
Author: Jamil Zaki
Narrator: Jamil Zaki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
“In this masterpiece, Jamil Zaki weaves together the very latest science with stories that will stay in your heart forever.”—Angela Duckworth, author of Grit Don’t miss Jamil Zaki’s TED Talk, “We’re experiencing an empathy shortage, but we can fix it together,” online now.  Empathy is in short supply. We struggle to understand people who aren’t like us, but find it easy to hate them. Studies show that we are less caring than we were even thirty years ago. In 2006, Barack Obama said that the United States was suffering from an “empathy deficit.” Since then, things seem to have only gotten worse.   It doesn’t have to be this way. In this groundbreaking book, Jamil Zaki shares cutting-edge research, including experiments from his own lab, showing that empathy is not a fixed trait—something we’re born with or not—but rather a skill that can be strengthened through effort. He also tells the stories of people who embody this new perspective, fighting for kindness in the most difficult of circumstances. We meet a former neo-Nazi who is now helping to extract people from hate groups, ex-prisoners discussing novels with the judge who sentenced them, Washington police officers changing their culture to decrease violence among their ranks, and NICU nurses fine-tuning their empathy so that they don’t succumb to burnout.  Written with clarity and passion, The War for Kindness is an inspiring call to action. The future may depend on whether we accept the challenge. Praise for The War for Kindness “A wide-ranging practical guide to making the world better.”—NPR “Relating anecdotes and test cases from his fellow researchers, news events and the imaginary world of literature and entertainment, Zaki makes a vital case for ‘fighting for kindness.’ . . . If he’s right—and after reading The War for Kindness, you’ll probably think so—Zaki’s work is right on time.” —San Francisco Chronicle “In this landmark book, Jamil Zaki gives us a revolutionary perspective on empathy: Empathy can be developed, and, when it is, people, relationships, organizations, and cultures are changed.”—Carol Dweck, author of Mindset</description>
      <author>Jamil Zaki</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781984886767.mp3" length="2840654" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781984886767.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The War for Kindness: Building Empathy in a Fractured World
Author: Jamil Zaki
Narrator: Jamil Zaki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
“In this masterpiece, Jamil Zaki weaves together the very latest science with stories that will stay in your heart forever.”—Angela Duckworth, author of Grit Don’t miss Jamil Zaki’s TED Talk, “We’re experiencing an empathy shortage, but we can fix it together,” online now.  Empathy is in short supply. We struggle to understand people who aren’t like us, but find it easy to hate them. Studies show that we are less caring than we were even thirty years ago. In 2006, Barack Obama said that the United States was suffering from an “empathy deficit.” Since then, things seem to have only gotten worse.   It doesn’t have to be this way. In this groundbreaking book, Jamil Zaki shares cutting-edge research, including experiments from his own lab, showing that empathy is not a fixed trait—something we’re born with or not—but rather a skill that can be strengthened through effort. He also tells the stories of people who embody this new perspective, fighting for kindness in the most difficult of circumstances. We meet a former neo-Nazi who is now helping to extract people from hate groups, ex-prisoners discussing novels with the judge who sentenced them, Washington police officers changing their culture to decrease violence among their ranks, and NICU nurses fine-tuning their empathy so that they don’t succumb to burnout.  Written with clarity and passion, The War for Kindness is an inspiring call to action. The future may depend on whether we accept the challenge. Praise for The War for Kindness “A wide-ranging practical guide to making the world better.”—NPR “Relating anecdotes and test cases from his fellow researchers, news events and the imaginary world of literature and entertainment, Zaki makes a vital case for ‘fighting for kindness.’ . . . If he’s right—and after reading The War for Kindness, you’ll probably think so—Zaki’s work is right on time.” —San Francisco Chronicle “In this landmark book, Jamil Zaki gives us a revolutionary perspective on empathy: Empathy can be developed, and, when it is, people, relationships, organizations, and cultures are changed.”—Carol Dweck, author of Mindset</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The War for Kindness: Building Empathy in a Fractured World
Author: Jamil Zaki
Narrator: Jamil Zaki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
“In this masterpiece, Jamil Zaki weaves together the very latest science with stories that will stay in your heart forever.”—Angela Duckworth, author of Grit Don’t miss Jamil Zaki’s TED Talk, “We’re experiencing an empathy shortage, but we can fix it together,” online now.  Empathy is in short supply. We struggle to understand people who aren’t like us, but find it easy to hate them. Studies show that we are less caring than we were even thirty years ago. In 2006, Barack Obama said that the United States was suffering from an “empathy deficit.” Since then, things seem to have only gotten worse.   It doesn’t have to be this way. In this groundbreaking book, Jamil Zaki shares cutting-edge research, including experiments from his own lab, showing that empathy is not a fixed trait—something we’re born with or not—but rather a skill that can be strengthened through effort. He also tells the stories of people who embody this new perspective, fighting for kindness in the most difficult of circumstances. We meet a former neo-Nazi who is now helping to extract people from hate groups, ex-prisoners discussing novels with the judge who sentenced them, Washington police officers changing their culture to decrease violence among their ranks, and NICU nurses fine-tuning their empathy so that they don’t succumb to burnout.  Written with clarity and passion, The War for Kindness is an inspiring call to action. The future may depend on whether we accept the challenge. Praise for The War for Kindness “A wide-ranging practical guide to making the world better.”—NPR “Relating anecdotes and test cases from his fellow researchers, news events and the imaginary world of literature and entertainment, Zaki makes a vital case for ‘fighting for kindness.’ . . . If he’s right—and after reading The War for Kindness, you’ll probably think so—Zaki’s work is right on time.” —San Francisco Chronicle “In this landmark book, Jamil Zaki gives us a revolutionary perspective on empathy: Empathy can be developed, and, when it is, people, relationships, organizations, and cultures are changed.”—Carol Dweck, author of Mindset</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Be Angry: The Dalai Lama On What Matters Most by Noriyuki Ueda, His Holiness The Dalai Lama</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358473</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358473">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358473</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be Angry: The Dalai Lama On What Matters Most
Author: Noriyuki Ueda, His Holiness The Dalai Lama
Narrator: Brian Nishii
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Simple and accessible wisdom from His Holiness the Dalai Lama on how to use compassionate anger for social transformation In the real world, exploitation exists. In the real world, there is a huge and unjust gap between rich and poor. The question, from a Buddhist perspective, is how should we deal with inequality and social injustice? His Holiness the Dalai Lama teaches that it is wrong for a spiritual person to remain indifferent; we must struggle to solve these problems. These problems are brought to our consciousness because they anger us, and this little book teaches us how to deal with that anger. There are two types of anger. One type arises out of compassion and is useful and must be encouraged. The other type arises out of jealousy and envy and results in hatred, ill will, and harm. Here you will learn the Buddhist path to compassionate anger—a motivating force that can transform the negative into the positive and change the world.</description>
      <author>Noriyuki Ueda, His Holiness The Dalai Lama</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Mar 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982622800.mp3" length="813883" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358473</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982622800.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358473">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358473</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be Angry: The Dalai Lama On What Matters Most
Author: Noriyuki Ueda, His Holiness The Dalai Lama
Narrator: Brian Nishii
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Simple and accessible wisdom from His Holiness the Dalai Lama on how to use compassionate anger for social transformation In the real world, exploitation exists. In the real world, there is a huge and unjust gap between rich and poor. The question, from a Buddhist perspective, is how should we deal with inequality and social injustice? His Holiness the Dalai Lama teaches that it is wrong for a spiritual person to remain indifferent; we must struggle to solve these problems. These problems are brought to our consciousness because they anger us, and this little book teaches us how to deal with that anger. There are two types of anger. One type arises out of compassion and is useful and must be encouraged. The other type arises out of jealousy and envy and results in hatred, ill will, and harm. Here you will learn the Buddhist path to compassionate anger—a motivating force that can transform the negative into the positive and change the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358473">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358473</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be Angry: The Dalai Lama On What Matters Most
Author: Noriyuki Ueda, His Holiness The Dalai Lama
Narrator: Brian Nishii
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Simple and accessible wisdom from His Holiness the Dalai Lama on how to use compassionate anger for social transformation In the real world, exploitation exists. In the real world, there is a huge and unjust gap between rich and poor. The question, from a Buddhist perspective, is how should we deal with inequality and social injustice? His Holiness the Dalai Lama teaches that it is wrong for a spiritual person to remain indifferent; we must struggle to solve these problems. These problems are brought to our consciousness because they anger us, and this little book teaches us how to deal with that anger. There are two types of anger. One type arises out of compassion and is useful and must be encouraged. The other type arises out of jealousy and envy and results in hatred, ill will, and harm. Here you will learn the Buddhist path to compassionate anger—a motivating force that can transform the negative into the positive and change the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healthy Home, Healthy Me: Creating Harmony From the Inside Out by Sybilla Lenz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358323</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthy Home, Healthy Me: Creating Harmony From the Inside Out
Author: Sybilla Lenz
Narrator: Becky Parker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
How to bring your environment into alignment with your desires for your life so it is inviting what you want to manifest!   What if your home and/or office environment could help you realize your dreams? Imagine your space flowing with energy in perfect alignment with you. Picture your goals being met with surprising ease.   Sybilla Lenz is certified in Western Bagua BTB Feng Shui, and is a Feng Shui teacher consultant, speaker, and co-author of several books with leaders in the personal empowerment fields such as Wayne Dyer, Jack Canfield, Mark Victor Hansen, Neale Donald Walsch, and Brian Tracy. She is also the author of the DVD The Energy Atlasand has a degree in interior design. An ancient Chinese philosophy, Feng Shui is a study of the relationship between humans and their environment, and offers a way of understanding why some less than desirable conditions in our lives can relate to our physical spaces.    Inside this book you will learn such things as how:  ·      Letting go of worn out items and clearing clutter may help to invite the perfect loving relationship  ·      Placing a water fountain can invite prosperity   ·      Painting your front door a certain color can help your career    In this book you will discover easy solutions for making positive changes in your life by changing your home. Included are many real-life examples of how people desired and received the life they wanted by changing how they live in their homes.    Whether you are seeking feng shui for the home, want a feng shui office, or are looking for interior design with feng shui specifically for a feng shui kitchen, feng shui bathroom, feng shui garden, feng shui bedroom, using the bagua map - also known as a bagua compass or bagua chart - this book is an easy guide to get you started.    Bring your environment into alignment with your desires. Buy this audiobook now to get started on bringing your environment into alignment with your desires.</description>
      <author>Sybilla Lenz</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Sep 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781732643130.mp3" length="1400793" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358323</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781732643130.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthy Home, Healthy Me: Creating Harmony From the Inside Out
Author: Sybilla Lenz
Narrator: Becky Parker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
How to bring your environment into alignment with your desires for your life so it is inviting what you want to manifest!   What if your home and/or office environment could help you realize your dreams? Imagine your space flowing with energy in perfect alignment with you. Picture your goals being met with surprising ease.   Sybilla Lenz is certified in Western Bagua BTB Feng Shui, and is a Feng Shui teacher consultant, speaker, and co-author of several books with leaders in the personal empowerment fields such as Wayne Dyer, Jack Canfield, Mark Victor Hansen, Neale Donald Walsch, and Brian Tracy. She is also the author of the DVD The Energy Atlasand has a degree in interior design. An ancient Chinese philosophy, Feng Shui is a study of the relationship between humans and their environment, and offers a way of understanding why some less than desirable conditions in our lives can relate to our physical spaces.    Inside this book you will learn such things as how:  ·      Letting go of worn out items and clearing clutter may help to invite the perfect loving relationship  ·      Placing a water fountain can invite prosperity   ·      Painting your front door a certain color can help your career    In this book you will discover easy solutions for making positive changes in your life by changing your home. Included are many real-life examples of how people desired and received the life they wanted by changing how they live in their homes.    Whether you are seeking feng shui for the home, want a feng shui office, or are looking for interior design with feng shui specifically for a feng shui kitchen, feng shui bathroom, feng shui garden, feng shui bedroom, using the bagua map - also known as a bagua compass or bagua chart - this book is an easy guide to get you started.    Bring your environment into alignment with your desires. Buy this audiobook now to get started on bringing your environment into alignment with your desires.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthy Home, Healthy Me: Creating Harmony From the Inside Out
Author: Sybilla Lenz
Narrator: Becky Parker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
How to bring your environment into alignment with your desires for your life so it is inviting what you want to manifest!   What if your home and/or office environment could help you realize your dreams? Imagine your space flowing with energy in perfect alignment with you. Picture your goals being met with surprising ease.   Sybilla Lenz is certified in Western Bagua BTB Feng Shui, and is a Feng Shui teacher consultant, speaker, and co-author of several books with leaders in the personal empowerment fields such as Wayne Dyer, Jack Canfield, Mark Victor Hansen, Neale Donald Walsch, and Brian Tracy. She is also the author of the DVD The Energy Atlasand has a degree in interior design. An ancient Chinese philosophy, Feng Shui is a study of the relationship between humans and their environment, and offers a way of understanding why some less than desirable conditions in our lives can relate to our physical spaces.    Inside this book you will learn such things as how:  ·      Letting go of worn out items and clearing clutter may help to invite the perfect loving relationship  ·      Placing a water fountain can invite prosperity   ·      Painting your front door a certain color can help your career    In this book you will discover easy solutions for making positive changes in your life by changing your home. Included are many real-life examples of how people desired and received the life they wanted by changing how they live in their homes.    Whether you are seeking feng shui for the home, want a feng shui office, or are looking for interior design with feng shui specifically for a feng shui kitchen, feng shui bathroom, feng shui garden, feng shui bedroom, using the bagua map - also known as a bagua compass or bagua chart - this book is an easy guide to get you started.    Bring your environment into alignment with your desires. Buy this audiobook now to get started on bringing your environment into alignment with your desires.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Knife’s Edge: The Heart and Mind of a Cardiac Surgeon by Stephen Westaby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357014</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Knife’s Edge: The Heart and Mind of a Cardiac Surgeon
Author: Stephen Westaby
Narrator: Gordon Griffin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A TIMES BEST BOOK OF 2019                                   An intimate and compelling exploration into the unique psyche of the heart surgeon, by one of the profession’s most eminent figures.                      Although Professor Stephen Westaby was born with the necessary coordination and manual dexterity, it was a head trauma sustained during university that gifted him the qualities of an exceptional heart surgeon: qualities that are frequently associated with psychopathy. His thirty-five-year career has been characterised by fearlessness and ruthless ambition; leaving empathy at the hospital door as thousands of patients put their lives in his hands.           For heart surgeons, the inevitable cost of failure is death and in The Knife’s Edge, Westaby reflects on the unique mindset of those who are drawn to this exhilarating and often tragic profession. We discover the pioneers who grasped opportunities and took chances to drive innovation and save lives. Often difficult, uninhibited and fearless, theirs is a field constantly threatened by the risk of public failure.           Like those before him, Westaby refuses to draw the line in his search of a lifetime solution to problems of the heart. His determination is unerring – a steadfastness underpinned by his unusual mind. But as we glimpse into the future of cardiac surgery, for all its remarkable scientific advancement, one question remains: within the confines of socialised medical healthcare systems, how can heart surgeons – individuals often hardwired with avoidance of self-doubt, a penchant for glory and a flagrant disregard for authority – truly flourish?</description>
      <author>Stephen Westaby</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Apr 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008285784.mp3" length="1187356" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357014</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008285784.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Knife’s Edge: The Heart and Mind of a Cardiac Surgeon
Author: Stephen Westaby
Narrator: Gordon Griffin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A TIMES BEST BOOK OF 2019                                   An intimate and compelling exploration into the unique psyche of the heart surgeon, by one of the profession’s most eminent figures.                      Although Professor Stephen Westaby was born with the necessary coordination and manual dexterity, it was a head trauma sustained during university that gifted him the qualities of an exceptional heart surgeon: qualities that are frequently associated with psychopathy. His thirty-five-year career has been characterised by fearlessness and ruthless ambition; leaving empathy at the hospital door as thousands of patients put their lives in his hands.           For heart surgeons, the inevitable cost of failure is death and in The Knife’s Edge, Westaby reflects on the unique mindset of those who are drawn to this exhilarating and often tragic profession. We discover the pioneers who grasped opportunities and took chances to drive innovation and save lives. Often difficult, uninhibited and fearless, theirs is a field constantly threatened by the risk of public failure.           Like those before him, Westaby refuses to draw the line in his search of a lifetime solution to problems of the heart. His determination is unerring – a steadfastness underpinned by his unusual mind. But as we glimpse into the future of cardiac surgery, for all its remarkable scientific advancement, one question remains: within the confines of socialised medical healthcare systems, how can heart surgeons – individuals often hardwired with avoidance of self-doubt, a penchant for glory and a flagrant disregard for authority – truly flourish?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Knife’s Edge: The Heart and Mind of a Cardiac Surgeon
Author: Stephen Westaby
Narrator: Gordon Griffin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A TIMES BEST BOOK OF 2019                                   An intimate and compelling exploration into the unique psyche of the heart surgeon, by one of the profession’s most eminent figures.                      Although Professor Stephen Westaby was born with the necessary coordination and manual dexterity, it was a head trauma sustained during university that gifted him the qualities of an exceptional heart surgeon: qualities that are frequently associated with psychopathy. His thirty-five-year career has been characterised by fearlessness and ruthless ambition; leaving empathy at the hospital door as thousands of patients put their lives in his hands.           For heart surgeons, the inevitable cost of failure is death and in The Knife’s Edge, Westaby reflects on the unique mindset of those who are drawn to this exhilarating and often tragic profession. We discover the pioneers who grasped opportunities and took chances to drive innovation and save lives. Often difficult, uninhibited and fearless, theirs is a field constantly threatened by the risk of public failure.           Like those before him, Westaby refuses to draw the line in his search of a lifetime solution to problems of the heart. His determination is unerring – a steadfastness underpinned by his unusual mind. But as we glimpse into the future of cardiac surgery, for all its remarkable scientific advancement, one question remains: within the confines of socialised medical healthcare systems, how can heart surgeons – individuals often hardwired with avoidance of self-doubt, a penchant for glory and a flagrant disregard for authority – truly flourish?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Meaning of Happiness: The Quest for Freedom of the Spirit in Modern Psychology and the Wisdom of the East by Alan Watts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356932</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Meaning of Happiness: The Quest for Freedom of the Spirit in Modern Psychology and the Wisdom of the East
Author: Alan Watts
Narrator: Kern Schmidt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: August 25, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Deep down, most people think that happiness comes from having or doing something. Here, in Alan Watts’s groundbreaking third book (originally published in 1940), he offers a more challenging thesis: authentic happiness comes from embracing life as a whole in all its contradictions and paradoxes, an attitude that Watts calls the “way of acceptance.” Drawing on Eastern philosophy, Western mysticism, and analytic psychology, Watts demonstrates that happiness comes from accepting both the outer world around us and the inner world inside us — the unconscious mind, with its irrational desires, lurking beyond the awareness of the ego. Although written early in his career, The Meaning of Happiness displays the hallmarks of his mature style: the crystal-clear writing, the homespun analogies, the dry wit, and the breadth of knowledge that made Alan Watts one of the most influential philosophers of his generation.</description>
      <author>Alan Watts</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Aug 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781608686100.mp3" length="1401804" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356932</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781608686100.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Meaning of Happiness: The Quest for Freedom of the Spirit in Modern Psychology and the Wisdom of the East
Author: Alan Watts
Narrator: Kern Schmidt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: August 25, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Deep down, most people think that happiness comes from having or doing something. Here, in Alan Watts’s groundbreaking third book (originally published in 1940), he offers a more challenging thesis: authentic happiness comes from embracing life as a whole in all its contradictions and paradoxes, an attitude that Watts calls the “way of acceptance.” Drawing on Eastern philosophy, Western mysticism, and analytic psychology, Watts demonstrates that happiness comes from accepting both the outer world around us and the inner world inside us — the unconscious mind, with its irrational desires, lurking beyond the awareness of the ego. Although written early in his career, The Meaning of Happiness displays the hallmarks of his mature style: the crystal-clear writing, the homespun analogies, the dry wit, and the breadth of knowledge that made Alan Watts one of the most influential philosophers of his generation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Meaning of Happiness: The Quest for Freedom of the Spirit in Modern Psychology and the Wisdom of the East
Author: Alan Watts
Narrator: Kern Schmidt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: August 25, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Deep down, most people think that happiness comes from having or doing something. Here, in Alan Watts’s groundbreaking third book (originally published in 1940), he offers a more challenging thesis: authentic happiness comes from embracing life as a whole in all its contradictions and paradoxes, an attitude that Watts calls the “way of acceptance.” Drawing on Eastern philosophy, Western mysticism, and analytic psychology, Watts demonstrates that happiness comes from accepting both the outer world around us and the inner world inside us — the unconscious mind, with its irrational desires, lurking beyond the awareness of the ego. Although written early in his career, The Meaning of Happiness displays the hallmarks of his mature style: the crystal-clear writing, the homespun analogies, the dry wit, and the breadth of knowledge that made Alan Watts one of the most influential philosophers of his generation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Dangers of Christian Practice: On Wayward Gifts, Characteristic Damage, and Sin by Lauren F. Winner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356751</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356751">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356751</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dangers of Christian Practice: On Wayward Gifts, Characteristic Damage, and Sin
Author: Lauren F. Winner
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Challenging the central place that &amp;#039;practices&amp;#039; have recently held in Christian theology, Lauren Winner explores the damages these practices have inflicted over the centuries. Sometimes, beloved and treasured Christian practices go horrifyingly wrong, extending violence rather than promoting its healing. In this bracing book, Lauren Winner provocatively challenges the assumption that the church possesses a set of immaculate practices that will definitionally train Christians in virtue and that can&amp;#039;t be answerable to their histories. Is there, for instance, an account of prayer that has anything useful to say about a slave-owning woman’s praying for her slaves&amp;#039; obedience? Is there a robustly theological account of the Eucharist that connects the Eucharist&amp;#039;s goods to the sacrament&amp;#039;s central role in medieval Christian murder of Jews?   Arguing that practices are deformed in ways that are characteristic of and intrinsic to the practices themselves, Winner proposes that the register in which Christians might best think about the Eucharist, prayer, and baptism is that of &amp;#039;damaged gift.&amp;#039; Christians go on with these practices because, though blighted by sin, they remain gifts from God.</description>
      <author>Lauren F. Winner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Oct 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541447301.mp3" length="2882509" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356751</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541447301.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356751">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356751</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dangers of Christian Practice: On Wayward Gifts, Characteristic Damage, and Sin
Author: Lauren F. Winner
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Challenging the central place that &amp;#039;practices&amp;#039; have recently held in Christian theology, Lauren Winner explores the damages these practices have inflicted over the centuries. Sometimes, beloved and treasured Christian practices go horrifyingly wrong, extending violence rather than promoting its healing. In this bracing book, Lauren Winner provocatively challenges the assumption that the church possesses a set of immaculate practices that will definitionally train Christians in virtue and that can&amp;#039;t be answerable to their histories. Is there, for instance, an account of prayer that has anything useful to say about a slave-owning woman’s praying for her slaves&amp;#039; obedience? Is there a robustly theological account of the Eucharist that connects the Eucharist&amp;#039;s goods to the sacrament&amp;#039;s central role in medieval Christian murder of Jews?   Arguing that practices are deformed in ways that are characteristic of and intrinsic to the practices themselves, Winner proposes that the register in which Christians might best think about the Eucharist, prayer, and baptism is that of &amp;#039;damaged gift.&amp;#039; Christians go on with these practices because, though blighted by sin, they remain gifts from God.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356751">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356751</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dangers of Christian Practice: On Wayward Gifts, Characteristic Damage, and Sin
Author: Lauren F. Winner
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Challenging the central place that &amp;#039;practices&amp;#039; have recently held in Christian theology, Lauren Winner explores the damages these practices have inflicted over the centuries. Sometimes, beloved and treasured Christian practices go horrifyingly wrong, extending violence rather than promoting its healing. In this bracing book, Lauren Winner provocatively challenges the assumption that the church possesses a set of immaculate practices that will definitionally train Christians in virtue and that can&amp;#039;t be answerable to their histories. Is there, for instance, an account of prayer that has anything useful to say about a slave-owning woman’s praying for her slaves&amp;#039; obedience? Is there a robustly theological account of the Eucharist that connects the Eucharist&amp;#039;s goods to the sacrament&amp;#039;s central role in medieval Christian murder of Jews?   Arguing that practices are deformed in ways that are characteristic of and intrinsic to the practices themselves, Winner proposes that the register in which Christians might best think about the Eucharist, prayer, and baptism is that of &amp;#039;damaged gift.&amp;#039; Christians go on with these practices because, though blighted by sin, they remain gifts from God.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Death of Politics: How to Heal Our Frayed Republic After Trump by Peter Wehner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356501</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356501">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356501</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Death of Politics: How to Heal Our Frayed Republic After Trump
Author: Peter Wehner
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times opinion writer, media commentator, outspoken Republican and Christian critic of the Trump presidency offers a spirited defense of politics and its virtuous and critical role in maintaining our democracy and what we must do to save it before it is too late. “Any nation that elects Donald Trump to be its president has a remarkably low view of politics.”  Frustrated and feeling betrayed, Americans have come to loathe politics with disastrous results, argues Peter Wehner. In this timely manifesto, the veteran of three Republican administrations and man of faith offers a reasoned and persuasive argument for restoring “politics” as a worthy calling to a cynical and disillusioned generation of Americans. Wehner has long been one of the leading conservative critics of Donald Trump and his effect on the Republican Party. In this impassioned book, he makes clear that unless we overcome the despair that has caused citizens to abandon hope in the primary means for improving our world—the political process—we will not only fall victim to despots but hasten the decline of what has truly made America great. Drawing on history and experience, he reminds us of the hard lessons we have learned about how we rule ourselves—why we have checks and balances, why no one is above the law, why we defend the rights of even those we disagree with.  Wehner believes we can turn the country around, but only if we abandon our hatred and learn to appreciate and honor the unique and noble American tradition of doing “politics.” If we want the great American experiment to continue and to once again prosper, we must once more take up the responsibility each and every one of us as citizens share.</description>
      <author>Peter Wehner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062932952.mp3" length="1382872" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356501</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062932952.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356501">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356501</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Death of Politics: How to Heal Our Frayed Republic After Trump
Author: Peter Wehner
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times opinion writer, media commentator, outspoken Republican and Christian critic of the Trump presidency offers a spirited defense of politics and its virtuous and critical role in maintaining our democracy and what we must do to save it before it is too late. “Any nation that elects Donald Trump to be its president has a remarkably low view of politics.”  Frustrated and feeling betrayed, Americans have come to loathe politics with disastrous results, argues Peter Wehner. In this timely manifesto, the veteran of three Republican administrations and man of faith offers a reasoned and persuasive argument for restoring “politics” as a worthy calling to a cynical and disillusioned generation of Americans. Wehner has long been one of the leading conservative critics of Donald Trump and his effect on the Republican Party. In this impassioned book, he makes clear that unless we overcome the despair that has caused citizens to abandon hope in the primary means for improving our world—the political process—we will not only fall victim to despots but hasten the decline of what has truly made America great. Drawing on history and experience, he reminds us of the hard lessons we have learned about how we rule ourselves—why we have checks and balances, why no one is above the law, why we defend the rights of even those we disagree with.  Wehner believes we can turn the country around, but only if we abandon our hatred and learn to appreciate and honor the unique and noble American tradition of doing “politics.” If we want the great American experiment to continue and to once again prosper, we must once more take up the responsibility each and every one of us as citizens share.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356501">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356501</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Death of Politics: How to Heal Our Frayed Republic After Trump
Author: Peter Wehner
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times opinion writer, media commentator, outspoken Republican and Christian critic of the Trump presidency offers a spirited defense of politics and its virtuous and critical role in maintaining our democracy and what we must do to save it before it is too late. “Any nation that elects Donald Trump to be its president has a remarkably low view of politics.”  Frustrated and feeling betrayed, Americans have come to loathe politics with disastrous results, argues Peter Wehner. In this timely manifesto, the veteran of three Republican administrations and man of faith offers a reasoned and persuasive argument for restoring “politics” as a worthy calling to a cynical and disillusioned generation of Americans. Wehner has long been one of the leading conservative critics of Donald Trump and his effect on the Republican Party. In this impassioned book, he makes clear that unless we overcome the despair that has caused citizens to abandon hope in the primary means for improving our world—the political process—we will not only fall victim to despots but hasten the decline of what has truly made America great. Drawing on history and experience, he reminds us of the hard lessons we have learned about how we rule ourselves—why we have checks and balances, why no one is above the law, why we defend the rights of even those we disagree with.  Wehner believes we can turn the country around, but only if we abandon our hatred and learn to appreciate and honor the unique and noble American tradition of doing “politics.” If we want the great American experiment to continue and to once again prosper, we must once more take up the responsibility each and every one of us as citizens share.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Philosophy Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained by Dk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356424</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Philosophy Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained
Author: Dk
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An essential introduction to the history, concepts, and thinking behind philosophy that demystifies what can often be daunting subject matter, laid out in DK&amp;#039;s signature style. Are the ideas of René Descartes, Mary Wollstonecraft, John Locke, and Thomas Hobbes still relevant today? The Philosophy Book unpacks the writings and ideas of more than 100 of history&amp;#039;s biggest thinkers, taking you on a journey from Ancient Greece to modern day. Explore feminism, rationalism, idealism, existentialism, and other influential movements in the world of philosophy. From Socrates to Confucius to Julia Kristeva, The Philosophy Book breaks down difficult concepts in an approachable style. Cutting through the haze of academia and untangling complicated theories to show how our social, political, and ethical ideas are formed, The Philosophy Book contextualizes the information around time periods, innovative thinkers, method, and philosophical approach. The Philosophy Book is a perfect and comprehensive introduction to a complicated and fascinating subject.</description>
      <author>Dk</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781984839329.mp3" length="2765535" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356424</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781984839329.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Philosophy Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained
Author: Dk
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An essential introduction to the history, concepts, and thinking behind philosophy that demystifies what can often be daunting subject matter, laid out in DK&amp;#039;s signature style. Are the ideas of René Descartes, Mary Wollstonecraft, John Locke, and Thomas Hobbes still relevant today? The Philosophy Book unpacks the writings and ideas of more than 100 of history&amp;#039;s biggest thinkers, taking you on a journey from Ancient Greece to modern day. Explore feminism, rationalism, idealism, existentialism, and other influential movements in the world of philosophy. From Socrates to Confucius to Julia Kristeva, The Philosophy Book breaks down difficult concepts in an approachable style. Cutting through the haze of academia and untangling complicated theories to show how our social, political, and ethical ideas are formed, The Philosophy Book contextualizes the information around time periods, innovative thinkers, method, and philosophical approach. The Philosophy Book is a perfect and comprehensive introduction to a complicated and fascinating subject.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Philosophy Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained
Author: Dk
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 27 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An essential introduction to the history, concepts, and thinking behind philosophy that demystifies what can often be daunting subject matter, laid out in DK&amp;#039;s signature style. Are the ideas of René Descartes, Mary Wollstonecraft, John Locke, and Thomas Hobbes still relevant today? The Philosophy Book unpacks the writings and ideas of more than 100 of history&amp;#039;s biggest thinkers, taking you on a journey from Ancient Greece to modern day. Explore feminism, rationalism, idealism, existentialism, and other influential movements in the world of philosophy. From Socrates to Confucius to Julia Kristeva, The Philosophy Book breaks down difficult concepts in an approachable style. Cutting through the haze of academia and untangling complicated theories to show how our social, political, and ethical ideas are formed, The Philosophy Book contextualizes the information around time periods, innovative thinkers, method, and philosophical approach. The Philosophy Book is a perfect and comprehensive introduction to a complicated and fascinating subject.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art of Logic in an Illogical World by Eugenia Cheng</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Logic in an Illogical World
Author: Eugenia Cheng
Narrator: Moira Quirk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 11, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
How both logical and emotional reasoning can help us live better in our post-truth world  In a world where fake news stories change election outcomes, has rationality become futile? In The Art of Logic in an Illogical World, Eugenia Cheng throws a lifeline to readers drowning in the illogic of contemporary life. Cheng is a mathematician, so she knows how to make an airtight argument. But even for her, logic sometimes falls prey to emotion, which is why she still fears flying and eats more cookies than she should. If a mathematician can&amp;#039;t be logical, what are we to do? In this book, Cheng reveals the inner workings and limitations of logic, and explains why alogic -- for example, emotion -- is vital to how we think and communicate. Cheng shows us how to use logic and alogic together to navigate a world awash in bigotry, mansplaining, and manipulative memes. Insightful, useful, and funny, this essential book is for anyone who wants to think more clearly.</description>
      <author>Eugenia Cheng</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549114465.mp3" length="887705" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549114465.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Logic in an Illogical World
Author: Eugenia Cheng
Narrator: Moira Quirk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 11, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
How both logical and emotional reasoning can help us live better in our post-truth world  In a world where fake news stories change election outcomes, has rationality become futile? In The Art of Logic in an Illogical World, Eugenia Cheng throws a lifeline to readers drowning in the illogic of contemporary life. Cheng is a mathematician, so she knows how to make an airtight argument. But even for her, logic sometimes falls prey to emotion, which is why she still fears flying and eats more cookies than she should. If a mathematician can&amp;#039;t be logical, what are we to do? In this book, Cheng reveals the inner workings and limitations of logic, and explains why alogic -- for example, emotion -- is vital to how we think and communicate. Cheng shows us how to use logic and alogic together to navigate a world awash in bigotry, mansplaining, and manipulative memes. Insightful, useful, and funny, this essential book is for anyone who wants to think more clearly.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Logic in an Illogical World
Author: Eugenia Cheng
Narrator: Moira Quirk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 11, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
How both logical and emotional reasoning can help us live better in our post-truth world  In a world where fake news stories change election outcomes, has rationality become futile? In The Art of Logic in an Illogical World, Eugenia Cheng throws a lifeline to readers drowning in the illogic of contemporary life. Cheng is a mathematician, so she knows how to make an airtight argument. But even for her, logic sometimes falls prey to emotion, which is why she still fears flying and eats more cookies than she should. If a mathematician can&amp;#039;t be logical, what are we to do? In this book, Cheng reveals the inner workings and limitations of logic, and explains why alogic -- for example, emotion -- is vital to how we think and communicate. Cheng shows us how to use logic and alogic together to navigate a world awash in bigotry, mansplaining, and manipulative memes. Insightful, useful, and funny, this essential book is for anyone who wants to think more clearly.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Philosophy of Religion: A Very Short Introduction by Tim Bayne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356146</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356146">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356146</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Philosophy of Religion: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Tim Bayne
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What is the philosophy of religion? How can we distinguish it from theology on the one hand and the psychology/sociology of religious belief on the other? What does it mean to describe God as &amp;#039;eternal&amp;#039;? And should religious people want there to be good arguments for the existence of God, or is religious belief only authentic in the absence of these good arguments? In this Very Short Introduction Tim Bayne introduces the field of philosophy of religion, and engages with some of the most burning questions that philosophers discuss. Considering how &amp;#039;religion&amp;#039; should be defined, and whether we even need to be able to define it in order to engage in the philosophy of religion, he goes on to discuss whether the existence of God matters. Exploring the problem of evil, Bayne also debates the connection between faith and reason, and the related question of what role reason should play in religious contexts. Shedding light on the relationship between science and religion, Bayne finishes by considering the topics of reincarnation and the afterlife.</description>
      <author>Tim Bayne</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541449763.mp3" length="8558530" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356146</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541449763.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356146">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356146</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Philosophy of Religion: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Tim Bayne
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What is the philosophy of religion? How can we distinguish it from theology on the one hand and the psychology/sociology of religious belief on the other? What does it mean to describe God as &amp;#039;eternal&amp;#039;? And should religious people want there to be good arguments for the existence of God, or is religious belief only authentic in the absence of these good arguments? In this Very Short Introduction Tim Bayne introduces the field of philosophy of religion, and engages with some of the most burning questions that philosophers discuss. Considering how &amp;#039;religion&amp;#039; should be defined, and whether we even need to be able to define it in order to engage in the philosophy of religion, he goes on to discuss whether the existence of God matters. Exploring the problem of evil, Bayne also debates the connection between faith and reason, and the related question of what role reason should play in religious contexts. Shedding light on the relationship between science and religion, Bayne finishes by considering the topics of reincarnation and the afterlife.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356146">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356146</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Philosophy of Religion: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Tim Bayne
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What is the philosophy of religion? How can we distinguish it from theology on the one hand and the psychology/sociology of religious belief on the other? What does it mean to describe God as &amp;#039;eternal&amp;#039;? And should religious people want there to be good arguments for the existence of God, or is religious belief only authentic in the absence of these good arguments? In this Very Short Introduction Tim Bayne introduces the field of philosophy of religion, and engages with some of the most burning questions that philosophers discuss. Considering how &amp;#039;religion&amp;#039; should be defined, and whether we even need to be able to define it in order to engage in the philosophy of religion, he goes on to discuss whether the existence of God matters. Exploring the problem of evil, Bayne also debates the connection between faith and reason, and the related question of what role reason should play in religious contexts. Shedding light on the relationship between science and religion, Bayne finishes by considering the topics of reincarnation and the afterlife.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One World Now: The Ethics of Globalization by Peter Singer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356110</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One World Now: The Ethics of Globalization
Author: Peter Singer
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
One World Now seamlessly integrates major developments of the past decade into Peter Singer&amp;#039;s classic text on the ethics of globalization, One World. Singer, often described as the world&amp;#039;s most influential philosopher, here addresses such essential concerns as climate change, economic globalization, foreign aid, human rights, immigration, and the responsibility to protect people from genocide and crimes against humanity, whatever country they may be in. Every issue is considered from an ethical perspective. This thoughtful and important study poses bold challenges to narrow nationalistic views and offers valuable alternatives to the state-centric approach that continues to dominate ethics and international theory. Singer argues powerfully that we cannot solve the world’s problems at a national level, and shows how we should build on developments that are already transcending national differences. This is an instructive and necessary work that confronts head-on both the perils and the potentials inherent in globalization.</description>
      <author>Peter Singer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977388308.mp3" length="2716143" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356110</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977388308.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One World Now: The Ethics of Globalization
Author: Peter Singer
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
One World Now seamlessly integrates major developments of the past decade into Peter Singer&amp;#039;s classic text on the ethics of globalization, One World. Singer, often described as the world&amp;#039;s most influential philosopher, here addresses such essential concerns as climate change, economic globalization, foreign aid, human rights, immigration, and the responsibility to protect people from genocide and crimes against humanity, whatever country they may be in. Every issue is considered from an ethical perspective. This thoughtful and important study poses bold challenges to narrow nationalistic views and offers valuable alternatives to the state-centric approach that continues to dominate ethics and international theory. Singer argues powerfully that we cannot solve the world’s problems at a national level, and shows how we should build on developments that are already transcending national differences. This is an instructive and necessary work that confronts head-on both the perils and the potentials inherent in globalization.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One World Now: The Ethics of Globalization
Author: Peter Singer
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
One World Now seamlessly integrates major developments of the past decade into Peter Singer&amp;#039;s classic text on the ethics of globalization, One World. Singer, often described as the world&amp;#039;s most influential philosopher, here addresses such essential concerns as climate change, economic globalization, foreign aid, human rights, immigration, and the responsibility to protect people from genocide and crimes against humanity, whatever country they may be in. Every issue is considered from an ethical perspective. This thoughtful and important study poses bold challenges to narrow nationalistic views and offers valuable alternatives to the state-centric approach that continues to dominate ethics and international theory. Singer argues powerfully that we cannot solve the world’s problems at a national level, and shows how we should build on developments that are already transcending national differences. This is an instructive and necessary work that confronts head-on both the perils and the potentials inherent in globalization.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Be a Friend: An Ancient Guide to True Friendship by Marcus Tullius Cicero</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355622</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be a Friend: An Ancient Guide to True Friendship
Author: Marcus Tullius Cicero
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 36 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a world where social media, online relationships, and relentless self-absorption threaten the very idea of deep and lasting friendships, the search for true friends is more important than ever. In this short book, which is one of the greatest ever written on the subject, the famous Roman politician and philosopher Cicero offers a compelling guide to finding, keeping, and appreciating friends. With wit and wisdom, Cicero shows us not only how to build friendships but also why they must be a key part of our lives. For, as Cicero says, life without friends is not worth living. Filled with timeless advice and insights, Cicero&amp;#039;s heartfelt and moving classic—written in 44 BC and originally titled De Amicitia—has inspired readers for more than two thousand years, from St. Augustine and Dante to Thomas Jefferson and John Adams. Presented here in a lively new translation and an inviting introduction, How to Be a Friend explores how to choose the right friends, how to avoid the pitfalls of friendship, and how to live with friends in good times and bad. Cicero also praises what he sees as the deepest kind of friendship—one in which two people find in each other &amp;#039;another self&amp;#039; or a kindred soul.</description>
      <author>Marcus Tullius Cicero</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684414758.mp3" length="7140845" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355622</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684414758.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be a Friend: An Ancient Guide to True Friendship
Author: Marcus Tullius Cicero
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 36 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a world where social media, online relationships, and relentless self-absorption threaten the very idea of deep and lasting friendships, the search for true friends is more important than ever. In this short book, which is one of the greatest ever written on the subject, the famous Roman politician and philosopher Cicero offers a compelling guide to finding, keeping, and appreciating friends. With wit and wisdom, Cicero shows us not only how to build friendships but also why they must be a key part of our lives. For, as Cicero says, life without friends is not worth living. Filled with timeless advice and insights, Cicero&amp;#039;s heartfelt and moving classic—written in 44 BC and originally titled De Amicitia—has inspired readers for more than two thousand years, from St. Augustine and Dante to Thomas Jefferson and John Adams. Presented here in a lively new translation and an inviting introduction, How to Be a Friend explores how to choose the right friends, how to avoid the pitfalls of friendship, and how to live with friends in good times and bad. Cicero also praises what he sees as the deepest kind of friendship—one in which two people find in each other &amp;#039;another self&amp;#039; or a kindred soul.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be a Friend: An Ancient Guide to True Friendship
Author: Marcus Tullius Cicero
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 36 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a world where social media, online relationships, and relentless self-absorption threaten the very idea of deep and lasting friendships, the search for true friends is more important than ever. In this short book, which is one of the greatest ever written on the subject, the famous Roman politician and philosopher Cicero offers a compelling guide to finding, keeping, and appreciating friends. With wit and wisdom, Cicero shows us not only how to build friendships but also why they must be a key part of our lives. For, as Cicero says, life without friends is not worth living. Filled with timeless advice and insights, Cicero&amp;#039;s heartfelt and moving classic—written in 44 BC and originally titled De Amicitia—has inspired readers for more than two thousand years, from St. Augustine and Dante to Thomas Jefferson and John Adams. Presented here in a lively new translation and an inviting introduction, How to Be a Friend explores how to choose the right friends, how to avoid the pitfalls of friendship, and how to live with friends in good times and bad. Cicero also praises what he sees as the deepest kind of friendship—one in which two people find in each other &amp;#039;another self&amp;#039; or a kindred soul.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Be Free: An Ancient Guide to the Stoic Life by Epictetus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355623</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355623">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355623</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be Free: An Ancient Guide to the Stoic Life
Author: Epictetus
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Born a slave, the Roman Stoic philosopher Epictetus (c. 55–135 AD) taught that mental freedom is supreme, since it can liberate one anywhere, even in a prison. In How to Be Free, A. A. Long—one of the world&amp;#039;s leading authorities on Stoicism and a pioneer in its remarkable contemporary revival—provides a superb new edition of Epictetus&amp;#039;s celebrated guide to the Stoic philosophy of life (the Encheiridion) along with a selection of related reflections in his Discourses. Freedom, for Epictetus, is not a human right or a political prerogative but a psychological and ethical achievement, a gift that we alone can bestow on ourselves. We can all be free, but only if we learn to assign paramount value to what we can control (our motivations and reactions), treat what we cannot control with equanimity, and view our circumstances as opportunities to do well and be well, no matter what happens to us through misfortune or the actions of other people. How to Be Free features splendid new translations and a compelling introduction that sets Epictetus in context and describes the importance of Stoic freedom today. The result is an unmatched introduction to this powerful method of managing emotions and handling life&amp;#039;s situations, from the most ordinary to the most demanding.</description>
      <author>Epictetus</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684414796.mp3" length="7384986" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355623</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684414796.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355623">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355623</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be Free: An Ancient Guide to the Stoic Life
Author: Epictetus
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Born a slave, the Roman Stoic philosopher Epictetus (c. 55–135 AD) taught that mental freedom is supreme, since it can liberate one anywhere, even in a prison. In How to Be Free, A. A. Long—one of the world&amp;#039;s leading authorities on Stoicism and a pioneer in its remarkable contemporary revival—provides a superb new edition of Epictetus&amp;#039;s celebrated guide to the Stoic philosophy of life (the Encheiridion) along with a selection of related reflections in his Discourses. Freedom, for Epictetus, is not a human right or a political prerogative but a psychological and ethical achievement, a gift that we alone can bestow on ourselves. We can all be free, but only if we learn to assign paramount value to what we can control (our motivations and reactions), treat what we cannot control with equanimity, and view our circumstances as opportunities to do well and be well, no matter what happens to us through misfortune or the actions of other people. How to Be Free features splendid new translations and a compelling introduction that sets Epictetus in context and describes the importance of Stoic freedom today. The result is an unmatched introduction to this powerful method of managing emotions and handling life&amp;#039;s situations, from the most ordinary to the most demanding.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355623">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355623</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be Free: An Ancient Guide to the Stoic Life
Author: Epictetus
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Born a slave, the Roman Stoic philosopher Epictetus (c. 55–135 AD) taught that mental freedom is supreme, since it can liberate one anywhere, even in a prison. In How to Be Free, A. A. Long—one of the world&amp;#039;s leading authorities on Stoicism and a pioneer in its remarkable contemporary revival—provides a superb new edition of Epictetus&amp;#039;s celebrated guide to the Stoic philosophy of life (the Encheiridion) along with a selection of related reflections in his Discourses. Freedom, for Epictetus, is not a human right or a political prerogative but a psychological and ethical achievement, a gift that we alone can bestow on ourselves. We can all be free, but only if we learn to assign paramount value to what we can control (our motivations and reactions), treat what we cannot control with equanimity, and view our circumstances as opportunities to do well and be well, no matter what happens to us through misfortune or the actions of other people. How to Be Free features splendid new translations and a compelling introduction that sets Epictetus in context and describes the importance of Stoic freedom today. The result is an unmatched introduction to this powerful method of managing emotions and handling life&amp;#039;s situations, from the most ordinary to the most demanding.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - A Filosofia Explica Grandes Questões da Humanidadae by Clóvis De Barros Filho, Júlio Pompeu</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355269</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - A Filosofia Explica Grandes Questões da Humanidadae
Author: Clóvis De Barros Filho, Júlio Pompeu
Narrator: Júlio Pompeu, Clóvis De Barros Filho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2010
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Engana-se quem pensa que, para falar das questões fundamentais da existência, é preciso recorrer a reflexões herméticas ou embrenhadas de academicismos. O homem é livre? Deus existe? O que é um comportamento ético? Para os autores deste audiolivro, estas e outras perguntas fazem parte do nosso dia a dia e podem ser respondidas com uma filosofia encarnada na vida, repleta de humor e exemplos cotidianos, sem que seja preciso abrir mão da fidelidade às ideias centrais de pensadores como Platão, Aristóteles, Hobbes, Maquiavel, Nietzsche e Foucault.</description>
      <author>Clóvis De Barros Filho, Júlio Pompeu</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 09 Jan 2010 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788560125357.mp3" length="1347171" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355269</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788560125357.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - A Filosofia Explica Grandes Questões da Humanidadae
Author: Clóvis De Barros Filho, Júlio Pompeu
Narrator: Júlio Pompeu, Clóvis De Barros Filho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2010
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Engana-se quem pensa que, para falar das questões fundamentais da existência, é preciso recorrer a reflexões herméticas ou embrenhadas de academicismos. O homem é livre? Deus existe? O que é um comportamento ético? Para os autores deste audiolivro, estas e outras perguntas fazem parte do nosso dia a dia e podem ser respondidas com uma filosofia encarnada na vida, repleta de humor e exemplos cotidianos, sem que seja preciso abrir mão da fidelidade às ideias centrais de pensadores como Platão, Aristóteles, Hobbes, Maquiavel, Nietzsche e Foucault.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - A Filosofia Explica Grandes Questões da Humanidadae
Author: Clóvis De Barros Filho, Júlio Pompeu
Narrator: Júlio Pompeu, Clóvis De Barros Filho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2010
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Engana-se quem pensa que, para falar das questões fundamentais da existência, é preciso recorrer a reflexões herméticas ou embrenhadas de academicismos. O homem é livre? Deus existe? O que é um comportamento ético? Para os autores deste audiolivro, estas e outras perguntas fazem parte do nosso dia a dia e podem ser respondidas com uma filosofia encarnada na vida, repleta de humor e exemplos cotidianos, sem que seja preciso abrir mão da fidelidade às ideias centrais de pensadores como Platão, Aristóteles, Hobbes, Maquiavel, Nietzsche e Foucault.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Skeptics&amp;#039; Guide to the Universe: How to Know What&amp;#039;s Really Real in a World Increasingly Full of Fake by Steven Novella</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355266</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Skeptics&amp;#039; Guide to the Universe: How to Know What&amp;#039;s Really Real in a World Increasingly Full of Fake
Author: Steven Novella
Narrator: Steven Novella
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An all-encompassing guide to skeptical thinking from podcast host and academic neurologist at Yale University School of Medicine Steven Novella and his SGU co-hosts, which Richard Wiseman calls &amp;#039;the perfect primer for anyone who wants to separate fact from fiction.&amp;#039;  It is intimidating to realize that we live in a world overflowing with misinformation, bias, myths, deception, and flawed knowledge. There really are no ultimate authority figures-no one has the secret, and there is no place to look up the definitive answers to our questions (not even Google).   Luckily, The Skeptic&amp;#039;s Guide to the Universe is your map through this maze of modern life. Here Dr. Steven Novella-along with Bob Novella, Cara Santa Maria, Jay Novella, and Evan Bernstein-will explain the tenets of skeptical thinking and debunk some of the biggest scientific myths, fallacies, and conspiracy theories-from anti-vaccines to homeopathy, UFO sightings to N- rays. You&amp;#039;ll learn the difference between science and pseudoscience, essential critical thinking skills, ways to discuss conspiracy theories with that crazy co- worker of yours, and how to combat sloppy reasoning, bad arguments, and superstitious thinking.    So are you ready to join them on an epic scientific quest, one that has taken us from huddling in dark caves to setting foot on the moon? (Yes, we really did that.) DON&amp;#039;T PANIC! With The Skeptic&amp;#039;s Guide to the Universe, we can do this together.   &amp;#039;Thorough, informative, and enlightening, The Skeptic&amp;#039;s Guide to the Universe inoculates you against the frailties and shortcomings of human cognition. If this book does not become required reading for us all, we may well see modern civilization unravel before our eyes.&amp;#039; -- Neil deGrasse Tyson   &amp;#039;In this age of real and fake information, your ability to reason, to think in scientifically skeptical fashion, is the most important skill you can have. Read The Skeptics&amp;#039; Guide Universe; get better at reasoning. And if this claim about the importance of reason is wrong, The Skeptics&amp;#039; Guide will help you figure that out, too.&amp;#039; -- Bill Nye</description>
      <author>Steven Novella</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478988496.mp3" length="892305" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355266</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478988496.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Skeptics&amp;#039; Guide to the Universe: How to Know What&amp;#039;s Really Real in a World Increasingly Full of Fake
Author: Steven Novella
Narrator: Steven Novella
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An all-encompassing guide to skeptical thinking from podcast host and academic neurologist at Yale University School of Medicine Steven Novella and his SGU co-hosts, which Richard Wiseman calls &amp;#039;the perfect primer for anyone who wants to separate fact from fiction.&amp;#039;  It is intimidating to realize that we live in a world overflowing with misinformation, bias, myths, deception, and flawed knowledge. There really are no ultimate authority figures-no one has the secret, and there is no place to look up the definitive answers to our questions (not even Google).   Luckily, The Skeptic&amp;#039;s Guide to the Universe is your map through this maze of modern life. Here Dr. Steven Novella-along with Bob Novella, Cara Santa Maria, Jay Novella, and Evan Bernstein-will explain the tenets of skeptical thinking and debunk some of the biggest scientific myths, fallacies, and conspiracy theories-from anti-vaccines to homeopathy, UFO sightings to N- rays. You&amp;#039;ll learn the difference between science and pseudoscience, essential critical thinking skills, ways to discuss conspiracy theories with that crazy co- worker of yours, and how to combat sloppy reasoning, bad arguments, and superstitious thinking.    So are you ready to join them on an epic scientific quest, one that has taken us from huddling in dark caves to setting foot on the moon? (Yes, we really did that.) DON&amp;#039;T PANIC! With The Skeptic&amp;#039;s Guide to the Universe, we can do this together.   &amp;#039;Thorough, informative, and enlightening, The Skeptic&amp;#039;s Guide to the Universe inoculates you against the frailties and shortcomings of human cognition. If this book does not become required reading for us all, we may well see modern civilization unravel before our eyes.&amp;#039; -- Neil deGrasse Tyson   &amp;#039;In this age of real and fake information, your ability to reason, to think in scientifically skeptical fashion, is the most important skill you can have. Read The Skeptics&amp;#039; Guide Universe; get better at reasoning. And if this claim about the importance of reason is wrong, The Skeptics&amp;#039; Guide will help you figure that out, too.&amp;#039; -- Bill Nye</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Skeptics&amp;#039; Guide to the Universe: How to Know What&amp;#039;s Really Real in a World Increasingly Full of Fake
Author: Steven Novella
Narrator: Steven Novella
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 21 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An all-encompassing guide to skeptical thinking from podcast host and academic neurologist at Yale University School of Medicine Steven Novella and his SGU co-hosts, which Richard Wiseman calls &amp;#039;the perfect primer for anyone who wants to separate fact from fiction.&amp;#039;  It is intimidating to realize that we live in a world overflowing with misinformation, bias, myths, deception, and flawed knowledge. There really are no ultimate authority figures-no one has the secret, and there is no place to look up the definitive answers to our questions (not even Google).   Luckily, The Skeptic&amp;#039;s Guide to the Universe is your map through this maze of modern life. Here Dr. Steven Novella-along with Bob Novella, Cara Santa Maria, Jay Novella, and Evan Bernstein-will explain the tenets of skeptical thinking and debunk some of the biggest scientific myths, fallacies, and conspiracy theories-from anti-vaccines to homeopathy, UFO sightings to N- rays. You&amp;#039;ll learn the difference between science and pseudoscience, essential critical thinking skills, ways to discuss conspiracy theories with that crazy co- worker of yours, and how to combat sloppy reasoning, bad arguments, and superstitious thinking.    So are you ready to join them on an epic scientific quest, one that has taken us from huddling in dark caves to setting foot on the moon? (Yes, we really did that.) DON&amp;#039;T PANIC! With The Skeptic&amp;#039;s Guide to the Universe, we can do this together.   &amp;#039;Thorough, informative, and enlightening, The Skeptic&amp;#039;s Guide to the Universe inoculates you against the frailties and shortcomings of human cognition. If this book does not become required reading for us all, we may well see modern civilization unravel before our eyes.&amp;#039; -- Neil deGrasse Tyson   &amp;#039;In this age of real and fake information, your ability to reason, to think in scientifically skeptical fashion, is the most important skill you can have. Read The Skeptics&amp;#039; Guide Universe; get better at reasoning. And if this claim about the importance of reason is wrong, The Skeptics&amp;#039; Guide will help you figure that out, too.&amp;#039; -- Bill Nye</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Superior: The Return of Race Science by Angela Saini</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Superior: The Return of Race Science
Author: Angela Saini
Narrator: Hannah Melbourn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
2019 Best-Of Lists: 10 Best Science Books of the Year (Smithsonian Magazine) · Best Science Books of the Year (NPR&amp;#039;s Science Friday) · Best Science and Technology Books from 2019” (Library Journal)   An astute and timely examination of the re-emergence  of scientific research into racial differences.  Superior tells the disturbing story of the persistent thread of belief in biological racial differences in the world of science.  After the horrors of the Nazi regime in World War II, the mainstream scientific world turned its back on eugenics and the study of racial difference. But a worldwide network of intellectual racists and segregationists quietly founded journals and funded research, providing the kind of shoddy studies that were ultimately cited in Richard Herrnstein and Charles Murray’s 1994 title The Bell Curve, which purported to show differences in intelligence among races. If the vast majority of scientists and scholars disavowed these ideas and considered race a social construct, it was an idea that still managed to somehow survive in the way scientists thought about human variation and genetics. Dissecting the statements and work of contemporary scientists studying human biodiversity, most of whom claim to be just following the data, Angela Saini shows us how, again and again, even mainstream scientists cling to the idea that race is biologically real. As our understanding of complex traits like intelligence, and the effects of environmental and cultural influences on human beings, from the molecular level on up, grows, the hope of finding simple genetic differences between “races”—to explain differing rates of disease, to explain poverty or test scores, or to justify cultural assumptions—stubbornly persists. At a time when racialized nationalisms are a resurgent threat throughout the world, Superior is a rigorous, much-needed examination of the insidious and destructive nature of race science—and a powerful reminder that, biologically, we are all far more alike than different.</description>
      <author>Angela Saini</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807081174.mp3" length="2756431" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807081174.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Superior: The Return of Race Science
Author: Angela Saini
Narrator: Hannah Melbourn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
2019 Best-Of Lists: 10 Best Science Books of the Year (Smithsonian Magazine) · Best Science Books of the Year (NPR&amp;#039;s Science Friday) · Best Science and Technology Books from 2019” (Library Journal)   An astute and timely examination of the re-emergence  of scientific research into racial differences.  Superior tells the disturbing story of the persistent thread of belief in biological racial differences in the world of science.  After the horrors of the Nazi regime in World War II, the mainstream scientific world turned its back on eugenics and the study of racial difference. But a worldwide network of intellectual racists and segregationists quietly founded journals and funded research, providing the kind of shoddy studies that were ultimately cited in Richard Herrnstein and Charles Murray’s 1994 title The Bell Curve, which purported to show differences in intelligence among races. If the vast majority of scientists and scholars disavowed these ideas and considered race a social construct, it was an idea that still managed to somehow survive in the way scientists thought about human variation and genetics. Dissecting the statements and work of contemporary scientists studying human biodiversity, most of whom claim to be just following the data, Angela Saini shows us how, again and again, even mainstream scientists cling to the idea that race is biologically real. As our understanding of complex traits like intelligence, and the effects of environmental and cultural influences on human beings, from the molecular level on up, grows, the hope of finding simple genetic differences between “races”—to explain differing rates of disease, to explain poverty or test scores, or to justify cultural assumptions—stubbornly persists. At a time when racialized nationalisms are a resurgent threat throughout the world, Superior is a rigorous, much-needed examination of the insidious and destructive nature of race science—and a powerful reminder that, biologically, we are all far more alike than different.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Superior: The Return of Race Science
Author: Angela Saini
Narrator: Hannah Melbourn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
2019 Best-Of Lists: 10 Best Science Books of the Year (Smithsonian Magazine) · Best Science Books of the Year (NPR&amp;#039;s Science Friday) · Best Science and Technology Books from 2019” (Library Journal)   An astute and timely examination of the re-emergence  of scientific research into racial differences.  Superior tells the disturbing story of the persistent thread of belief in biological racial differences in the world of science.  After the horrors of the Nazi regime in World War II, the mainstream scientific world turned its back on eugenics and the study of racial difference. But a worldwide network of intellectual racists and segregationists quietly founded journals and funded research, providing the kind of shoddy studies that were ultimately cited in Richard Herrnstein and Charles Murray’s 1994 title The Bell Curve, which purported to show differences in intelligence among races. If the vast majority of scientists and scholars disavowed these ideas and considered race a social construct, it was an idea that still managed to somehow survive in the way scientists thought about human variation and genetics. Dissecting the statements and work of contemporary scientists studying human biodiversity, most of whom claim to be just following the data, Angela Saini shows us how, again and again, even mainstream scientists cling to the idea that race is biologically real. As our understanding of complex traits like intelligence, and the effects of environmental and cultural influences on human beings, from the molecular level on up, grows, the hope of finding simple genetic differences between “races”—to explain differing rates of disease, to explain poverty or test scores, or to justify cultural assumptions—stubbornly persists. At a time when racialized nationalisms are a resurgent threat throughout the world, Superior is a rigorous, much-needed examination of the insidious and destructive nature of race science—and a powerful reminder that, biologically, we are all far more alike than different.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conscious: A Brief Guide to the Fundamental Mystery of the Mind by Annaka Harris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355076</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conscious: A Brief Guide to the Fundamental Mystery of the Mind
Author: Annaka Harris
Narrator: Annaka Harris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 76 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
2020 Audie Finalist  As concise and enlightening as Seven Brief Lessons on Physics and Astrophysics for People in a Hurry, this mind-expanding dive into the mystery of consciousness is an illuminating meditation on the self, free will, and felt experience. What is consciousness? How does it arise? And why does it exist? We take our experience of being in the world for granted. But the very existence of consciousness raises profound questions: Why would any collection of matter in the universe be conscious? How are we able to think about this? And why should we? In this wonderfully accessible audiobook, Annaka Harris guides us through the evolving definitions, philosophies, and scientific findings that probe our limited understanding of consciousness. Where does it reside, and what gives rise to it? Could it be an illusion, or a universal property of all matter? As we try to understand consciousness, we must grapple with how to define it and, in the age of artificial intelligence, who or what might possess it. Conscious offers lively and challenging arguments that alter our ideas about consciousness—allowing us to think freely about it for ourselves, if indeed we can.</description>
      <author>Annaka Harris</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062930910.mp3" length="1407371" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355076</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062930910.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conscious: A Brief Guide to the Fundamental Mystery of the Mind
Author: Annaka Harris
Narrator: Annaka Harris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 76 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
2020 Audie Finalist  As concise and enlightening as Seven Brief Lessons on Physics and Astrophysics for People in a Hurry, this mind-expanding dive into the mystery of consciousness is an illuminating meditation on the self, free will, and felt experience. What is consciousness? How does it arise? And why does it exist? We take our experience of being in the world for granted. But the very existence of consciousness raises profound questions: Why would any collection of matter in the universe be conscious? How are we able to think about this? And why should we? In this wonderfully accessible audiobook, Annaka Harris guides us through the evolving definitions, philosophies, and scientific findings that probe our limited understanding of consciousness. Where does it reside, and what gives rise to it? Could it be an illusion, or a universal property of all matter? As we try to understand consciousness, we must grapple with how to define it and, in the age of artificial intelligence, who or what might possess it. Conscious offers lively and challenging arguments that alter our ideas about consciousness—allowing us to think freely about it for ourselves, if indeed we can.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conscious: A Brief Guide to the Fundamental Mystery of the Mind
Author: Annaka Harris
Narrator: Annaka Harris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 76 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
2020 Audie Finalist  As concise and enlightening as Seven Brief Lessons on Physics and Astrophysics for People in a Hurry, this mind-expanding dive into the mystery of consciousness is an illuminating meditation on the self, free will, and felt experience. What is consciousness? How does it arise? And why does it exist? We take our experience of being in the world for granted. But the very existence of consciousness raises profound questions: Why would any collection of matter in the universe be conscious? How are we able to think about this? And why should we? In this wonderfully accessible audiobook, Annaka Harris guides us through the evolving definitions, philosophies, and scientific findings that probe our limited understanding of consciousness. Where does it reside, and what gives rise to it? Could it be an illusion, or a universal property of all matter? As we try to understand consciousness, we must grapple with how to define it and, in the age of artificial intelligence, who or what might possess it. Conscious offers lively and challenging arguments that alter our ideas about consciousness—allowing us to think freely about it for ourselves, if indeed we can.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Suffering and Virtue by Michael S. Brady</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354975</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354975">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354975</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Suffering and Virtue
Author: Michael S. Brady
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Suffering, in one form or another, is present in all of our lives. But why do we suffer? On one reading, this is a question about the causes of physical and emotional suffering. On another, it is a question about whether suffering has a point or purpose or value. In this groundbreaking book, Michael Brady argues that suffering is vital for the development of virtue, and hence for us to live happy or flourishing lives. After presenting a distinctive account of suffering and a novel interpretation of its core element—unpleasantness—Brady focuses on three claims that are central to his picture. The first is that forms of suffering, like pain and remorse, can themselves constitute virtuous responses. The second is that suffering is essential for four important classes of virtue: virtues of strength, such as fortitude and courage; virtues of vulnerability, such as adaptability and humility; moral virtues, such as compassion; and the practical and epistemic excellences that make up wisdom. His third and final claim is that suffering is vital for the social virtues of justice, love, and trust, and hence for the flourishing of social groups.</description>
      <author>Michael S. Brady</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Sep 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977330581.mp3" length="7851511" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354975</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977330581.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354975">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354975</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Suffering and Virtue
Author: Michael S. Brady
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Suffering, in one form or another, is present in all of our lives. But why do we suffer? On one reading, this is a question about the causes of physical and emotional suffering. On another, it is a question about whether suffering has a point or purpose or value. In this groundbreaking book, Michael Brady argues that suffering is vital for the development of virtue, and hence for us to live happy or flourishing lives. After presenting a distinctive account of suffering and a novel interpretation of its core element—unpleasantness—Brady focuses on three claims that are central to his picture. The first is that forms of suffering, like pain and remorse, can themselves constitute virtuous responses. The second is that suffering is essential for four important classes of virtue: virtues of strength, such as fortitude and courage; virtues of vulnerability, such as adaptability and humility; moral virtues, such as compassion; and the practical and epistemic excellences that make up wisdom. His third and final claim is that suffering is vital for the social virtues of justice, love, and trust, and hence for the flourishing of social groups.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354975">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354975</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Suffering and Virtue
Author: Michael S. Brady
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Suffering, in one form or another, is present in all of our lives. But why do we suffer? On one reading, this is a question about the causes of physical and emotional suffering. On another, it is a question about whether suffering has a point or purpose or value. In this groundbreaking book, Michael Brady argues that suffering is vital for the development of virtue, and hence for us to live happy or flourishing lives. After presenting a distinctive account of suffering and a novel interpretation of its core element—unpleasantness—Brady focuses on three claims that are central to his picture. The first is that forms of suffering, like pain and remorse, can themselves constitute virtuous responses. The second is that suffering is essential for four important classes of virtue: virtues of strength, such as fortitude and courage; virtues of vulnerability, such as adaptability and humility; moral virtues, such as compassion; and the practical and epistemic excellences that make up wisdom. His third and final claim is that suffering is vital for the social virtues of justice, love, and trust, and hence for the flourishing of social groups.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Practicing Stoic by Ward Farnsworth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354626</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Practicing Stoic
Author: Ward Farnsworth
Narrator: John Lescault
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: December 25, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The great insights of the Stoics are spread over a wide range of ancient sources. This book brings them all together for the first time. It systematically presents what the various Stoic philosophers said on every important topic, accompanied by an eloquent commentary that is clear and concise. The result is a set of philosophy lessons for everyone—the most valuable wisdom of ages past made available for our times, and for all time.</description>
      <author>Ward Farnsworth</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Dec 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982606015.mp3" length="832338" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354626</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982606015.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Practicing Stoic
Author: Ward Farnsworth
Narrator: John Lescault
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: December 25, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The great insights of the Stoics are spread over a wide range of ancient sources. This book brings them all together for the first time. It systematically presents what the various Stoic philosophers said on every important topic, accompanied by an eloquent commentary that is clear and concise. The result is a set of philosophy lessons for everyone—the most valuable wisdom of ages past made available for our times, and for all time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Practicing Stoic
Author: Ward Farnsworth
Narrator: John Lescault
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: December 25, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The great insights of the Stoics are spread over a wide range of ancient sources. This book brings them all together for the first time. It systematically presents what the various Stoic philosophers said on every important topic, accompanied by an eloquent commentary that is clear and concise. The result is a set of philosophy lessons for everyone—the most valuable wisdom of ages past made available for our times, and for all time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I Am a Strange Loop by Douglas R Hofstadter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354476</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354476">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354476</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Am a Strange Loop
Author: Douglas R Hofstadter
Narrator: Greg Baglia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 49 minutes
Release date: July 10, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
One of our greatest philosophers and scientists of the mind asks, where does the self come from -- and how our selves can exist in the minds of others.     Can thought arise out of matter? Can self, soul, consciousness, &amp;#039;I&amp;#039; arise out of mere matter? If it cannot, then how can you or I be here? I Am a Strange Loop argues that the key to understanding selves and consciousness is the &amp;#039;strange loop&amp;#039;-a special kind of abstract feedback loop inhabiting our brains. The most central and complex symbol in your brain is the one called &amp;#039;I.&amp;#039; The &amp;#039;I&amp;#039; is the nexus in our brain, one of many symbols seeming to have free will and to have gained the paradoxical ability to push particles around, rather than the reverse. How can a mysterious abstraction be real-or is our &amp;#039;I&amp;#039; merely a convenient fiction? Does an &amp;#039;I&amp;#039; exert genuine power over the particles in our brain, or is it helplessly pushed around by the laws of physics? These are the mysteries tackled in I Am a Strange Loop, Douglas Hofstadter&amp;#039;s first book-length journey into philosophy since Gödel, Escher, Bach. Compulsively readable and endlessly thought-provoking, this is a moving and profound inquiry into the nature of mind.</description>
      <author>Douglas R Hofstadter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jul 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549117268.mp3" length="861121" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354476</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549117268.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354476">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354476</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Am a Strange Loop
Author: Douglas R Hofstadter
Narrator: Greg Baglia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 49 minutes
Release date: July 10, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
One of our greatest philosophers and scientists of the mind asks, where does the self come from -- and how our selves can exist in the minds of others.     Can thought arise out of matter? Can self, soul, consciousness, &amp;#039;I&amp;#039; arise out of mere matter? If it cannot, then how can you or I be here? I Am a Strange Loop argues that the key to understanding selves and consciousness is the &amp;#039;strange loop&amp;#039;-a special kind of abstract feedback loop inhabiting our brains. The most central and complex symbol in your brain is the one called &amp;#039;I.&amp;#039; The &amp;#039;I&amp;#039; is the nexus in our brain, one of many symbols seeming to have free will and to have gained the paradoxical ability to push particles around, rather than the reverse. How can a mysterious abstraction be real-or is our &amp;#039;I&amp;#039; merely a convenient fiction? Does an &amp;#039;I&amp;#039; exert genuine power over the particles in our brain, or is it helplessly pushed around by the laws of physics? These are the mysteries tackled in I Am a Strange Loop, Douglas Hofstadter&amp;#039;s first book-length journey into philosophy since Gödel, Escher, Bach. Compulsively readable and endlessly thought-provoking, this is a moving and profound inquiry into the nature of mind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354476">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354476</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Am a Strange Loop
Author: Douglas R Hofstadter
Narrator: Greg Baglia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 49 minutes
Release date: July 10, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
One of our greatest philosophers and scientists of the mind asks, where does the self come from -- and how our selves can exist in the minds of others.     Can thought arise out of matter? Can self, soul, consciousness, &amp;#039;I&amp;#039; arise out of mere matter? If it cannot, then how can you or I be here? I Am a Strange Loop argues that the key to understanding selves and consciousness is the &amp;#039;strange loop&amp;#039;-a special kind of abstract feedback loop inhabiting our brains. The most central and complex symbol in your brain is the one called &amp;#039;I.&amp;#039; The &amp;#039;I&amp;#039; is the nexus in our brain, one of many symbols seeming to have free will and to have gained the paradoxical ability to push particles around, rather than the reverse. How can a mysterious abstraction be real-or is our &amp;#039;I&amp;#039; merely a convenient fiction? Does an &amp;#039;I&amp;#039; exert genuine power over the particles in our brain, or is it helplessly pushed around by the laws of physics? These are the mysteries tackled in I Am a Strange Loop, Douglas Hofstadter&amp;#039;s first book-length journey into philosophy since Gödel, Escher, Bach. Compulsively readable and endlessly thought-provoking, this is a moving and profound inquiry into the nature of mind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anarchy, State, and Utopia by Robert Nozick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354440</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anarchy, State, and Utopia
Author: Robert Nozick
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 55 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this classic work, award-winning philosopher Robert Nozick offers a “complex, sophisticated, and ingenious” (The Economist) defense of libertarianism First published in response to John Rawls&amp;#039; A Theory of Justice, Robert Nozick&amp;#039;s Anarchy, State, and Utopia has since become one of the defining texts in classic libertarian thought. Challenging and ultimately rejecting liberal, socialist, and conservative agendas, Nozick boldly asserts that the rights of individuals are violated as a state&amp;#039;s responsibilities increase—and the only way to avoid these violations rests in the creation of a minimalist state limited to protection against force, fraud, theft, and the enforcement of contracts. Winner of the 1975 National Book Award, Anarchy, State and Utopia remains one of the most philosophically rich defenses of economic liberalism to date. With a new foreword by Thomas Nagel, this revised edition introduces Nozick and his work to a new generation of readers.</description>
      <author>Robert Nozick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549121753.mp3" length="885749" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354440</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549121753.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anarchy, State, and Utopia
Author: Robert Nozick
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 55 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this classic work, award-winning philosopher Robert Nozick offers a “complex, sophisticated, and ingenious” (The Economist) defense of libertarianism First published in response to John Rawls&amp;#039; A Theory of Justice, Robert Nozick&amp;#039;s Anarchy, State, and Utopia has since become one of the defining texts in classic libertarian thought. Challenging and ultimately rejecting liberal, socialist, and conservative agendas, Nozick boldly asserts that the rights of individuals are violated as a state&amp;#039;s responsibilities increase—and the only way to avoid these violations rests in the creation of a minimalist state limited to protection against force, fraud, theft, and the enforcement of contracts. Winner of the 1975 National Book Award, Anarchy, State and Utopia remains one of the most philosophically rich defenses of economic liberalism to date. With a new foreword by Thomas Nagel, this revised edition introduces Nozick and his work to a new generation of readers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anarchy, State, and Utopia
Author: Robert Nozick
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 55 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this classic work, award-winning philosopher Robert Nozick offers a “complex, sophisticated, and ingenious” (The Economist) defense of libertarianism First published in response to John Rawls&amp;#039; A Theory of Justice, Robert Nozick&amp;#039;s Anarchy, State, and Utopia has since become one of the defining texts in classic libertarian thought. Challenging and ultimately rejecting liberal, socialist, and conservative agendas, Nozick boldly asserts that the rights of individuals are violated as a state&amp;#039;s responsibilities increase—and the only way to avoid these violations rests in the creation of a minimalist state limited to protection against force, fraud, theft, and the enforcement of contracts. Winner of the 1975 National Book Award, Anarchy, State and Utopia remains one of the most philosophically rich defenses of economic liberalism to date. With a new foreword by Thomas Nagel, this revised edition introduces Nozick and his work to a new generation of readers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Spirit of Zen by Sam Van Schaik</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354225</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Spirit of Zen
Author: Sam Van Schaik
Narrator: Fred Stella
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An engaging introduction to Zen Buddhism, featuring a new English translation of one of the earliest Zen texts Leading Buddhist scholar Sam van Schaik explores the history and essence of Zen, based on a new translation of one of the earliest surviving collections of teachings by Zen masters. These teachings, titled The Masters and Students of the Lanka, were discovered in a sealed cave on the old Silk Road, in modern Gansu, China, in the early twentieth century. All more than a thousand years old, the manuscripts have sometimes been called the Buddhist Dead Sea Scrolls, and their translation has opened a new window onto the history of Buddhism. Both accessible and illuminating, this book explores the continuities between the ways in which Zen was practiced in ancient times, and how it is practiced today in East Asian countries such as Japan, China, Korea, and Vietnam, as well as in the emerging Western Zen tradition.</description>
      <author>Sam Van Schaik</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jan 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781978648081.mp3" length="814297" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354225</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781978648081.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Spirit of Zen
Author: Sam Van Schaik
Narrator: Fred Stella
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An engaging introduction to Zen Buddhism, featuring a new English translation of one of the earliest Zen texts Leading Buddhist scholar Sam van Schaik explores the history and essence of Zen, based on a new translation of one of the earliest surviving collections of teachings by Zen masters. These teachings, titled The Masters and Students of the Lanka, were discovered in a sealed cave on the old Silk Road, in modern Gansu, China, in the early twentieth century. All more than a thousand years old, the manuscripts have sometimes been called the Buddhist Dead Sea Scrolls, and their translation has opened a new window onto the history of Buddhism. Both accessible and illuminating, this book explores the continuities between the ways in which Zen was practiced in ancient times, and how it is practiced today in East Asian countries such as Japan, China, Korea, and Vietnam, as well as in the emerging Western Zen tradition.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Spirit of Zen
Author: Sam Van Schaik
Narrator: Fred Stella
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An engaging introduction to Zen Buddhism, featuring a new English translation of one of the earliest Zen texts Leading Buddhist scholar Sam van Schaik explores the history and essence of Zen, based on a new translation of one of the earliest surviving collections of teachings by Zen masters. These teachings, titled The Masters and Students of the Lanka, were discovered in a sealed cave on the old Silk Road, in modern Gansu, China, in the early twentieth century. All more than a thousand years old, the manuscripts have sometimes been called the Buddhist Dead Sea Scrolls, and their translation has opened a new window onto the history of Buddhism. Both accessible and illuminating, this book explores the continuities between the ways in which Zen was practiced in ancient times, and how it is practiced today in East Asian countries such as Japan, China, Korea, and Vietnam, as well as in the emerging Western Zen tradition.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Zen: The Art of Simple Living by Shunmyo Masuno</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351378</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351378">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351378</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Zen: The Art of Simple Living
Author: Shunmyo Masuno
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 36 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Zen: The Art of Simple Living by Shunmyo Masuno, read by Adam Sims. Relax and find happiness amid the swirl of the modern world with this internationally bestselling guide to simplifying your life by a Japanese monk who embodies the wisdom of Zen. Drawing on centuries of wisdom, renowned Zen Buddhist priest Shunmyo Masuno applies the essence of Zen to modern life in clear, practical, easily adopted lessons - one a day for 100 days. Discover how: * Lining up your shoes after you take them off can bring order to your life * Putting down your fork after every bite can help you feel more grateful for what you have * Spending time barefoot can strengthen your body * Planting a flower and watching it grow can teach you to embrace change * Going outside to watch the sunset can make every day feel celebratory In Zen: The Art of Simple Living, you will learn to find happiness not by seeking out extraordinary experiences but by making small changes - to what you do, how you think, how you interact with others and how you appreciate the present moment. With each task, you will open yourself up to a renewed sense of peace and inner calm.</description>
      <author>Shunmyo Masuno</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781405941778.mp3" length="1339682" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351378</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781405941778.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351378">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351378</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Zen: The Art of Simple Living
Author: Shunmyo Masuno
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 36 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Zen: The Art of Simple Living by Shunmyo Masuno, read by Adam Sims. Relax and find happiness amid the swirl of the modern world with this internationally bestselling guide to simplifying your life by a Japanese monk who embodies the wisdom of Zen. Drawing on centuries of wisdom, renowned Zen Buddhist priest Shunmyo Masuno applies the essence of Zen to modern life in clear, practical, easily adopted lessons - one a day for 100 days. Discover how: * Lining up your shoes after you take them off can bring order to your life * Putting down your fork after every bite can help you feel more grateful for what you have * Spending time barefoot can strengthen your body * Planting a flower and watching it grow can teach you to embrace change * Going outside to watch the sunset can make every day feel celebratory In Zen: The Art of Simple Living, you will learn to find happiness not by seeking out extraordinary experiences but by making small changes - to what you do, how you think, how you interact with others and how you appreciate the present moment. With each task, you will open yourself up to a renewed sense of peace and inner calm.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351378">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351378</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Zen: The Art of Simple Living
Author: Shunmyo Masuno
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 36 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Zen: The Art of Simple Living by Shunmyo Masuno, read by Adam Sims. Relax and find happiness amid the swirl of the modern world with this internationally bestselling guide to simplifying your life by a Japanese monk who embodies the wisdom of Zen. Drawing on centuries of wisdom, renowned Zen Buddhist priest Shunmyo Masuno applies the essence of Zen to modern life in clear, practical, easily adopted lessons - one a day for 100 days. Discover how: * Lining up your shoes after you take them off can bring order to your life * Putting down your fork after every bite can help you feel more grateful for what you have * Spending time barefoot can strengthen your body * Planting a flower and watching it grow can teach you to embrace change * Going outside to watch the sunset can make every day feel celebratory In Zen: The Art of Simple Living, you will learn to find happiness not by seeking out extraordinary experiences but by making small changes - to what you do, how you think, how you interact with others and how you appreciate the present moment. With each task, you will open yourself up to a renewed sense of peace and inner calm.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Pleasure Principle: Epicureanism: A Philosophy for Modern Living by Catherine Wilson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351109</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Pleasure Principle: Epicureanism: A Philosophy for Modern Living
Author: Catherine Wilson
Narrator: Billie Fulford-Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In our troubled world, looking back to ancient wisdom can shed light on fresh solutions.                      For years, many of us have upheld the Stoic belief in ‘no pain, no gain.’ But when the pace of modern life and the demands of jobs and family overwhelm us, punishing exercise regimes, productivity apps and early morning starts may not be the best solution.           According to the pleasure-centric philosophy of Epicureanism, life can be good without great sacrifice. By consciously practicing ‘choice and avoidance’ – by being strategic about our recreational, professional and familial pursuits – we can live with less fear and regret. By understanding our place in a world that came about by chance, we can gain greater perspective on our role within it and where our priorities should lie.           No honest philosopher can give you a formula for happiness, but in The Pleasure Principle, Professor Catherine Wilson explores how Epicureanism can provide a framework for thinking about life’s key issues, including family, death, politics, religion, wealth, science, and love.</description>
      <author>Catherine Wilson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008291723.mp3" length="1421401" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351109</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008291723.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Pleasure Principle: Epicureanism: A Philosophy for Modern Living
Author: Catherine Wilson
Narrator: Billie Fulford-Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In our troubled world, looking back to ancient wisdom can shed light on fresh solutions.                      For years, many of us have upheld the Stoic belief in ‘no pain, no gain.’ But when the pace of modern life and the demands of jobs and family overwhelm us, punishing exercise regimes, productivity apps and early morning starts may not be the best solution.           According to the pleasure-centric philosophy of Epicureanism, life can be good without great sacrifice. By consciously practicing ‘choice and avoidance’ – by being strategic about our recreational, professional and familial pursuits – we can live with less fear and regret. By understanding our place in a world that came about by chance, we can gain greater perspective on our role within it and where our priorities should lie.           No honest philosopher can give you a formula for happiness, but in The Pleasure Principle, Professor Catherine Wilson explores how Epicureanism can provide a framework for thinking about life’s key issues, including family, death, politics, religion, wealth, science, and love.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Pleasure Principle: Epicureanism: A Philosophy for Modern Living
Author: Catherine Wilson
Narrator: Billie Fulford-Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In our troubled world, looking back to ancient wisdom can shed light on fresh solutions.                      For years, many of us have upheld the Stoic belief in ‘no pain, no gain.’ But when the pace of modern life and the demands of jobs and family overwhelm us, punishing exercise regimes, productivity apps and early morning starts may not be the best solution.           According to the pleasure-centric philosophy of Epicureanism, life can be good without great sacrifice. By consciously practicing ‘choice and avoidance’ – by being strategic about our recreational, professional and familial pursuits – we can live with less fear and regret. By understanding our place in a world that came about by chance, we can gain greater perspective on our role within it and where our priorities should lie.           No honest philosopher can give you a formula for happiness, but in The Pleasure Principle, Professor Catherine Wilson explores how Epicureanism can provide a framework for thinking about life’s key issues, including family, death, politics, religion, wealth, science, and love.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>To Shape a New World: Essays on the Political Philosophy of Martin Luther King Jr. by Brandon M. Terry, Tommie Shelby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350024</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To Shape a New World: Essays on the Political Philosophy of Martin Luther King Jr.
Author: Brandon M. Terry, Tommie Shelby
Narrator: Carrington Macduffie, Priya Ayyar, Cary Hite, Kevin Kenerly, Robin Miles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Martin Luther King Jr. may be America’s most revered political figure, commemorated in statues, celebrations, and street names around the world. On the fiftieth anniversary of King’s assassination, the man and his activism are as close to public consciousness as ever. But despite his stature, the significance of King’s writings and political thought remains underappreciated. In To Shape a New World, Tommie Shelby and Brandon Terry write that the marginalization of King’s ideas reflects a romantic, consensus history that renders the civil rights movement inherently conservative―an effort not at radical reform but at “living up to” enduring ideals laid down by the nation’s founders. On this view, King marshaled lofty rhetoric to help redeem the ideas of universal (white) heroes, but produced little original thought. This failure to engage deeply and honestly with King’s writings allows him to be conscripted into political projects he would not endorse, including the pernicious form of “color blindness” that insists, amid glaring race-based injustice, that racism has been overcome. Cornel West, Danielle Allen, Martha Nussbaum, Robert Gooding-Williams, and other authors join Shelby and Terry in careful, critical engagement with King’s understudied writings on labor and welfare rights, voting rights, racism, civil disobedience, nonviolence, economic inequality, poverty, love, just-war theory, virtue ethics, political theology, imperialism, nationalism, reparations, and social justice. In King’s exciting and learned work, the authors find an array of compelling challenges to some of the most pressing political dilemmas of our present, and rethink the legacy of this towering figure.</description>
      <author>Brandon M. Terry, Tommie Shelby</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Dec 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982557225.mp3" length="857070" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350024</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982557225.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To Shape a New World: Essays on the Political Philosophy of Martin Luther King Jr.
Author: Brandon M. Terry, Tommie Shelby
Narrator: Carrington Macduffie, Priya Ayyar, Cary Hite, Kevin Kenerly, Robin Miles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Martin Luther King Jr. may be America’s most revered political figure, commemorated in statues, celebrations, and street names around the world. On the fiftieth anniversary of King’s assassination, the man and his activism are as close to public consciousness as ever. But despite his stature, the significance of King’s writings and political thought remains underappreciated. In To Shape a New World, Tommie Shelby and Brandon Terry write that the marginalization of King’s ideas reflects a romantic, consensus history that renders the civil rights movement inherently conservative―an effort not at radical reform but at “living up to” enduring ideals laid down by the nation’s founders. On this view, King marshaled lofty rhetoric to help redeem the ideas of universal (white) heroes, but produced little original thought. This failure to engage deeply and honestly with King’s writings allows him to be conscripted into political projects he would not endorse, including the pernicious form of “color blindness” that insists, amid glaring race-based injustice, that racism has been overcome. Cornel West, Danielle Allen, Martha Nussbaum, Robert Gooding-Williams, and other authors join Shelby and Terry in careful, critical engagement with King’s understudied writings on labor and welfare rights, voting rights, racism, civil disobedience, nonviolence, economic inequality, poverty, love, just-war theory, virtue ethics, political theology, imperialism, nationalism, reparations, and social justice. In King’s exciting and learned work, the authors find an array of compelling challenges to some of the most pressing political dilemmas of our present, and rethink the legacy of this towering figure.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To Shape a New World: Essays on the Political Philosophy of Martin Luther King Jr.
Author: Brandon M. Terry, Tommie Shelby
Narrator: Carrington Macduffie, Priya Ayyar, Cary Hite, Kevin Kenerly, Robin Miles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Martin Luther King Jr. may be America’s most revered political figure, commemorated in statues, celebrations, and street names around the world. On the fiftieth anniversary of King’s assassination, the man and his activism are as close to public consciousness as ever. But despite his stature, the significance of King’s writings and political thought remains underappreciated. In To Shape a New World, Tommie Shelby and Brandon Terry write that the marginalization of King’s ideas reflects a romantic, consensus history that renders the civil rights movement inherently conservative―an effort not at radical reform but at “living up to” enduring ideals laid down by the nation’s founders. On this view, King marshaled lofty rhetoric to help redeem the ideas of universal (white) heroes, but produced little original thought. This failure to engage deeply and honestly with King’s writings allows him to be conscripted into political projects he would not endorse, including the pernicious form of “color blindness” that insists, amid glaring race-based injustice, that racism has been overcome. Cornel West, Danielle Allen, Martha Nussbaum, Robert Gooding-Williams, and other authors join Shelby and Terry in careful, critical engagement with King’s understudied writings on labor and welfare rights, voting rights, racism, civil disobedience, nonviolence, economic inequality, poverty, love, just-war theory, virtue ethics, political theology, imperialism, nationalism, reparations, and social justice. In King’s exciting and learned work, the authors find an array of compelling challenges to some of the most pressing political dilemmas of our present, and rethink the legacy of this towering figure.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Grow Old: Ancient Wisdom for the Second Half of Life by Marcus Tullius Cicero</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349635</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Grow Old: Ancient Wisdom for the Second Half of Life
Author: Marcus Tullius Cicero
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 39 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Worried that old age will inevitably mean losing your libido, your health, and possibly your marbles too? Well, Cicero has some good news for you. In How to Grow Old, the great Roman orator and statesman eloquently describes how you can make the second half of life the best part of all—and why you might discover that reading and gardening are actually far more pleasurable than sex ever was. Filled with timeless wisdom and practical guidance, Cicero&amp;#039;s brief, charming classic—written in 44 BC and originally titled On Old Age—has delighted and inspired readers, from Saint Augustine to Thomas Jefferson, for more than two thousand years. Presented here in a lively new translation with an informative new introduction and the original Latin on facing pages, the book directly addresses the greatest fears of growing older and persuasively argues why these worries are greatly exaggerated—or altogether mistaken. Montaigne said Cicero&amp;#039;s book &amp;#039;gives one an appetite for growing old.&amp;#039; The American founding father John Adams read it repeatedly in his later years. And today its lessons are more relevant than ever in a world obsessed with the futile pursuit of youth.</description>
      <author>Marcus Tullius Cicero</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Aug 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684414772.mp3" length="6879741" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349635</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684414772.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Grow Old: Ancient Wisdom for the Second Half of Life
Author: Marcus Tullius Cicero
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 39 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Worried that old age will inevitably mean losing your libido, your health, and possibly your marbles too? Well, Cicero has some good news for you. In How to Grow Old, the great Roman orator and statesman eloquently describes how you can make the second half of life the best part of all—and why you might discover that reading and gardening are actually far more pleasurable than sex ever was. Filled with timeless wisdom and practical guidance, Cicero&amp;#039;s brief, charming classic—written in 44 BC and originally titled On Old Age—has delighted and inspired readers, from Saint Augustine to Thomas Jefferson, for more than two thousand years. Presented here in a lively new translation with an informative new introduction and the original Latin on facing pages, the book directly addresses the greatest fears of growing older and persuasively argues why these worries are greatly exaggerated—or altogether mistaken. Montaigne said Cicero&amp;#039;s book &amp;#039;gives one an appetite for growing old.&amp;#039; The American founding father John Adams read it repeatedly in his later years. And today its lessons are more relevant than ever in a world obsessed with the futile pursuit of youth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Grow Old: Ancient Wisdom for the Second Half of Life
Author: Marcus Tullius Cicero
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 39 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Worried that old age will inevitably mean losing your libido, your health, and possibly your marbles too? Well, Cicero has some good news for you. In How to Grow Old, the great Roman orator and statesman eloquently describes how you can make the second half of life the best part of all—and why you might discover that reading and gardening are actually far more pleasurable than sex ever was. Filled with timeless wisdom and practical guidance, Cicero&amp;#039;s brief, charming classic—written in 44 BC and originally titled On Old Age—has delighted and inspired readers, from Saint Augustine to Thomas Jefferson, for more than two thousand years. Presented here in a lively new translation with an informative new introduction and the original Latin on facing pages, the book directly addresses the greatest fears of growing older and persuasively argues why these worries are greatly exaggerated—or altogether mistaken. Montaigne said Cicero&amp;#039;s book &amp;#039;gives one an appetite for growing old.&amp;#039; The American founding father John Adams read it repeatedly in his later years. And today its lessons are more relevant than ever in a world obsessed with the futile pursuit of youth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adam Smith: Father of Economics by Jesse Norman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349047</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Adam Smith: Father of Economics
Author: Jesse Norman
Narrator: Jesse Norman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 11, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A dazzlingly original, &amp;#039;remarkable&amp;#039; account of the life and thought of legendary economist Adam Smith (Financial Times).  Adam Smith (1723-1790) is now widely regarded as the greatest economist of all time. But what he really thought, and the implications of his ideas, remain fiercely contested. Was he an eloquent advocate of capitalism and individual freedom? A prime mover of &amp;#039;market fundamentalism&amp;#039;? An apologist for human selfishness? Or something else entirely?  In the tradition of The Worldly Philosophers, Adam Smith dispels the myths and caricatures, and provides a far more complex portrait of the man. Offering a highly engaging account of Smith&amp;#039;s life and times, political philosopher Jesse Norman explores his work as a whole and traces his influence over two centuries to the present day. Finally, he shows how a proper understanding of Smith can help us address the problems of modern capitalism. The Smith who emerges from this book is not only the greatest of all economists but a pioneering theorist of moral philosophy, culture, and society.</description>
      <author>Jesse Norman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Sep 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549142550.mp3" length="851761" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349047</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549142550.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Adam Smith: Father of Economics
Author: Jesse Norman
Narrator: Jesse Norman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 11, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A dazzlingly original, &amp;#039;remarkable&amp;#039; account of the life and thought of legendary economist Adam Smith (Financial Times).  Adam Smith (1723-1790) is now widely regarded as the greatest economist of all time. But what he really thought, and the implications of his ideas, remain fiercely contested. Was he an eloquent advocate of capitalism and individual freedom? A prime mover of &amp;#039;market fundamentalism&amp;#039;? An apologist for human selfishness? Or something else entirely?  In the tradition of The Worldly Philosophers, Adam Smith dispels the myths and caricatures, and provides a far more complex portrait of the man. Offering a highly engaging account of Smith&amp;#039;s life and times, political philosopher Jesse Norman explores his work as a whole and traces his influence over two centuries to the present day. Finally, he shows how a proper understanding of Smith can help us address the problems of modern capitalism. The Smith who emerges from this book is not only the greatest of all economists but a pioneering theorist of moral philosophy, culture, and society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Adam Smith: Father of Economics
Author: Jesse Norman
Narrator: Jesse Norman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 11, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A dazzlingly original, &amp;#039;remarkable&amp;#039; account of the life and thought of legendary economist Adam Smith (Financial Times).  Adam Smith (1723-1790) is now widely regarded as the greatest economist of all time. But what he really thought, and the implications of his ideas, remain fiercely contested. Was he an eloquent advocate of capitalism and individual freedom? A prime mover of &amp;#039;market fundamentalism&amp;#039;? An apologist for human selfishness? Or something else entirely?  In the tradition of The Worldly Philosophers, Adam Smith dispels the myths and caricatures, and provides a far more complex portrait of the man. Offering a highly engaging account of Smith&amp;#039;s life and times, political philosopher Jesse Norman explores his work as a whole and traces his influence over two centuries to the present day. Finally, he shows how a proper understanding of Smith can help us address the problems of modern capitalism. The Smith who emerges from this book is not only the greatest of all economists but a pioneering theorist of moral philosophy, culture, and society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>101 Essays That Will Change The Way You Think by Brianna Wiest</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 101 Essays That Will Change The Way You Think
Author: Brianna Wiest
Narrator: Abby Craden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 360 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.12 of Total 25
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Over the past few years, Brianna Wiest has gained renown for her deeply moving, philosophical writing. This new compilation of her published work features pieces on why you should pursue purpose over passion, embrace negative thinking, see the wisdom in daily routine, and become aware of the cognitive biases that are creating the way you see your life. Some of these pieces have never been seen; others have been read by millions of people around the world. Regardless, each will leave you thinking: this idea changed my life. Disclaimer: This audiobook contains explicit language.</description>
      <author>Brianna Wiest</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Aug 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977386861.mp3" length="7837599" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977386861.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 101 Essays That Will Change The Way You Think
Author: Brianna Wiest
Narrator: Abby Craden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 360 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.12 of Total 25
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Over the past few years, Brianna Wiest has gained renown for her deeply moving, philosophical writing. This new compilation of her published work features pieces on why you should pursue purpose over passion, embrace negative thinking, see the wisdom in daily routine, and become aware of the cognitive biases that are creating the way you see your life. Some of these pieces have never been seen; others have been read by millions of people around the world. Regardless, each will leave you thinking: this idea changed my life. Disclaimer: This audiobook contains explicit language.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 101 Essays That Will Change The Way You Think
Author: Brianna Wiest
Narrator: Abby Craden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 360 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.12 of Total 25
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Over the past few years, Brianna Wiest has gained renown for her deeply moving, philosophical writing. This new compilation of her published work features pieces on why you should pursue purpose over passion, embrace negative thinking, see the wisdom in daily routine, and become aware of the cognitive biases that are creating the way you see your life. Some of these pieces have never been seen; others have been read by millions of people around the world. Regardless, each will leave you thinking: this idea changed my life. Disclaimer: This audiobook contains explicit language.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Philosophy and Psychoanalysis : Selected Dialogues by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347643</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347643">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347643</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Philosophy and Psychoanalysis : Selected Dialogues
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: Norma Jean Gradsky, J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 27 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Dialogues about OCD, anxiety, freedom, knowledge, and personal identity.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Aug 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982717070.mp3" length="1310428" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347643</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982717070.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347643">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347643</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Philosophy and Psychoanalysis : Selected Dialogues
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: Norma Jean Gradsky, J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 27 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Dialogues about OCD, anxiety, freedom, knowledge, and personal identity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347643">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347643</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Philosophy and Psychoanalysis : Selected Dialogues
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: Norma Jean Gradsky, J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 27 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Dialogues about OCD, anxiety, freedom, knowledge, and personal identity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Right and Wrong by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347577</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Right and Wrong
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: Mitchell Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, it is shown that moral integrity is necessary for psychological integrity and, therefore, that it is not possible to live well without living ethically. In the process of establishing this profound truth, Dr. Kuczynski explains what right and wrong are and how we know the difference between the two.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Aug 2018 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982716837.mp3" length="1470271" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347577</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982716837.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Right and Wrong
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: Mitchell Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, it is shown that moral integrity is necessary for psychological integrity and, therefore, that it is not possible to live well without living ethically. In the process of establishing this profound truth, Dr. Kuczynski explains what right and wrong are and how we know the difference between the two.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Right and Wrong
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: Mitchell Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, it is shown that moral integrity is necessary for psychological integrity and, therefore, that it is not possible to live well without living ethically. In the process of establishing this profound truth, Dr. Kuczynski explains what right and wrong are and how we know the difference between the two.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Darwin Devolves: The New Science About DNA that Challenges Evolution by Michael J. Behe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347455</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347455">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347455</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin Devolves: The New Science About DNA that Challenges Evolution
Author: Michael J. Behe
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The scientist who has been dubbed the “Father of Intelligent Design” and author of the groundbreaking book Darwin’s Black Box contends that recent scientific discoveries further disprove Darwinism and strengthen the case for an intelligent creator. In his controversial bestseller Darwin’s Black Box, biochemist Michael Behe challenged Darwin’s theory of evolution, arguing that science itself has proven that intelligent design is a better explanation for the origin of life. In Darwin Devolves, Behe advances his argument, presenting new research that offers a startling reconsideration of how Darwin’s mechanism works, weakening the theory’s validity even more.  A system of natural selection acting on random mutation, evolution can help make something look and act differently. But evolution never creates something organically. Behe contends that Darwinism actually works by a process of devolution—damaging cells in DNA in order to create something new at the lowest biological levels. This is important, he makes clear, because it shows the Darwinian process cannot explain the creation of life itself. “A process that so easily tears down sophisticated machinery is not one which will build complex, functional systems,” he writes. In addition to disputing the methodology of Darwinism and how it conflicts with the concept of creation, Behe reveals that what makes Intelligent Design unique—and right—is that it acknowledges causation. Evolution proposes that organisms living today are descended with modification from organisms that lived in the distant past. But Intelligent Design goes a step further asking, what caused such astounding changes to take place? What is the reason or mechanism for evolution? For Behe, this is what makes Intelligent Design so important. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Michael J. Behe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:28:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062908261.mp3" length="1406915" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347455</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062908261.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347455">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347455</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin Devolves: The New Science About DNA that Challenges Evolution
Author: Michael J. Behe
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The scientist who has been dubbed the “Father of Intelligent Design” and author of the groundbreaking book Darwin’s Black Box contends that recent scientific discoveries further disprove Darwinism and strengthen the case for an intelligent creator. In his controversial bestseller Darwin’s Black Box, biochemist Michael Behe challenged Darwin’s theory of evolution, arguing that science itself has proven that intelligent design is a better explanation for the origin of life. In Darwin Devolves, Behe advances his argument, presenting new research that offers a startling reconsideration of how Darwin’s mechanism works, weakening the theory’s validity even more.  A system of natural selection acting on random mutation, evolution can help make something look and act differently. But evolution never creates something organically. Behe contends that Darwinism actually works by a process of devolution—damaging cells in DNA in order to create something new at the lowest biological levels. This is important, he makes clear, because it shows the Darwinian process cannot explain the creation of life itself. “A process that so easily tears down sophisticated machinery is not one which will build complex, functional systems,” he writes. In addition to disputing the methodology of Darwinism and how it conflicts with the concept of creation, Behe reveals that what makes Intelligent Design unique—and right—is that it acknowledges causation. Evolution proposes that organisms living today are descended with modification from organisms that lived in the distant past. But Intelligent Design goes a step further asking, what caused such astounding changes to take place? What is the reason or mechanism for evolution? For Behe, this is what makes Intelligent Design so important. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347455">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347455</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Darwin Devolves: The New Science About DNA that Challenges Evolution
Author: Michael J. Behe
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The scientist who has been dubbed the “Father of Intelligent Design” and author of the groundbreaking book Darwin’s Black Box contends that recent scientific discoveries further disprove Darwinism and strengthen the case for an intelligent creator. In his controversial bestseller Darwin’s Black Box, biochemist Michael Behe challenged Darwin’s theory of evolution, arguing that science itself has proven that intelligent design is a better explanation for the origin of life. In Darwin Devolves, Behe advances his argument, presenting new research that offers a startling reconsideration of how Darwin’s mechanism works, weakening the theory’s validity even more.  A system of natural selection acting on random mutation, evolution can help make something look and act differently. But evolution never creates something organically. Behe contends that Darwinism actually works by a process of devolution—damaging cells in DNA in order to create something new at the lowest biological levels. This is important, he makes clear, because it shows the Darwinian process cannot explain the creation of life itself. “A process that so easily tears down sophisticated machinery is not one which will build complex, functional systems,” he writes. In addition to disputing the methodology of Darwinism and how it conflicts with the concept of creation, Behe reveals that what makes Intelligent Design unique—and right—is that it acknowledges causation. Evolution proposes that organisms living today are descended with modification from organisms that lived in the distant past. But Intelligent Design goes a step further asking, what caused such astounding changes to take place? What is the reason or mechanism for evolution? For Behe, this is what makes Intelligent Design so important. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
